Count of Monte Cristo, The


Count of Monte Cristo, The
The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Count of Monte Cristo by Dumas #2 in our series by Alexandre Dumas [Pere] Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check the copyright laws for your country before posting these files!! Please take a look at the important information in this header. We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this. **Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** **Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**

Count of Monte Cristo, The


*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations* Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and further information is included below. We need your donations. The Count of Monte Cristo by Alexandre Dumas [Pere] January, 1998 [Etext #1184] The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Count of Monte Cristo by Dumas *******This file should be named crsto10.txt or****** Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, crsto11.txt VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, crsto10a.txt Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a copyright notice is included. Therefore, we do NOT keep these books in compliance with any particular paper edition, usually otherwise. We are now trying to release all our books one month in advance of the official release dates, for time for better editing. Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment and editing by those who wish to do so. To be sure you have an up to date first edition [] please check file sizes in the first week of the next month. Since our ftp program has a bug in it that scrambles the date [tried to fix and failed] a look at the file size will have to do, but we will try to see a new copy has at least one byte more or less.

Information about Project Gutenberg


Information about Project Gutenberg
(one page) We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The fifty hours is one conservative estimate for how long it we take to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 million dollars per hour this year as we release thirty−two text files per month, or 384 more Etexts in 1998 for a total of 1500+ If these reach just 10% of the computerized population, then the total should reach over 150 billion Etexts given away. The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext Files by the December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000=Trillion] This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, which is only 10% of the present number of computer users. 2001 should have at least twice as many computer users as that, so it will require us reaching less than 5% of the users in 2001. We need your donations more than ever! All donations should be made to "Project Gutenberg/CMU": and are tax deductible to the extent allowable by law. (CMU = Carnegie− Mellon University). For these and other matters, please mail to: Project Gutenberg P. O. Box 2782 Champaign, IL 61825 When all other email fails try our Executive Director: Michael S. Hart <> We would prefer to send you this information by email (Internet, Bitnet,

Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor


Compuserve, ATTMAIL or MCImail). ****** If you have an FTP program (or emulator), please FTP directly to the Project Gutenberg archives: [Mac users, do NOT point and click. . .type]
ftp login: anonymous password: your@login cd etext/etext90 through /etext96 or cd etext/articles [get suggest gut for more information] dir [to see files] get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] GET INDEX?00.GUT for a list of books and GET NEW GUT for general information and MGET GUT* for newsletters.


Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor
** (Three Pages) ***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.

Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor


*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG−tm etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG−TM ETEXTS This PROJECT GUTENBERG−tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG− tm etexts, is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart through the Project Gutenberg Association at Carnegie−Mellon University (the "Project"). Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, [1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG−tm etext) disclaims all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES

Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor


FOR NEGLIGENCE OR UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that time to the person you received it from. If you received it on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement copy. If you received it electronically, such person may choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to receive it electronically. THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS−IS". NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you may have other legal rights. INDEMNITY You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors, officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect. DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG−tm" You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this "Small Print!" and all other

Information prepared by the Project Gutenberg legal advisor


references to Project Gutenberg, or: [1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable binary, compressed, mark−up, or proprietary form, including any form resulting from conversion by word pro− cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as *EITHER*: [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and does *not* contain characters other than those intended by the author of the work, although tilde (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may be used to convey punctuation intended by the author, and additional characters may be used to indicate hypertext links; OR [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent form by the program that displays the etext (as is the case, for instance, with most word processors); OR [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC or other equivalent proprietary form). [2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this "Small Print!" statement. [3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the net profits you derive calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are payable to "Project Gutenberg Association/Carnegie−Mellon University" within the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent periodic) tax return. WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?

Chapter 1


The Project gratefully accepts contributions in money, time, scanning machines, OCR software, public domain etexts, royalty free copyright licenses, and every other sort of contribution you can think of. Money should be paid to "Project Gutenberg Association / Carnegie−Mellon University". *END*THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.29.93*END* The Count of Monte Cristo by Alexandre Dumas [Pere]

Chapter 1
Marseilles −− The Arrival. On the 24th of February, 1810, the look−out at Notre−Dame de la Garde signalled the three−master, the Pharaon from Smyrna, Trieste, and Naples. As usual, a pilot put off immediately, and rounding the Chateau d'If, got on board the vessel between Cape Morgion and Rion island. Immediately, and according to custom, the ramparts of Fort Saint−Jean were covered with spectators; it is always an event at Marseilles for a ship to come into port, especially when this ship, like the Pharaon, has been built, rigged, and laden at the old Phocee docks, and belongs to an owner of the city. The ship drew on and had safely passed the strait, which some volcanic shock has made between the Calasareigne and Jaros islands; had doubled Pomegue, and approached the harbor under topsails, jib, and spanker, but so slowly and sedately that the idlers, with that instinct which is the forerunner of evil, asked one another what misfortune could have happened

Chapter 1


on board. However, those experienced in navigation saw plainly that if any accident had occurred, it was not to the vessel herself, for she bore down with all the evidence of being skilfully handled, the anchor a−cockbill, the jib−boom guys already eased off, and standing by the side of the pilot, who was steering the Pharaon towards the narrow entrance of the inner port, was a young man, who, with activity and vigilant eye, watched every motion of the ship, and repeated each direction of the pilot. The vague disquietude which prevailed among the spectators had so much affected one of the crowd that he did not await the arrival of the vessel in harbor, but jumping into a small skiff, desired to be pulled alongside the Pharaon, which he reached as she rounded into La Reserve basin. When the young man on board saw this person approach, he left his station by the pilot, and, hat in hand, leaned over the ship's bulwarks. He was a fine, tall, slim young fellow of eighteen or twenty, with black eyes, and hair as dark as a raven's wing; and his whole appearance bespoke that calmness and resolution peculiar to men accustomed from their cradle to contend with danger. "Ah, is it you, Dantes?" cried the man in the skiff. "What's the matter? and why have you such an air of sadness aboard?" "A great misfortune, M. Morrel," replied the young man, −− "a great misfortune, for me especially! Off Civita Vecchia we lost our brave Captain Leclere." "And the cargo?" inquired the owner, eagerly. "Is all safe, M. Morrel; and I think you will be satisfied on that head. But poor Captain Leclere −− " "What happened to him?" asked the owner, with an air of considerable resignation. "What happened to the worthy captain?"

Chapter 1


"He died." "Fell into the sea?" "No, sir, he died of brain−fever in dreadful agony." Then turning to the crew, he said, "Bear a hand there, to take in sail!" All hands obeyed, and at once the eight or ten seamen who composed the crew, sprang to their respective stations at the spanker brails and outhaul, topsail sheets and halyards, the jib downhaul, and the topsail clewlines and buntlines. The young sailor gave a look to see that his orders were promptly and accurately obeyed, and then turned again to the owner. "And how did this misfortune occur?" inquired the latter, resuming the interrupted conversation. "Alas, sir, in the most unexpected manner. After a long talk with the harbor−master, Captain Leclere left Naples greatly disturbed in mind. In twenty−four hours he was attacked by a fever, and died three days afterwards. We performed the usual burial service, and he is at his rest, sewn up in his hammock with a thirty−six pound shot at his head and his heels, off El Giglio island. We bring to his widow his sword and cross of honor. It was worth while, truly," added the young man with a melancholy smile, "to make war against the English for ten years, and to die in his bed at last, like everybody else." "Why, you see, Edmond," replied the owner, who appeared more comforted at every moment, "we are all mortal, and the old must make way for the young. If not, why, there would be no promotion; and since you assure me that the cargo −− " "Is all safe and sound, M. Morrel, take my word for it; and I advise you not to take 25,000 francs for the profits of the voyage." Then, as they were just passing the Round Tower, the young man shouted: "Stand by there to lower the topsails and jib; brail up the spanker!"

Chapter 1


The order was executed as promptly as it would have been on board a man−of−war. "Let go −− and clue up!" At this last command all the sails were lowered, and the vessel moved almost imperceptibly onwards. "Now, if you will come on board, M. Morrel," said Dantes, observing the owner's impatience, "here is your supercargo, M. Danglars, coming out of his cabin, who will furnish you with every particular. As for me, I must look after the anchoring, and dress the ship in mourning." The owner did not wait for a second invitation. He seized a rope which Dantes flung to him, and with an activity that would have done credit to a sailor, climbed up the side of the ship, while the young man, going to his task, left the conversation to Danglars, who now came towards the owner. He was a man of twenty−five or twenty−six years of age, of unprepossessing countenance, obsequious to his superiors, insolent to his subordinates; and this, in addition to his position as responsible agent on board, which is always obnoxious to the sailors, made him as much disliked by the crew as Edmond Dantes was beloved by them. "Well, M. Morrel," said Danglars, "you have heard of the misfortune that has befallen us?" "Yes −− yes: poor Captain Leclere! He was a brave and an honest man." "And a first−rate seaman, one who had seen long and honorable service, as became a man charged with the interests of a house so important as that of Morrel & Son," replied Danglars. "But," replied the owner, glancing after Dantes, who was watching the anchoring of his vessel, "it seems to me that a sailor needs not be so old as you say, Danglars, to understand his business, for our friend Edmond seems to understand it thoroughly, and not to require instruction from any one."

Chapter 1


"Yes," said Danglars, darting at Edmond a look gleaming with hate. "Yes, he is young, and youth is invariably self−confident. Scarcely was the captain's breath out of his body when he assumed the command without consulting any one, and he caused us to lose a day and a half at the Island of Elba, instead of making for Marseilles direct." "As to taking command of the vessel," replied Morrel, "that was his duty as captain's mate; as to losing a day and a half off the Island of Elba, he was wrong, unless the vessel needed repairs." "The vessel was in as good condition as I am, and as, I hope you are, M. Morrel, and this day and a half was lost from pure whim, for the pleasure of going ashore, and nothing else." "Dantes," said the shipowner, turning towards the young man, "come this way!" "In a moment, sir," answered Dantes, "and I'm with you." Then calling to the crew, he said −− "Let go!" The anchor was instantly dropped, and the chain ran rattling through the port−hole. Dantes continued at his post in spite of the presence of the pilot, until this manoeuvre was completed, and then he added, "Half−mast the colors, and square the yards!" "You see," said Danglars, "he fancies himself captain already, upon my word." "And so, in fact, he is," said the owner. "Except your signature and your partner's, M. Morrel." "And why should he not have this?" asked the owner; "he is young, it is true, but he seems to me a thorough seaman, and of full experience."

Chapter 1


A cloud passed over Danglars' brow. "Your pardon, M. Morrel," said Dantes, approaching, "the vessel now rides at anchor, and I am at your service. You hailed me, I think?" Danglars retreated a step or two. "I wished to inquire why you stopped at the Island of Elba?" "I do not know, sir; it was to fulfil the last instructions of Captain Leclere, who, when dying, gave me a packet for Marshal Bertrand." "Then did you see him, Edmond?" "Who?" "The marshal." "Yes." Morrel looked around him, and then, drawing Dantes on one side, he said suddenly −− "And how is the emperor?" "Very well, as far as I could judge from the sight of him." "You saw the emperor, then?" "He entered the marshal's apartment while I was there." "And you spoke to him?" "Why, it was he who spoke to me, sir," said Dantes, with a smile. "And what did he say to you?" "Asked me questions about the vessel, the time she left Marseilles, the course she had taken, and what was her cargo. I believe, if she had not been laden, and I had been her master, he would have bought her. But I told him

Chapter 1


I was only mate, and that she belonged to the firm of Morrel & Son. `Ah, yes,' he said, `I know them. The Morrels have been shipowners from father to son; and there was a Morrel who served in the same regiment with me when I was in garrison at Valence.'" "Pardieu, and that is true!" cried the owner, greatly delighted. "And that was Policar Morrel, my uncle, who was afterwards a captain. Dantes, you must tell my uncle that the emperor remembered him, and you will see it will bring tears into the old soldier's eyes. Come, come," continued he, patting Edmond's shoulder kindly, "you did very right, Dantes, to follow Captain Leclere's instructions, and touch at Elba, although if it were known that you had conveyed a packet to the marshal, and had conversed with the emperor, it might bring you into trouble." "How could that bring me into trouble, sir?" asked Dantes; "for I did not even know of what I was the bearer; and the emperor merely made such inquiries as he would of the first comer. But, pardon me, here are the health officers and the customs inspectors coming alongside." And the young man went to the gangway. As he departed, Danglars approached, and said, −− "Well, it appears that he has given you satisfactory reasons for his landing at Porto−Ferrajo?" "Yes, most satisfactory, my dear Danglars." "Well, so much the better," said the supercargo; "for it is not pleasant to think that a comrade has not done his duty." "Dantes has done his," replied the owner, "and that is not saying much. It was Captain Leclere who gave orders for this delay." "Talking of Captain Leclere, has not Dantes given you a letter from him?" "To me? −− no −− was there one?"

Chapter 1


"I believe that, besides the packet, Captain Leclere confided a letter to his care." "Of what packet are you speaking, Danglars?" "Why, that which Dantes left at Porto−Ferrajo." "How do you know he had a packet to leave at Porto−Ferrajo?" Danglars turned very red. "I was passing close to the door of the captain's cabin, which was half open, and I saw him give the packet and letter to Dantes." "He did not speak to me of it," replied the shipowner; "but if there be any letter he will give it to me." Danglars reflected for a moment. "Then, M. Morrel, I beg of you," said he, "not to say a word to Dantes on the subject. I may have been mistaken." At this moment the young man returned; Danglars withdrew. "Well, my dear Dantes, are you now free?" inquired the owner. "Yes, sir." "You have not been long detained." "No. I gave the custom−house officers a copy of our bill of lading; and as to the other papers, they sent a man off with the pilot, to whom I gave them." "Then you have nothing more to do here?" "No −− everything is all right now."

Chapter 1


"Then you can come and dine with me?" "I really must ask you to excuse me, M. Morrel. My first visit is due to my father, though I am not the less grateful for the honor you have done me." "Right, Dantes, quite right. I always knew you were a good son." "And," inquired Dantes, with some hesitation, "do you know how my father is?" "Well, I believe, my dear Edmond, though I have not seen him lately." "Yes, he likes to keep himself shut up in his little room." "That proves, at least, that he has wanted for nothing during your absence." Dantes smiled. "My father is proud, sir, and if he had not a meal left, I doubt if he would have asked anything from anyone, except from Heaven." "Well, then, after this first visit has been made we shall count on you." "I must again excuse myself, M. Morrel, for after this first visit has been paid I have another which I am most anxious to pay." "True, Dantes, I forgot that there was at the Catalans some one who expects you no less impatiently than your father −− the lovely Mercedes." Dantes blushed. "Ah, ha," said the shipowner, "I am not in the least surprised, for she has been to me three times, inquiring if there were any news of the Pharaon. Peste, Edmond, you have a very handsome mistress!" "She is not my mistress," replied the young sailor, gravely; "she is my betrothed."

Chapter 1


"Sometimes one and the same thing," said Morrel, with a smile. "Not with us, sir," replied Dantes. "Well, well, my dear Edmond," continued the owner, "don't let me detain you. You have managed my affairs so well that I ought to allow you all the time you require for your own. Do you want any money?" "No, sir; I have all my pay to take −− nearly three months' wages." "You are a careful fellow, Edmond." "Say I have a poor father, sir." "Yes, yes, I know how good a son you are, so now hasten away to see your father. I have a son too, and I should be very wroth with those who detained him from me after a three months' voyage." "Then I have your leave, sir?" "Yes, if you have nothing more to say to me." "Nothing." "Captain Leclere did not, before he died, give you a letter for me?" "He was unable to write, sir. But that reminds me that I must ask your leave of absence for some days." "To get married?" "Yes, first, and then to go to Paris." "Very good; have what time you require, Dantes. It will take quite six weeks to unload the cargo, and we cannot get you ready for sea until three months after that; only be back again in three months, for the Pharaon,"

Chapter 1


added the owner, patting the young sailor on the back, "cannot sail without her captain." "Without her captain!" cried Dantes, his eyes sparkling with animation; "pray mind what you say, for you are touching on the most secret wishes of my heart. Is it really your intention to make me captain of the Pharaon?" "If I were sole owner we'd shake hands on it now, my dear Dantes, and call it settled; but I have a partner, and you know the Italian proverb −− Chi ha compagno ha padrone −− `He who has a partner has a master.' But the thing is at least half done, as you have one out of two votes. Rely on me to procure you the other; I will do my best." "Ah, M. Morrel," exclaimed the young seaman, with tears in his eyes, and grasping the owner's hand, "M. Morrel, I thank you in the name of my father and of Mercedes." "That's all right, Edmond. There's a providence that watches over the deserving. Go to your father: go and see Mercedes, and afterwards come to me." "Shall I row you ashore?" "No, thank you; I shall remain and look over the accounts with Danglars. Have you been satisfied with him this voyage?" "That is according to the sense you attach to the question, sir. Do you mean is he a good comrade? No, for I think he never liked me since the day when I was silly enough, after a little quarrel we had, to propose to him to stop for ten minutes at the island of Monte Cristo to settle the dispute −− a proposition which I was wrong to suggest, and he quite right to refuse. If you mean as responsible agent when you ask me the question, I believe there is nothing to say against him, and that you will be content with the way in which he has performed his duty."

Chapter 1


"But tell me, Dantes, if you had command of the Pharaon should you be glad to see Danglars remain?" "Captain or mate, M. Morrel, I shall always have the greatest respect for those who possess the owners' confidence." "That's right, that's right, Dantes! I see you are a thoroughly good fellow, and will detain you no longer. Go, for I see how impatient you are." "Then I have leave?" "Go, I tell you." "May I have the use of your skiff?" "Certainly." "Then, for the present, M. Morrel, farewell, and a thousand thanks!" "I hope soon to see you again, my dear Edmond. Good luck to you." The young sailor jumped into the skiff, and sat down in the stern sheets, with the order that he be put ashore at La Canebiere. The two oarsmen bent to their work, and the little boat glided away as rapidly as possible in the midst of the thousand vessels which choke up the narrow way which leads between the two rows of ships from the mouth of the harbor to the Quai d'Orleans. The shipowner, smiling, followed him with his eyes until he saw him spring out on the quay and disappear in the midst of the throng, which from five o'clock in the morning until nine o'clock at night, swarms in the famous street of La Canebiere, −− a street of which the modern Phocaeans are so proud that they say with all the gravity in the world, and with that accent which gives so much character to what is said, "If Paris had La Canebiere, Paris would be a second Marseilles." On turning round the owner saw Danglars behind him, apparently awaiting orders, but in reality

Chapter 2


also watching the young sailor, −− but there was a great difference in the expression of the two men who thus followed the movements of Edmond Dantes.

Chapter 2
Father and Son. We will leave Danglars struggling with the demon of hatred, and endeavoring to insinuate in the ear of the shipowner some evil suspicions against his comrade, and follow Dantes, who, after having traversed La Canebiere, took the Rue de Noailles, and entering a small house, on the left of the Allees de Meillan, rapidly ascended four flights of a dark staircase, holding the baluster with one hand, while with the other he repressed the beatings of his heart, and paused before a half−open door, from which he could see the whole of a small room. This room was occupied by Dantes' father. The news of the arrival of the Pharaon had not yet reached the old man, who, mounted on a chair, was amusing himself by training with trembling hand the nasturtiums and sprays of clematis that clambered over the trellis at his window. Suddenly, he felt an arm thrown around his body, and a well−known voice behind him exclaimed, "Father −− dear father!" The old man uttered a cry, and turned round; then, seeing his son, he fell into his arms, pale and trembling. "What ails you, my dearest father? Are you ill?" inquired the young man, much alarmed. "No, no, my dear Edmond −− my boy −− my son! −− no; but I did not expect you; and joy, the surprise of seeing you so suddenly −− Ah, I feel as if I were going to die."

Chapter 2


"Come, come, cheer up, my dear father! 'Tis I −− really I! They say joy never hurts, and so I came to you without any warning. Come now, do smile, instead of looking at me so solemnly. Here I am back again, and we are going to be happy." "Yes, yes, my boy, so we will −− so we will," replied the old man; "but how shall we be happy? Shall you never leave me again? Come, tell me all the good fortune that has befallen you." "God forgive me," said the young man, "for rejoicing at happiness derived from the misery of others, but, Heaven knows, I did not seek this good fortune; it has happened, and I really cannot pretend to lament it. The good Captain Leclere is dead, father, and it is probable that, with the aid of M. Morrel, I shall have his place. Do you understand, father? Only imagine me a captain at twenty, with a hundred louis pay, and a share in the profits! Is this not more than a poor sailor like me could have hoped for?" "Yes, my dear boy," replied the old man, "it is very fortunate." "Well, then, with the first money I touch, I mean you to have a small house, with a garden in which to plant clematis, nasturtiums, and honeysuckle. But what ails you, father? Are you not well?" "'Tis nothing, nothing; it will soon pass away" −− and as he said so the old man's strength failed him, and he fell backwards. "Come, come," said the young man, "a glass of wine, father, will revive you. Where do you keep your wine?" "No, no; thanks. You need not look for it; I do not want it," said the old man. "Yes, yes, father, tell me where it is," and he opened two or three cupboards. "It is no use," said the old man, "there is no wine."

Chapter 2


"What, no wine?" said Dantes, turning pale, and looking alternately at the hollow cheeks of the old man and the empty cupboards. "What, no wine? Have you wanted money, father?" "I want nothing now that I have you," said the old man. "Yet," stammered Dantes, wiping the perspiration from his brow, −− "yet I gave you two hundred francs when I left, three months ago." "Yes, yes, Edmond, that is true, but you forgot at that time a little debt to our neighbor, Caderousse. He reminded me of it, telling me if I did not pay for you, he would be paid by M. Morrel; and so, you see, lest he might do you an injury" −− "Well?" "Why, I paid him." "But," cried Dantes, "it was a hundred and forty francs I owed Caderousse." "Yes," stammered the old man. "And you paid him out of the two hundred francs I left you?" The old man nodded. "So that you have lived for three months on sixty francs," muttered Edmond. "You know how little I require," said the old man. "Heaven pardon me," cried Edmond, falling on his knees before his father. "What are you doing?" "You have wounded me to the heart."

Chapter 2


"Never mind it, for I see you once more," said the old man; "and now it's all over −− everything is all right again." "Yes, here I am," said the young man, "with a promising future and a little money. Here, father, here!" he said, "take this −− take it, and send for something immediately." And he emptied his pockets on the table, the contents consisting of a dozen gold pieces, five or six five−franc pieces, and some smaller coin. The countenance of old Dantes brightened. "Whom does this belong to?" he inquired. "To me, to you, to us! Take it; buy some provisions; be happy, and to−morrow we shall have more." "Gently, gently," said the old man, with a smile; "and by your leave I will use your purse moderately, for they would say, if they saw me buy too many things at a time, that I had been obliged to await your return, in order to be able to purchase them." "Do as you please; but, first of all, pray have a servant, father. I will not have you left alone so long. I have some smuggled coffee and most capital tobacco, in a small chest in the hold, which you shall have to−morrow. But, hush, here comes somebody." "'Tis Caderousse, who has heard of your arrival, and no doubt comes to congratulate you on your fortunate return." "Ah, lips that say one thing, while the heart thinks another," murmured Edmond. "But, never mind, he is a neighbor who has done us a service on a time, so he's welcome." As Edmond paused, the black and bearded head of Caderousse appeared at the door. He was a man of twenty−five or six, and held a piece of cloth, which, being a tailor, he was about to make into a coat−lining.

Chapter 2


"What, is it you, Edmond, back again?" said he, with a broad Marseillaise accent, and a grin that displayed his ivory−white teeth. "Yes, as you see, neighbor Caderousse; and ready to be agreeable to you in any and every way," replied Dantes, but ill−concealing his coldness under this cloak of civility. "Thanks −− thanks; but, fortunately, I do not want for anything; and it chances that at times there are others who have need of me." Dantes made a gesture. "I do not allude to you, my boy. No! −− no! I lent you money, and you returned it; that's like good neighbors, and we are quits." "We are never quits with those who oblige us," was Dantes' reply; "for when we do not owe them money, we owe them gratitude." "What's the use of mentioning that? What is done is done. Let us talk of your happy return, my boy. I had gone on the quay to match a piece of mulberry cloth, when I met friend Danglars. `You at Marseilles?' −− `Yes,' says he. "`I thought you were at Smyrna.' −− `I was; but am now back again.' "`And where is the dear boy, our little Edmond?' "`Why, with his father, no doubt,' replied Danglars. And so I came," added Caderousse, "as fast as I could to have the pleasure of shaking hands with a friend." "Worthy Caderousse!" said the old man, "he is so much attached to us." "Yes, to be sure I am. I love and esteem you, because honest folks are so rare. But it seems you have come back rich, my boy," continued the tailor, looking askance at the handful of gold and silver which Dantes had thrown on the table.

Chapter 2


The young man remarked the greedy glance which shone in the dark eyes of his neighbor. "Eh," he said, negligently. "this money is not mine. I was expressing to my father my fears that he had wanted many things in my absence, and to convince me he emptied his purse on the table. Come, father" added Dantes, "put this money back in your box −− unless neighbor Caderousse wants anything, and in that case it is at his service." "No, my boy, no," said Caderousse. "I am not in any want, thank God, my living is suited to my means. Keep your money −− keep it, I say; −− one never has too much; −− but, at the same time, my boy, I am as much obliged by your offer as if I took advantage of it." "It was offered with good will," said Dantes. "No doubt, my boy; no doubt. Well, you stand well with M. Morrel I hear, −− you insinuating dog, you!" "M. Morrel has always been exceedingly kind to me," replied Dantes. "Then you were wrong to refuse to dine with him." "What, did you refuse to dine with him?" said old Dantes; "and did he invite you to dine?" "Yes, my dear father," replied Edmond, smiling at his father's astonishment at the excessive honor paid to his son. "And why did you refuse, my son?" inquired the old man. "That I might the sooner see you again, my dear father," replied the young man. "I was most anxious to see you." "But it must have vexed M. Morrel, good, worthy man," said Caderousse. "And when you are looking forward to be captain, it was wrong to annoy the owner."

Chapter 2


"But I explained to him the cause of my refusal," replied Dantes, "and I hope he fully understood it." "Yes, but to be captain one must do a little flattery to one's patrons." "I hope to be captain without that," said Dantes. "So much the better −− so much the better! Nothing will give greater pleasure to all your old friends; and I know one down there behind the Saint Nicolas citadel who will not be sorry to hear it." "Mercedes?" said the old man. "Yes, my dear father, and with your permission, now I have seen you, and know you are well and have all you require, I will ask your consent to go and pay a visit to the Catalans." "Go, my dear boy," said old Dantes: "and heaven bless you in your wife, as it has blessed me in my son!" "His wife!" said Caderousse; "why, how fast you go on, father Dantes; she is not his wife yet, as it seems to me." "So, but according to all probability she soon will be," replied Edmond. "Yes −− yes," said Caderousse; "but you were right to return as soon as possible, my boy." "And why?" "Because Mercedes is a very fine girl, and fine girls never lack followers; she particularly has them by dozens." "Really?" answered Edmond, with a smile which had in it traces of slight uneasiness.

Chapter 2


"Ah, yes," continued Caderousse, "and capital offers, too; but you know, you will be captain, and who could refuse you then?" "Meaning to say," replied Dantes, with a smile which but ill−concealed his trouble, "that if I were not a captain" −− "Eh −− eh!" said Caderousse, shaking his head. "Come, come," said the sailor, "I have a better opinion than you of women in general, and of Mercedes in particular; and I am certain that, captain or not, she will remain ever faithful to me." "So much the better −− so much the better," said Caderousse. "When one is going to be married, there is nothing like implicit confidence; but never mind that, my boy, −− go and announce your arrival, and let her know all your hopes and prospects." "I will go directly," was Edmond's reply; and, embracing his father, and nodding to Caderousse, he left the apartment. Caderousse lingered for a moment, then taking leave of old Dantes, he went downstairs to rejoin Danglars, who awaited him at the corner of the Rue Senac. "Well," said Danglars, "did you see him?" "I have just left him," answered Caderousse. "Did he allude to his hope of being captain?" "He spoke of it as a thing already decided." "Indeed!" said Danglars, "he is in too much hurry, it appears to me." "Why, it seems M. Morrel has promised him the thing."

Chapter 2


"So that he is quite elated about it?" "Why, yes, he is actually insolent over the matter −− has already offered me his patronage, as if he were a grand personage, and proffered me a loan of money, as though he were a banker." "Which you refused?" "Most assuredly; although I might easily have accepted it, for it was I who put into his hands the first silver he ever earned; but now M. Dantes has no longer any occasion for assistance −− he is about to become a captain." "Pooh!" said Danglars, "he is not one yet." "Ma foi, it will be as well if he is not," answered Caderousse; "for if he should be, there will be really no speaking to him." "If we choose," replied Danglars, "he will remain what he is; and perhaps become even less than he is." "What do you mean?" "Nothing −− I was speaking to myself. And is he still in love with the Catalane?" "Over head and ears; but, unless I am much mistaken, there will be a storm in that quarter." "Explain yourself." "Why should I?" "It is more important than you think, perhaps. You do not like Dantes?" "I never like upstarts."

Chapter 2


"Then tell me all you know about the Catalane." "I know nothing for certain; only I have seen things which induce me to believe, as I told you, that the future captain will find some annoyance in the vicinity of the Vieilles Infirmeries." "What have you seen? −− come, tell me!" "Well, every time I have seen Mercedes come into the city she has been accompanied by a tall, strapping, black−eyed Catalan, with a red complexion, brown skin, and fierce air, whom she calls cousin." "Really; and you think this cousin pays her attentions?" "I only suppose so. What else can a strapping chap of twenty−one mean with a fine wench of seventeen?" "And you say that Dantes has gone to the Catalans?" "He went before I came down." "Let us go the same way; we will stop at La Reserve, and we can drink a glass of La Malgue, whilst we wait for news." "Come along," said Caderousse; "but you pay the score." "Of course," replied Danglars; and going quickly to the designated place, they called for a bottle of wine, and two glasses. Pere Pamphile had seen Dantes pass not ten minutes before; and assured that he was at the Catalans, they sat down under the budding foliage of the planes and sycamores, in the branches of which the birds were singing their welcome to one of the first days of spring.

brown. her eyes as velvety as the gazelle's. half Moorish. Our readers will follow us along the only street of this little village. Whence it came no one knew. or two−and−twenty. and modelled after those of the Arlesian Venus. they had run their boats ashore. and within coated with whitewash. For three or four centuries they have remained upon this small promontory. about a hundred paces from the spot where the two friends sat looking and listening as they drank their wine. still remains. and three months afterwards. At three paces from her. around the twelve or fifteen small vessels which had brought these gypsies of the sea. and is inhabited by descendants of the first comers. half Spanish. begged the commune of Marseilles to give them this bare and barren promontory. like the sailors of old. and it spoke an unknown tongue. was leaning with her back against the wainscot. the flowers of which she was picking off and strewing on the floor. where. Long ago this mysterious colony quitted Spain. who speak the language of their fathers. Beyond a bare. and settled on the tongue of land on which it is to this day. who understood Provencal. without mixing with the Marseillaise population. A young and beautiful girl. a small village sprang up. her arms. which is sunburned to the beautiful dead−leaf color peculiar to the buildings of the country. moved with a kind of restless impatience. weather−worn wall. The request was granted. seated in a chair which he balanced on two legs. leaning his elbow on an old worm−eaten table. gray and blue clocked. on which they had settled like a flight of seabirds. with hair as black as jet. and she tapped the earth with her arched and supple foot. intermarrying. bare to the elbow. in its red cotton. rubbing in her slender delicately moulded fingers a bunch of heath blossoms. and preserving their original customs and the costume of their mother−country as they have preserved its language. was a tall young man of twenty. like a Spanish posada. and enter with us one of the houses. who was . stocking. was the village of the Catalans. so as to display the pure and full shape of her well−turned leg. One of its chiefs. constructed in a singular and picturesque manner. This village.Chapter 3 30 Chapter 3 The Catalans.

and really you must be very stupid to ask me again. Fernand?" "Yes. and are only at liberty on sufferance. do not cite this custom in your favor. which was the only stay of my existence!" "At least it was not I who ever encouraged you in that hope. I pray of you.' Is not this true. "You see. I have subsisted almost entirely on public charity. but the firm and steady gaze of the young girl controlled his look. Fernand. that I may at last believe it! Tell me for the hundredth time that you refuse my love. liable at any moment to be called upon to take up arms. and by my mother to me? She has been dead a year." said the young man. for my heart is another's. a poor orphan. forlorn. Fernand.Chapter 3 31 looking at her with an air in which vexation and uneasiness were mingled. "Yes. but do you forget that it is among the Catalans a sacred law to intermarry?" "You mistake. and to lose that hope. Fernand. what would you do with me. Fernand." replied the young man. which had your mother's sanction. to have dreamed for ten years of being your husband. you have been cruelly frank with me. Fernand. but do not ask from me more than sisterly affection. He questioned her with his eyes. and. it is not a law. with nothing but a half−ruined hut and a few ragged nets. Ah. Sometimes you pretend I am useful to you. repeat it. without fortune. −− repeat it. tell me. You are included in the conscription. that my life or death are nothing to you. I beg of you. Make me understand once for all that you are trifling with my happiness. Mercedes. "you cannot reproach me with the slightest coquetry." "Well. Mercedes. Mercedes. and that is an excuse to share ." replied Mercedes. the miserable inheritance left by my father to my mother. "here is Easter come round again. that is very true. I have always said to you. but merely a custom. and you know. `I love you as a brother. is this the moment for a wedding?" "I have answered you a hundred times. Once a soldier.

and become in time a dealer myself. −− I feel very keenly. beloved by you. might get a place as clerk in a warehouse. Mercedes. so remain a fisherman. Mercedes. Fernand." replied Fernand." "And if it were. and still more because it would give you so much pain if I refuse. I would tempt fortune. you are a soldier. "a woman becomes a bad manager. I will wear a varnished hat. you would bring me good luck. and a blue jacket. with an anchor on the buttons. but you are afraid to share mine." "Well. Well. shaking her head. Fernand.Chapter 3 32 with me the produce of your fishing. which you despise. you suit me as well as the daughter of the first shipowner or the richest banker of Marseilles! What do such as we desire but a good wife and careful housekeeper. as I cannot give you more. instead of the costume of our fathers." answered Mercedes. and who shall say she will remain an honest woman. Would not that dress please you?" "What do you mean?" asked Mercedes. for I say once more that is all I can promise. that this is charity. with an angry glance. and if you remain at the Catalans it is because there is no war. and where can I look for these better than in you?" "Fernand. I will do better. I could extend my occupation as a fisherman. "you can endure your own wretchedness patiently. when she loves another man better than her husband? Rest content with my friendship. a striped shirt. Mercedes. and contented with my friendship. because you are the son of my father's brother. Fernand. and I should become rich. and I accept it. I will be a sailor. poor and lone as you are. because we were brought up together." "I understand. and I will promise no more than I can bestow. But I feel very deeply that this fish which I go and sell. −− "what do you mean? I do not understand you?" . and with the produce of which I buy the flax I spin." "You could do no such thing.

" cried Mercedes. "wait. Fernand. or if he is not. wait. you will content yourself with having me for your friend and sister. I will tell you that he died loving me and me only. her eyes troubled and moistened with tears. "I understand you. but these tears flowed for another." The young girl made a gesture of rage. because you are expecting some one who is thus attired. to seek a quarrel with a man is a bad method of pleasing the woman who loves that man. and during these four months there have been some terrible storms. is this your final determination?" "I love Edmond Dantes." . I will not deny it. I do await. the sea is so to him. Fernand. although for each of these tears he would have shed his heart's blood. Mercedes. and besides. Mercedes. What end would that answer? To lose you my friendship if he were conquered. and he has been gone four months. "I believed you were good−hearted. you are wicked to call to your aid jealousy and the anger of God! Yes. and then." Fernand made no reply. with his eyes glowing and his hands clinched. if he does not return. and I was mistaken! Fernand. instead of accusing him of the inconstancy which you insinuate." "Fernand. He arose." "And you will always love him?" "As long as I live." the young girl calmly replied. Unable to have me for your wife. and. suddenly stopping before Mercedes.Chapter 3 33 "I mean. nor did he attempt to check the tears which flowed down the cheeks of Mercedes. Believe me. No." he said. but perhaps he whom you await is inconstant. "once for all. −− "Say. you would cross your Catalan knife with his dirk. paced a while up and down the hut. that you are thus harsh and cruel with me. and see that friendship changed into hate if you were victor." she added. you said just now that the sea was treacherous. and I do love him of whom you speak. you will not thus give way to evil thoughts. "and none but Edmond shall ever be my husband. Fernand. you would be revenged on him because I do not love you.

pale. heaved a sigh that was like a groan. −− "But if he is dead" −− "If he is dead. like a traveller at the sight of a serpent." Then. he inquired. which shot into the room through the open door. "I did not perceive that there were three of us." exclaimed the young girl. At first they saw nothing around them. pale and trembling. saying. "Who is this gentleman?" "One who will be your best friend. and fell into a chair beside him. blushing with delight. as it was defined in the shadow. for here he is!" And rushing towards the door. Their intense happiness isolated them from all the rest of the world. the young Catalan placed his hand on the knife at his belt. my cousin. your pardon. By a movement for which he could scarcely account to himself." "If he has forgotten you" −− "Mercedes!" called a joyous voice from without. I shall die too. −− "Mercedes!" "Ah.Chapter 3 34 Fernand let fall his head like a defeated man. here I am!" Fernand. it is Fernand −− the man whom. covered them with a flood of light. frowning in his turn. I love the best in the world. Edmond. "you see he has not forgotten me. my brother. turning to Mercedes. The burning Marseilles sun. "Ah. Edmond. and they only spoke in broken words. "Here. and threatening countenance of Fernand. Suddenly Edmond saw the gloomy." said Dantes. and fairly leaping in excess of love. which are the tokens of a joy so extreme that they seem rather the expression of sorrow. Dantes. after you. said. drew back. with clinched teeth and expanded nostrils. she opened it. and then suddenly looking her full in the face. Edmond and Mercedes were clasped in each other's arms. for he is my friend. Do you not remember him?" .

"Oh. like a powerless though furious wave. remained mute and trembling. however. "And should any misfortune occur to you. But Fernand." he exclaimed. instead of responding to this amiable gesture.Chapter 3 35 "Yes!" said Dantes. and his anger waxed hot. running furiously and tearing his hair −− "Oh. and offered him his hand. who will deliver me from this man? Wretched −− wretched that I am!" . "if misfortune should occur to you. who. had he touched Edmond's hand than he felt he had done all he could do. I would ascend the highest point of the Cape de Morgion and cast myself headlong from it. leaving the house to return to it no more. Edmond! If I believed that." "An enemy!" cried Mercedes. Edmond. "But you are deceived." she continued. he extended the other to the Catalan with a cordial air." she continued with the same calmness which proved to Fernand that the young girl had read the very innermost depths of his sinister thought. came slowly towards Edmond. when I came with such haste to you. "You have no enemy here −− there is no one but Fernand. and then again on the gloomy and menacing Fernand. This look told him all." Fernand became deadly pale. and without relinquishing Mercedes hand clasped in one of his own. dear Edmond. and rushed hastily out of the house." Fernand's eye darted lightning. who will grasp your hand as a devoted friend. Scarcely. as if fascinated by it. I would place my arm under yours and go with you to Marseilles. my brother. with an angry look at her cousin. do you say. Edmond then cast his eyes scrutinizingly at the agitated and embarrassed Mercedes." And at these words the young girl fixed her imperious look on the Catalan. "An enemy in my house. "I did not know. that I was to meet an enemy here. His hatred. was broken against the strong ascendancy which Mercedes exercised over him.

Chapter 3 36 "Hallo. and slowly entered the arbor. looked around him. didn't you?" And he fell. "Good−day. and whose coolness somewhat of refreshment to his exhausted body. The young man stopped suddenly. said Caderousse. and I was afraid you would throw yourself into the sea. "You called me. "He seems besotted. whose shade seemed to restore somewhat of calmness to his senses. and turning towards the young man. "Why. "I called you because you were running like a madman. to prevent his swallowing three or four pints of water unnecessarily!" . said." said he. they are not only to offer him a glass of wine. "why don't you come? Are you really in such a hurry that you have no time to pass the time of day with your friends?" "Particularly when they have still a full bottle before them. can't you make up your mind?" Fernand wiped away the perspiration steaming from his brow." said Danglars. and is Dantes triumphant in spite of all we have believed?" "Why. Catalan! Hallo. Fernand! where are you running to?" exclaimed a voice. "Are we mistaken. pushing Caderousse with his knee. "Well". rather than sat down. but did not say a word." added Danglars." said Caderousse. under an arbor. and perceived Caderousse sitting at table with Danglars. Catalan. moreover. but. we must inquire into that. Fernand looked at them both with a stupefied air. "Well." was Caderousse's reply. when a man has friends. on one of the seats which surrounded the table. laughing.

and dropped his head into his hands. "you look uncommonly like a rejected lover. "Well. unfortunately. "Ah. is a good and brave Catalan." said Caderousse. which resembled a sob. I must say. come. that the fine girl is in love with the mate of the Pharaon. Danglars. But I thought you were a Catalan. I do not understand. Fernand. lifting up his head. "Mercedes is not accountable to any person. "this is how it is. one of the best fishermen in Marseilles." said Caderousse." said Caderousse. "it is another thing. and as the Pharaon arrived to−day −− why. beginning the conversation." "My health is well enough." "No. "Well." and he burst into a hoarse laugh. if you take it in that sense. "Poor Fernand has been dismissed." said Fernand." said Danglars. "a lad of his make was not born to be unhappy in love. Caderousse. whom you see here. and they told me the Catalans were not men to . winking at his friend. and looking at Caderousse like a man who looks for some one on whom to vent his anger. You are laughing at him. Fernand." he replied." said Caderousse. and he is in love with a very fine girl. "only hark how he sighs! Come. "hold up your head. his elbows leaning on the table. you understand!" "No.Chapter 3 37 Fernand gave a groan. and answer us. you see. but it appears. is she? Is she not free to love whomsoever she will?" "Oh. It's not polite not to reply to friends who ask news of your health. clinching his hands without raising his head. "Bah!" said Danglars. with that brutality of the common people in which curiosity destroys all diplomacy. named Mercedes. and what then?" said Fernand." continued Caderousse. Fernand.

−− "under any circumstances Fernand is not the only person put out by the fortunate arrival of Dantes." said Caderousse. is he." he said. and on whom the fumes of the wine began to take effect. "No. "Oh.Chapter 3 38 allow themselves to be supplanted by a rival. you are right −− and I should say that would bring him ill−luck." "Ah. "Never mind −− in the meantime he marries Mercedes −− the lovely Mercedes −− at least he returns to do that. was terrible in his vengeance. ma foi. never mind. on whose heart Caderousse's words fell like molten lead." Fernand smiled piteously. but it will be. who drank as he spoke. he did not expect to see Dantes return so suddenly −− he thought he was dead. "Why. "A lover is never terrible. under any circumstances." "Well. It was even told me that Fernand. it is not yet fixed!" murmured Fernand. Danglars?" "No. "Poor fellow!" remarked Danglars. "as surely as Dantes will be captain of the Pharaon −− eh. while Danglars had merely sipped his. but he read nothing but envy in a countenance already . pouring out a glass of wine for Fernand. you see. Danglars?" Danglars shuddered at this unexpected attack. and turned to Caderousse. especially. or perchance faithless! These things always come on us more severely when they come suddenly." During this time Danglars fixed his piercing glance on the young man. whose countenance he scrutinized. perhaps." answered Caderousse." said Caderousse. to try and detect whether the blow was premeditated. affecting to pity the young man from the bottom of his heart. "And when is the wedding to be?" he asked. and filling his own for the eighth or ninth time.

and let the lovers make love without interruption. You know wine is a deceiver. in the direction of the Catalans? Look. "Try to stand upright. now!" said Caderousse. At this Fernand recollected her threat of dying if Edmond died. "and I did not recognize them! Hallo." was the reply. lovely damsel! Come this way. pricked by Danglars. but I should say it was two lovers walking side by side." "Hold your tongue. eh!" stammered Caderousse. and hand in hand. when Mercedes. "Well. see there. "let us drink to Captain Edmond Dantes. "Eh. as the bull is by the bandilleros. "Yes. lifted up her lovely head. was about to rush out. with the tenacity of drunkards. Fernand?" he said. and let us know when the wedding is to be. smiling and graceful. "What do I see down there by the wall. your eyes are better than mine. filling the glasses.Chapter 3 39 rendered brutal and stupid by drunkenness. leaned out of the arbor. he is well−behaved!" Fernand. "Do you know them. for he had risen from his seat. Heaven forgive me. and swallowed the contents at a gulp. Fernand. See. Dantes! hello. look at Fernand. and they are actually embracing!" Danglars did not lose one pang that Fernand endured. pretending to restrain Caderousse. who. and seemed to be collecting himself to dash headlong upon his rival. they do not know that we can see them. "It is Edmond and Mercedes!" "Ah. Fernand dashed his on the ground. in a low voice. and dropped again heavily on his seat. will you?" said Danglars. for Fernand here is so obstinate he will not tell us. probably excited beyond bearing. and follow his example." said he. and looked at them with her clear and bright eyes. Danglars . eh. husband of the beautiful Catalane!" Caderousse raised his glass to his mouth with unsteady hand. I believe I see double.

half−rising. the other overwhelmed with love. So call me Mercedes. too. Yet this Catalan has eyes that glisten like those of the vengeful Spaniards. my dear fellow!" replied Dantes." he added. and with his fist on the table. Caderousse. if you please. and in my country it bodes ill fortune. the one brutalized by liquor. to call a young girl by the name of her betrothed before he becomes her husband. Here's an envious fellow making himself boozy on wine when he ought to be nursing his wrath." he muttered. or are you too proud to speak to them?" "No. Edmond! do you not see your friends. then. Madame Dantes?" Mercedes courtesied gravely. that's an explanation!" said Caderousse. and Calabrians. . Edmond's star is in the ascendant. "I am not proud." "Ah. and happiness blinds. "and I am very much afraid of being here between a drunkard and a coward. more than pride. and laugh at us all. Unquestionably. bowing to the young couple. Dantes. Sicilians. they say. "How do you do. and here is a fool who sees the woman he loves stolen from under his nose and takes on like a big baby. "he is so easily mistaken.Chapter 3 40 looked at the two men. unless" −− a sinister smile passed over Danglars' lips −− "unless I take a hand in the affair." "We must excuse our worthy neighbor. "hallo. very well. the wedding is to take place immediately. and the other has fists big enough to crush an ox at one blow. "Hallo!" continued Caderousse." said Dantes. but I am happy. M. I think. and he will marry the splendid girl −− he will be captain." said Danglars. "I shall get nothing from these fools. one after the other." "So. and said −− "That is not my name.

"I will say to you as Mercedes said just now to Caderousse. and we have lots of time." said Edmond. too. M. the Pharaon cannot be under weigh again in less than three months." Fernand opened his mouth to reply." replied Danglars. Danglars. "Fernand. M. but his voice died on his lips. My friends will be there. Danglars. and he could not utter a word. you are invited. Mercedes and I. really? −− to Paris! and will it be the first time you have ever been there." "We are always in a hurry to be happy. or next day at latest. is invited!" "My wife's brother is my brother. we have great difficulty in believing in good fortune. for when we have suffered a long time. Dantes?" "Yes. `Do not give me a title which does not belong to me'. I must go to Paris. should be very sorry if he were absent at such a time. "To−day the preliminaries." "Ah. "and we. Caderousse. Danglars. that is to say. smiling." "And Fernand. captain!" "Danglars." said Caderousse with a chuckle. to−day all preliminaries will be arranged at my father's." said Edmond. "I merely said you seemed in a hurry. I hope. But it is not selfishness alone that makes me thus in haste." "Your pardon.Chapter 3 41 "As soon as possible." "Have you business there?" . M. to−morrow or next day the ceremony! You are in a hurry. that may bring me bad luck. and you. and to−morrow. the wedding festival here at La Reserve.

" "It drives me to despair. my friend. as calm and joyous as if they were the very elect of heaven. "Do you. who was walking away. Danglars −− it is sacred. he added. you are not yet registered number one on board the good ship Pharaon. "Thank you. Besides." said Edmond with a friendly nod. Chapter 4 Conspiracy. "here is a marriage which does not appear to make everybody happy. Dantes." he cried. Ah." said Fernand. pale and trembling. and the two lovers continued on their way." "Yes. "A pleasant journey. "To Paris. and then in a low tone." said Danglars to Fernand. Danglars followed Edmond and Mercedes with his eyes until the two lovers disappeared behind one of the angles of Fort Saint Nicolas. then turning round. while Caderousse stammered out the words of a drinking−song. this letter gives me an idea −− a capital idea! Ah. you know to what I allude. love Mercedes?" "I adore her!" "For long?" . the last commission of poor Captain Leclere. who had fallen. he perceived Fernand." said Danglars.Chapter 4 42 "Not of my own. yes. into his chair." then turning towards Edmond. I understand. my dear sir. then. no doubt to deliver the letter which the grand marshal gave him. "Well. I shall only take the time to go and return.

" "Idiot!" muttered Danglars." "What would you have me do?" said Fernand. what matter. with the accents of unshaken resolution. "That's love. but never do them." "What?" "I would stab the man." "I have found already." "And you sit there.Chapter 4 43 "As long as I have known her −− always." replied Fernand. or I don't know what love is. but the woman told me that if any misfortune happened to her betrothed. instead of seeking to remedy your condition. what she threatens she will do. she would kill herself." said Danglars." "Pooh! Women say those things." said Caderousse. "I would die myself!" "That's what I call love!" said Caderousse with a voice more tipsy than ever. provided Dantes is not captain?" "Before Mercedes should die. tearing your hair. and hang me. and you shall find. "you appear to me a good sort of fellow. seek. but for you −− in the words of the gospel. I did not think that was the way of your people. but" −− "Yes. "How do I know? Is it my affair? I am not in love with Mademoiselle Mercedes." "Come. "whether she kill herself or not." "You do not know Mercedes. "but how?" . I should like to help you.

" ." said Caderousse." "You said. but I added. Drink then. "You were saying. Prove it. "well that's a good one! I could drink four more such bottles. who will prove to you that you are wrong. Pere Pamphile. "What was I saying? I forget." "I −− drunk!" said Caderousse. for it is because they have bad thoughts which they are afraid the liquor will extract from their hearts. Danglars. −− `Tous les mechants sont beuveurs d'eau. indeed. "and here is Danglars. my friend. they are no bigger than cologne flasks. sir." "Drunk. "you are three parts drunk.'* * "The wicked are great drinkers of water As the flood proved once for all. Say there is no need why Dantes should die. finish the bottle. so much the worse for those who fear wine. C'est bien prouve par le deluge. deep fellow. but" −− "Yes. your health. for that requires all one's wit and cool judgment. and yet Dantes need not die. and you will be completely so. awaiting with great anxiety the end of this interrupted remark." remarked Fernand. and the marriage may easily be thwarted. sir" −− said Fernand. to help you it would be sufficient that Dantes did not marry her you love. who is a wide−awake. I have answered for you. you would like to help me.Chapter 4 44 "My dear fellow. Dantes. and do not meddle with what we are discussing." "Death alone can separate them. if you like. This drunken Caderousse has made me lose the thread of my sentence. it would. "You talk like a noodle. more wine!" and Caderousse rattled his glass upon the table. be a pity he should. Dantes is a good fellow." replied Danglars." and Caderousse began to sing the two last lines of a song very popular at the time. methinks. clever. I like Dantes.

"should they put Dantes in prison? he has not robbed or killed or murdered." said Caderousse. you have some motive of personal hatred against Dantes. restraining the young man." "I know not why you meddle." persisted Caderousse. with what sense was left him. you understand there is no need to kill him. "drunk as he is. one seeks revenge" −− "What matters that?" muttered Fernand. but one gets out of prison." "Certainly not. and turning towards Fernand. I should like to know." "Yes. and if the walls of a prison were between Edmond and Mercedes they would be as effectually separated as if he lay under a tombstone.Chapter 4 45 Fernand rose impatiently. you have the means of having Dantes arrested. "I won't hold my tongue!" replied Caderousse. Have you that means?" "It is to be found for the searching." said Danglars." . your health!" and he swallowed another glass of wine. as you said just now. But why should I meddle in the matter? it is no affair of mine. "and when one gets out and one's name is Edmond Dantes." said Fernand. said. Absence severs as well as death. "And why. I like Dantes. Dantes." "Hold your tongue!" said Danglars. he is not much out in what he says. "Let him run on. listened eagerly to the conversation. for he who himself hates is never mistaken in the sentiments of others. who. if. Danglars saw in the muddled look of the tailor the progress of his intoxication. "Well. seizing his arm. "but this I know. "I say I want to know why they should put Dantes in prison.

"Waiter. but since you believe I act for my own account. that's all." Caderousse." "Do you invent. provided it is not to kill the man." "True. "here's to his health! his health −− hurrah!" "But the means −− the means?" said Fernand. I will execute it. restraining him. on my word! I saw you were unhappy. no." and Danglars rose as if he meant to depart." said Danglars. yes. I won't have Dantes killed −− I won't!" "And who has said a word about killing him. and your unhappiness interested me. "stay! It is of very little consequence to me at the end of the matter whether you have any angry feeling or not against Dantes." said Fernand impatiently. Dantes' good health!" said Caderousse. I hate him! I confess it openly. "Have you not hit upon any?" asked Danglars. he said." said Fernand." "Yes. "No. as I shared mine with him." he added." replied Danglars. filling Caderousse's glass.Chapter 4 46 "I! −− motives of hatred against Dantes? None. who had let his head drop on the table. "No! −− you undertook to do so. drink to his health. for Mercedes has declared she will kill herself if Dantes is killed." . and paper. while the French invent. −− "Kill Dantes! who talks of killing Dantes? I won't have him killed −− I won't! He's my friend. get out of the affair as best you may. "pen. "the French have the superiority over the Spaniards. and looking at Fernand with his dull and fishy eyes. muddlehead?" replied Danglars. "We were merely joking. ink. adieu. Do you find the means. my dear friend. emptying his glass. and this morning offered to share his money with me. now raised it. "and do not interfere with us. that the Spaniards ruminate. then.

" muttered Fernand. lifted his hand from the paper and seized the glass. almost overcome by this fresh assault on his senses. or rather dropped. "Well!" resumed the Catalan. The Catalan watched him until Caderousse." said the waiter. as he saw the final glimmer of Caderousse's reason vanishing before the last glass of wine." The waiter did as he was desired. I will supply you with the means of supporting your accusation. then. and paper. in which he touched at the Island of Elba. pen. letting his hand drop on the paper. "Yes. "There's what you want on that table. "that if after a voyage such as Dantes has just made. who. and without my tools I am fit for nothing. than of a sword or pistol." said Caderousse. "When one thinks. but they will make you then sign your declaration. ink." called Fernand loudly. and confront you with him you have denounced. then. I am a supercargo. "Bring them here. some one were to denounce him to the king's procureur as a Bonapartist agent" −− "I will denounce him!" exclaimed the young man hastily." Fernand filled Caderousse's glass. his glass upon the table. for instance." "The fellow is not so drunk as he appears to be. Fernand. "there is here wherewithal to kill a man more sure than if we waited at the corner of a wood to assassinate him! I have always had more dread of a pen. "Yes. But Dantes cannot ." resumed Danglars. "Give him some more wine. I should say." said Danglars. and paper are my tools. rested. and paper. for I know the fact well." "Pen. a bottle of ink. "Well. ink. ink.Chapter 4 47 "Pen. like the confirmed toper he was. and a sheet of paper.

"now your revenge looks like common−sense. after having touched at Naples and Porto−Ferrajo. had followed the reading of the letter. "Yes. is informed by a friend of the throne and religion.Chapter 4 48 remain forever in prison. for the letter will be found upon him. arrived this morning from Smyrna. has been intrusted by Murat with a letter for the usurper. and by the usurper with a letter for the Bonapartist committee in Paris. `To the king's attorney. and totally unlike it. and which Fernand read in an undertone: −− "The honorable. who. and the day when he comes out. and instinctively ." "Yes." resumed Danglars. and the matter will thus work its own way. dip it into this ink. wrote with his left hand. woe betide him who was the cause of his incarceration!" "Oh. and one day or other he will leave it." "Very good. and write upon it. "if we resolve on such a step. I should wish nothing better than that he would come and seek a quarrel with me." And Danglars." And Danglars wrote the address as he spoke. Proof of this crime will be found on arresting him. uniting practice with theory. mate of the ship Pharaon. that one Edmond Dantes. "No. and write with the left hand (that the writing may not be recognized) the denunciation we propose. and that's all settled!" exclaimed Caderousse. this pen. it would be much better to take. for in no way can it revert to yourself. or in his cabin on board the Pharaon. which he handed to Fernand. or at his father's. no. who will detest you if you have only the misfortune to scratch the skin of her dearly beloved Edmond!" "True!" said Fernand. the king's attorney. by a last effort of intellect. and in a writing reversed from his usual style. as I now do.' and that's all settled. and Mercedes! Mercedes. there is nothing to do now but fold the letter as I am doing. the following lines." continued Danglars.

rising with all the offended dignity of a drunken man. I'll wager I can go up into the belfry of the Accoules." said Danglars." replied Caderousse. because unable to stand on your legs. only it will be an infamous shame. "and as what I say and do is merely in jest. Come. amongst the first and foremost. "I can't keep on my legs? Why." said Fernand." ." said Caderousse. he squeezed it up in his hands and threw it into a corner of the arbor." "I?" said Caderousse. and without staggering." "You have had too much already. "In this case. rising and looking at the young man. let us go. but whose eye was fixed on the denunciatory sheet of paper flung into the corner. "I shall return to the Catalans. Fernand. "but I don't want your arm at all. "Dantes is my friend." said Danglars. and I. Give me your arm. won't you return to Marseilles with us?" "No. who still remained seated. too!" "Done!" said Danglars. "Yes. "let's have some more wine. but to−morrow −− to−day it is time to return. and I won't have him ill−used. and that's all settled. "Yes. should be sorry if anything happened to Dantes −− the worthy Dantes −− look here!" And taking the letter. you will be compelled to sleep here. "All right!" said Caderousse. taking it from beyond his reach.Chapter 4 49 comprehended all the misery which such a denunciation must entail. "and if you continue. drunkard. I wish to drink to the health of Edmond and the lovely Mercedes." said Danglars. and let us go." "And who thinks of using him ill? Certainly neither I nor Fernand. "I'll take your bet." "Very well." and he stretched out his hand to reach the letter.

" said Danglars to himself. "now the thing is at work and it will effect its purpose unassisted. there's liberty for all the world. pick up the crumpled paper. Come with us to Marseilles −− come along. "he's gone right enough. The morning's sun rose clear and resplendent. to take him off towards Marseilles by the Porte Saint−Victor." Chapter 5 The Marriage−Feast. . Danglars looked back and saw Fernand stoop." said Caderousse. you don't see straight. what a lie he told! He said he was going to the Catalans. and he is going to the city.Chapter 5 50 "You're wrong." said Caderousse. my prince. When they had advanced about twenty yards. just as you like. and putting it into his pocket then rush out of the arbor towards Pillon. "Well. Hallo. and let the young gentleman return to the Catalans if he chooses." "I will not. Danglars." Danglars took advantage of Caderousse's temper at the moment. touching the foamy waves into a network of ruby−tinted light. Fernand!" "Oh. come." "Well. Come along." said Danglars. "why. staggering as he went." "What do you mean? you will not? Well. "I should have said not −− how treacherous wine is!" "Come.

the whole of whom had arrayed themselves in their choicest costumes. accompanied by Caderousse. who had himself assured him of his intention to dine at La Reserve. In fact. Various rumors were afloat to the effect that the owners of the Pharaon had promised to attend the nuptial feast. an hour previous to that time the balcony was filled with impatient and expectant guests. with whose arbor the reader is already familiar. . who hailed the visit of the shipowner as a sure indication that the man whose wedding feast he thus delighted to honor would ere long be first in command of the ship.Chapter 5 51 The feast had been made ready on the second floor at La Reserve. stating that he had recently conversed with M. and as Dantes was universally beloved on board his vessel. a moment later M. who now made his appearance. Danglars and Caderousse were despatched in search of the bride−groom to convey to him the intelligence of the arrival of the important personage whose coming had created such a lively sensation. and other personal friends of the bride−groom. consisting of the favored part of the crew of the Pharaon. the sailors put no restraint on their tumultuous joy at finding that the opinion and choice of their superiors so exactly coincided with their own. Morrel appeared and was saluted with an enthusiastic burst of applause from the crew of the Pharaon. With the entrance of M. beneath these windows a wooden balcony extended the entire length of the house. Morrel. however. but all seemed unanimous in doubting that an act of such rare and exceeding condescension could possibly be intended. over each of which was written in golden letters for some inexplicable reason the name of one of the principal cities of France. in order to do greater honor to the occasion. And although the entertainment was fixed for twelve o'clock. Morrel. and to beseech him to make haste. The apartment destined for the purpose was spacious and lighted by a number of windows. effectually confirmed the report. Danglars.

Thus he came along. was pale and abstracted. but ere they had gone many steps they perceived a group advancing towards them. by whose side walked Dantes' father. trimmed with steel buttons. with an agitated and restless gaze. occasionally. parading the newly opened gardens of the Tuileries and Luxembourg. whose desire to partake of the good things provided for the wedding−party had induced him to become reconciled to the Dantes. while from his three−cornered hat depended a long streaming knot of white and blue ribbons. beautifully cut and polished. and exchanged a hearty shake of the hand with Edmond. however. His thin but wiry legs were arrayed in a pair of richly embroidered clocked stockings. he cast on him a look of deep meaning. Beside him glided Caderousse. −− the latter of whom attracted universal notice. a deep flush would overspread his countenance. they were so happy that they were conscious only of the sunshine and the presence of each other.Chapter 5 52 Danglars and Caderousse set off upon their errand at full speed. although there still lingered in his mind a faint and unperfect recollection of the events of the preceding night. whose lips wore their usual sinister smile. composed of the betrothed pair. he would glance in the direction of Marseilles. to have entirely forgotten that such a being as himself existed. As Danglars approached the disappointed lover. looking for all the world like one of the aged dandies of 1796. Danglars and Caderousse took their places beside Fernand and old Dantes. supporting himself on a curiously carved stick. in their own unmixed content. Having acquitted themselves of their errand. as he slowly paced behind the happy pair. while Fernand. Neither Mercedes nor Edmond observed the strange expression of his countenance. . just as the brain retains on waking in the morning the dim and misty outline of a dream. his aged countenance lit up with happiness. who seemed. the whole brought up by Fernand. while. like one who either anticipated or foresaw some great and important event. and a nervous contraction distort his features. The old man was attired in a suit of glistening watered silk. a party of young girls in attendance on the bride. father and son. evidently of English manufacture.

round.Chapter 5 53 Dantes himself was simply. Danglars at his left. to whom he had repeated the promise already given. One more practiced in the arts of great cities would have hid her blushes beneath a veil. so as to have concealed the liquid lustre of her animated eyes. clad in the dress peculiar to the merchant service −− a costume somewhat between a military and a civil garb. She moved with the light. but becomingly. and ripe. forthwith conducting her up the flight of wooden steps leading to the chamber in which the feast was prepared. Morrel descended and came forth to meet it. Edmond." As soon as the bridal party came in sight of La Reserve. for his lips became ghastly pale. or. on my left I will place him who has ever been as a brother to me. M. a more perfect specimen of manly beauty could scarcely be imagined. at the opposite side of the table. the rest of the company ranged themselves as they found it most agreeable. at a sign from Edmond. radiant with joy and happiness. the delighted girl looked around her with a smile that seemed to say: "If you are my friends. During this time. I pray you. at the approach of his patron." pointing with a soft and gentle smile to Fernand. M. that Dantes should be the successor to the late Captain Leclere. . at least. "Father. but. on the contrary. who. beneath whose heavy tread the slight structure creaked and groaned for the space of several minutes. and even beneath the dark hue of his complexion the blood might be seen retreating as though some sudden pang drove it back to the heart. respectfully placed the arm of his affianced bride within that of M. Lovely as the Greek girls of Cyprus or Chios. Dantes. on my right hand. Mercedes boasted the same bright flashing eyes of jet. coral lips. followed by the soldiers and sailors there assembled. for I am very happy. rejoice with me. had been occupied in similarly placing his most honored guests. but her words and look seemed to inflict the direst torture on him. "sit. Morrel. and with his fine countenance. was gayly followed by the guests. have cast down her thickly fringed lashes. Morrel was seated at his right hand. while." said Mercedes. free step of an Arlesienne or an Andalusian. stopping when she had reached the centre of the table.

what ails you?" asked he of Edmond. −− all the delicacies." . and styled by the grateful fishermen "fruits of the sea. prawns of large size and brilliant color." "The truth is. requiring to be overcome ere victory is ours. Arlesian sausages. and which had just been placed before Mercedes herself.Chapter 5 54 Then they began to pass around the dusky." returned Dantes. who desire nothing better than to laugh and dance the hours away?" "Ah." Danglars looked towards Fernand. "Man does not appear to me to be intended to enjoy felicity so unmixed. where fierce. fiery dragons defend the entrance and approach. happiness is like the enchanted palaces we read of in our childhood. would anybody think that this room contained a happy. it seems to oppress us almost the same as sorrow." "A pretty silence truly!" said the old father of the bride−groom. esteemed by the epicures of the South as more than rivalling the exquisite flavor of the oyster. and lobsters in their dazzling red cuirasses. whose excitable nature received and betrayed each fresh impression. my worthy friend." "And that is the very thing that alarms me. that are cast up by the wash of waters on the sandy beach. "Why. piquant. in fact. "Do you fear any approaching evil? I should say that you were the happiest man alive at this instant. if that is what you meant by your observation. the clovis. the echinus with its prickly outside and dainty morsel within. joy takes a strange effect at times. "a man cannot always feel happy because he is about to be married. and monsters of all shapes and kinds. "that I am too happy for noisy mirth. "Now. I own that I am lost in wonder to find myself promoted to an honor of which I feel myself unworthy −− that of being the husband of Mercedes." sighed Caderousse. you are right." replied Dantes. merry party. as he carried to his lips a glass of wine of the hue and brightness of the topaz.

that. "Thanks to the influence of M. "you have not attained that honor yet. restless and uneasy. in another hour and thirty minutes Mercedes will have become Madame Dantes. my friend?" "Why. Arrived here only yesterday morning. next to my father. "In an hour?" inquired Danglars. it is not worth while to contradict me for such a trifle as that. and see how she will remind you that your hour is not yet come!" The bride blushed. a burning sensation passed across his brow. nay!" cried Caderousse. but in spite of all his efforts. thus it is. smiling. which. Mercedes is not yet your wife. never mind that. as a quarter−past one has already struck. and he was compelled to support himself by the table to prevent his falling from his chair. I do not consider I have asserted too much in saying. "you make short work of this kind of affair. however. but. "Well. whose laugh displayed the still perfect beauty of his large white teeth." Fernand closed his eyes. seemed to start at every fresh sound. drawing out his watch." replied Dantes. Morrel. and from time to time wiped away the large drops of perspiration that gathered on his brow. he could not refrain from uttering a deep groan. "in an hour and a half she will be. and married to−day at three . Now. neighbor Caderousse. and at half−past two o'clock the mayor of Marseilles will be waiting for us at the city hall. with the exception of the elder Dantes. was lost amid the noisy felicitations of the company. every difficulty his been removed. We have purchased permission to waive the usual delay. I owe every blessing I enjoy. 'Tis true that Mercedes is not actually my wife." cried the old man. Mercedes looked pleased and gratified. to whom.Chapter 5 55 "Nay. while Fernand grasped the handle of his knife with a convulsive clutch." added he. turning pale. Just assume the tone and manner of a husband. while Fernand." A general exclamation of surprise ran round the table. "How is that. "Upon my word.

you see. no. four days to go. at the commencement of the repast. Around the table reigned that noisy hilarity which usually prevails at such a time among people sufficiently free from the demands of social position not to feel the trammels of etiquette. "don't imagine I am going to put you off in that shabby manner. our papers were quickly written out. responded by a look of grateful pleasure. who. To−morrow morning I start for Paris." asked Danglars. "So that what we presumed to be merely the betrothal feast turns out to be the actual wedding dinner!" said Danglars. without waiting for a reply and each one seemed to be contented with expressing his or her own thoughts. laughingly. had commented upon the silence that prevailed. with one day to discharge the commission intrusted to me. is all the time I shall be absent. to obtain a moment's tranquillity in which to drink to the health and prosperity of the bride and bride−groom. I shall be back here by the first of March. perceiving the affectionate eagerness of his father." answered Dantes. Dantes. now found it difficult. and on the second I give my real marriage feast. that the elder Dantes. while Mercedes glanced at the clock and made an expressive gesture to Edmond. . Everybody talked at once. Mercedes has no fortune. "how did you manage about the other formalities −− the contract −− the settlement?" "The contract. and the same to return." This prospect of fresh festivity redoubled the hilarity of the guests to such a degree. "No. Such as at the commencement of the repast had not been able to seat themselves according to their inclination rose unceremoniously. amid the general din of voices. and sought out more agreeable companions.Chapter 5 56 o'clock! Commend me to a sailor for going the quick way to work!" "But." answered Dantes. in a timid tone." This joke elicited a fresh burst of applause. "it didn't take long to fix that. I have none to settle on her. So. and certainly do not come very expensive.

that future captain of mine is a lucky dog! Gad. from whose mind the friendly treatment of Dantes. he seemed to be enduring the tortures of the damned. Caderousse approached him just as Danglars. and when I see him sitting there beside his pretty wife that is so soon to be. "Certainly." "Shall we not set forth?" asked the sweet. there was no harm meant. −− "upon my word. he was among the first to quit the table. "let us go directly!" His words were re−echoed by the whole party. even so far as to become one of his rival's attendants. "Upon my word. and. "two o'clock has just struck. Upon my soul. but when I saw how completely he had mastered his feelings. "at first I certainly did feel somewhat uneasy as to what Fernand might be tempted to do. had joined him in a corner of the room." answered Danglars." continued Danglars." "Oh. and you know we are expected in a quarter of an hour. I only wish he would let me take his place. Dantes is a downright good fellow. as though seeking to avoid the hilarious mirth that rose in such deafening sounds.Chapter 5 57 Fernand's paleness appeared to have communicated itself to Danglars." Caderousse looked full at Fernand −− he was ghastly pale. with vociferous cheers. united with the effect of the excellent wine he had partaken of. unable to rest." "To be sure! −− to be sure!" cried Dantes. to pace the farther end of the salon. silvery voice of Mercedes. As for Fernand himself. "the sacrifice was no trifling one." said Caderousse. had effaced every feeling of envy or jealousy at Dantes' good fortune. when the beauty of the bride is concerned. in utter silence. I cannot help thinking it would have been a great pity to have served him that trick you were planning yesterday. he continued. whom Fernand seemed most anxious to avoid. . I knew there was no further cause for apprehension. eagerly quitting the table.

against a seat placed near one of the open windows. with the clanking of swords and military accoutrements. followed by the measured tread of soldiery. in a firm voice. what is your pleasure with me?" "Edmond Dantes. wearing his official scarf. then came a hum and buzz as of many voices. and almost instantaneously the most deathlike stillness prevailed. advanced with dignity. whom he evidently knew. with an almost convulsive spasm. Who among the persons here assembled answers to the name of Edmond Dantes?" Every eye was turned towards the young man who. Uneasiness now yielded to the most extreme dread on the part of those present. "in the name of the law!" As no attempt was made to prevent it. "I arrest you in the name of the law!" "Me!" repeated Edmond. the door was opened. saw him stagger and fall back. addressing the magistrate. Morrel. "May I venture to inquire the reason of this unexpected visit?" said M." said a loud voice outside the room. Three blows were struck upon the panel of the door." "If it be so. I am the bearer of an order of arrest. among whom a vague feeling of curiosity and apprehension quelled every disposition to talk. meanwhile. and a magistrate. nevertheless. "I demand admittance. spite of the agitation he could not but feel. "rely upon every reparation being made. who had been incessantly observing every change in Fernand's look and manner. and said. followed by four soldiers and a corporal. slightly changing color. and although I most reluctantly perform the task assigned me. it must. be fulfilled. "I am he. so as to deaden even the noisy mirth of the bridal party." replied the magistrate. I pray?" . The company looked at each other in consternation. At the same instant his ear caught a sort of indistinct sound on the stairs. The sounds drew nearer. presented himself. "there is doubtless some mistake easily explained. "and wherefore." replied the magistrate.Chapter 5 58 At this moment Danglars.

There are situations which the heart of a father or a mother cannot be made to understand. "this. and cannot in the least make out what it is about. frowningly." M. however. as to address a petition to some cold marble effigy. whether touching the health of his crew.Chapter 5 59 "I cannot inform you. he kindly said. but he had disappeared. and perfectly well knew that it would be as unavailing to seek pity from a magistrate decked with his official scarf." "Nonsense. "I am. is a part of the trick you were concerting yesterday? All I can say is. He prayed and supplicated in terms so moving. you know very well that I tore the paper to pieces." returned Danglars. who had assumed an air of utter surprise. and well deserves to bring double evil on those who have projected it. that if it be so. besides. "I tell you again I have nothing whatever to do with it. "So. that even the officer was touched. so. Your son has probably neglected some prescribed form or attention in registering his cargo." Caderousse then looked around for Fernand. to Danglars. like yourself. in a hoarse and choking voice. although firm in his duty. then. and it is more than probable he will be set at liberty directly he has given the information required. He saw before him an officer delegated to enforce the law. Morrel felt that further resistance or remonstrance was useless. I suppose. 'tis an ill turn." said he. The painful catastrophe he had just witnessed appeared effectually to have rent away the veil which the intoxication of the evening before had raised between himself and his memory. or the value of his freight. but you will be duly acquainted with the reasons that have rendered such a step necessary at the preliminary examination. Old Dantes. let me beg of you to calm your apprehensions. and. The scene of the previous night now came back to his mind with startling clearness. sprang forward. utterly bewildered at all that is going on. of Danglars." "What is the meaning of all this?" inquired Caderousse." . "How can I tell you?" replied he. "My worthy friend.

Mercedes −− we shall soon meet again!" Then the vehicle disappeared round one of the turnings of Fort Saint Nicholas." "Oh. followed by two soldiers and the magistrate. let you and I go and see what is to be done for our poor friends. he got in. I feel quite certain. Never mind where he is. and leaning from the coach he called out. had surrendered himself to the officer sent to arrest him. and the vehicle drove off towards Marseilles. depend upon it. dearest Edmond!" cried Mercedes. and followed by the soldiers. "gone. "Adieu." Dantes descended the staircase." During this conversation. "Good−by. to look after his own affairs. "you merely threw it by −− I saw it lying in a corner. you were drunk!" "Where is Fernand?" inquired Caderousse. after having exchanged a cheerful shake of the hand with all his sympathizing friends. preceded by the magistrate. A carriage awaited him at the door.Chapter 5 60 "No. "Make yourselves quite easy. and very likely I may not have to go so far as the prison to effect that. who had now approached the group. that's all. to be sure!" responded Danglars. there is some little mistake to clear up. you fool! −− what should you know about it? −− why. as every prudent man ought to be. stretching out her arms to him from the balcony. adieu. . which sounded like the sob of a broken heart. Dantes. my good fellows. "How do I know?" replied Danglars. most likely. you did not!" answered Caderousse. "nothing more than a mistake." "Hold your tongue. The prisoner heard the cry. merely saying.

"go. and hurry to Marseilles." answered Danglars. and with a simultaneous burst of feeling rushed into each other's arms. "He is the cause of all this misery −− I am quite sure of it." "You can. who had never taken his eyes off Fernand. by mere chance. to Danglars." said Caderousse. all of you!" cried M. I only hope the mischief will fall upon the head of whoever wrought it. Instinctively Fernand drew back his chair. and this was. he's too stupid to imagine such a scheme. "one cannot be held responsible for every chance arrow shot into the air. Morrel. when released from the warm and affectionate embrace of old Dantes. The old father and Mercedes remained for some time apart. but at length the two poor victims of the same blow raised their eyes. each absorbed in grief. "Surely." "That's right!" exclaimed a multitude of voices. "I will take the first conveyance I find. Meanwhile Fernand made his appearance. and return as quickly as you can!" This second departure was followed by a long and fearful state of terrified silence on the part of those who were left behind. placed next to the seat on which poor Mercedes had fallen half fainting. "I don't think so. indeed." . poured out for himself a glass of water with a trembling hand. went to sit down at the first vacant place. when the arrow lights point downward on somebody's head." "You don't mention those who aided and abetted the deed.Chapter 5 61 "Wait for me here." answered the other. then hastily swallowing it." whispered Caderousse. whence I will bring you word how all is going on.

" "Now I recollect. Her grief. as for that. you see. turning towards him. come. and I beg I may not be asked for any further particulars. and another of tobacco for me!" "There." said one of the party. "of this event?" "Why. that is all I was obliged to know. Danglars." exclaimed Danglars. and a convulsive spasm passed over his countenance. but the word seemed to die away on his pale agitated lips. "Come. however." Mercedes. "Hope!" faintly murmured Fernand. my poor child. ." replied he. I know she was loaded with cotton." said the old man. since you are the ship's supercargo?" "Why. "What think you. I could only know what I was told respecting the merchandise with which the vessel was laden. there is still hope!" "Hope!" repeated Danglars. "Now the mischief is out. Danglars. and that she took in her freight at Alexandria from Pastret's warehouse. "be comforted. which she had hitherto tried to restrain." said the afflicted old father. "my poor boy told me yesterday he had got a small case of coffee. and discovered poor Dantes' hidden treasures. "I think it just possible Dantes may have been detected with some trifling article on board ship considered here as contraband.Chapter 5 62 Meantime the subject of the arrest was being canvassed in every different form. depend upon it the custom−house people went rummaging about the ship in our absence. and at Smyrna from Pascal's. paid no heed to this explanation of her lover's arrest. now burst out in a violent fit of hysterical sobbing." "But how could he have done so without your knowledge.

" replied M. the old man sank into a chair. indeed −− indeed.Chapter 5 63 "Good news! good news!" shouted forth one of the party stationed in the balcony on the lookout. should any letters or other documents of a compromising character be found upon him." "Be silent. "That I believe!" answered M. "Ah. with a mournful shake of his head. No doubt." "Oh. Morrel back. and passed a whole day in the island. you simpleton!" cried Danglars. "With being an agent of the Bonapartist faction!" Many of our readers may be able to recollect how formidable such an accusation became in the period at which our story is dated. he is innocent!" sobbed forth Mercedes. "the thing has assumed a more serious aspect than I expected. I am determined to tell them all about it. we shall hear that our friend is released!" Mercedes and the old man rushed to meet the shipowner and greeted him at the door. Morrel. Morrel. "or I will not answer even for your own safety. Danglars!" whispered Caderousse. now. He was very pale. but I cannot suffer a poor old man or an innocent girl to die of grief through your fault. sir. grasping him by the arm. "but still he is charged" −− "With what?" inquired the elder Dantes. "you have deceived me −− the trick you spoke of last night has been played. Now. where he quitted it. "Alas. Who can tell whether Dantes be innocent or guilty? The vessel did touch at Elba. "Here comes M. "What news?" exclaimed a general burst of voices. my friends. will it not be taken for granted that all who uphold him are his accomplices?" . A despairing cry escaped the pale lips of Mercedes.

" replied Danglars. who had now again become the friend and protector of Mercedes. from M." said he. I cannot stay here any longer. and see what comes of it. and then caution supplanted generosity. my dear Danglars?" asked M. he overtook his supercargo and Caderousse. The rumor of Edmond's arrest as a Bonapartist agent was not slow in circulating throughout the city. If he be innocent. Morrel. as." "With all my heart!" replied Danglars. "that I considered the circumstance of his having anchored at the Island of Elba as a very suspicious circumstance. wistfully." After their departure. doubtfully. casting a bewildered look on his companion. while the friends of Dantes conducted the now half−fainting man back to his abode. "Could you have believed such a thing possible?" "Why. you know I told you. it is no use involving ourselves in a conspiracy. Caderousse readily perceived the solidity of this mode of reasoning." "Let us go. why. "Could you ever have credited such a thing. "Let us wait. de Villefort.Chapter 5 64 With the rapid instinct of selfishness. of course he will be set at liberty. pleased to find the other so tractable." "And did you mention these suspicions to any person beside myself?" . led the girl to her home. the assistant procureur. "Suppose we wait a while. and leave things for the present to take their course. if guilty. then. "To be sure!" answered Danglars. he gazed. on Danglars. on his return to the port for the purpose of gleaning fresh tidings of Dantes. "Let us take ourselves out of the way. Fernand. by all means.

on account of your uncle." "But meanwhile. for somehow I have perceived a sort of coolness between you. "No one can deny his being a noble−hearted young fellow.Chapter 5 65 "Certainly not!" returned Danglars." "The hypocrite!" murmured Danglars. who served under the other government." continued M. M." "'Tis well. and who does not altogether conceal what he thinks on the subject. "Poor Dantes!" said Caderousse. Policar Morrel. "You are a worthy fellow. is bound to acquaint the shipowner with everything that occurs. and I had already thought of your interests in the event of poor Edmond having become captain of the Pharaon. there are many things he ought most carefully to conceal from all else. I am too well aware that though a subordinate. like myself. indeed. Morrel. Then added in a low whisper. I had previously inquired of Dantes what was his opinion of you. had I divulged my own apprehensions to a soul." "And what was his reply?" "That he certainly did think he had given you offence in an affair which he merely referred to without entering into particulars." "Is it possible you were so kind?" "Yes. but that whoever possessed the good opinion and confidence of the ship's owner would have his preference also. "here is the Pharaon without a captain. you are strongly suspected of regretting the abdication of Napoleon." . "You understand that. I should have feared to injure both Edmond and yourself. and if he should have any reluctance to continue you in your post. Morrel. Danglars −− 'tis well!" replied M.

Chapter 5


"Oh," replied Danglars, "since we cannot leave this port for the next three months, let us hope that ere the expiration of that period Dantes will be set at liberty." "No doubt; but in the meantime?" "I am entirely at your service, M. Morrel," answered Danglars. "You know that I am as capable of managing a ship as the most experienced captain in the service; and it will be so far advantageous to you to accept my services, that upon Edmond's release from prison no further change will be requisite on board the Pharaon than for Dantes and myself each to resume our respective posts." "Thanks, Danglars −− that will smooth over all difficulties. I fully authorize you at once to assume the command of the Pharaon, and look carefully to the unloading of her freight. Private misfortunes must never be allowed to interfere with business." "Be easy on that score, M. Morrel; but do you think we shall be permitted to see our poor Edmond?" "I will let you know that directly I have seen M. de Villefort, whom I shall endeavor to interest in Edmond's favor. I am aware he is a furious royalist; but, in spite of that, and of his being king's attorney, he is a man like ourselves, and I fancy not a bad sort of one." "Perhaps not," replied Danglars; "but I hear that he is ambitious, and that's rather against him." "Well, well," returned M. Morrel, "we shall see. But now hasten on board, I will join you there ere long." So saying, the worthy shipowner quitted the two allies, and proceeded in the direction of the Palais de Justice. "You see," said Danglars, addressing Caderousse, "the turn things have taken. Do you still feel any desire to stand up in his defence?"

Chapter 5


"Not the slightest, but yet it seems to me a shocking thing that a mere joke should lead to such consequences." "But who perpetrated that joke, let me ask? neither you nor myself, but Fernand; you knew very well that I threw the paper into a corner of the room −− indeed, I fancied I had destroyed it." "Oh, no," replied Caderousse, "that I can answer for, you did not. I only wish I could see it now as plainly as I saw it lying all crushed and crumpled in a corner of the arbor." "Well, then, if you did, depend upon it, Fernand picked it up, and either copied it or caused it to be copied; perhaps, even, he did not take the trouble of recopying it. And now I think of it, by Heavens, he may have sent the letter itself! Fortunately, for me, the handwriting was disguised." "Then you were aware of Dantes being engaged in a conspiracy?" "Not I. As I before said, I thought the whole thing was a joke, nothing more. It seems, however, that I have unconsciously stumbled upon the truth." "Still," argued Caderousse, "I would give a great deal if nothing of the kind had happened; or, at least, that I had had no hand in it. You will see, Danglars, that it will turn out an unlucky job for both of us." "Nonsense! If any harm come of it, it should fall on the guilty person; and that, you know, is Fernand. How can we be implicated in any way? All we have got to do is, to keep our own counsel, and remain perfectly quiet, not breathing a word to any living soul; and you will see that the storm will pass away without in the least affecting us." "Amen!" responded Caderousse, waving his hand in token of adieu to Danglars, and bending his steps towards the Allees de Meillan, moving his head to and fro, and muttering as he went, after the manner of one whose mind was overcharged with one absorbing idea.

Chapter 6


"So far, then," said Danglars, mentally, "all has gone as I would have it. I am, temporarily, commander of the Pharaon, with the certainty of being permanently so, if that fool of a Caderousse can be persuaded to hold his tongue. My only fear is the chance of Dantes being released. But, there, he is in the hands of Justice; and," added he with a smile, "she will take her own." So saying, he leaped into a boat, desiring to be rowed on board the Pharaon, where M. Morrel had agreed to meet him.

Chapter 6
The Deputy Procureur du Roi. In one of the aristocratic mansions built by Puget in the Rue du Grand Cours opposite the Medusa fountain, a second marriage feast was being celebrated, almost at the same hour with the nuptial repast given by Dantes. In this case, however, although the occasion of the entertainment was similar, the company was strikingly dissimilar. Instead of a rude mixture of sailors, soldiers, and those belonging to the humblest grade of life, the present assembly was composed of the very flower of Marseilles society, −− magistrates who had resigned their office during the usurper's reign; officers who had deserted from the imperial army and joined forces with Conde; and younger members of families, brought up to hate and execrate the man whom five years of exile would convert into a martyr, and fifteen of restoration elevate to the rank of a god. The guests were still at table, and the heated and energetic conversation that prevailed betrayed the violent and vindictive passions that then agitated each dweller of the South, where unhappily, for five centuries religious strife had long given increased bitterness to the violence of party feeling. The emperor, now king of the petty Island of Elba, after having held sovereign sway over one−half of the world, counting as his subjects a small population of five or six thousand souls, −− after having been accustomed to hear the "Vive Napoleons" of a hundred and twenty millions of human

Chapter 6


beings, uttered in ten different languages, −− was looked upon here as a ruined man, separated forever from any fresh connection with France or claim to her throne. The magistrates freely discussed their political views; the military part of the company talked unreservedly of Moscow and Leipsic, while the women commented on the divorce of Josephine. It was not over the downfall of the man, but over the defeat of the Napoleonic idea, that they rejoiced, and in this they foresaw for themselves the bright and cheering prospect of a revivified political existence. An old man, decorated with the cross of Saint Louis, now rose and proposed the health of King Louis XVIII. It was the Marquis de Saint−Meran. This toast, recalling at once the patient exile of Hartwell and the peace−loving King of France, excited universal enthusiasm; glasses were elevated in the air a l'Anglais, and the ladies, snatching their bouquets from their fair bosoms, strewed the table with their floral treasures. In a word, an almost poetical fervor prevailed. "Ah," said the Marquise de Saint−Meran, a woman with a stern, forbidding eye, though still noble and distinguished in appearance, despite her fifty years −− "ah, these revolutionists, who have driven us from those very possessions they afterwards purchased for a mere trifle during the Reign of Terror, would be compelled to own, were they here, that all true devotion was on our side, since we were content to follow the fortunes of a falling monarch, while they, on the contrary, made their fortune by worshipping the rising sun; yes, yes, they could not help admitting that the king, for whom we sacrificed rank, wealth, and station was truly our `Louis the well−beloved,' while their wretched usurper his been, and ever will be, to them their evil genius, their `Napoleon the accursed.' Am I not right, Villefort?" "I beg your pardon, madame. I really must pray you to excuse me, but −− in truth −− I was not attending to the conversation."

Chapter 6


"Marquise, marquise!" interposed the old nobleman who had proposed the toast, "let the young people alone; let me tell you, on one's wedding day there are more agreeable subjects of conversation than dry politics." "Never mind, dearest mother," said a young and lovely girl, with a profusion of light brown hair, and eyes that seemed to float in liquid crystal, "'tis all my fault for seizing upon M. de Villefort, so as to prevent his listening to what you said. But there −− now take him −− he is your own for as long as you like. M. Villefort, I beg to remind you my mother speaks to you." "If the marquise will deign to repeat the words I but imperfectly caught, I shall be delighted to answer," said M. de Villefort. "Never mind, Renee," replied the marquise, with a look of tenderness that seemed out of keeping with her harsh dry features; but, however all other feelings may be withered in a woman's nature, there is always one bright smiling spot in the desert of her heart, and that is the shrine of maternal love. "I forgive you. What I was saying, Villefort, was, that the Bonapartists had not our sincerity, enthusiasm, or devotion." "They had, however, what supplied the place of those fine qualities," replied the young man, "and that was fanaticism. Napoleon is the Mahomet of the West, and is worshipped by his commonplace but ambitions followers, not only as a leader and lawgiver, but also as the personification of equality." "He!" cried the marquise: "Napoleon the type of equality! For mercy's sake, then, what would you call Robespierre? Come, come, do not strip the latter of his just rights to bestow them on the Corsican, who, to my mind, has usurped quite enough." "Nay, madame; I would place each of these heroes on his right pedestal −− that of Robespierre on his scaffold in the Place Louis Quinze; that of Napoleon on the column of the Place Vendome. The only difference consists in the opposite character of the equality advocated by these two

Chapter 6


men; one is the equality that elevates, the other is the equality that degrades; one brings a king within reach of the guillotine, the other elevates the people to a level with the throne. Observe," said Villefort, smiling, "I do not mean to deny that both these men were revolutionary scoundrels, and that the 9th Thermidor and the 4th of April, in the year 1814, were lucky days for France, worthy of being gratefully remembered by every friend to monarchy and civil order; and that explains how it comes to pass that, fallen, as I trust he is forever, Napoleon has still retained a train of parasitical satellites. Still, marquise, it has been so with other usurpers −− Cromwell, for instance, who was not half so bad as Napoleon, had his partisans and advocates." "Do you know, Villefort, that you are talking in a most dreadfully revolutionary strain? But I excuse it, it is impossible to expect the son of a Girondin to be free from a small spice of the old leaven." A deep crimson suffused the countenance of Villefort. "'Tis true, madame," answered he, "that my father was a Girondin, but he was not among the number of those who voted for the king's death; he was an equal sufferer with yourself during the Reign of Terror, and had well−nigh lost his head on the same scaffold on which your father perished." "True," replied the marquise, without wincing in the slightest degree at the tragic remembrance thus called up; "but bear in mind, if you please, that our respective parents underwent persecution and proscription from diametrically opposite principles; in proof of which I may remark, that while my family remained among the stanchest adherents of the exiled princes, your father lost no time in joining the new government; and that while the Citizen Noirtier was a Girondin, the Count Noirtier became a senator." "Dear mother," interposed Renee, "you know very well it was agreed that all these disagreeable reminiscences should forever be laid aside."

Chapter 6


"Suffer me, also, madame," replied Villefort, "to add my earnest request to Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran's, that you will kindly allow the veil of oblivion to cover and conceal the past. What avails recrimination over matters wholly past recall? For my own part, I have laid aside even the name of my father, and altogether disown his political principles. He was −− nay, probably may still be −− a Bonapartist, and is called Noirtier; I, on the contrary, am a stanch royalist, and style myself de Villefort. Let what may remain of revolutionary sap exhaust itself and die away with the old trunk, and condescend only to regard the young shoot which has started up at a distance from the parent tree, without having the power, any more than the wish, to separate entirely from the stock from which it sprung." "Bravo, Villefort!" cried the marquis; "excellently well said! Come, now, I have hopes of obtaining what I have been for years endeavoring to persuade the marquise to promise; namely, a perfect amnesty and forgetfulness of the past." "With all my heart," replied the marquise; "let the past be forever forgotten. I promise you it affords me as little pleasure to revive it as it does you. All I ask is, that Villefort will be firm and inflexible for the future in his political principles. Remember, also, Villefort, that we have pledged ourselves to his majesty for your fealty and strict loyalty, and that at our recommendation the king consented to forget the past, as I do" (and here she extended to him her hand) −− "as I now do at your entreaty. But bear in mind, that should there fall in your way any one guilty of conspiring against the government, you will be so much the more bound to visit the offence with rigorous punishment, as it is known you belong to a suspected family." "Alas, madame," returned Villefort, "my profession, as well as the times in which we live, compels me to be severe. I have already successfully conducted several public prosecutions, and brought the offenders to merited punishment. But we have not done with the thing yet." "Do you, indeed, think so?" inquired the marquise.

Chapter 6


"I am, at least, fearful of it. Napoleon, in the Island of Elba, is too near France, and his proximity keeps up the hopes of his partisans. Marseilles is filled with half−pay officers, who are daily, under one frivolous pretext or other, getting up quarrels with the royalists; from hence arise continual and fatal duels among the higher classes of persons, and assassinations in the lower." "You have heard, perhaps," said the Comte de Salvieux, one of M. de Saint−Meran's oldest friends, and chamberlain to the Comte d'Artois, "that the Holy Alliance purpose removing him from thence?" "Yes; they were talking about it when we left Paris," said M. de Saint−Meran; "and where is it decided to transfer him?" "To Saint Helena." "For heaven's sake, where is that?" asked the marquise. "An island situated on the other side of the equator, at least two thousand leagues from here," replied the count. "So much the better. As Villefort observes, it is a great act of folly to have left such a man between Corsica, where he was born, and Naples, of which his brother−in−law is king, and face to face with Italy, the sovereignty of which he coveted for his son." "Unfortunately," said Villefort, "there are the treaties of 1814, and we cannot molest Napoleon without breaking those compacts." "Oh, well, we shall find some way out of it," responded M. de Salvieux. "There wasn't any trouble over treaties when it was a question of shooting the poor Duc d'Enghien." "Well," said the marquise, "it seems probable that, by the aid of the Holy Alliance, we shall be rid of Napoleon; and we must trust to the vigilance of M. de Villefort to purify Marseilles of his partisans. The king is either a

Chapter 6


king or no king; if he be acknowledged as sovereign of France, he should be upheld in peace and tranquillity; and this can best be effected by employing the most inflexible agents to put down every attempt at conspiracy −− 'tis the best and surest means of preventing mischief." "Unfortunately, madame," answered Villefort, "the strong arm of the law is not called upon to interfere until the evil has taken place." "Then all he has got to do is to endeavor to repair it." "Nay, madame, the law is frequently powerless to effect this; all it can do is to avenge the wrong done." "Oh, M. de Villefort," cried a beautiful young creature, daughter to the Comte de Salvieux, and the cherished friend of Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran, "do try and get up some famous trial while we are at Marseilles. I never was in a law−court; I am told it is so very amusing!" "Amusing, certainly," replied the young man, "inasmuch as, instead of shedding tears as at the fictitious tale of woe produced at a theatre, you behold in a law−court a case of real and genuine distress −− a drama of life. The prisoner whom you there see pale, agitated, and alarmed, instead of −− as is the case when a curtain falls on a tragedy −− going home to sup peacefully with his family, and then retiring to rest, that he may recommence his mimic woes on the morrow, −− is removed from your sight merely to be reconducted to his prison and delivered up to the executioner. I leave you to judge how far your nerves are calculated to bear you through such a scene. Of this, however, be assured, that should any favorable opportunity present itself, I will not fail to offer you the choice of being present." "For shame, M. de Villefort!" said Renee, becoming quite pale; "don't you see how you are frightening us? −− and yet you laugh." "What would you have? 'Tis like a duel. I have already recorded sentence of death, five or six times, against the movers of political conspiracies, and

Chapter 6


who can say how many daggers may be ready sharpened, and only waiting a favorable opportunity to be buried in my heart?" "Gracious heavens, M. de Villefort," said Renee, becoming more and more terrified; "you surely are not in earnest." "Indeed I am," replied the young magistrate with a smile; "and in the interesting trial that young lady is anxious to witness, the case would only be still more aggravated. Suppose, for instance, the prisoner, as is more than probable, to have served under Napoleon −− well, can you expect for an instant, that one accustomed, at the word of his commander, to rush fearlessly on the very bayonets of his foe, will scruple more to drive a stiletto into the heart of one he knows to be his personal enemy, than to slaughter his fellow−creatures, merely because bidden to do so by one he is bound to obey? Besides, one requires the excitement of being hateful in the eyes of the accused, in order to lash one's self into a state of sufficient vehemence and power. I would not choose to see the man against whom I pleaded smile, as though in mockery of my words. No; my pride is to see the accused pale, agitated, and as though beaten out of all composure by the fire of my eloquence." Renee uttered a smothered exclamation. "Bravo!" cried one of the guests; "that is what I call talking to some purpose." "Just the person we require at a time like the present," said a second. "What a splendid business that last case of yours was, my dear Villefort!" remarked a third; "I mean the trial of the man for murdering his father. Upon my word, you killed him ere the executioner had laid his hand upon him." "Oh, as for parricides, and such dreadful people as that," interposed Renee, "it matters very little what is done to them; but as regards poor unfortunate creatures whose only crime consists in having mixed themselves up in political intrigues" −−

Chapter 6


"Why, that is the very worst offence they could possibly commit; for, don't you see, Renee, the king is the father of his people, and he who shall plot or contrive aught against the life and safety of the parent of thirty−two millions of souls, is a parricide upon a fearfully great scale?" "I don't know anything about that," replied Renee; "but, M. de Villefort, you have promised me −− have you not? −− always to show mercy to those I plead for." "Make yourself quite easy on that point," answered Villefort, with one of his sweetest smiles; "you and I will always consult upon our verdicts." "My love," said the marquise, "attend to your doves, your lap−dogs, and embroidery, but do not meddle with what you do not understand. Nowadays the military profession is in abeyance and the magisterial robe is the badge of honor. There is a wise Latin proverb that is very much in point." "Cedant arma togae," said Villefort with a bow. "I cannot speak Latin," responded the marquise. "Well," said Renee, "I cannot help regretting you had not chosen some other profession than your own −− a physician, for instance. Do you know I always felt a shudder at the idea of even a destroying angel?" "Dear, good Renee," whispered Villefort, as he gazed with unutterable tenderness on the lovely speaker. "Let us hope, my child," cried the marquis, "that M. de Villefort may prove the moral and political physician of this province; if so, he will have achieved a noble work." "And one which will go far to efface the recollection of his father's conduct," added the incorrigible marquise.

Chapter 6


"Madame," replied Villefort, with a mournful smile, "I have already had the honor to observe that my father has −− at least, I hope so −− abjured his past errors, and that he is, at the present moment, a firm and zealous friend to religion and order −− a better royalist, possibly, than his son; for he has to atone for past dereliction, while I have no other impulse than warm, decided preference and conviction." Having made this well−turned speech, Villefort looked carefully around to mark the effect of his oratory, much as he would have done had he been addressing the bench in open court. "Do you know, my dear Villefort," cried the Comte de Salvieux, "that is exactly what I myself said the other day at the Tuileries, when questioned by his majesty's principal chamberlain touching the singularity of an alliance between the son of a Girondin and the daughter of an officer of the Duc de Conde; and I assure you he seemed fully to comprehend that this mode of reconciling political differences was based upon sound and excellent principles. Then the king, who, without our suspecting it, had overheard our conversation, interrupted us by saying, `Villefort' −− observe that the king did not pronounce the word Noirtier, but, on the contrary, placed considerable emphasis on that of Villefort −− `Villefort,' said his majesty, `is a young man of great judgment and discretion, who will be sure to make a figure in his profession; I like him much, and it gave me great pleasure to hear that he was about to become the son−in−law of the Marquis and Marquise de Saint−Meran. I should myself have recommended the match, had not the noble marquis anticipated my wishes by requesting my consent to it.'" "Is it possible the king could have condescended so far as to express himself so favorably of me?" asked the enraptured Villefort. "I give you his very words; and if the marquis chooses to be candid, he will confess that they perfectly agree with what his majesty said to him, when he went six months ago to consult him upon the subject of your espousing his daughter." "That is true," answered the marquis.

Chapter 6


"How much do I owe this gracious prince! What is there I would not do to evince my earnest gratitude!" "That is right," cried the marquise. "I love to see you thus. Now, then, were a conspirator to fall into your hands, he would be most welcome." "For my part, dear mother." interposed Renee, "I trust your wishes will not prosper, and that Providence will only permit petty offenders, poor debtors, and miserable cheats to fall into M. de Villefort's hands, −− then I shall be contented." "Just the same as though you prayed that a physician might only be called upon to prescribe for headaches, measles, and the stings of wasps, or any other slight affection of the epidermis. If you wish to see me the king's attorney, you must desire for me some of those violent and dangerous diseases from the cure of which so much honor redounds to the physician." At this moment, and as though the utterance of Villefort's wish had sufficed to effect its accomplishment, a servant entered the room, and whispered a few words in his ear. Villefort immediately rose from table and quitted the room upon the plea of urgent business; he soon, however, returned, his whole face beaming with delight. Renee regarded him with fond affection; and certainly his handsome features, lit up as they then were with more than usual fire and animation, seemed formed to excite the innocent admiration with which she gazed on her graceful and intelligent lover. "You were wishing just now," said Villefort, addressing her, "that I were a doctor instead of a lawyer. Well, I at least resemble the disciples of Esculapius in one thing −− that of not being able to call a day my own, not even that of my betrothal." "And wherefore were you called away just now?" asked Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran, with an air of deep interest. "For a very serious matter, which bids fair to make work for the executioner."

Chapter 6


"How dreadful!" exclaimed Renee, turning pale. "Is it possible?" burst simultaneously from all who were near enough to the magistrate to hear his words. "Why, if my information prove correct, a sort of Bonaparte conspiracy has just been discovered." "Can I believe my ears?" cried the marquise. "I will read you the letter containing the accusation, at least," said Villefort: −− "`The king's attorney is informed by a friend to the throne and the religions institutions of his country, that one named Edmond Dantes, mate of the ship Pharaon, this day arrived from Smyrna, after having touched at Naples and Porto−Ferrajo, has been the bearer of a letter from Murat to the usurper, and again taken charge of another letter from the usurper to the Bonapartist club in Paris. Ample corroboration of this statement may be obtained by arresting the above−mentioned Edmond Dantes, who either carries the letter for Paris about with him, or has it at his father's abode. Should it not be found in the possession of father or son, then it will assuredly be discovered in the cabin belonging to the said Dantes on board the Pharaon.'" "But," said Renee, "this letter, which, after all, is but an anonymous scrawl, is not even addressed to you, but to the king's attorney." "True; but that gentleman being absent, his secretary, by his orders, opened his letters; thinking this one of importance, he sent for me, but not finding me, took upon himself to give the necessary orders for arresting the accused party." "Then the guilty person is absolutely in custody?" said the marquise.

Chapter 6


"Nay, dear mother, say the accused person. You know we cannot yet pronounce him guilty." "He is in safe custody," answered Villefort; "and rely upon it, if the letter is found, he will not be likely to be trusted abroad again, unless he goes forth under the especial protection of the headsman." "And where is the unfortunate being?" asked Renee. "He is at my house." "Come, come, my friend," interrupted the marquise, "do not neglect your duty to linger with us. You are the king's servant, and must go wherever that service calls you." "O Villefort!" cried Renee, clasping her hands, and looking towards her lover with piteous earnestness, "be merciful on this the day of our betrothal." The young man passed round to the side of the table where the fair pleader sat, and leaning over her chair said tenderly, −− "To give you pleasure, my sweet Renee, I promise to show all the lenity in my power; but if the charges brought against this Bonapartist hero prove correct, why, then, you really must give me leave to order his head to be cut off." Renee shuddered. "Never mind that foolish girl, Villefort," said the marquise. "She will soon get over these things." So saying, Madame de Saint−Meran extended her dry bony hand to Villefort, who, while imprinting a son−in−law's respectful salute on it, looked at Renee, as much as to say, "I must try and fancy 'tis your dear hand I kiss, as it should have been." "These are mournful auspices to accompany a betrothal," sighed poor Renee.

Chapter 7


"Upon my word, child!" exclaimed the angry marquise, "your folly exceeds all bounds. I should be glad to know what connection there can possibly be between your sickly sentimentality and the affairs of the state!" "O mother!" murmured Renee. "Nay, madame, I pray you pardon this little traitor. I promise you that to make up for her want of loyalty, I will be most inflexibly severe;" then casting an expressive glance at his betrothed, which seemed to say, "Fear not, for your dear sake my justice shall be tempered with mercy," and receiving a sweet and approving smile in return, Villefort quitted the room.

Chapter 7
The Examination. No sooner had Villefort left the salon, than he assumed the grave air of a man who holds the balance of life and death in his hands. Now, in spite of the mobility of his countenance, the command of which, like a finished actor, he had carefully studied before the glass, it was by no means easy for him to assume an air of judicial severity. Except the recollection of the line of politics his father had adopted, and which might interfere, unless he acted with the greatest prudence, with his own career, Gerard de Villefort was as happy as a man could be. Already rich, he held a high official situation, though only twenty−seven. He was about to marry a young and charming woman, whom he loved, not passionately, but reasonably, as became a deputy attorney of the king; and besides her personal attractions, which were very great, Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran's family possessed considerable political influence, which they would, of course, exert in his favor. The dowry of his wife amounted to fifty thousand crowns, and he had, besides, the prospect of seeing her fortune increased to half a million at her father's death. These considerations naturally gave Villefort a feeling of such complete felicity that his mind was fairly dazzled in its contemplation.

Chapter 7


At the door he met the commissary of police, who was waiting for him. The sight of this officer recalled Villefort from the third heaven to earth; he composed his face, as we have before described, and said, "I have read the letter, sir, and you have acted rightly in arresting this man; now inform me what you have discovered concerning him and the conspiracy." "We know nothing as yet of the conspiracy, monsieur; all the papers found have been sealed up and placed on your desk. The prisoner himself is named Edmond Dantes, mate on board the three−master the Pharaon, trading in cotton with Alexandria and Smyrna, and belonging to Morrel & Son, of Marseilles." "Before he entered the merchant service, had he ever served in the marines?" "Oh, no, monsieur, he is very young." "How old?" "Nineteen or twenty at the most." At this moment, and as Villefort had arrived at the corner of the Rue des Conseils, a man, who seemed to have been waiting for him, approached; it was M. Morrel. "Ah, M. de Villefort," cried he, "I am delighted to see you. Some of your people have committed the strangest mistake −− they have just arrested Edmond Dantes, mate of my vessel." "I know it, monsieur," replied Villefort, "and I am now going to examine him." "Oh," said Morrel, carried away by his friendship, "you do not know him, and I do. He is the most estimable, the most trustworthy creature in the world, and I will venture to say, there is not a better seaman in all the merchant service. Oh, M. de Villefort, I beseech your indulgence for him."

Chapter 7


Villefort, as we have seen, belonged to the aristocratic party at Marseilles, Morrel to the plebeian; the first was a royalist, the other suspected of Bonapartism. Villefort looked disdainfully at Morrel, and replied, −− "You are aware, monsieur, that a man may be estimable and trustworthy in private life, and the best seaman in the merchant service, and yet be, politically speaking, a great criminal. Is it not true?" The magistrate laid emphasis on these words, as if he wished to apply them to the owner himself, while his eyes seemed to plunge into the heart of one who, interceding for another, had himself need of indulgence. Morrel reddened, for his own conscience was not quite clear on politics; besides, what Dantes had told him of his interview with the grand−marshal, and what the emperor had said to him, embarrassed him. He replied, however, −− "I entreat you, M. de Villefort, be, as you always are, kind and equitable, and give him back to us soon." This give us sounded revolutionary in the deputy's ears. "Ah, ah," murmured he, "is Dantes then a member of some Carbonari society, that his protector thus employs the collective form? He was, if I recollect, arrested in a tavern, in company with a great many others." Then he added, "Monsieur, you may rest assured I shall perform my duty impartially, and that if he be innocent you shall not have appealed to me in vain; should he, however, be guilty, in this present epoch, impunity would furnish a dangerous example, and I must do my duty." As he had now arrived at the door of his own house, which adjoined the Palais de Justice, he entered, after having, coldly saluted the shipowner, who stood, as if petrified, on the spot where Villefort had left him. The ante−chamber was full of police agents and gendarmes, in the midst of whom, carefully watched, but calm and smiling, stood the prisoner. Villefort traversed the ante−chamber, cast a side glance at Dantes, and taking a packet which a gendarme offered him, disappeared, saying, "Bring in the prisoner."

Chapter 7


Rapid as had been Villefort's glance, it had served to give him an idea of the man he was about to interrogate. He had recognized intelligence in the high forehead, courage in the dark eye and bent brow, and frankness in the thick lips that showed a set of pearly teeth. Villefort's first impression was favorable; but he had been so often warned to mistrust first impulses, that he applied the maxim to the impression, forgetting the difference between the two words. He stifled, therefore, the feelings of compassion that were rising, composed his features, and sat down, grim and sombre, at his desk. An instant after Dantes entered. He was pale, but calm and collected, and saluting his judge with easy politeness, looked round for a seat, as if he had been in M. Morrel's salon. It was then that he encountered for the first time Villefort's look, −− that look peculiar to the magistrate, who, while seeming to read the thoughts of others, betrays nothing of his own. "Who and what are you?" demanded Villefort, turning over a pile of papers, containing information relative to the prisoner, that a police agent had given to him on his entry, and that, already, in an hour's time, had swelled to voluminous proportions, thanks to the corrupt espionage of which "the accused" is always made the victim. "My name is Edmond Dantes," replied the young man calmly; "I am mate of the Pharaon, belonging to Messrs. Morrel & Son." "Your age?" continued Villefort. "Nineteen," returned Dantes. "What were you doing at the moment you were arrested?" "I was at the festival of my marriage, monsieur," said the young man, his voice slightly tremulous, so great was the contrast between that happy moment and the painful ceremony he was now undergoing; so great was the contrast between the sombre aspect of M. de Villefort and the radiant face of Mercedes.

Chapter 7


"You were at the festival of your marriage?" said the deputy, shuddering in spite of himself. "Yes, monsieur; I am on the point of marrying a young girl I have been attached to for three years." Villefort, impassive as he was, was struck with this coincidence; and the tremulous voice of Dantes, surprised in the midst of his happiness, struck a sympathetic chord in his own bosom −− he also was on the point of being married, and he was summoned from his own happiness to destroy that of another. "This philosophic reflection," thought he, "will make a great sensation at M. de Saint−Meran's;" and he arranged mentally, while Dantes awaited further questions, the antithesis by which orators often create a reputation for eloquence. When this speech was arranged, Villefort turned to Dantes. "Go on, sir," said he. "What would you have me say?" "Give all the information in your power." "Tell me on which point you desire information, and I will tell all I know; only," added he, with a smile, "I warn you I know very little." "Have you served under the usurper?" "I was about to be mustered into the Royal Marines when he fell." "It is reported your political opinions are extreme," said Villefort, who had never heard anything of the kind, but was not sorry to make this inquiry, as if it were an accusation. "My political opinions!" replied Dantes. "Alas, sir, I never had any opinions. I am hardly nineteen; I know nothing; I have no part to play. If I obtain the situation I desire, I shall owe it to M. Morrel. Thus all my opinions −− I will not say public, but private −− are confined to these three sentiment, −− I love my father, I respect M. Morrel, and I adore Mercedes.

Chapter 7


This, sir, is all I can tell you, and you see how uninteresting it is." As Dantes spoke, Villefort gazed at his ingenuous and open countenance, and recollected the words of Renee, who, without knowing who the culprit was, had besought his indulgence for him. With the deputy's knowledge of crime and criminals, every word the young man uttered convinced him more and more of his innocence. This lad, for he was scarcely a man, −− simple, natural, eloquent with that eloquence of the heart never found when sought for; full of affection for everybody, because he was happy, and because happiness renders even the wicked good −− extended his affection even to his judge, spite of Villefort's severe look and stern accent. Dantes seemed full of kindness. "Pardieu," said Villefort, "he is a noble fellow. I hope I shall gain Renee's favor easily by obeying the first command she ever imposed on me. I shall have at least a pressure of the hand in public, and a sweet kiss in private." Full of this idea, Villefort's face became so joyous, that when he turned to Dantes, the latter, who had watched the change on his physiognomy, was smiling also. "Sir," said Villefort, "have you any enemies, at least, that you know." "I have enemies?" replied Dantes; "my position is not sufficiently elevated for that. As for my disposition, that is, perhaps, somewhat too hasty; but I have striven to repress it. I have had ten or twelve sailors under me, and if you question them, they will tell you that they love and respect me, not as a father, for I am too young, but as an elder brother." "But you may have excited jealousy. You are about to become captain at nineteen −− an elevated post; you are about to marry a pretty girl, who loves you; and these two pieces of good fortune may have excited the envy of some one." "You are right; you know men better than I do, and what you say may possibly be the case, I confess; but if such persons are among my acquaintances I prefer not to know it, because then I should be forced to hate them."

Chapter 7


"You are wrong; you should always strive to see clearly around you. You seem a worthy young man; I will depart from the strict line of my duty to aid you in discovering the author of this accusation. Here is the paper; do you know the writing?" As he spoke, Villefort drew the letter from his pocket, and presented it to Dantes. Dantes read it. A cloud passed over his brow as he said, −− "No, monsieur, I do not know the writing, and yet it is tolerably plain. Whoever did it writes well. I am very fortunate," added he, looking gratefully at Villefort, "to be examined by such a man as you; for this envious person is a real enemy." And by the rapid glance that the young man's eyes shot forth, Villefort saw how much energy lay hid beneath this mildness. "Now," said the deputy, "answer me frankly, not as a prisoner to a judge, but as one man to another who takes an interest in him, what truth is there in the accusation contained in this anonymous letter?" And Villefort threw disdainfully on his desk the letter Dantes had just given back to him. "None at all. I will tell you the real facts. I swear by my honor as a sailor, by my love for Mercedes, by the life of my father" −− "Speak, monsieur," said Villefort. Then, internally, "If Renee could see me, I hope she would be satisfied, and would no longer call me a decapitator." "Well, when we quitted Naples, Captain Leclere was attacked with a brain fever. As we had no doctor on board, and he was so anxious to arrive at Elba, that he would not touch at any other port, his disorder rose to such a height, that at the end of the third day, feeling he was dying, he called me to him. `My dear Dantes,' said he, `swear to perform what I am going to tell you, for it is a matter of the deepest importance.' "`I swear, captain,' replied I. "`Well, as after my death the command devolves on you as mate, assume the command, and bear up for the Island of Elba, disembark at

Chapter 7


Porto−Ferrajo, ask for the grand−marshal, give him this letter −− perhaps they will give you another letter, and charge you with a commission. You will accomplish what I was to have done, and derive all the honor and profit from it.' "`I will do it, captain; but perhaps I shall not be admitted to the grand marshal's presence as easily as you expect?' "`Here is a ring that will obtain audience of him, and remove every difficulty,' said the captain. At these words he gave me a ring. It was time −− two hours after he was delirious; the next day he died." "And what did you do then?" "What I ought to have done, and what every one would have done in my place. Everywhere the last requests of a dying man are sacred; but with a sailor the last requests of his superior are commands. I sailed for the Island of Elba, where I arrived the next day; I ordered everybody to remain on board, and went on shore alone. As I had expected, I found some difficulty in obtaining access to the grand−marshal; but I sent the ring I had received from the captain to him, and was instantly admitted. He questioned me concerning Captain Leclere's death; and, as the latter had told me, gave me a letter to carry on to a person in Paris. I undertook it because it was what my captain had bade me do. I landed here, regulated the affairs of the vessel, and hastened to visit my affianced bride, whom I found more lovely than ever. Thanks to M. Morrel, all the forms were got over; in a word I was, as I told you, at my marriage−feast; and I should have been married in an hour, and to−morrow I intended to start for Paris, had I not been arrested on this charge which you as well as I now see to be unjust." "Ah," said Villefort, "this seems to me the truth. If you have been culpable, it was imprudence, and this imprudence was in obedience to the orders of your captain. Give up this letter you have brought from Elba, and pass your word you will appear should you be required, and go and rejoin your friends.

Chapter 7


"I am free, then, sir?" cried Dantes joyfully. "Yes; but first give me this letter." "You have it already, for it was taken from me with some others which I see in that packet." "Stop a moment," said the deputy, as Dantes took his hat and gloves. "To whom is it addressed?" "To Monsieur Noirtier, Rue Coq−Heron, Paris." Had a thunderbolt fallen into the room, Villefort could not have been more stupefied. He sank into his seat, and hastily turning over the packet, drew forth the fatal letter, at which he glanced with an expression of terror. "M. Noirtier, Rue Coq−Heron, No. 13," murmured he, growing still paler. "Yes," said Dantes; "do you know him?" "No," replied Villefort; "a faithful servant of the king does not know conspirators." "It is a conspiracy, then?" asked Dantes, who after believing himself free, now began to feel a tenfold alarm. "I have, however, already told you, sir, I was entirely ignorant of the contents of the letter." "Yes; but you knew the name of the person to whom it was addressed," said Villefort. "I was forced to read the address to know to whom to give it." "Have you shown this letter to any one?" asked Villefort, becoming still more pale. "To no one, on my honor."

Chapter 7


"Everybody is ignorant that you are the bearer of a letter from the Island of Elba, and addressed to M. Noirtier?" "Everybody, except the person who gave it to me." "And that was too much, far too much," murmured Villefort. Villefort's brow darkened more and more, his white lips and clinched teeth filled Dantes with apprehension. After reading the letter, Villefort covered his face with his hands. "Oh," said Dantes timidly, "what is the matter?" Villefort made no answer, but raised his head at the expiration of a few seconds, and again perused the letter. "And you say that you are ignorant of the contents of this letter?" "I give you my word of honor, sir," said Dantes; "but what is the matter? You are ill −− shall I ring for assistance? −− shall I call?" "No," said Villefort, rising hastily; "stay where you are. It is for me to give orders here, and not you." "Monsieur," replied Dantes proudly, "it was only to summon assistance for you." "I want none; it was a temporary indisposition. Attend to yourself; answer me." Dantes waited, expecting a question, but in vain. Villefort fell back on his chair, passed his hand over his brow, moist with perspiration, and, for the third time, read the letter. "Oh, if he knows the contents of this!" murmured he, "and that Noirtier is the father of Villefort, I am lost!" And he fixed his eyes upon Edmond as if he would have penetrated his thoughts. "Oh, it is impossible to doubt it," cried he, suddenly.

Chapter 7


"In heaven's name!" cried the unhappy young man, "if you doubt me, question me; I will answer you." Villefort made a violent effort, and in a tone he strove to render firm, −− "Sir," said he, "I am no longer able, as I had hoped, to restore you immediately to liberty; before doing so, I must consult the trial justice; what my own feeling is you already know." "Oh, monsieur," cried Dantes, "you have been rather a friend than a judge." "Well, I must detain you some time longer, but I will strive to make it as short as possible. The principal charge against you is this letter, and you see" −− Villefort approached the fire, cast it in, and waited until it was entirely consumed. "You see, I destroy it?" "Oh," exclaimed Dantes, "you are goodness itself." "Listen," continued Villefort; "you can now have confidence in me after what I have done." "Oh, command, and I will obey." "Listen; this is not a command, but advice I give you." "Speak, and I will follow your advice." "I shall detain you until this evening in the Palais de Justice. Should any one else interrogate you, say to him what you have said to me, but do not breathe a word of this letter." "I promise." It was Villefort who seemed to entreat, and the prisoner who reassured him.

Chapter 7


"You see," continued he, glancing toward the grate, where fragments of burnt paper fluttered in the flames, "the letter is destroyed; you and I alone know of its existence; should you, therefore, be questioned, deny all knowledge of it −− deny it boldly, and you are saved." "Be satisfied; I will deny it." "It was the only letter you had?" "It was." "Swear it." "I swear it." Villefort rang. A police agent entered. Villefort whispered some words in his ear, to which the officer replied by a motion of his head. "Follow him," said Villefort to Dantes. Dantes saluted Villefort and retired. Hardly had the door closed when Villefort threw himself half−fainting into a chair. "Alas, alas," murmured he, "if the procureur himself had been at Marseilles I should have been ruined. This accursed letter would have destroyed all my hopes. Oh, my father, must your past career always interfere with my successes?" Suddenly a light passed over his face, a smile played round his set mouth, and his haggard eyes were fixed in thought. "This will do," said he, "and from this letter, which might have ruined me, I will make my fortune. Now to the work I have in hand." And after having assured himself that the prisoner was gone, the deputy procureur hastened to the house of his betrothed.

Chapter 8


Chapter 8
The Chateau D'If. The commissary of police, as he traversed the ante−chamber, made a sign to two gendarmes, who placed themselves one on Dantes' right and the other on his left. A door that communicated with the Palais de Justice was opened, and they went through a long range of gloomy corridors, whose appearance might have made even the boldest shudder. The Palais de Justice communicated with the prison, −− a sombre edifice, that from its grated windows looks on the clock−tower of the Accoules. After numberless windings, Dantes saw a door with an iron wicket. The commissary took up an iron mallet and knocked thrice, every blow seeming to Dantes as if struck on his heart. The door opened, the two gendarmes gently pushed him forward, and the door closed with a loud sound behind him. The air he inhaled was no longer pure, but thick and mephitic, −− he was in prison. He was conducted to a tolerably neat chamber, but grated and barred, and its appearance, therefore, did not greatly alarm him; besides, the words of Villefort, who seemed to interest himself so much, resounded still in his ears like a promise of freedom. It was four o'clock when Dantes was placed in this chamber. It was, as we have said, the 1st of March, and the prisoner was soon buried in darkness. The obscurity augmented the acuteness of his hearing; at the slightest sound he rose and hastened to the door, convinced they were about to liberate him, but the sound died away, and Dantes sank again into his seat. At last, about ten o'clock, and just as Dantes began to despair, steps were heard in the corridor, a key turned in the lock, the bolts creaked, the massy oaken door flew open, and a flood of light from two torches pervaded the apartment. By the torchlight Dantes saw the glittering sabres and carbines of four gendarmes. He had advanced at first, but stopped at the sight of this display of force. "Are you come to fetch me?" asked he. "Yes," replied a gendarme.

Chapter 8


"By the orders of the deputy procureur?" "I believe so." The conviction that they came from M. de Villefort relieved all Dantes' apprehensions; he advanced calmly, and placed himself in the centre of the escort. A carriage waited at the door, the coachman was on the box, and a police officer sat beside him. "Is this carriage for me?" said Dantes. "It is for you," replied a gendarme. Dantes was about to speak; but feeling himself urged forward, and having neither the power nor the intention to resist, he mounted the steps, and was in an instant seated inside between two gendarmes; the two others took their places opposite, and the carriage rolled heavily over the stones. The prisoner glanced at the windows −− they were grated; he had changed his prison for another that was conveying him he knew not whither. Through the grating, however, Dantes saw they were passing through the Rue Caisserie, and by the Rue Saint−Laurent and the Rue Taramis, to the port. Soon he saw the lights of La Consigne. The carriage stopped, the officer descended, approached the guardhouse, a dozen soldiers came out and formed themselves in order; Dantes saw the reflection of their muskets by the light of the lamps on the quay. "Can all this force be summoned on my account?" thought he. The officer opened the door, which was locked, and, without speaking a word, answered Dantes' question; for he saw between the ranks of the soldiers a passage formed from the carriage to the port. The two gendarmes who were opposite to him descended first, then he was ordered to alight and the gendarmes on each side of him followed his example. They advanced towards a boat, which a custom−house officer held by a chain, near the quay.

he had nothing to apprehend? Had not Villefort in his presence destroyed the fatal letter. a shove sent the boat adrift. and now through the open windows came the laughter and revelry of a ball. and prayed fervently. as Dantes knew. where he had that morning been so happy. The most vague and wild thoughts passed through his mind. between the gendarmes. the only proof against him? . this seemed a good augury. "You will soon know. and about to double the battery. knew that nothing would be more absurd than to question subordinates. and four sturdy oarsmen impelled it rapidly towards the Pilon. They had passed the Tete de Morte. trained in discipline. had not the deputy. At a shout from the boat. Dantes folded his hands. who had been so kind to him. perhaps. were now off the Anse du Pharo. The boat continued her voyage. "Whither are you taking me?" asked he. for he passed before La Reserve. the chain that closes the mouth of the port was lowered and in a second they were. who were forbidden to reply." "But still" −− "We are forbidden to give you any explanation.Chapter 8 95 The soldiers looked at Dantes with an air of stupid curiosity. The prisoner's first feeling was of joy at again breathing the pure air −− for air is freedom." Dantes. Besides. The boat they were in could not make a long voyage. there was no vessel at anchor outside the harbor. In an instant he was placed in the stern−sheets of the boat. he thought. He was not bound. This manoeuvre was incomprehensible to Dantes. but he soon sighed. in the Frioul and outside the inner harbor. they were going to leave him on some distant point. and so he remained silent. nor had they made any attempt to handcuff him. told him that provided he did not pronounce the dreaded name of Noirtier. while the officer stationed himself at the bow. raised his eyes to heaven.

I have no idea. What would his guards think if they heard him shout like a madman? He remained silent. They had left the Ile Ratonneau. While he had been absorbed in thought. I am Captain Dantes. How was it that a presentiment did not warn Mercedes that her lover was within three hundred yards of her? One light alone was visible. and I promise you on my honor I will submit to my fate." said he. and were now opposite the Point des Catalans. the boat went on. as a Christian and a soldier. a loyal Frenchman. A loud cry could be heard by her. to tell me where we are going. thought accused of treason. who returned for answer a sign that said. and yet you do not know where you are going?" "On my honor. and a sailor. and taking his hand.Chapter 8 96 He waited silently. It seemed to the prisoner that he could distinguish a feminine form on the beach. "I see no great harm in telling him now." and the gendarme replied. Mercedes was the only one awake in the whole settlement. −− "You are a native of Marseilles. they had shipped their oars and hoisted sail. his eyes fixed upon the light. for it was there Mercedes dwelt. on the right. In spite of his repugnance to address the guards. An intervening elevation of land hid the light. striving to pierce through the darkness. where the lighthouse stood. −− "Comrade. "I adjure you." . tell me where you are conducting me. the boat was now moving with the wind. but the prisoner thought only of Mercedes. Dantes turned and perceived that they had got out to sea." The gendarme looked irresolutely at his companion. But pride restrained him and he did not utter it. and Dantes saw that it came from Mercedes' chamber. Dantes turned to the nearest gendarme.

do not look so astonished. "what are we going there for?" The gendarme smiled." "Look round you then. . a garrison. "The Chateau d'If?" cried he." "I do not.Chapter 8 97 "Have you no idea whatever?" "None at all. when he saw rise within a hundred yards of him the black and frowning rock on which stands the Chateau d'If. "I am not going there to be imprisoned. seemed to Dantes like a scaffold to a malefactor. Come. come. Tell me. or have never been outside the harbor." "Unless you are blind." "Your orders do not forbid your telling me what I must know in ten minutes. you must know. I have committed no crime. even if I intended. Are there any magistrates or judges at the Chateau d'If?" "There are only. or an hour." "I swear to you it is true." said Dantes. in half an hour. "a governor. "it is only used for political prisoners." "That is impossible. turnkeys." "But my orders." said the gendarme. This gloomy fortress. You see I cannot escape." Dantes pressed the gendarme's hand as though he would crush it." Dantes rose and looked forward. I entreat. or you will make me think you are laughing at me in return for my good nature. which has for more than three hundred years furnished food for so many wild legends. and good thick walls.

"Good!" said the gendarme.Chapter 8 98 "You think. placing his knee on his chest. and that they were mooring the boat. de Villefort's promises?" "I do not know what M." said the gendarme. and if you move. "that I am taken to the Chateau d'If to be imprisoned there?" "It is probable. But what are you doing? Help. the inquiry is already made. in spite of M. I will blow your brains out. then. my friend. One of the sailors leaped on shore. de Villefort's promise." "And so. death in a boat from the hand of a gendarme seemed too terrible. but there is no occasion to squeeze so hard." And he levelled his carbine at Dantes. For a moment the idea of struggling crossed his mind. I have disobeyed my first order. "believe soft−spoken gentlemen again! Harkye. He fell back cursing with rage. but gnashing his teeth and wringing his hands with fury. But he bethought him of M. besides. de Villefort promised you. and Dantes guessed they were at the end of the voyage. but four vigorous arms seized him as his feet quitted the bottom of the boat. help!" By a rapid movement." "Without any inquiry. Dantes sprang forward to precipitate himself into the sea. a cord creaked as it ran through a pulley. At this moment the boat came to a landing with a violent shock. "but I know we are taking you to the Chateau d'If. comrades. and of so ending the unexpected evil that had overtaken him. which the gendarme's practiced eye had perceived. who felt the muzzle against his temple. but I will not disobey the second. without any formality?" "All the formalities have been gone through. He remained motionless. ." said he. and.

and that the door closed behind him. taking him by the arms and coat−collar. an under−jailer. the gendarmes released him. he was conscious that he passed through a door. ill−clothed. he may change you. In the meantime there is bread. and the governor is asleep. water.Chapter 8 99 His guards. "Here. To−morrow. "Here is your chamber for to−night. "Where is the prisoner?" said a voice." said he. and fresh straw. The prisoner followed his guide. and as they passed before the light he saw the barrels of their muskets shine. which the prisoners look upon with utter despair. The orders came. who led him into a room almost under ground. he was in a court surrounded by high walls. that terrible barrier against freedom. Dantes made no resistance. Certain Dantes could not escape. He looked around. . perhaps. he knew vaguely that he was ascending a flight of steps. thrusting Dantes forward. I will take him to his cell. while the police officer carrying a musket with fixed bayonet followed behind. a lamp placed on a stool illumined the apartment faintly. whose bare and reeking walls seemed as though impregnated with tears. and of sullen appearance. he was like a man in a dream: he saw soldiers drawn up on the embankment. and dragged him towards the steps that lead to the gate of the fortress. and that is all a prisoner can wish for. and showed Dantes the features of his conductor. "It is late." "Go!" said the gendarmes. he heard the measured tread of sentinels. but all this indistinctly as through a mist. They waited upwards of ten minutes. They halted for a minute. They seemed awaiting orders. "Let him follow me. He did not even see the ocean." replied the gendarmes. during which he strove to collect his thoughts. forced him to rise.

The jailer advanced. Dantes was alone in darkness and in silence −− cold as the shadows that he felt breathe on his burning forehead. "I do not know. his eyes swollen with weeping." And before Dantes could open his mouth −− before he had noticed where the jailer placed his bread or the water −− before he had glanced towards the corner where the straw was. a dozen times. He found the prisoner in the same position. One thought in particular tormented him: namely. Edmond started. taking with him the lamp and closing the door. leaving stamped upon the prisoner's mind the dim reflection of the dripping walls of his dungeon. he cast himself on the ground. have plunged into the sea.Chapter 8 100 Goodnight. as if fixed there. He touched him on the shoulder. "Have you not slept?" said the jailer. "Are you hungry?" continued he. The day passed thus. He had passed the night standing. but walked round and round the cell like a wild beast in its cage. Dantes appeared not to perceive him. weeping bitterly. but the door closed. and stretched forth his hands towards the open door. Dantes followed him with his eyes. and without sleep. All his emotion then burst forth. "I do not know." replied Dantes. The jailer stared. thanks to his powers . and asking himself what crime he had committed that he was thus punished." The jailer shrugged his shoulders and left the chamber. whereas he might. with orders to leave Dantes where he was. he scarcely tasted food." "Do you wish for anything?" "I wish to see the governor. that during his journey hither he had sat so still. and. With the first dawn of day the jailer returned. the jailer disappeared.

He had no fears as to how he should live −− good seamen are welcome everywhere. have gained the shore. concealed himself until the arrival of a Genoese or Spanish vessel. escaped to Spain or Italy. books. and Spanish like a Castilian. "are you more reasonable to−day?" Dantes made no reply." "Why so?" "Because it is against prison rules. and do not care to walk about." . for which he was famous. is there anything that I can do for you?" "I wish to see the governor. he would have been free. cheer up." "I do not want books. I am satisfied with my food. that impregnable fortress. I will not bring you any more to eat. "Well. He spoke Italian like a Tuscan." said the jailer. the jailer came again. and all this because he had trusted to Villefort's promise." "I have already told you it was impossible.Chapter 8 101 of swimming. The thought was maddening. whereas he was now confined in the Chateau d'If. where Mercedes and his father could have joined him. The next morning at the same hour. then?" "Better fare. and Dantes threw himself furiously down on his straw. "Come. and prisoners must not even ask for it. but I wish to see the governor. if you pay for it. ignorant of the future destiny of his father and Mercedes. and leave to walk about." "If you worry me by repeating the same thing." "What is allowed. and happy with Mercedes and his father.

he replied in a more subdued tone. "if you do not. perhaps I shall be. I am not mad. and some day you will meet the governor." "How long has he left it?" "Two years. we have an instance here. I will make you another offer. that is his affair." said the jailer. "how long shall I have to wait?" "Ah." "Was he liberated. I am not. "do not always brood over what is impossible." . who was in this chamber before you." asked Dantes. and if he chooses to reply. but if you are very well behaved you will be allowed to walk about. "What you ask is impossible. then. he was put in a dungeon. and as every prisoner is worth ten sous a day to his jailer. but at present. it was by always offering a million of francs to the governor for his liberty that an abbe became mad. I shall die of hunger −− that is all. I wish to see him at once. "I am not an abbe." "It is too long a time. unfortunately.Chapter 8 102 "Well." The jailer saw by his tone he would be happy to die. or you will be mad in a fortnight." "Ah. a month −− six months −− a year." "You think so?" "Yes." "But." "Listen!" said Dantes." said Edmond. then?" "No.

if you refuse at least to tell Mercedes I am here. so that I should be a great fool to run such a risk for three hundred. . then. the first time you go to Marseilles. who followed passively." said the jailer. we must put the madman with the madmen. but I will give you a hundred crowns if." "Very well." said the corporal. dropping the stool and sitting on it as if he were in reality mad." "Well. "By the governor's orders. "all right. "All right. you will seek out a young girl named Mercedes." returned Dantes. The jailer went out. and were detected. and when you enter I will dash out your brains with this stool. since you will have it so." "To the dungeon." said he." "Threats!" cried the jailer. "Yes." "If I took them. there are dungeons here. The abbe began like you. and returned in an instant with a corporal and four soldiers.Chapter 8 103 "What is that?" "I do not offer you a million. "conduct the prisoner to the tier beneath. "mark this. because I have it not. and in three days you will be like him. but. which is worth two thousand francs a year. retreating and putting himself on the defensive." Dantes whirled the stool round his head." The soldiers seized Dantes. at the Catalans. and give her two lines from me. all right. "you are certainly going mad. I will send word to the governor. I will some day hide myself behind the door. I should lose my place." said Dantes. mad enough to tie up. fortunately.

and his entrance was followed by a general exclamation. Chapter 9 The Evening of the Betrothal. Decapitator. with all the rest of the company. what is the matter?" said one. approaching his future mother−in−law. "Has the Corsican ogre broken loose?" cried a third. then?" asked the marquis." "Are we threatened with a fresh Reign of Terror?" asked another. "I request your pardon for thus leaving you. it is really a serious matter. as we have said.Chapter 9 104 He descended fifteen steps. Dantes wanted but little of being utterly mad. "So serious that I must take leave of you for a few days." added he. and Dantes advanced with outstretched hands until he touched the wall. hastened back to Madame de Saint−Meran's in the Place du Grand Cours. and the door of a dungeon was opened. and on entering the house found that the guests whom he had left at table were taking coffee in the salon. so. "judge for yourself if it be not important. Royalist." said Villefort. Guardian of the State." . he then sat down in the corner until his eyes became accustomed to the darkness. and he was thrust in. turning to Renee. "Well. remarking the cloud on Villefort's brow. "Speak out. Will the marquis honor me by a few moments' private conversation?" "Ah. anxiously awaiting him. The door closed. The jailer was right. Villefort had. "Marquise. Renee was. Brutus.

but have you any landed property?" "All my fortune is in the funds. "That. marquis. madame. as soon as they were by themselves. seven or eight hundred thousand francs. is an official secret. excuse the indiscretion. then. have you not?" "Yes. please. and will with pleasure undertake them. and they left the salon. "Yes. that demands my immediate presence in Paris. are you going?" asked the marquise." The marquis took his arm. Now." "The deuce you say!" replied the marquis. "I must!" "Where." "Then give me a letter to him. then!" . "Alas.Chapter 9 105 "You are going to leave us?" cried Renee." "But how can I sell out here?" "You have a broker. "tell me what it is?" "An affair of the greatest importance. or you will lose it all." returned Villefort. let us go to the library. but if you have any commissions for Paris. a friend of mine is going there to−night." The guests looked at each other." "Then sell out −− sell out. unable to hide her emotion at this unexpected announcement. perhaps even now I shall arrive too late. and tell him to sell out without an instant's delay. "let us lose no time." asked he. marquis. "Well. "You wish to speak to me alone?" said the marquis.

" "Be as quick as possible. "I must have another!" "To whom?" "To the king." "I do not ask you to write to his majesty. but there is no occasion to divide the honors of my discovery with him. for the king will not forget the service I do him. ordering him to sell out at the market price. marquis." "Tell your coachman to stop at the door. and can procure you audience at any hour of the day or night. my fortune is made if I only reach the Tuileries the first. he wrote a letter to his broker. then. I want a letter that will enable me to reach the king's presence without all the formalities of demanding an audience. I tell you." "I dare not write to his majesty. that would occasion a loss of precious time.Chapter 9 106 And. he has the right of entry at the Tuileries. I will call Salvieux and make him write the letter." . and take all the glory to himself." "To the king?" "Yes. The keeper would leave me in the background." "In that case go and get ready. but ask M. de Salvieux to do so." said Villefort." "But address yourself to the keeper of the seals. placing the letter in his pocketbook. "Now. sitting down. I must be on the road in a quarter of an hour." "Doubtless.

that I may know whether he is alive or dead. It was Mercedes." "You will find them both here. who." said she. whom I leave on such a day with great regret. and when she inquired what had become of her lover. "But." Villefort hastily quitted the apartment. and he the accused. it seemed to him that she was the judge. and. At his door he perceived a figure in the shadow that seemed to wait for him. mademoiselle. tell me where he is. and Villefort instantly recognized her. then. he is no longer in my hands. and can make your farewells in person." The marquis rang. "I do not know. "The young man you speak of. at least. As Villefort drew near. hearing no news of her lover. he resumed his ordinary pace." "Now. Dantes had spoken of Mercedes." Mercedes burst into tears. as Villefort strove to pass her." "A thousand thanks −− and now for the letter. had come unobserved to inquire after him.Chapter 9 107 "You will present my excuses to the marquise and Mademoiselle Renee. a servant entered." replied Villefort. again addressed him. "I shall be gone only a few moments. and I can do nothing for him." said Villefort abruptly. go. "is a great criminal. Her beauty and high bearing surprised him." said the marquis. . "Say to the Comte de Salvieux that I would like to see him. but reflecting that the sight of the deputy procureur running through the streets would be enough to throw the whole city into confusion. she advanced and stood before him.

The man he sacrificed to his ambition. If at this moment the sweet voice of Renee had sounded in his ears pleading for mercy. he pushed by her. It is thus that a wounded man trembles instinctively at the approach of the finger to his wound until it be healed. arise in his bosom. or rather sprang. and yet the slightest shadow of remorse had never clouded Villefort's brow. furious and terrible. hastily opened one of the drawers of his desk. and the door was opened only by Villefort's valet. but that slow and consuming agony whose pangs are intensified from hour to hour up to the very moment of death. but here was an innocent man whose happiness he had destroyed: in this case he was not the judge. arrived at the salon. and bringing with him remorse. and owing to his irresistible eloquence they had been condemned. but the executioner. and fill him with vague apprehensions. appeared to him pale and threatening. Then the first pangs of an unending torture seized upon his heart. his hand pressed to his head. he carried the arrow in his wound. or the fair Mercedes had entered and said. but Villefort's was one of those that never close. and closed the door. from his chair. he believed so. Villefort rose. because they were guilty. leading his affianced bride by the hand. and. stood motionless an instant. at least. and which had hitherto been unknown to him. Then he had a moment's hesitation. that innocent victim immolated on the altar of his father's faults. like Virgil's wounded hero. muttered a few inarticulate sounds. I conjure you to restore me my affianced husband. emptied all the gold it contained into his pocket. as if to exclude the pain he felt. As he thus reflected.Chapter 9 108 And desirous of putting an end to the interview. not such as the ancients figured. perceiving that his servant had placed his . "In the name of God. or if they do. who came to tell him that the travelling carriage was in readiness." his cold and trembling hands would have signed his release. but no voice broke the stillness of the chamber. he felt the sensation we have described. But remorse is not thus banished. only close to reopen more agonizing than ever. and then. He had frequently called for capital punishment on criminals. Villefort uttered a sigh that was almost a sob. and sank into a chair.

and the influential persons of the city. you are there. turning towards Fernand. Grief had made her blind to all but one object −− that was Edmond. She passed the night thus. in the hope of drowning reflection. Villefort knew not when he should return. he had shut himself up with two bottles of black currant brandy. Caderousse was equally restless and uneasy. As the marquis had promised. took her hand. she had returned to the Catalans. but instead of seeking. to aid Dantes. "I have not quitted you since yesterday. Morrel had not readily given up the fight. and as the most sanguine looked upon any attempt of Napoleon to remount the throne as impossible." returned Fernand sorrowfully. and had returned home in despair. and he left her at the moment he was about to become her husband. but the report was already in circulation that Dantes was arrested as a Bonapartist agent. but she paid no heed to the darkness. de Saint−Meran's. and had despairingly cast herself on her couch. and dawn came. he sprang into the carriage. But he did not succeed. M. and he had gone to all his friends. declaring that the matter was serious and that nothing more could be done. he met with nothing but refusal. at length. but she knew not that it was day. Fernand. Meanwhile what of Mercedes? She had met Fernand at the corner of the Rue de la Loge. . ordering the postilions to drive to M. Villefort found the marquise and Renee in waiting. like M. She loved Villefort. He had learned that Dantes had been taken to prison. kneeling by her side. Morrel. He started when he saw Renee. and Renee. The hapless Dantes was doomed. "Ah. Alas. and covered it with kisses that Mercedes did not even feel. for he fancied she was again about to plead for Dantes." said she.Chapter 9 109 cloak on his shoulders. her emotions were wholly personal: she was thinking only of Villefort's departure. far from pleading for Dantes. hated the man whose crime separated her from her lover. The lamp went out for want of oil.

Villefort. and now of Louis Philippe. embraced Renee. fantastic dust. We will leave Villefort on the road to Paris.Chapter 10 110 and became too intoxicated to fetch any more drink. Everything with him was multiplication or subtraction. Louis XVIII. like black. Danglars was one of those men born with a pen behind the ear. and slept in peace.. and passing through two or three apartments. by taking it away. the king. was carelessly listening . and to which. started for Paris along the Aix road. and yet not so intoxicated as to forget what had happened. he could increase the sum total of his own desires. kissed the marquise's hand. from one of those fancies not uncommon to great people. Danglars alone was content and joyous −− he had got rid of an enemy and made his own situation on the Pharaon secure. he was particularly attached. especially when. Old Dantes was dying with anxiety to know what had become of Edmond. travelling −− thanks to trebled fees −− with all speed. so well known as having been the favorite closet of Napoleon and Louis XVIII. Chapter 10 The King's Closet at the Tuileries.. The life of a man was to him of far less value than a numeral. after having received M. With his elbows on the table he sat between the two empty bottles. enter at the Tuileries the little room with the arched window. seated before a walnut table he had brought with him from Hartwell. But we know very well what had become of Edmond. while spectres danced in the light of the unsnuffed candle −− spectres such as Hoffmann strews over his punch−drenched pages. There. He went to bed at his usual hour. and an inkstand in place of a heart. and shaken that of the marquis. de Salvieux' letter.

sire. scarcity is not a thing to be feared. "if it only be to reassure a faithful servant. with gray hair. liked a pleasant jest." replied the courtier. in order that he might seem to comprehend the quotation." replied the king. "You say. but much sought−after. de Blacas. my dear duke. who will bring you back a faithful report as to the feeling in these three provinces?" "Caninus surdis. and with a king as full of foresight as your majesty. "I think you are wrongly informed." continued M. "Sire." replied Louis XVIII. and know positively that.. and Dauphine. sire. laughing. and meanwhile making a marginal note in a volume of Gryphius's rather inaccurate. aristocratic bearing." "Really. sir" −− said the king. for that would only betoken for us seven years of plenty and seven years of scarcity. "That I am exceedingly disquieted." "Then of what other scourge are you afraid." "Well. "your majesty may be perfectly right in relying . my dear Blacas?" "Sire. Provence. trusty men. continuing the annotations in his Horace. have you had a vision of the seven fat kine and the seven lean kine?" "No. it is very fine weather in that direction. and exceedingly gentlemanly attire.Chapter 10 111 to a man of fifty or fifty−two years of age. on the contrary. edition of Horace −− a work which was much indebted to the sagacious observations of the philosophical monarch. I have every reason to believe that a storm is brewing in the south. Louis XVIII. "Sire." Man of ability as he was. will your majesty send into Languedoc.

said. or. wrote. "I am compelled to tell you that these are not mere rumors destitute of foundation which thus disquiet me. in a hand as small as possible. sire." There was a brief pause. wait a moment. sire." "By whom?" "By Bonaparte. −− "Go on. and I will listen to you afterwards. for I have such a delightful note on the Pastor quum traheret −− wait." "And you.Chapter 10 112 on the good feeling of France. "Does your majesty wish me to drop the subject?" "By no means." "Wait. "has arrived by post to tell me that a great peril threatens the king." said the king. at least." continued Louis XVIII. prevent me from sleeping with your security. but a serious−minded man. by his adherents.." "My dear Blacas." "Sire. but just stretch out your hand. and then looking at the duke with the air of a man who thinks he has an idea of his own. still annotating. deserving all my confidence." "Mala ducis avi domum. who had for a moment the hope of sacrificing Villefort to his own profit." said Blacas. and charged by me to watch over the south" (the duke hesitated as he pronounced these words). my dear sir. and so I hastened to you." . while he is only commenting upon the idea of another. my dear duke. but I fear I am not altogether wrong in dreading some desperate attempt. go on −− I listen. during which Louis XVIII. another note on the margin of his Horace. "you with your alarms prevent me from working. my dear duke.

−− "Has your majesty perused yesterday's report?" "Yes." said Louis XVIII. Dandre himself. Dandre leaned very respectfully on the back of a chair with his two hands. "Bonaparte. did not even raise his head. there." and M. who cannot find anything. but tell the duke himself. and said. do not conceal anything." "And scratches himself for amusement. "all the servants of his majesty must approve of the latest intelligence which we have from the Island of Elba. "come in." continued the baron. announced by the chamberlain−in−waiting. Bonaparte" −− M.. sire?" "I tell you to the left. But here is M." said the baron to the duke. "Scratches himself?" inquired the duke. and tell the duke all you know −− the latest news of M. Dandre looked at Louis XVIII. "is mortally wearied.Chapter 10 113 "Which?" "Whichever you please −− there to the left. "Come in. Baron." added the king.. and passes whole days in watching his miners at work at Porto−Longone. the Island of Elba is a volcano. employed in writing a note. "what does your majesty mean?" . yes. You will find yesterday's report of the minister of police. entered." "Here." M. with repressed smile. I mean on my left −− yes. what the report contains −− give him the particulars of what the usurper is doing in his islet. however serious. horrida bella. who. and you are looking to the right. and we may expect to have issuing thence flaming and bristling war −− bella. Dandre. −− let us see. de Bonaparte." "Monsieur.

like Virgil's shepherds. he appears as delighted as if he had gained another Marengo or Austerlitz. my dear duke.. in a very short time. had yet communicated enough to cause him the greatest uneasiness. lest another should reap all the benefit of the disclosure. Did you forget that this great man. laughing. flinging stones in the water and when the flint makes `duck−and−drake' five or six times. Villefort." M. therefore. Dandre. this demigod. who did not choose to reveal the whole secret." continued the minister of police." The minister of police bowed. the usurper will be insane. my dear duke. who spoke alternately. my dear duke. "Blacas is not yet convinced. this hero." "Insane?" "Raving mad. Now. "The usurper converted!" "Decidedly. his head becomes weaker. indeed. let us proceed. is attacked with a malady of the skin which worries him to death." said Louis XVIII. well." "In what way converted?" . moreover. "the greatest captains of antiquity amused themselves by casting pebbles into the ocean −− see Plutarch's life of Scipio Africanus. "The usurper's conversion!" murmured the duke. to the usurper's conversion. Sometimes he weeps bitterly." said Louis XVIII." "Or of wisdom. at other time he passes hours on the seashore. de Blacas pondered deeply between the confident monarch and the truthful minister.Chapter 10 114 "Yes. prurigo?" "And. sometimes laughs boisterously.. "we are almost assured that. my dear baron −− or of wisdom. you must agree that these are indubitable symptoms of insanity. looking at the king and Dandre. "Well.

" continued Louis XVIII.' These were his own words. "make one. Baron. but cannot.Chapter 10 115 "To good principles." said the minister." replied the minister. and I will urge your majesty to do him this honor. However. baron. Blacas. is it not?" and the king laughed facetiously. sire. that is the usual way. and pausing for a moment from the voluminous scholiast before him. every day our desks are loaded with most circumstantial denunciations. duke. sire." . he gave them their dismissal. Tell him all about it. −− this is the 4th of March?" "No. and as it is impossible it can be the minister of police as he has the guardianship of the safety and honor of your majesty. under your auspices I will receive any person you please. and rely upon some unexpected event in some way to justify their predictions. this is the way of it. "I say.. have you any report more recent than this dated the 20th February. and as two or three of his old veterans expressed a desire to return to France. but I am hourly expecting one. it is probable that I am in error. sire." "Go thither. and if there be none −− well." "Why. your majesty will interrogate the person of whom I spoke to you." "Most willingly. if I might advise. it may have arrived since I left my office. of that I am certain. well. they trust to fortune. what think you of this?" inquired the king triumphantly. and exhorted them to `serve the good king. "we have no occasion to invent any. with the gravest air in the world: "Napoleon lately had a review. that the minister of police is greatly deceived or I am." "Well. but you must not expect me to be too confiding. sire. coming from hosts of people who hope for some return for services which they seek to render. "Oh.

and that without getting in the least out of breath." "Which is undergoing great fatigue and anxiety.Chapter 10 116 "Well." "He is at Marseilles. de Salvieux. and bearing this device −− Tenax. Are you not a sportsman and a great wolf−hunter? Well. you recompense but badly this poor young man. sire." "Sire." "Ah. sire. sire. but my messenger is like the stag you refer to." said De Blacas. then. I listen. de Salvieux. I must change your armorial bearings. de Blacas. de Blacas. sire. for he has posted two hundred and twenty leagues in scarcely three days." said Louis XVIII. my brother's chamberlain?" "Yes. go".. "will go and find my messenger. `Molli fugiens anhelitu." . sir." "M. "and remember that I am waiting for you. wait." "I will but go and return.' you know it refers to a stag flying from a wolf. holding in its claws a prey which tries in vain to escape. If only for the sake of M. I will give you an eagle with outstretched wings. biting his nails with impatience. "I wish to consult you on this passage. "Really. what do you think of the molli anhelitu?" "Admirable. who recommends him to me." "And I. and with so much ardor. my dear duke. to give your majesty useful information. sir. I entreat your majesty to receive him graciously. sire. who has come so far. M. said Louis XVIII." "Wait." said M. when we have a telegraph which transmits messages in three or four hours. I shall be back in ten minutes.

I told you Villefort was ambitious. Blacas. de Villefort. he is a man of strong and elevated understanding." "No." "Noirtier the Girondin? −− Noirtier the senator?" "He himself. my friend. Noirtier. you have but limited comprehension. and to attain this ambition Villefort would . I thought his name was unknown to your majesty." "And he comes from Marseilles?" "In person. and. betraying some uneasiness. no." "Does he speak to you of this conspiracy?" "No. too. "Sire. ambitious." "M. de Villefort!" cried the king. you know his father's name!" "His father?" "Yes. but strongly recommends M. "is the messenger's name M.Chapter 10 117 "And writes me thence. pardieu." "Why did you not mention his name at once?" replied the king." "And your majesty has employed the son of such a man?" "Blacas. and begs me to present him to your majesty. sire. de Villefort?" "Yes.

−− "Justum et tenacem propositi virum." M. de Villefort. Villefort was introduced. "the Duc de Blacas assures me you have some interesting information to communicate. in spite of the protestations which the master of ceremonies made for the honor of his office and principles. and turning his eyes on his half−opened Horace. de Blacas returned as speedily as he had departed. muttered. Louis XVIII." Villefort bowed. "Come in. The duke. Villefort's dusty garb." "Then. and advancing a few steps. his costume. and the young magistrate's first impulse was to pause. his really sincere royalism made him youthful again. remained alone. and. duke! Where is he?" "Waiting below. which was not of courtly cut. waited until the king should interrogate him. "M." "I hasten to do so. who was all astonishment at finding that this young man had the audacity to enter before the king in such attire. however. "come in. but in the ante−chamber he was forced to appeal to the king's authority. The king was seated in the same place where the duke had left him." . On opening the door. may I present him?" "This instant.. even his father." said the king." said Louis XVIII. M. excited the susceptibility of M. de Breze. Villefort found himself facing him. overcame all difficulties with a word −− his majesty's order. de Villefort. sire.Chapter 10 118 sacrifice everything." The duke left the royal presence with the speed of a young man. in my carriage." "Seek him at once.

but an actual conspiracy −− a storm which menaces no less than your majesty's throne. but I hope." "Speak as fully as you please. Your majesty is well aware that the sovereign of the Island of Elba has maintained his relations with Italy and France?" "I am. How did you obtain these details?" ." said the king." "Sire. "Speak. terrible. in the exercise of my duties." A glance at the king after this discreet and subtle exordium. such as is every day got up in the lower ranks of the people and in the army. I beg of you. sir. but I must entreat your forgiveness if my anxiety leads to some obscurity in my language. which. and I believe your majesty will think it equally important. But proceed. but assuredly to attempt a landing either at Naples. sir. and before everything else. assured Villefort of the benignity of his august auditor. the usurper is arming three ships. to inform your majesty that I have discovered. much agitated. I have come as rapidly to Paris as possible. to go whither I know not. however mad. not a commonplace and insignificant plot. or on the coast of Tuscany.Chapter 10 119 "Sire. At this moment he will have left Elba. sir. or perhaps on the shores of France. Sire. that it is not irreparable. "I will render a faithful report to your majesty. I like order in everything. and pray begin at the beginning. perhaps. is yet. is the news as bad in your opinion as I am asked to believe?" "Sire. the duke is right." "In the first place." said the king." said Villefort. by the speed I have used. I believe it to be most urgent. and he went on: −− "Sire. who began to give way to the emotion which had showed itself in Blacas's face and affected Villefort's voice. he meditates some project. sir. "and recently we have had information that the Bonapartist clubs have had meetings in the Rue Saint−Jacques.

I left my bride and friends. sire. that when the circumstance surprised me in the midst of a family festival. but more difficult to conduct to an end. whose name I could not extract from him.. sire) −− a return which will soon occur. that I might hasten to lay at your majesty's feet the fears which impressed me. de Villefort." "Sire. we have our eyes open at once upon the past." "And where is this man?" "In prison. but this mission was to prepare men's minds for a return (it is the man who says this. and whom I suspected of Bonapartism." said Louis XVIII." "A conspiracy in these times. if he land . smiling. This person." said Louis XVIII. and the assurance of my devotion. yes. postponing everything." "Yes. If Bonaparte landed at Naples. the whole coalition would be on foot before he could even reach Piomoino. "was there not a marriage engagement between you and Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran?" "Daughter of one of your majesty's most faithful servants. For the last ten months my ministers have redoubled their vigilance. they are the results of an examination which I have made of a man of Marseilles." "And the matter seems serious to you?" "So serious. who charged him with an oral message to a Bonapartist in Paris. the present. on the very day of my betrothal. There he saw the grand−marshal. I fear it is a conspiracy. and arrested on the day of my departure. and the future.Chapter 10 120 "Sire. M. inasmuch as. in order to watch the shore of the Mediterranean. has been secretly to the Island of Elba. but let us talk of this plot." "True. of turbulent character. sire. "is a thing very easy to meditate. a sailor. re−established so recently on the throne of our ancestors. I fear it is more than a plot. whom I have watched for some time..

taking his hand. was about to throw himself at the feet of Louis XVIII. it must be with a handful of men. and besides. .. and as if ready to faint. here is M. Take courage. de Blacas. Has your uneasiness anything to do with what M." "Ah. de Blacas moved suddenly towards the baron. restrained him. he will be in an unfriendly territory. baron?" he exclaimed. what is it?" asked Louis XVIII. At this instant the minister of police appeared at the door.Chapter 11 121 in Tuscany. pale. giving way to an impulse of despair. "Well. who retreated a step and frowned. but the fright of the courtier pleaded for the forbearance of the statesman. it was much more to his advantage that the prefect of police should triumph over him than that he should humiliate the prefect. de Blacas has told me. Chapter 11 The Corsican Ogre. "Sire" −− stammered the baron. pushed from him violently the table at which he was sitting. sir. and the result of that is easily foretold. Villefort was about to retire. At the sight of this agitation Louis XVIII. The minister of police. as matters were. and M. if he land in France. de Villefort has just confirmed?" M. trembling. execrated as he is by the population. "Will you speak?" he said. but M. "You appear quite aghast. Dandre!" cried de Blacas. but at the same time rely on our royal gratitude. "What ails you.

perhaps. in the Gulf of Juan. "Your pardon. we have all been blind. and then suddenly checking himself. it is but too true!" Louis made a gesture of indescribable anger and alarm. sire. sire." ." he said." "Oh. Who knows? they were. and then drew himself up as if this sudden blow had struck him at the same moment in heart and countenance. then he continued." said Louis XVIII. −− at a small port. in the Gulf of Juan." "Well. I can never forgive myself!" "Monsieur. and the minister of police has shared the general blindness. "In France. in league with him. sire. speak boldly. and landed on the 1st of March. "my zeal carried me away. bowing. the usurper left Elba on the 26th February." "And where? In Italy?" asked the king eagerly. "You alone forewarned us of the evil. Dandre is not a man to be accused of treason! Sire.. sir. he was silent. Will your majesty deign to excuse me?" "Speak." replied Louis. the 4th of March! Well. "I command you to speak. what a dreadful misfortune! I am. sire. or you have gone mad. two hundred and fifty leagues from Paris." "The usurper landed in France. sire. and you only acquired this information to−day. sire. what you tell me is impossible." "Alas. "the usurper in France! Then they did not watch over this man." exclaimed the Duc de Blacas. sir." "But" −− said Villefort. now try and aid us with the remedy. that is all. "In France!" he cried. indeed. to be pitied.Chapter 11 122 "Oh. "M. near Antibes. on the 1st of March. near Antibes. You must have received a false report.

"but he is advancing by Gap and Sisteron. The minister bowed his head. you do not know! Have you neglected to obtain information on that point? Of course it is of no consequence. "And Dauphine. assuredly." "Then. with a withering smile. sire. it was impossible to learn. . and it seems to me that if he ventured into the south. of Villefort." he added. "What." −− Louis XVIII." said Villefort." "Advancing −− he is advancing!" said Louis XVIII." "And how did this despatch reach you?" inquired the king. "Is he then advancing on Paris?" The minister of police maintained a silence which was equivalent to a complete avowal. sir?" inquired the king. The mountaineers are Bonapartists." answered the minister of police." replied the minister. he stammered out. And how many men had he with him?" "I do not know." murmured Louis. −− "By the telegraph. I am sorry to tell your majesty a cruel fact. it would be easy to raise Languedoc and Provence against him. but the feeling in Dauphine is quite the reverse of that in Provence or Languedoc. "Do you think it possible to rouse that as well as Provence?" "Sire. "the usurper is detested in the south." "Yes. and folded his arms over his chest as Napoleon would have done. the despatch simply stated the fact of the landing and the route taken by the usurper. "he was well informed. sire. "Sire. and while a deep color overspread his cheeks. sire. advanced a step.Chapter 11 123 "Sire.

yes. Villefort smiled within himself. I would rather mount the scaffold of my brother. sire. "seven conjoined and allied armies overthrew that man. it is fatality!" murmured the minister. We have learnt nothing. the power I hold in my hands bursts. than thus descend the staircase at the Tuileries driven away by ridicule. however light a thing to destiny. and yet you ought to know it!" "Sire. sir −− why. Ridicule. was listening to a conversation on which depended the destiny of a kingdom.Chapter 11 124 "So then. turning pale with anger.. sir. who ought to watch over me more carefully than over themselves. who." murmured the minister. −− "to fall. A miracle of heaven replaced me on the throne of my fathers after five−and−twenty years of exile. when I see the fruition of my wishes almost within reach. and learn of that fall by telegraph! Oh." resumed the king. "Approach. you know not its power in France. and now. "for pity's" −− "Approach. addressing the young man. −− for my fortune is theirs −− before me they were nothing −− after me they will be nothing." he exclaimed. Louis XVI. M. de Blacas wiped the moisture from his brow. feeling that the pressure of circumstances. de Villefort. during those five−and−twenty years." continued King Louis. was too much for any human strength to endure. "To fall. and shatters me to atoms!" "Sire. forgotten nothing! If I were betrayed as he was. motionless and breathless. "What our enemies say of us is then true. spared no pains to understand the people of France and the interests which were confided to me. you are right −− it is fatality!" The minister quailed before this outburst of sarcasm. who at the first glance had sounded the abyss on which the monarchy hung suspended. and tell monsieur that it is . for he felt his increased importance. I have. but to be in the midst of persons elevated by myself to places of honor. and perish miserably from incapacity −− ineptitude! Oh. I would console myself. M.

. he had the power of directing a telegraph. what your majesty is pleased to attribute to me as profound perspicacity is simply owing to chance." "Really impossible! Yes −− that is a great word. the minister. who. have been overcome by such an intoxicating draught of praise. Unfortunately. agents. like you. and I have profited by that chance. "I do not mean that for you. Villefort understood the king's intent. Blacas. although he saw that Dandre was irrevocably lost. and fifteen hundred thousand francs for secret service money." continued Louis XVIII. "for if you have discovered nothing.Chapter 11 125 possible to know beforehand all that he has not known. instead of aiding to crush him. In fact. I have measured them." The look of the minister of police was turned with concentrated spite on Villefort. it was really impossible to learn secrets which that man concealed from all the world. if. see. sir. Any other than yourself would have considered the disclosure of M. Villefort came to the rescue of the crest−fallen minister. "Sire. had been unable to unearth Napoleon's secret. here is a gentleman who had none of these resources at his disposal −− a gentleman." said Villefort. and who would have saved my crown. de Villefort insignificant. perhaps. then. "the suddenness of this event must prove to your majesty that the issue is in the hands of Providence. only a simple magistrate. as there are great men. but he feared to make for himself a mortal enemy of the police minister. in the plenitude of his power. Really impossible for a minister who has an office. to know what is going on at sixty leagues from the coast of France! Well." These words were an allusion to the sentiments which the minister of police had uttered with so much confidence an hour before. spies. or else dictated by venal ambition. at least you have had the good sense to persevere in your suspicions. there are great words. like a good and devoted servant . who bent his head in modest triumph. Realizing this. who learned more than you with all your police." "Sire. might in despair at his own downfall interrogate Dantes and so lay bare the motives of Villefort's plot. Any other person would.

turning towards M. your majesty knows how every report confirms their loyalty and attachment. sir. −− on the contrary. in case of necessity. sire. "Your pardon.. and you may retire. and the death of General Quesnel will." said M. not the respect I have. de Blacas and the minister of police. he might rely. he had made a friend of one on whom." At the name of General . sir. when your majesty's attention was attracted by the terrible event that has occurred in the gulf." he continued. "you have to−day earned the right to make inquiries here. to me. for I know now what confidence to place in them. but my devotion to your majesty has made me forget. duke." "Go on. Then. put us on the direct track of a great internal conspiracy. perhaps. he added. speaking of reports. de Blacas." replied the king. and now these facts will cease to interest your majesty. "I came a moment ago to give your majesty fresh information which I had obtained on this head." "Do not mention reports. baron. Yet. sire. go on." resumed the king. "this affair seems to me to have a decided connection with that which occupies our attention." "On the contrary." The minister of police thanked the young man by an eloquent look. for that is too deeply engraved in my heart. that without forfeiting the gratitude of the king. unable to repress an exclamation. "And now. "'Tis well. "we can rely on the army.Chapter 11 126 −− that's all." "Sire. but the rules of etiquette. that is to say." interposed the minister of police. sire. suddenly pausing. "I have no further occasion for you. gentlemen. what have you learned with regard to the affair in the Rue Saint−Jacques?" "The affair in the Rue Saint−Jacques!" exclaimed Villefort. what now remains to do is in the department of the minister of war. Do not attribute to me more than I deserve." said Louis XVIII. and Villefort understood that he had succeeded in his design. that your majesty may never have occasion to recall the first opinion you have been pleased to form of me." "Fortunately.

and made an appointment with him in the Rue Saint−Jacques. but did not catch the number. He was dressed in a blue frock−coat. buttoned up to the chin." "On his track?" said Villefort. but who was really entirely devoted to me. as I am all but convinced. "Yes. Villefort. who looked as if his very life hung on the speaker's lips. General Quesnel. and wore at his button−hole the rosette of an officer of the Legion of Honor. that General Quesnel. "for if. Yesterday a person exactly corresponding with this description was followed. the servant has given his description. "Do you not think with me. the general's valet. and a thick mustache. he breathed again. "Everything points to the conclusion. but he was lost sight of at the corner of the Rue de la Jussienne and the Rue Coq−Heron. but of assassination. who was dressing his hair at the moment when the stranger entered." As the police minister related this to the king. He is a man of from fifty to fifty−two years of age. for as the minister of police went on speaking he felt his legs bend under him. An unknown person had been with him that morning. M. with black eyes covered with shaggy eyebrows. "that death was not the result of suicide. dark. whom they believed attached to the usurper. has perished the victim of a Bonapartist ambush?" "It is probable. as we first believed. unfortunately." said the minister of police." said the king to the minister of police. Villefort trembled. it appears. "But is this all that is known?" "They are on the track of the man who appointed the meeting with him." replied Villefort. "Continue to seek for this man. had just left a Bonapartist club when he disappeared." Villefort leaned on the back of an arm−chair. sir. de Villefort. General Quesnel. The king looked towards him. turned alternately red and pale. who would have been . sire. but when he learned that the unknown had escaped the vigilance of the agent who followed him.Chapter 11 127 Quesnel. sire. heard the street mentioned.

" It required all Villefort's coolness not to betray the terror with which this declaration of the king inspired him. your majesty will. Bonapartists or not.' and especially so when they can add. and that is another sacrifice made to the royal cause. Of course you stopped at your father's?" A feeling of faintness came over Villefort. "the police think that they have disposed of the whole matter when they say. I trust. `And we are on the track of the guilty persons. I went straight to the Duc de Blacas." "But you will see him. Noirtier are not on the best terms possible." "Ah. I will no longer detain you. has been murdered. in the Rue de Tournon. "How strange. "I forgot you and M. with some asperity.Chapter 11 128 so useful to us at this moment. for you must be fatigued after so long a journey. go and rest." he replied. M." "We shall see. shall be cruelly punished.'" "Sire. then?" "I think not. smiling in a manner which proved that all these questions were not made without a motive. be amply satisfied on this point at least. `A murder has been committed. and for which you should be recompensed." said Louis." "But you have seen him?" "Sire. sire." . de Villefort." continued the king. sire. the kindness your majesty deigns to evince towards me is a recompense which so far surpasses my utmost ambition that I have nothing more to ask for. his assassins. "No. "I alighted at the Hotel de Madrid. I forgot." "Sire.

" said the king. and remember that if you are not able to serve me here in Paris. let it be your care to see that the brevet is made out and sent to M. this is an officer's cross. "and should I forget you (kings' memories are short)." "Sire. He was . "take it. such as it is. and gave loose to dreams of ambition. and looking about him for a hackney−coach. and gave it to Villefort) −− "in the meanwhile take this cross. whose career was ended. "in an hour I shall have quitted Paris." said Louis XVIII. sir. ordered horses to be ready in two hours." said the minister of police to Villefort. "may I inquire what are the orders with which your majesty deigns to honor me?" "Take what rest you require. Lazare. Blacas. for I have not the time to procure you another.Chapter 11 129 "Never mind. bowing." said Villefort. and asked to have his breakfast brought to him. he took the cross and kissed it." replied Villefort. he gave his address to the driver. "you entered by luck's door −− your fortune is made. sir. remain. which he hailed." "Sire.. we will not forget you. Baron. send for the minister of war. Ten minutes afterwards Villefort reached his hotel." "Ah. as they left the Tuileries. and springing in. threw himself on the seat. make your mind easy." "Ma foi. near the cross of St. "And now. "your majesty mistakes. you may be of the greatest service to me at Marseilles. Blacas. sir. above the order of Notre−Dame−du−Mont−Carmel and St." "Will it be long first?" muttered Villefort." he said." "Go. In the meanwhile" (the king here detached the cross of the Legion of Honor which he usually wore over his blue coat. saluting the minister. de Villefort. One passed at the moment. do not be afraid to bring yourself to my recollection. Louis." Villefort's eyes were filled with tears of joy and pride.

sir." said Villefort." "Did he mention my name?" "Yes. black hair. ." "Dark or fair?" "Dark. The valet opened the door. and Villefort heard some one speak his name. "Who could know that I was here already?" said the young man. with black eyes." "What sort of person is he?" "Why. The valet entered. "what is it? −− Who rang? −− Who asked for me?" "A stranger who will not send in his name. a man of about fifty." "To me?" "Yes. −− very dark. black eyebrows." "Short or tall?" "About your own height." "A stranger who will not send in his name! What can he want with me?" "He wishes to speak to you. sir.Chapter 11 130 about to begin his repast when the sound of the bell rang sharp and loud." "And how dressed?" asked Villefort quickly. "Well.

who had followed all his motions with surprise which he could not conceal." "It is he!" said Villefort. he who entered −− looked after the servant until the door was closed. indeed. now. turning pale. "what a great deal of ceremony! Is it the custom in Marseilles for sons to keep their fathers waiting in their anterooms?" "Father!" cried Villefort. he opened the door again. pardieu. as appeared from the rapid retreat of Germain. if you felt so sure. "then I was not deceived. I felt sure it must be you. decorated with the Legion of Honor. buttoned up close. and then extended his hand to Villefort. with a very significant look. "do you know." said Villefort. Noirtier −− for it was. fearing." replied the new−comer. "allow me to say. "Well." said the individual whose description we have twice given." said he to the young man. and then. Germain. my dear Gerard. then. M. entering the door. nor was the precaution useless." "Leave us. who proved that he was not exempt from the sin which ruined our first parents. Chapter 12 Father and Son. "Eh. that he might be overheard in the ante−chamber. then that of the bed−chamber. my dear Gerard. The servant quitted the apartment with evident signs of astonishment. you seem as if you were not very glad to . putting his cane in a corner and his hat on a chair. M. Noirtier then took the trouble to close and bolt the ante−chamber door.Chapter 12 131 "In a blue frock−coat. no doubt." "Well. that it was not very filial of you to keep me waiting at the door.

" "And if I have come. my dear father. "I am. but I so little expected your visit." said Villefort. he becomes accustomed to most things. they induced General Quesnel to go there.Chapter 12 132 see me?" "My dear father. seating himself. and General Quesnel. "Really. stretching himself out at his ease in the chair. has escaped from Paris in a hay−cart." "Ah. for it must be interesting. what about the club in the Rue Saint−Jacques?" "Why. and my journey will be your salvation. when you announce to me your wedding for the 28th of February. when a man has been proscribed by the mountaineers. on the contrary." "Father. But go on." "Father. yes. Noirtier. "I might say the same thing to you." "And who told you this fine story?" "The king himself. my dear fellow." said Gerard. indeed!" said M. you have heard speak of a certain Bonapartist club in the Rue Saint−Jacques?" "No." "Why. who quitted his own house at nine o'clock in the evening. 53. been hunted over the plains of Bordeaux by Robespierre's bloodhounds." ." replied M." "But. Noirtier. for it is for you that I came. your coolness makes me shudder. delighted. was found the next day in the Seine. pray tell me all about it. drawing closer to M. and on the 3rd of March you turn up here in Paris. that it has somewhat overcome me. Noirtier. "do not complain. I am vice−president. my dear boy.

" "No matter. for three days ago I posted from Marseilles to Paris with all possible speed. father. I entreat of you −− for your own sake as well as mine. for that letter must have led to your condemnation. you." "Three days ago? You are crazy. and knew it even before you could. Why. "will the Restoration adopt imperial methods so promptly? Shot." . then. in return for your story. I think I already know what you are about to tell me. I heard this news. Yes." "I burnt it. come." "Ah." continued Noirtier. half−desperate at the enforced delay. you have heard of the landing of the emperor?" "Not so loud. my dear boy? What an idea! Where is the letter you speak of? I know you too well to suppose you would allow such a thing to pass you. "I will tell you another. for fear that even a fragment should remain." "How did you know about it?" "By a letter addressed to you from the Island of Elba." Villefort's father laughed. my dear father. would probably ere this have been shot. three days ago the emperor had not landed. and which I discovered in the pocket−book of the messenger.Chapter 12 133 "Well. Had that letter fallen into the hands of another." "To me?" "To you. I was aware of his intention." "My dear father." said he. "Come.

you know very well that the general was not a man to drown himself in despair. "yes. and the government patiently awaits the day when it comes to say." "Yes. Why didn't they search more vigilantly? they would have found" −− "They have not found." "I must refer again to the club in the Rue Saint−Jacques. When the police is at fault. and in all countries they call that a murder. no." "A murder do you call it? why." replied Noirtier." "You do? Why. that the usual phrase. or having been drowned from not knowing how to swim." . really. the thing becomes more and more dramatic −− explain yourself." "And who thus designated it?" "The king himself. but they are on the track. having thrown themselves in. it declares that it is on the track. I am quite familiar with it. with a sneaking air. there is nothing to prove that the general was murdered. People are found every day in the Seine. and people do not bathe in the Seine in the month of January." "I do better than that. this was murder in every sense of the word. I can easily comprehend that. sir −− I save you. But I have nothing to fear while I have you to protect me. No. but they have found a corpse." "It appears that this club is rather a bore to the police. do not be deceived." "Yes. that the track is lost.Chapter 12 134 "And the destruction of your future prospects. the general has been killed." "Father.

one of us went to him. he was recommended to us from the Island of Elba. take care. that is all. you surprise me. −− he was made to take an oath. In politics. there are no men. the general was allowed to depart free −− perfectly free. `My son. father. you have committed a murder?' No. but ideas −− no feelings. we only remove an obstacle. A murder? really. Would you like to know how matters have progressed? Well. you know. etc. I will tell you. when our turn comes." "My dear fellow. that on leaving us he lost his way. Yet he did not return home. You. `Very well. to found an accusation on such bad premises! Did I ever say to you. and did so. It was thought reliance might be placed in General Quesnel. I said. and yet. but with such an ill grace that it was really tempting Providence to swear him. perchance. when you were fulfilling your character as a royalist." "I do not understand you. and cut off the head of one of my party. sir." "You are mistaken. When he had heard and comprehended all to the fullest extent. he will not advance two leagues into the interior of France without being followed. you have gained the victory.'" "But. He came there. he replied that he was a royalist. the projected landing. that's all. the emperor is at this moment on the way to Grenoble. and invited him to the Rue Saint−Jacques. as well as I do. my dear fellow. on the 10th or 12th he will be at Lyons." "You rely on the usurper's return?" "We do. but interests.Chapter 12 135 "The king! I thought he was philosopher enough to allow that there was no murder in politics. in politics we do not kill a man. it will be our turn. Villefort. and caught like a wild beast. tracked. to−morrow. my dear fellow. a deputy procureur. in spite of that. What could that mean? why. our revenge will be sweeping. Then all looked at each other. and the plan was unfolded to him for leaving Elba." . and on the 20th or 25th at Paris. where he would find some friends.

fork. and our police are as good as your own. then. Would you like a proof of it? well. we are as well informed as you. and in this way they will chase him to Paris." "Yes. you wished to conceal your journey from me. for that is. "you really do seem very well informed. with a sneer." "Eh? the thing is simple enough. and plate. three days after the landing. you think yourself well informed because the telegraph has told you. to escort him into the capital. my dear Gerard. I believe. Ring. Believe me. devotion. Really. looking at his father with astonishment. and we will dine together." "Yes." "Devotion!" said Villefort. for a second knife." "Grenoble and Lyons are faithful cities. He is pursued.Chapter 12 136 "The people will rise. You who are in power have only the means that money produces −− we who are in expectation. "Yes." . to go and meet him. if you please." "Grenoble will open her gates to him with enthusiasm −− all Lyons will hasten to welcome him. You gave your direction to no one but your postilion. and yet I knew of your arrival half an hour after you had passed the barrier." "He has but a handful of men with him. and armies will be despatched against him. yet I have your address. have those which devotion prompts. and will oppose to him an impassable barrier. and in proof I am here the very instant you are going to sit at table. you are but a child. without drawing a trigger. `The usurper has landed at Cannes with several men. the phrase for hopeful ambition." "Indeed!" replied Villefort.' But where is he? what is he doing? You do not know at all.

and a cane." and he added with a smile. if this person were not on his guard. went towards a table ." "Say on." "True." "However stupid the royalist police may be. that's it." At these words he rose." "Ah. they do know one terrible thing." "Oh." "What is that?" "The description of the man who. "and why." "Didn't I say that your police were good for nothing?" "Yes. is it?" said Noirtier. but they may catch him yet. Villefort caught his arm." said the young man. "true. rosette of an officer of the Legion of Honor in his button−hole. and put off his frock−coat and cravat. buttoned up to the chin. eyebrows. "one word more. ha. looking carelessly around him. the admirable police have found that out. a hat with wide brim. or the day before. they lost sight of him at the corner of the Rue Coq−Heron. on the morning of the day when General Quesnel disappeared. to summon the servant whom his son had not called. then. blue frock−coat." said Noirtier. my dear father. and whiskers. have they not laid hands on him?" "Because yesterday. "Wait. black. hair. presented himself at his house. as he is. "He will consequently make a few changes in his personal appearance. have they? And what may be that description?" "Dark complexion.Chapter 12 137 And Villefort's father extended his hand to the bell−rope.

when this disguise was completed. tried on before the glass a narrow−brimmed hat of his son's. and walked about with that easy swagger which was one of his principal characteristics. "I rely on your prudence to remove all the things which I leave in your care." said Villefort. and. in lieu of his blue and high−buttoned frock−coat. cut off the compromising whiskers. Noirtier gave another turn to his hair." "And now. with a firm hand. and now I believe you are right. which appeared to fit him perfectly." "No. do you think your police will recognize me now. and that you have really saved my life." "Shall you see the king again?" "Perhaps. that you may be mistaken. lathered his face." "Oh. "You are not convinced yet?" "I hope at least. instead of his black cravat. my dear boy. Villefort watched him with alarm not devoid of admiration." stammered Villefort. I hope not. rely on me. be assured I will return the favor hereafter." he said. put on. and cut away in front. took. His whiskers cut off. turning towards his wondering son. took a razor. a coat of Villefort's of dark brown.Chapter 12 138 on which lay his son's toilet articles. and. he took up a small bamboo switch. "well. cut the air with it once or twice. a colored neckerchief which lay at the top of an open portmanteau. leaving his cane in the corner where he had deposited it. "Well." Villefort shook his head. "Yes. "at least." continued Noirtier. yes. father." .

tell him nothing. he whom in Paris you call the Corsican ogre. This will be. or. with a smile.' Tell him this. gather like atoms of snow about the rolling ball as it hastens onward. Sire. father. quiet. as to the opinions of the towns. who were there. if you prefer it. cool and collected. Gerard. and emperor at Grenoble. rather. captured. go. Austerlitz. and at your next journey alight at my door. and the prejudices of the army." "True. The soldiers you believe to be dying with hunger. my son −− go. he is advancing as rapidly as his own eagles. ran to the window. what should I say to the king?" "Say this to him: `Sire. return with all speed. if the political balance should some day take another turn. my dear Gerard. my dear Gerard. to him who acquired it. inoffensive. and there remain. by two or three ill−looking men at the corner of the street. Go. put aside the curtain.Chapter 12 139 "Would you pass in his eyes for a prophet?" "Prophets of evil are not in favor at the court. enter Marseilles at night. sire. submissive. Marengo. I swear to you. and supposing a second restoration. "one means by which you may a second time save me. go. with the same calmness that had characterized him during the whole of this remarkable and trying conversation. who at Nevers is styled the usurper. or have done. for your adversary is powerful enough to show you mercy. secret. and by your obedience to my paternal orders." "Well. and. and your house by the back−door. friendly counsels. leave France to its real master. Keep your journey a secret. pursued. not by purchase. you are deceived as to the feeling in France. ready to desert. but by right of conquest. is already saluted as Bonaparte at Lyons. Adieu." Noirtier left the room when he had finished. do not boast of what you have come to Paris to do. we will keep you in your place. Villefort. You think he is tracked. pale and agitated. or. and cast you aloft while hurling me down. for this time. we shall act like powerful men who know their enemies. and saw him pass." added Noirtier. worn out with fatigue. but because it would be humiliating for a grandson of Saint Louis to owe his life to the man of Arcola. above all. you would then pass for a great man. but some day they do them justice. . not that you incur any risk.

broke the cane into small bits and flung it in the fire. learned at Lyons that Bonaparte had entered Grenoble. Then he turned to the various articles he had left behind him. although M. Villefort stood watching. and will probably remain without a counterpart in the future. and thus the Girondin of . Louis XVIII. de Blacas had duly forwarded the brevet. until his father had disappeared at the Rue Bussy. and a blue frock−coat. which was ready. put the black cravat and blue frock−coat at the bottom of the portmanteau. gained nothing save the king's gratitude (which was rather likely to injure him at the present time) and the cross of the Legion of Honor. put on his travelling−cap. breathless. Napoleon would.Chapter 13 140 perhaps. as he had predicted. who was all powerful at court. doubtless. at length reached Marseilles. Every one knows the history of the famous return from Elba. Noirtier was a true prophet. and hat with broad brim. and at a sign from the emperor the incongruous structure of ancient prejudices and new ideas fell to the ground. and things progressed rapidly. and in the midst of the tumult which prevailed along the road. which he had the prudence not to wear. the monarchy he had scarcely reconstructed tottered on its precarious foundation. paid his bill. Chapter 13 The Hundred Days. have deprived Villefort of his office had it not been for Noirtier. to arrest a man with black whiskers. threw the hat into a dark closet. made but a faint attempt to parry this unexpected blow. checked with a look the thousand questions he was ready to ask. therefore. sprang into his carriage. and calling his valet. a return which was unprecedented in the past. a prey to all the hopes and fears which enter into the heart of man with ambition and its first successes. Villefort. M.

−− scarcely had this occurred when Marseilles began. de Saint−Meran. when one morning his door opened. so much so. The deputy−procureur was. Morrel to be admitted. like his own. could be vastly increased. scarcely was the imperial power established −− that is.Chapter 13 141 '93 and the Senator of 1806 protected him who so lately had been his protector. being suspected of royalism. He made Morrel wait in the ante−chamber. and after passing a quarter of an hour in reading the papers. the influence of M. scarcely had the emperor re−entered the Tuileries and begun to issue orders from the closet into which we have introduced our readers. that many of the most zealous partisans of Bonaparte accused him of "moderation" −− but sufficiently influential to make a demand in favor of Dantes. returned. and M. but his marriage was put off until a more favorable opportunity. and the marriage be still more suitable. −− he found on the table there Louis XVIII. However. always smouldering in the south. the first magistrate of Marseilles.'s half−filled snuff−box. therefore. . All Villefort's influence barely enabled him to stifle the secret Dantes had so nearly divulged. and it required but little to excite the populace to acts of far greater violence than the shouts and insults with which they assailed the royalists whenever they ventured abroad. Gerard required a different alliance to aid his career. in spite of the authorities. for the simple reason that the king's procureur always makes every one wait. Morrel was announced. although he had no one with him. Villefort retained his place. if Louis XVIII. and he knew this would be a sign of weakness. Any one else would have hastened to receive him. because Morrel was a prudent and rather a timid man. but Villefort was a man of ability. the worthy shipowner became at that moment −− we will not say all powerful. to rekindle the flames of civil war. he ordered M. If the emperor remained on the throne. Owing to this change. The king's procureur alone was deprived of his office.

. firm. Villefort gazed at him as if he had some difficulty in recognizing him. Morrel. "Not in the least. then. to ask what has become of him?" . who was accused of being concerned in correspondence with the Island of Elba? What was the other day a crime is to−day a title to favor. −− "M. and you ought to protect him −− it is equally your duty. "and tell me to what circumstance I owe the honor of this visit. and you did not show any favor −− it was your duty.Chapter 13 142 Morrel expected Villefort would be dejected. recovering his assurance as he proceeded. I come. but if I can serve you in any way I shall be delighted. he found him as he had found him six weeks before." "Everything depends on you. with a patronizing wave of the hand. "Yes. He stopped at the door. sir. that most insurmountable barrier which separates the well−bred from the vulgar man. monsieur?" asked Morrel." said Morrel. he felt a cold shudder all over him when he saw Villefort sitting there with his elbow on his desk. I came to intercede for a young man. pray. after a brief interval. He had entered Villefort's office expecting that the magistrate would tremble at the sight of him. calm. and full of that glacial politeness. on the contrary. the mate of my ship." "Do you not guess. during which the honest shipowner turned his hat in his hands." said the magistrate." "Explain yourself." "Monsieur. You then served Louis XVIII. therefore. and his head leaning on his hand. to−day you serve Napoleon." "Come nearer. "do you recollect that a few days before the landing of his majesty the emperor. I believe?" said Villefort.

I came about six weeks ago to plead for clemency." "Edmond Dantes." "Monsieur. but the chosen of the nation. "No. because I believed the Bourbons not only the heirs to the throne." "Yes. but he did not blanch." returned Villefort. was conscious only of the other's condescension. "Dantes. But Morrel. the last four of which he was in my service. in the most natural tone in the world. You received me very coldly. "I was then a royalist. "Tell me his name. "I am not mistaken. monsieur. Had Morrel been a more quick−sighted man." Villefort would probably have rather stood opposite the muzzle of a pistol at five−and−twenty paces than have heard this name spoken. or better versed in these matters. The miraculous return of Napoleon has conquered me. instead of referring him to the governors of the prison or the prefect of the department. as I come to−day to plead for justice. the royalists were very severe with the Bonapartists in those days." said Morrel. disappointed in his expectations of exciting fear. he would have been surprised at the king's procureur answering him on such a subject." repeated he. the legitimate monarch is he who is loved by his people. "What is his name?" said he. I have known him for ten years." Villefort opened a large register. monsieur?" said he. turning to Morrel.Chapter 13 143 Villefort by a strong effort sought to control himself. Villefort had calculated rightly. and then. −− "Are you quite sure you are not mistaken. then went to a table. Oh. Do not you recollect." . from the table turned to his registers. "Edmond Dantes.

" "Well?" "I made my report to the authorities at Paris. But how is it he is not already returned? It seems to me the first care of government should be to set at liberty those who have suffered for their adherence to it. and the order for his liberation must proceed from the same source. or to the Sainte−Marguerite islands." "How so?" "You know that when he left here he was taken to the Palais de Justice. to Pignerol.Chapter 13 144 "That's right!" cried Morrel. "I have it −− a sailor." "But. and. he has been taken to Fenestrelles." replied Villefort." . it was a very serious charge. I recollect now. M. the letters have not yet been forwarded. Morrel. "I like to hear you speak thus. and a week after he was carried off." "Carried off!" said Morrel. as Napoleon has scarcely been reinstated a fortnight." "Do not be too hasty. Some fine morning he will return to take command of your vessel. "is there no way of expediting all these formalities −− of releasing him from arrest?" "There has been no arrest." said Villefort. "The order of imprisonment came from high authority. and I augur well for Edmond from it. "What can they have done with him?" "Oh. turning over the leaves of a register." "Come when he will. it shall be kept for him. who was about to marry a young Catalan girl." "Wait a moment." said Morrel.

"But how shall I address the minister?" "Sit down there. which. if it did take place would leave him defenceless. so much kindness would have dispelled them. M. my dear Morrel. so that no written forms or documents may defeat their wishes. and it is as much my duty to free him as it was to condemn him. de Villefort. "Petition the minister. the minister receives two hundred petitions every day.Chapter 13 145 "How?" "It is sometimes essential to government to cause a man's disappearance without leaving any traces. giving up his place to Morrel. how would you advise me to act?" asked he. and the number of prisoners whose names are not on the register is incalculable. The emperor is more strict in prison discipline than even Louis himself." . "and write what I dictate. but he will read a petition countersigned and presented by me." "Oh. however improbable it might be. but at present" −− "It has always been so. since the reign of Louis XIV. Dantes was then guilty." said Villefort." "That is true. "Well." "And will you undertake to deliver it?" "With the greatest pleasure." Had Morrel even any suspicions. I know what that is." Villefort thus forestalled any danger of an inquiry. and does not read three." "It might be so under the Bourbons. and now he is innocent.

sitting down." "That is true. and hastened to announce to old Dantes that he would soon see his son.'s throne. Dantes' patriotic services were exaggerated. −− that is. and he was made out one of the most active agents of Napoleon's return. in which. but he had gone too far to draw back. who took leave of Villefort. It was evident that at the sight of this document the minister would instantly release him. he carefully preserved the petition that so fearfully compromised Dantes. we have lost too much already." "Countersigned by you?" "The best thing I can do will be to certify the truth of the contents of your petition. or the still more tragic destruction of the empire. no doubt.Chapter 13 146 "Will you be so good?" "Certainly. Villefort wrote the certificate at the bottom. As for Villefort." This assurance delighted Morrel." And. . from an excellent intention. Dantes must be crushed to gratify Villefort's ambition." Villefort shuddered at the suggestion." said he. The petition finished. But lose no time. "What more is to be done?" "I will do whatever is necessary. Villefort read it aloud. Only think what the poor fellow may even now be suffering. a second restoration. in the hopes of an event that seemed not unlikely. instead of sending to Paris. and heard not the noise of the fall of Louis XVIII." "Will the petition go soon?" "To−day. Dantes remained a prisoner. Villefort dictated a petition. "leave the rest to me. "That will do.

Danglars comprehended the full extent of the wretched fate that overwhelmed Dantes. Danglars' heart failed him. and twice had Villefort soothed him with promises. he would shoot Dantes. Louis XVIII. when Napoleon returned to France. remained in his dungeon. after the Hundred Days and after Waterloo. partly on the means of deceiving Mercedes as to the cause of his absence. . Only. ten or twelve days after Napoleon's return. He therefore informed M. he. he had done all that was in his power. whose father now stood higher at court than ever. and was no more heard of. termed the coincidence. sought and obtained the situation of king's procureur at Toulouse. He then left for Madrid. and." But when Napoleon returned to Paris. At last there was Waterloo. But Fernand was mistaken. who was for him also the messenger of vengeance. at the spot from whence Marseilles and the Catalans are visible. a man of his disposition never kills himself. and any fresh attempt would only compromise himself uselessly. to whom Marseilles had become filled with remorseful memories.Chapter 13 147 Twice during the Hundred Days had Morrel renewed his demand. Fernand's mind was made up. during the respite the absence of his rival afforded him. watching for the apparition of a young and handsome man. and obtained a recommendation from him to a Spanish merchant. What had become of him he cared not to inquire. forgotten of earth and heaven. "a decree of Providence. into whose service he entered at the end of March. and a fortnight afterwards he married Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran. partly on plans of emigration and abduction. he reflected. after the manner of mediocre minds. as from time to time he sat sad and motionless on the summit of Cape Pharo. remounted the throne. Fernand understood nothing except that Dantes was absent. Villefort. and then kill himself. Morrel of his wish to quit the sea. and Morrel came no more. and he lived in constant fear of Dantes' return on a mission of vengeance. And so Dantes. that is. for he constantly hopes.

but her religious feelings came to her aid and saved her. Mercedes was left alone face to face with the vast plain that had never seemed so barren. Had Fernand really meant to kill himself. I shall be alone in the world. Bathed in tears she wandered about the Catalan village.Chapter 13 148 During this time the empire made its last conscription. and this was now strengthened by gratitude. even on his death−bed. and almost at the hour of his arrest. at other times gazing on the sea. and debating as to whether it were not better to cast herself into the abyss of the ocean. the father of so dangerous a Bonapartist as Dantes. was stigmatized as a crime. It was not want of courage that prevented her putting this resolution into execution. Sometimes she stood mute and motionless as a statue. but. Morrel paid the expenses of his funeral. there was courage. looking towards Marseilles. and every man in France capable of bearing arms rushed to obey the summons of the emperor. His devotion. produced the effect they always produce on noble minds −− Mercedes had always had a sincere regard for Fernand. he would have done so when he parted from Mercedes. M. he breathed his last in Mercedes' arms. Mercedes might one day be his." These words carried a ray of hope into Fernand's heart. lost all hope at Napoleon's downfall. bearing with him the terrible thought that while he was away. Five months after he had been separated from his son. the south was aflame. "My brother. Old Dantes. he was merely sent to the frontier. enrolled in the army. who was only sustained by hope. Should Dantes not return. and thus end her woes. Caderousse was." said she as she placed his knapsack on his shoulders. for if you are killed. Fernand departed with the rest. There was more than benevolence in this action. and to assist. his rival would perhaps return and marry Mercedes. like Fernand. being married and eight years older. and the compassion he showed for her misfortunes. and a few small debts the poor old man had contracted. "be careful of yourself. . and the sea that had never seemed so vast.

" "Let us visit them. The inspector visited. whose good behavior or stupidity recommended them to the clemency of the government. you see all. "The prisoners sometimes." said the inspector with an air of fatigue. that the fare was detestable. and in order to be sentenced to death. "I do not know what reason government can assign for these useless visits. and that they wanted to be set free. one after another. through mere uneasiness of life. the dangerous and mad prisoners are in the dungeons. Dantes in his cell heard the noise of preparation. that he looked upon himself as dead. They shook their heads." . but he had so long ceased to have any intercourse with the world. the cells and dungeons of several of the prisoners. A year after Louis XVIII. He guessed something uncommon was passing among the living.Chapter 14 149 Chapter 14 The Two Prisoners. −− sounds that at the depth where he lay would have been inaudible to any but the ear of a prisoner. The inspector asked if they had anything else to ask for. What could they desire beyond their liberty? The inspector turned smilingly to the governor. "We must play the farce to the end. commit acts of useless violence.'s restoration." said the governor. He inquired how they were fed. The universal response was. and you might fall a victim. −− ill fed and innocent. Let us see the dungeons. when you see one prisoner. who could hear the splash of the drop of water that every hour fell from the roof of his dungeon. −− always the same thing. a visit was made by the inspector−general of prisons. and if they had any request to make. Are there any others?" "Yes." "Let us first send for two soldiers.

" cried the inspector. so dark. and the inspector descended a stairway. not until he attempted to kill the turnkey. "Shall I complain of him?" demanded the inspector." "Was he placed here when he first arrived?" "No. as to be loathsome to sight.Chapter 14 150 "Take all needful precautions. who took his food to him. he wanted to kill me!" returned the turnkey." "He is alone?" "Certainly. Two soldiers were accordingly sent for." said the inspector." "To kill the turnkey?" "Yes. Is it not true. the very one who is lighting us. "True enough. "He is worse than that. as he is daring and resolute. ." "How long his he been there?" "Nearly a year." replied the inspector. so humid. Antoine?" asked the governor. "He must be mad. and respiration. a man we are ordered to keep the most strict watch over. so foul. "Oh. "who can live here?" "A most dangerous conspirator. −− he is a devil!" returned the turnkey. smell.

" "So much the better for him. Dantes. escorted by two turnkeys holding torches and accompanied by two soldiers. "By all means.Chapter 14 151 "Oh." "I will see them both. and the latter recoiled two or three steps. "You are right. he grew thin. You had better see him. who guessed the truth. sir. he wished to display his authority. who has been here since 1811. At the sound of the key turning in the lock." added he. whence he could see the ray of light that came through a narrow iron grating above. The soldiers interposed their bayonets. "and this remark proves that you have deeply considered the subject. formerly leader of a party in Italy. . and in every way fit for his office. and sought to inspire him with pity. infusing all the humility he possessed into his eyes and voice. −− he will suffer less. Now we have in a dungeon about twenty feet distant. Then. an abbe. and the change is astonishing. he addressed the inspector. and to which you descend by another stair. and he signed to the turnkey to open the door." replied the governor. "I must conscientiously perform my duty. for they thought that he was about to attack the inspector. Dantes. a man full of philanthropy. who was crouched in a corner of the dungeon. He used to weep." replied the governor. raised his head. Seeing a stranger. as this remark shows. no. it is useless." This was the inspector's first visit." said the inspector. Besides." returned the inspector. he is almost mad now. "Let us visit this one first. Dantes saw that he was looked upon as dangerous. he now grows fat. and in 1813 he went mad. and in another year he will be quite so. He was. and the creaking of the hinges. he now laughs. for his madness is amusing. and to whom the governor spoke bareheaded. sprang forward with clasped hands. and that the moment to address himself to the superior authorities was come.

turning to the prisoner. is that an innocent man should languish in prison.Chapter 14 152 The inspector listened attentively." "To−day is the 30th of July. 1816." Then. he is afraid." "Are you well fed?" said the inspector. when you tried to kill the turnkey. to be set at liberty. then?" asked the inspector. I don't know. 1815." "So long? −− when were you arrested. but to officers of justice and the king. and if I am guilty. for he his always been very good to me. was on the point of marrying a woman he adored. who saw an ." "And you are not so any longer?" "No. "What is it you want?" said he. "I want to know what crime I have committed −− to be tried. "The 28th of February. and I beg his pardon. then." "It is true. turning to the governor. for instance. −− why it is but seventeen months." "Only seventeen months. "He will become religious −− he is already more gentle. "you are not so always." "You are very humble to−day. if innocent." replied Dantes. you do not know what is seventeen months in prison! −− seventeen ages rather. and retreated before the bayonets −− madmen are not afraid of anything. sir. What matters really. the victim of an infamous denunciation. had arrived at the summit of his ambition −− to a man. at half−past two in the afternoon. "I believe so. who. but I was mad. captivity has subdued me −− I have been here so long. to die here cursing his executioners. "Oh. to be shot. I made some curious observations on this at Charenton. like me." remarked the governor. especially to a man who. the other day. like me. it's of no consequence. observed. not only to me.

cannot be denied to one who is accused!" "We shall see. not intelligence. then." said the inspector. and ask for me. surely. "On my word. he is now at Toulouse. but you will find terrible charges. and is ignorant of the fate of his affianced wife. and the reason why I was condemned. turning to the governor." continued Dantes." cried Dantes. Villefort is no longer at Marseilles. I ask only for a trial. "I can tell by your voice you are touched with pity. Let me know my crime." said the inspector. then." "Monsieur." "Oh." "M. sir." "Go on with the lights." "Certainly. Villefort." "I cannot tell you that. I am free −− then I am saved!" "Who arrested you?" "M. tell me at least to hope. is a worse punishment than human crime ever merited. Have pity on me. but a trial. and who loses all in an instant −− who sees his prospects destroyed." replied the inspector." . that. "Monsieur. You must show me the proofs against him. the poor devil touches me. See him. "I know it is not in your power to release me. but a verdict −− a trial. not pardon.Chapter 14 153 honorable career opened before him. Uncertainty is worse than all. but you can plead for me −− you can have me tried −− and that is all I ask. and hear what he says. "I can only promise to examine into your case. and whether his aged father be still living! Seventeen months captivity to a sailor accustomed to the boundless ocean.

and prayed earnestly. and his madness is less affecting than this one's display of reason. 27. The door closed." said the inspector." "Had M. and offer you five millions. he was very kind to me. The first year he offered government a million of francs for his release." "No." murmured Dantes. . de Villefort any cause of personal dislike to you?" "None. this one is not like the other. but this time a fresh inmate was left with Dantes −− hope." "How curious! −− what is his name?" "The Abbe Faria." "Ah. "If I once went up those stairs. the third." "I can. wait patiently. I should never have the courage to come down again." Dantes fell on his knees. "Will you see the register at once. and so on progressively. rely on the notes he has left concerning you?" "Entirely. "or proceed to the other cell?" "Let us visit them all. he will ask to speak to you in private. two. then. three." asked the governor. "since my only protector is removed." "What is his folly?" "He fancies he possesses an immense treasure. on the contrary." "That is well.Chapter 14 154 "I am no longer surprised at my detention." said the inspector. the second. He is now in his fifth year of captivity. then.

" "You do not understand. now." cried the abbe." In the centre of the cell. and the inspector gazed curiously into the chamber of the "mad abbe. "it is just as I told you. I was for twenty years Cardinal Spada's secretary. I was arrested. since then I have demanded my liberty from the Italian and French government. why. Piombino has become the capital of some French department. raising his head. I know not. and hear the requests of the prisoners." "There. "I. unlock the door.Chapter 14 155 "It is here. that is different." "Monsieur. toward the beginning of the year 1811. "What is it you want?" said the inspector. he perceived with astonishment the number of persons present. I hope." "Why from the French government?" "Because I was arrested at Piombino." continued the prisoner." replied the abbe with an air of surprise −− "I want nothing. He hastily seized the coverlet of his bed. "I am the Abbe Faria. "I am sent here by government to visit the prison." "Oh." The turnkey obeyed. born at Rome. and wrapped it round him." whispered the governor." . then. monsieur. He did not move at the sound of the door. sat a man whose tattered garments scarcely covered him." continued the inspector. like Milan and Florence. Antoine. and continued his calculations until the flash of the torches lighted up with an unwonted glare the sombre walls of his cell. and I presume that. in a circle traced with a fragment of plaster detached from the wall. and seemed as much absorbed in his problem as Archimedes was when the soldier of Marcellus slew him. "and we shall understand each other. He was drawing in this circle geometrical lines.

which." "We are coming to the point. but a secret I have to reveal of the greatest importance. Could you allow me a few words in private. "What you ask is impossible. and independent. addressing Faria. which was to make Italy a united kingdom. −− that is. "and as the emperor had created the kingdom of Rome for his infant son." "What did I tell you?" said the governor." . "although you have disturbed me in a most important calculation." "The food is the same as in other prisons. "It is for that reason I am delighted to see you." said the abbe. but it is not that which I wish to speak of." continued he. I presume that he has realized the dream of Machiavelli and Caesar Borgia. "You knew him. would possibly change Newton's system. happy. "I would speak to you of a large sum. "you have not the latest news from Italy?" "My information dates from the day on which I was arrested. only I am not come to discuss politics." continued the abbe." returned the inspector with a smile." "It is the only means of rendering Italy strong." "Monsieur. amounting to five millions. but. if it succeeded." "Very possibly. "But. the lodging is very unhealthful." returned the Abbe Faria. "providence has changed this gigantic plan you advocate so warmly." returned the inspector. very bad. passable for a dungeon. on the whole." said the inspector. monsieur.Chapter 14 156 "Ah." whispered the governor. but to inquire if you have anything to ask or to complain of.

" "I am not mad. "Of course. Had not government better profit by it? I will offer six millions." said the inspector in a low tone. "The treasure I speak of really exists. "But what if I am not liberated." said the governor. bring me here again." cried he. in which I promise to lead you to the spot where you shall dig." whispered the inspector in his turn." returned the abbe. seeing that the inspector was about to depart. he seized the inspector's hand." replied the inspector. does it not?" Faria fixed his eyes on him with an expression that would have convinced any one else of his sanity. with that acuteness of hearing peculiar to prisoners. and I will content myself with the rest." The abbe's eyes glistened. "keep them until you are liberated." said he. and I offer to sign an agreement with you. −− I ask no more. "of what else should I speak?" "Mr." continued Faria." "Unfortunately. "Is the spot far from here?" . who having ears hear not. for it has been dinned in my ears for the last four or five years." The governor laughed." "My dear sir. "I can tell you the story as well as he." "On my word. if they will only give me my liberty. "I know beforehand what you are about to say. I should believe what he says. "that you are like those of Holy Writ. the governor can be present. and if I deceive you. the government is rich and does not want your treasures.Chapter 14 157 "The very sum you named." replied Faria. Inspector. "and am detained here until my death? this treasure will be lost. "had I not been told beforehand that this man was mad. and having eyes see not. it concerns your treasures." continued the governor. "However." "That proves. "it is not absolutely necessary for us to be alone.

"Nor you to mine. they would have a capital chance of escaping." "You do not reply to my question. casting away his coverlet. God will give it me. so there is no chance of my escaping. "Swear to me.Chapter 14 158 "A hundred leagues." said the governor. "He was wealthy once. "to free me if what I tell you prove true. "What is he doing there?" said the inspector. and I will stay here while you go to the spot." said the inspector. you run no risk. "If all the prisoners took it into their heads to travel a hundred leagues." replied the governor." replied Faria. "You will not accept my gold." "It is not ill−planned. "Monsieur. perhaps?" said the inspector. and awoke mad." "The scheme is well known. as I told you. and continued his calculations. I will stay here. I will keep it for myself." cried the abbe. and their guardians consented to accompany them. resumed his place." Then turning to Faria −− "I inquired if you are well fed?" said he." replied the inspector impatiently. The turnkey closed the door behind them. Faria replied to this sarcasm with a glance of profound contempt. They went out. "Counting his treasures." ." "Are you well fed?" repeated the inspector. "Or dreamed he was." And the abbe. "and the abbe's plan has not even the merit of originality. for. You refuse me my liberty.

He remained in his cell. forgotten the date. in exchange for his wealth. he examined the register. The inspector could not contend against this accusation. Formerly they believed themselves sprung from Jupiter. −− "Nothing to be done. have neither courage nor desire. restrained by the limits of mere probability. This note was in a different hand from the rest." So the matter ended for the Abbe Faria. but now. he would not have been here. "if he had been rich. and the eye that scrutinizes their actions. where the doctor has no thought for man or mind in the mutilated being the jailer delivers to him. The very madness of the Abbe Faria. with a fragment of plaster. but nowadays they are not inviolable. . As the Inquisition rarely allowed its victims to be seen with their limbs distorted and their flesh lacerated by torture. from whence. and shielded by their birth. The inspector kept his word with Dantes. the liberty he so earnestly prayed for. It has always been against the policy of despotic governments to suffer the victims of their persecutions to reappear. should it depart. he simply wrote. gone mad in prison. those desirers of the impossible. he wrote the date. condemned him to perpetual captivity. would have accorded to the poor wretch." said the inspector. which showed that it had been added since his confinement. those treasure−seekers. and found the following note concerning him: −− Edmond Dantes: Violent Bonapartist. so madness is always concealed in its cell. The greatest watchfulness and care to be exercised. he had. it is conveyed to some gloomy hospital. They fear the ear that hears their orders." This visit had infused new vigor into Dantes. took an active part in the return from Elba. But the kings of modern times. and this visit only increased the belief in his insanity. 30th July. till then. Caligula or Nero.Chapter 14 159 "After all.

in order not to lose his reckoning again.Chapter 15 160 1816. it would have been too tedious to acquire the names of the prisoners. He was sustained at first by that pride of conscious innocence which is the sequence to hope. and writing materials. not to God. Unfortunates. He entreated to be allowed to walk about. do not have any hope in him till they have exhausted all other means of deliverance. He took with him several of his subordinates. and then. but to man. but he . he addressed his supplications. for a change. and amongst them Dantes' jailer. relaxing his sentiment of pride. three months passed away. then six more. and made a mark every day. who ought to begin with God. Chapter 15 Number 34 and Number 27. he learned their numbers instead. This fortnight expired. their inhabitants were designated by the numbers of their cell. he had obtained charge of the fortress at Ham. however disadvantageous. he at first expected to be freed in a fortnight. A new governor arrived. Dantes asked to be removed from his present dungeon into another. and that he would not reach there until his circuit was finished. then months −− Dantes still waited. books. This horrible place contained fifty cells. His requests were not granted. then he began to doubt his own innocence. God is always the last resource. to have fresh air. Dantes passed through all the stages of torture natural to prisoners in suspense. and the unhappy young man was no longer called Edmond Dantes −− he was now number 34. At the expiration of a year the governor was transferred. he therefore fixed three months. Days and weeks passed away. an illusion of the brain. was still a change. which justified in some measure the governor's belief in his mental alienation. Finally ten months and a half had gone by and no favorable change had taken place. and Dantes began to fancy the inspector's visit but a dream. and would afford him some amusement. he decided that the inspector would do nothing until his return to Paris.

if possible. he recollected the prayers his mother had taught him. Dantes was a man of great simplicity of thought. He accustomed himself to speaking to the new jailer. Dantes remained a prisoner. and he then turned to God. was something. and prayed aloud. Dantes' mind had revolted at the idea of assemblages of prisoners. He besought the jailer one day to let him have a companion. in the solitude of his dungeon. before his captivity. he had tried to speak when alone. until misfortune comes and the unhappy sufferer first understands the meaning of the sublime language in which he invokes the pity of heaven! He prayed. but still. and he laid the request of number 34 before the governor. but the sound of his voice terrified him. were it even the mad abbe. proposed tasks to accomplish. for in prosperity prayers seem but a mere medley of words. Dantes spoke for the sake of hearing his own voice. he sighed for the galleys. returned. he could not. the chain. He now wished to be amongst them. and saw each other. even though mute. and murderers. though rough and hardened by the constant sight of so much suffering. for he fell into a sort of ecstasy. and refused his request. and without education. traverse in mental vision the history of the ages. with the infamous costume. He laid every action of his life before the Almighty. but the latter sapiently imagined that Dantes wished to conspire or attempt an escape." Yet in spite of his earnest prayers. no longer terrified at the sound of his own voice. and discovered a new meaning in every word. and the brand on the shoulder. Often. They were very happy. to speak to a man. The galley−slaves breathed the fresh air of heaven. more taciturn than the old one. All the pious ideas that had been so long forgotten. At the bottom of his heart he had often had a feeling of pity for this unhappy young man who suffered so. Dantes had exhausted all human resources. and at the end of every prayer introduced the entreaty oftener addressed to man than to God: "Forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us. vagabonds. The jailer.Chapter 15 161 went on asking all the same. Then gloom settled heavily upon him. in order to see some other face besides that of his jailer. made up of thieves. although the latter was. therefore. was yet a man. bring to life .

Dantes uttered blasphemies that made his jailer recoil with horror. because after torture came death. dashed himself furiously against the walls of his prison. −− a grain of sand. whose present so melancholy. Rage supplanted religious fervor. He consigned his unknown persecutors to the most horrible tortures he could imagine.Chapter 15 162 the nations that had perished. that would have exalted in thus revisiting the past. or a breath of air that annoyed him. was imprisoned like an eagle in a cage. who. less terrible than the sufferings that precede or the punishment that possibly . he considered and reconsidered this idea. and found them all insufficient. Unhappy he. on the brink of misfortune. he whose past life was so short. He could not do this. and chiefly upon himself. a straw. and after death. He told himself that it was the enmity of man. and that pass before the eye glowing with celestial colors in Martin's Babylonian pictures. so that the least thing. if not repose. Nineteen years of light to reflect upon in eternal darkness! No distraction could come to his aid. destroyed. and rebuild the ancient cities so vast and stupendous in the light of the imagination. Once thus ensnared. This state of mental anguish is. broods over ideas like these! Before him is a dead sea that stretches in azure calm before the eye. He clung to one idea −− that of his happiness. By dint of constantly dwelling on the idea that tranquillity was death. wreaked his anger upon everything. by an unheard−of fatality. he began to reflect on suicide. devoured it (so to speak). at least the boon of unconsciousness. unless the protecting hand of God snatch him thence. and every line gleamed forth in fiery letters on the wall like the mene tekel upharsin of Belshazzar. his energetic spirit. Then the letter that Villefort had showed to him recurred to his mind. as the implacable Ugolino devours the skull of Archbishop Roger in the Inferno of Dante. led to paroxysms of fury. and if punishment were the end in view other tortures than death must be invented. but he who unwarily ventures within its embrace finds himself struggling with a monster that would drag him down to perdition. and his future so doubtful. all is over. that had thus plunged him into the deepest misery. without apparent cause. and his struggles but tend to hasten his destruction. however. and not the vengeance of heaven.

that trembled and shook before the tempest. Two methods of self−destruction were at his disposal. I die after my own manner. at the end of the second he had ceased to mark the lapse of time. the sea rage and foam. should serve for food to the gulls and ravens." No sooner had this idea taken possession of him than he became more composed. like a monstrous bird. and began that day to carry out his resolve. Soon the fury of the waves and the sight of the sharp rocks announced the approach of death. "Sometimes. and. Dantes reviewed his past life with composure. beating the two horizons with its wings. with their train of gloomy spectres. the storm arise. But now it is different. He could hang himself with his handkerchief to the window bars. Nearly four years had passed away. But the first was repugnant to him. and I used all my skill and intelligence as a man and a sailor to struggle against the wrath of God. who are hung up to the yard−arm. chose that middle line that seemed to afford him a refuge. because I was unwilling that I. fled from his cell when the angel of death seemed about to enter. But I did so because I was happy. Then I felt that my vessel was a vain refuge.Chapter 15 163 will follow. I die exhausted and broken−spirited. because to be cast upon a bed of rocks and seaweed seemed terrible. and death then terrified me. as I fall asleep when I have paced three thousand times round my cell. and found existence almost supportable. because he felt that he could throw it off at pleasure. . at the bottom of which lie darkness and obscurity. There is a sort of consolation at the contemplation of the yawning abyss. He resolved to adopt the second. a creature made for the service of God. All his sorrows. "in my voyages. Dantes had always entertained the greatest horror of pirates. because I had not courted death. he would not die by what seemed an infamous death. when I was a man and commanded other men. or refuse food and die of starvation." said he. I have seen the heavens overcast. like a worn−out garment. I have lost all that bound me to life. Edmond found some solace in these ideas. ate little and slept less. and. death smiles and invites me to repose. all his sufferings. looking forward with terror to his future existence. arranged his couch to the best of his power.

What unforseen events might not open his prison door. "When my morning and evening meals are brought. and fearful of changing his mind. but he thought of his oath. Thus the day passed away." thought he. The next morning he could not see or hear. he had not sufficient strength to rise and cast his supper out of the loophole. It was the twilight of that mysterious country called Death! Suddenly. Hunger made viands once repugnant. his prospects less desperate. or some iron instrument attacking the stones. like a voluntary Tantalus. the gnawing pain at his stomach had ceased. a powerful tooth. "I will cast them out of the window. awake him. the provisions his jailer brought him −− at first gayly. Edmond hoped he was dying. and gazed thoughtfully at the morsel of bad meat. of black and mouldy bread. as if made by a huge claw.Chapter 15 164 Dantes said." and had chosen the manner of his death. when he closed his eyes he saw myriads of lights dancing before them like the will−o'−the−wisps that play about the marshes. in general. he had taken an oath to die. He persisted until. the jailer feared he was dangerously ill. Edmond raised his head and listened. he held the plate in his hand for an hour at a time. twice a day he cast out. through the barred aperture. It was the last yearning for life contending with the resolution of despair. then his dungeon seemed less sombre. and they will think that I have eaten them. So many loathsome animals inhabited the prison. then with deliberation. . and he would not break it. his thirst had abated. It was a continual scratching. He was still young −− he was only four or five and twenty −− he had nearly fifty years to live. Edmond heard a hollow sound in the wall against which he was lying. that their noise did not. he refused himself. Edmond felt a sort of stupor creeping over him which brought with it a feeling almost of content. now acceptable. but whether abstinence had quickened his faculties. and at last with regret. or whether the noise was really louder than usual. of tainted fish. about nine o'clock in the evening." He kept his word. "I wish to die. at last. Nothing but the recollection of his oath gave him strength to proceed. and restore him to liberty? Then he raised to his lips the repast that.

. about the bad quality of the food. and placing the food on the rickety table. "it is some prisoner who is striving to obtain his freedom. doubtless he was deceived. Suddenly the jailer entered. and it was but one of those dreams that forerun death! Edmond still heard the sound. but now the jailer might hear the noise and put an end to it. and during the four days that he had been carrying out his purpose. he withdrew. grumbling and complaining. Oh. and striving to diminish the distance that separated them. and wearying the patience of his jailer. the young man's brain instantly responded to the idea that haunts all prisoners −− liberty! It seemed to him that heaven had at length taken pity on him. "There can be no doubt about it. and so destroy a ray of something like hope that soothed his last moments. who out of kindness of heart had brought broth and white bread for his prisoner. he fancied that Dantes was delirious. if I were only there to help him!" Suddenly another idea took possession of his mind. about the coldness of his dungeon. and turned his face to the wall when he looked too curiously at him. For a week since he had resolved to die. Dantes raised himself up and began to talk about everything. nearer and more distinct." thought he. Some hours afterwards it began again. Perhaps one of those beloved ones he had so often thought of was thinking of him. and had sent this noise to warn him on the very brink of the abyss. The jailer brought him his breakfast. No. no. and all was silent. Edmond had not spoken to the attendant. Edmond listened. and the sound became more and more distinct. Fortunately. Edmond was intensely interested.Chapter 15 165 Although weakened. he then heard a noise of something falling. It lasted nearly three hours. had not answered him when he inquired what was the matter with him. so used to misfortune. in order to have an excuse for speaking louder.

thanks to the vigor of his constitution. he went to a corner of his dungeon. It was easy to ascertain this. detached a stone. as if by magic. and watch his countenance as he listened. I need but knock against the wall. Edmond swallowed a few mouthfuls of bread and water. "I must put this to the test. raised the vessel to his lips. He soon felt that his ideas became again collected −− he could think. but as his occupation is sanctioned by the governor. If it is a workman. it is a prisoner. and he will cease to work. found himself well−nigh recovered. He turned his eyes towards the soup which the jailer had brought. but might he not by this means destroy hopes far more important than the short−lived satisfaction of his own curiosity? Unfortunately.Chapter 15 166 that it was scarcely capable of hope −− the idea that the noise was made by workmen the governor had ordered to repair the neighboring dungeon. and with it knocked against the wall where the sound came. Edmond replaced on the table the bread he was about to devour. and not begin again until he thinks every one is asleep. but this time his legs did not tremble. he will cease. Then he said to himself. the noise I make will alarm him. and drank off the contents with a feeling of indescribable pleasure. rose. He had often heard that shipwrecked persons had died through having eagerly devoured too much food. but how could he risk the question? It was easy to call his jailer's attention to the noise. He struck thrice. Edmond listened intently. and no sound was heard from the wall −− all was silent there. If. He saw but one means of restoring lucidity and clearness to his judgment. and his sight was clear. Full of hope. but without compromising anybody." Edmond rose again. At the first blow the sound ceased. on the contrary. Edmond's brain was still so feeble that he could not bend his thoughts to anything in particular. two hours passed. and strengthen his thoughts by reasoning. and. in order to find out who is knocking. and why he does so. an hour passed. he will soon resume it. staggered towards it. and returned to his couch −− he did not wish to die. .

the window grating was of iron. but he had too often assured himself of its solidity. and so preparing himself for his future destiny. and a jug. Encouraged by this discovery. the prisoner had discovered the danger. "It is a prisoner. walked up and down his cell to collect his thoughts. a table. penetrate the moist cement. Something was at work on the other side of the wall. and displace a stone. he had no knife or sharp instrument. and grew impatient at the prudence of the prisoner. with his ear for the hundredth time at the wall. The matter was no longer doubtful. as the jailer was visiting him for the last time that night. he ate these listening anxiously for the sound. The bed had . He began by moving his bed. Edmond determined to assist the indefatigable laborer. and had substituted a lever for a chisel. At intervals he listened to learn if the noise had not begun again. He moved away. Three days passed −− seventy−two long tedious hours which he counted off by minutes! At length one evening. Dantes. fancied he heard an almost imperceptible movement among the stones. In the morning the jailer brought him fresh provisions −− he had already devoured those of the previous day. a chair. walking round and round his cell. All his furniture consisted of a bed. The night passed in perfect silence. shaking the iron bars of the loophole. He saw nothing. Edmond did not close his eyes. restoring vigor and agility to his limbs by exercise. and looked around for anything with which he could pierce the wall. and then went back and listened. who did not guess he had been disturbed by a captive as anxious for liberty as himself.Chapter 15 167 The day passed away in utter silence −− night came without recurrence of the noise. a pail." said Edmond joyfully.

he pushed back his bed. it is true. The table and chair had nothing. supposing that the rock was not encountered. leaving the rest on the floor. Dantes heard joyfully the key grate in the lock. and he soon felt that he was working against something very hard. The breaking of his jug was too natural an accident to excite suspicion. the jailer entered. and then. without giving himself the trouble to remove the fragments of the broken one. but they were screwed to the wood. and it would have required a screw−driver to take them off. and the jailer went grumblingly to fetch another. He let the jug fall on the floor. and it broke in pieces. hastily displacing his bed. All night he heard the subterranean workman. that he had labored uselessly the previous evening in attacking the stone instead of removing the plaster that surrounded it. might be formed. saw by the faint light that penetrated into his cell. He returned speedily. who continued to mine his way. Day came. the pail had once possessed a handle. but that had been removed. Edmond had all the night to work in. what might he not have accomplished? .Chapter 15 168 iron clamps. which was to break the jug. Dantes concealed two or three of the sharpest fragments in his bed. and with one of the sharp fragments attack the wall. a mathematician might have calculated that in two years. and Dantes was able to break it off −− in small morsels. a passage twenty feet long and two feet broad. prayer. Dantes had but one resource. he listened until the sound of steps died away. but at the end of half an hour he had scraped off a handful. advised the prisoner to be more careful. Dantes told him that the jug had fallen from his hands while he was drinking. and departed. The prisoner reproached himself with not having thus employed the hours he had passed in vain hopes. The damp had rendered it friable. and waited for day. During the six years that he had been imprisoned. and despondency. but in the darkness he could not do much.

This time he could not blame Dantes. He was wrong to leave it there. only grumbled. "Leave the saucepan. The handle of this saucepan was of iron. but the jailer was wrong not to have looked before him. as he entered. and which he must remove from its socket. among which. The jailer. or half empty. and Dantes. according as the turnkey gave it to him or to his companion first. Dantes would have given ten years of his life in exchange for it. therefore. but they were too weak. It was one of these he had uncovered. as it spared him the . he paused." said Dantes. Was he to be thus stopped at the beginning. after eating his soup with a wooden spoon. washed the plate. stepped on it and broke it. Dantes' entire dinner service consisted of one plate −− there was no alternative. Now when evening came Dantes put his plate on the ground near the door. and after an hour of useless toil. Then he looked about for something to pour the soup into. blocks of hewn stone were at intervals imbedded. for Dantes had noticed that it was either quite full. The jailer was accustomed to pour the contents of the saucepan into Dantes' plate. in removing the cement.Chapter 15 169 In three days he had succeeded. to give strength to the structure. which thus served for every day. Dantes strove to do this with his nails. The fragments of the jug broke. the jailer. with the utmost precaution. "you can take it away when you bring me my breakfast." This advice was to the jailer's taste. and the perspiration dried on his forehead. and exposing the stone−work. this saucepan contained soup for both prisoners. and was he to wait inactive until his fellow workman had completed his task? Suddenly an idea occurred to him −− he smiled. The wall was built of rough stones. The jailer always brought Dantes' soup in an iron saucepan.

this was a greater reason for proceeding −− if his neighbor would not come to him. carried it into the corner of his cell. the government would be ruined. I shall leave you the saucepan. He had noticed. and placed it in its accustomed place. "Well. At the end of an hour the stone was extricated from the wall. then you make me break your plate. and after waiting an hour. The breakfast consisted of a piece of bread. This would have been a . together with the fish −− for thrice a week the prisoners were deprived of meat. inserted the point between the hewn stone and rough stones of the wall. wishing to make the best use of his time while he had the means of labor. he would go to his neighbor. Dantes straightened the handle of the saucepan as well as he could. took the handle of the saucepan. no matter. and employed it as a lever. Then. he removed his bed. First you break your jug. All day he toiled on untiringly. however. pushed his bed against the wall.Chapter 15 170 necessity of making another trip. Dantes carefully collected the plaster. leaving a cavity a foot and a half in diameter. and pour your soup into that. Dantes was beside himself with joy. The turnkey poured his ration of soup into it. and covered it with earth. that the prisoner on the other side had ceased to labor. don't you intend to bring me another plate?" said Dantes. and lay down. he continued to work without ceasing. A slight oscillation showed Dantes that all went well. He left the saucepan." replied the turnkey. the jailer entered and placed the bread on the table. "No. He felt more gratitude for the possession of this piece of iron than he had ever felt for anything. and by the evening he had succeeded in extracting ten handfuls of plaster and fragments of stone." Dantes raised his eyes to heaven and clasped his hands beneath the coverlet. When the hour for his jailer's visit arrived. if all the prisoners followed your example. lest the jailer should change his mind and return. So for the future I hope you will not be so destructive. At the dawn of day he replaced the stone. "you destroy everything. He rapidly devoured his food.

" Edmond had not heard any one speak save his jailer for four or five years. but after two or three hours he encountered an obstacle. have pity on me. after having deprived me of death. "In the name of heaven. and a jailer is no man to a prisoner −− he is a living door. he toiled on all the night without being discouraged. and he rose to his knees. my God!" murmured he. "I hear a human voice. though the sound of your voice terrifies me. "O my God." . or rather blocked up. "I have so earnestly prayed to you. the turnkey retired. but met with a smooth surface. Dantes wished to ascertain whether his neighbor had really ceased to work. and do not let me die in despair!" "Who talks of God and despair at the same time?" said a voice that seemed to come from beneath the earth.Chapter 15 171 method of reckoning time. "Of what country?" "A Frenchman. as it had been for the last three days." said he. and. The iron made no impression. that I hoped my prayers had been heard. it was necessary. "An unhappy prisoner. "Ah. Edmond's hair stood on end. it was evident that his neighbor distrusted him. after having recalled me to existence. "speak again." cried Dantes. my God. sounded hollow and sepulchral in the young man's ears. After having deprived me of my liberty. Dantes sighed. He listened −− all was silent. Dantes touched it." replied Dantes. However. The unhappy young man had not thought of this. and found that it was a beam. therefore. Having poured out the soup. the hole Dantes had made. who made no hesitation in answering. a barrier of flesh and blood adding strength to restraints of oak and iron. deadened by the distance. to dig above or under it. had not Dantes long ceased to do so. This beam crossed. Who are you?" "Who are you?" said the voice.

" Dantes shuddered.Chapter 15 172 "Your name?" "Edmond Dantes." "Your crime?" "I am innocent. 1815. this man had been four years longer than himself in prison." said the voice." "Your profession?" "A sailor. But how long have you been here that you are ignorant of all this?" "Since 1811. and was sent to the Island of Elba." "What! For the emperor's return? −− the emperor is no longer on the throne. then?" "He abdicated at Fontainebleau in 1814. "only tell me how high up is your excavation?" "On a level with the floor." "But of what are you accused?" "Of having conspired to aid the emperor's return." ." "How long have you been here?" "Since the 28th of February. "Do not dig any more.

"Oh." "And the corridor?" "On a court. what is the matter?" cried Dantes." "But then you would be close to the sea?" "That is what I hoped." "And supposing you had succeeded?" "I should have thrown myself into the sea." "Alas!" murmured the voice. gained one of the islands near here −− the Isle de Daume or the Isle de Tiboulen −− and then I should have been safe." "Could you have swum so far?" ." "What does your chamber open on?" "A corridor. "I have made a mistake owing to an error in my plans. I took the wrong angle." "Has your bed been moved since you have been a prisoner?" "No. I took the wall you are mining for the outer wall of the fortress.Chapter 15 173 "How is it concealed?" "Behind my bed. and have come out fifteen feet from where I intended.

but now all is lost." said Dantes." "I do not know my age. that I will dash my brains out against the wall." "Not quite twenty−six!" murmured the voice. guessing instinctively that this man meant to abandon him." "How old are you? Your voice is that of a young man. Wait. 1815. at least. no. and wait until you hear from me. and ask for my assistance. that I was just nineteen when I was arrested. I swear to you." "All?" "Yes. "I swear to you again. 27. then.Chapter 15 174 "Heaven would have given me strength." cried Dantes. for I have got to the end of my strength. for I have not counted the years I have been here." . "I swear to you by him who died for us that naught shall induce me to breathe one syllable to my jailers. no. rather than betray you. stop up your excavation carefully. for I was about to form another plan." cried Dantes. All I do know is. I would allow myself to be hacked in pieces!" "You have done well to speak to me. the 28th of February. If you do." "Tell me. but your age reassures me. and you will have my death to reproach yourself with. I will not forget you. do not work any more. but I conjure you do not abandon me." "You mistrust me. I am a Christian. who you are?" "I am −− I am No. "Oh. Edmond fancied he heard a bitter laugh resounding from the depths. "at that age he cannot be a traitor. and leave you." "Oh.

I will give you the signal. he would kill him with his water jug. you will come to me. or you will let me come to you. Dantes rose. at the worst. dispersed the fragments with the same precaution as before." "But you will not leave me." returned the voice. about to regain his liberty. He would be condemned to die." "It is well. whom he loved already. I only love him and a young girl called Mercedes. I have a father who is seventy if he yet lives. pressing his hand on his heart. I am sure. He then gave himself up to his happiness. I shall love you as I loved my father. and captivity that is shared is but half captivity. He would no longer be alone. . I will be your comrade." These few words were uttered with an accent that left no doubt of his sincerity. My father has not yet forgotten me. All day Dantes walked up and down his cell. perhaps. Plaints made in common are almost prayers. but God alone knows if she loves me still. Once or twice the thought crossed his mind that he might be separated from this unknown. At the slightest noise he bounded towards the door. He sat down occasionally on his bed. We will escape. If you are young. I am alone in the world. "to−morrow. he would have a companion. but he was about to die of grief and despair when this miraculous noise recalled him to life. You must love somebody?" "No. and if we cannot escape we will talk." "Then you will love me.Chapter 15 175 "How long?" "I must calculate our chances. and pushed his bed back against the wall. and prayers where two or three are gathered together invoke the mercy of heaven. if you are old. I will be your son. and I of those whom I love. you of those whom you love. and then his mind was made up −− when the jailer moved his bed and stooped to examine the opening. He was.

he drew back smartly. he threw himself on his knees. just as he removed his bed from the wall. so that we have twelve hours before us. Doubtless there was a strange expression in his eyes. Dantes was on his bed. then the shoulders. and lastly the body of a man. who sprang lightly into his cell. It seemed to him that thus he better guarded the unfinished opening. are you going mad again?" Dantes did not answer. suddenly gave way. as he knelt with his head in the opening. this instant." "Is your jailer gone?" "Yes. the depth of which it was impossible to measure. for the jailer said." In a moment that part of the floor on which Dantes was resting his two hands. The next morning. Dantes hoped that his neighbor would profit by the silence to address him. . he feared that the emotion of his voice would betray him." "I can work. while a mass of stones and earth disappeared in a hole that opened beneath the aperture he himself had formed. however. but he was mistaken. yes. "Is it you?" said he.Chapter 16 176 The jailer came in the evening. he saw appear. he heard three knocks. Chapter 16 A Learned Italian. Then from the bottom of this passage." said Dantes. "he will not return until the evening. then?" said the voice. Night came. The jailer went away shaking his head. "I am here. I entreat you. "Come. yes. first the head. "Oh.

Large drops of perspiration were now standing on his brow. "Let us first see. He was a man of small stature. in order to obtain a better view of his features by the aid of the imperfect light that struggled through the grating.Chapter 16 177 Seizing in his arms the friend so long and ardently desired. but a certain briskness and appearance of vigor in his movements made it probable that he was aged more from captivity than the course of time. I have all that are necessary. but I suppose you had no tools to aid you. His thin face. The stranger might have numbered sixty or sixty−five years. with astonishment. he said. and with the exception of a file." . "whether it is possible to remove the traces of my entrance here −− our future tranquillity depends upon our jailers being entirely ignorant of it. He thanked him with grateful cordiality for his kindly welcome. penetrating eye. and lever. as though his chilled affections were rekindled and invigorated by his contact with one so warm and ardent. betokened a man more accustomed to exercise his mental faculties than his physical strength. fitting it into its place. He received the enthusiastic greeting of his young acquaintance with evident pleasure. although he must at that moment have been suffering bitterly to find another dungeon where he had fondly reckoned on discovering a means of regaining his liberty. Dantes almost carried him towards the window. He had a deep−set. and the bold outline of his strongly marked features. with hair blanched rather by suffering and sorrow than by age. "do you possess any?" "I made myself some. he stooped and raised the stone easily in spite of its weight. −− a chisel. pincers. −− "You removed this stone very carelessly. while the garments that hung about him were so ragged that one could only guess at the pattern upon which they had originally been fashioned." Advancing to the opening. almost buried beneath the thick gray eyebrow. and a long (and still black) beard reaching down to his breast." said he." exclaimed Dantes. deeply furrowed by care. then." "Why.

for want of the necessary geometrical instruments to calculate my scale of proportion. there are three others −− do you know anything of their situation?" . I did not curve aright. pierce through it. here is my chisel. only. he displayed a sharp strong blade." "That makes no difference.Chapter 16 178 "Oh. and this very tool has sufficed me to hollow out the road by which I came hither." "Well. young man −− don't speak so loud. instead of going beneath it. I made it fifty. It frequently occurs in a state prison like this. "And with what did you contrive to make that?" inquired Dantes. that persons are stationed outside the doors of the cells purposely to overhear the conversation of the prisoners." "But they believe I am shut up alone here. with a handle made of beechwood. how I should like to see these products of your industry and patience. and throw myself into the sea. for I find that the corridor looks into a courtyard filled with soldiers. a distance of about fifty feet. "With one of the clamps of my bedstead." So saying." said Dantes. unfortunately. to reach the outer wall. I have. "Do not speak so loud." "And you say that you dug your way a distance of fifty feet to get here?" "I do. as I told you. "but the corridor you speak of only bounds one side of my cell." "Fifty feet!" responded Dantes. that is about the distance that separates your chamber from mine. almost terrified." "That's true. kept along the corridor on which your chamber opens. however. My labor is all in vain. instead of taking an ellipsis of forty feet. in the first place. I expected.

This loophole. placed his back securely against the wall and held out both hands. whom as yet Dantes knew only by the number of his cell. This side of your chamber looks out upon a kind of open gallery. "it is so. and from them to his shoulders. he managed to slip his head between the upper bars of the window. bending double. sprang up with an agility by no means to be expected in a person of his years. which gradually diminished in size as it approached the outside. and were we to work our way through. was. "I thought so!" and sliding from the shoulders of Dantes as dextrously as he had ascended. and. where patrols are continually passing. he nimbly leaped from the table to the ground. where we must necessarily be recaptured. saying. "Climb up. and sentries keep watch day and night. climbed from the table to the outstretched hands of Dantes. and it would take ten experienced miners.Chapter 16 179 "This one is built against the solid rock. to an opening through which a child could not have passed. furnished with three iron bars. for the ceiling of the dungeon prevented him from holding himself erect. we should only get into some lock−up cellars. so as to be able to command a perfect view from top to bottom. "Yes. The young man obeyed. "What was it that you thought?" asked the young man anxiously. The elder prisoner pondered the matter. As the stranger asked the question. This adjoins the lower part of the governor's apartments." . he dragged the table beneath the window. duly furnished with the requisite tools. as many years to perforate it. The stranger. so as to quiet all apprehensions even in the mind of the most suspicious jailer as to the possibility of a prisoner's escape. An instant afterwards he hastily drew back his head. now where does it face?" The wall of which he spoke was the one in which was fixed the loophole by which light was admitted to the chamber." said he to Dantes. light and steady on his feet as a cat or a lizard. divining the wishes of his companion. and. mounted on the table. then." said he at length. for better security. The fourth and last side of your cell faces on −− faces on −− stop a minute. in his turn descending from the table.

" said he. In the year 1811 I was transferred to Piedmont in France. for I was fearful he might also see me. "I am the Abbe Faria. powerless to aid you in any way. It was at this period I learned that the destiny which seemed subservient to every wish formed by Napoleon. Dantes gazed on the man who could thus philosophically resign hopes so long and ardently nourished with an astonishment mingled with admiration.Chapter 16 180 "Are you quite sure of that?" "Certain. you feel any curiosity respecting one. you can console and support me by the strength of your own powerful mind." "Well?" inquired Dantes." "Say not so. and have been imprisoned as you know in this Chateau d'If since the year 1811. named king of Rome even in his cradle. I saw the soldier's shape and the top of his musket. "You perceive then the utter impossibility of escaping through your dungeon?" "Then. previously to which I had been confined for three years in the fortress of Fenestrelle." "Willingly." answered the stranger. "Then listen. now. "the will of God be done!" and as the old man slowly pronounced those words. I was very far then from expecting the change you have just informed me of. "never have I met with so remarkable a person as yourself. indeed. that four years afterwards. I entreat of you. Then who reigns . an air of profound resignation spread itself over his careworn countenance. alas. that made me draw in my head so quickly. "Tell me. Pray let me know who you really are?" The stranger smiled a melancholy smile." answered the elder prisoner. had bestowed on him a son. this colossus of power would be overthrown. "if. namely." pursued the young man eagerly −− "Then. who and what you are?" said he at length.

"Yes. Cromwell." replied Faria.Chapter 16 181 in France at this moment −− Napoleon II. "we are prisoners. but it will never succeed now. and powerful empire. but I forget this sometimes. "you are young. and then some son−in−law or relation. yes. and instead of allowing it to be split up into a quantity of petty principalities. then liberty. Then new concessions to the people. you will see all this come to pass. like Machiavelli. It was the plan of Alexander VI. because I fancied I had found my Caesar Borgia in a crowned simpleton. and raise up him who was so abased?" Dantes' whole attention was riveted on a man who could thus forget his own misfortunes while occupying himself with the destinies of others.. "'Twill be the same as it was in England. and surveying him with the kindling gaze of a prophet. and then James II. my friend!" said the abbe. I desired to alter the political face of Italy. turning towards Dantes.! How inscrutable are the ways of providence −− for what great and mysterious purpose has it pleased heaven to abase the man once so elevated. then a constitution. for they attempted it fruitlessly.. and Napoleon was unable to complete his work..?" "No." "But wherefore are you here?" "Because in 1807 I dreamed of the very plan Napoleon tried to realize in 1811. lastly. and. compact. because. after Cromwell. and Clement VII. who feigned to enter into my views only to betray me. Charles II. Louis XVIII. After Charles I. a stadtholder who becomes a king. some Prince of Orange." "The brother of Louis XVII. I sought to form one large. each held by some weak or tyrannical ruler. if ever I get out of prison!" "True. and I fancy myself at liberty. and there are even moments when my mental vision transports me beyond these walls." continued he. Italy seems .." "Probably. Ah.

for many years permitted to amuse the different visitors with what is said to be my insanity. Dantes could not understand a man risking his life for such matters. by acknowledging that I am the poor mad prisoner of the Chateau d'If. "Well. "the priest who here in the Chateau d'If is generally thought to be −− ill?" "Mad. and I consider it impious to attempt that which the Almighty evidently does not approve." "Nay. he knew nothing." Dantes remained for a short time mute and motionless. and have been two years scraping and digging out earth. I should be promoted to the honor of making sport for the children." And the old man bowed his head. don't you?" "I did not like to say so. In the first place. at length he said. then what toil and fatigue has it not been to remove huge stones I should once have deemed impossible to loosen. Whole days have I passed in these Titanic . smiling. and. that you talk of beginning over again. it shows how little notion you can have of all it has cost me to effect a purpose so unexpectedly frustrated. hard as granite itself. inasmuch as he had seen and spoken with him. be not discouraged. −− "Then you abandon all hope of escape?" "I perceive its utter impossibility.Chapter 16 182 fated to misfortune. you mean. and Alexander VI. in all probability. if such innocent beings could be found in an abode devoted like this to suffering and despair. "Are you not. I was four years making the tools I possess. Would it not be expecting too much to hope to succeed at your first attempt? Why not try to find an opening in another direction from that which has so unfortunately failed?" "Alas." resumed Faria with a bitter smile." answered Dantes." he asked. then. "let me answer your question in full. Napoleon certainly he knew something of. but of Clement VII.

The abbe sank upon Edmond's bed. I repeat again." Dantes held down his head. and inspired him with new courage. had contrived to provide himself with tools requisite for so . if successful. some things which appear so impossible that the mind does not dwell on them for an instant. and throw the fruits of my labor into the hollow part of it. There are. would conduct you to a precipice overhanging the sea −− to plunge into the waves from the height of fifty. changed by ages into a substance unyielding as the stones themselves. for which I had so exactly husbanded my strength as to make it just hold out to the termination of my enterprise. that the other might not see how joy at the thought of having a companion outweighed the sympathy he felt for the failure of the abbe's plans. To undermine the ground for fifty feet −− to devote three years to a labor which. gave a fresh turn to his ideas. that nothing shall induce me to renew attempts evidently at variance with the Almighty's pleasure. should you have been fortunate enough to have escaped the fire of the sentinels. This same person. supposing all these perils past. Consider also that I fully believed I had accomplished the end and aim of my undertaking. then to conceal the mass of earth and rubbish I dug up. No. had attempted what he had not had sufficient resolution to undertake. my hopes are forever dashed from me. and even. by night−time I had contrived to carry away a square inch of this hard−bound cement. but the well is now so completely choked up.Chapter 16 183 efforts. that I scarcely think it would be possible to add another handful of dust without leading to discovery. Another. resigning himself rather to death. older and less strong than he. with almost incredible patience and perseverance. indeed. at the risk of being dashed to pieces against the rocks. and had failed only because of an error in calculation. perhaps a hundred feet. at the moment when I reckoned upon success. Escape had never once occurred to him. sixty. I was compelled to break through a staircase. while Edmond himself remained standing. then to have to swim for your life a distance of at least three miles ere you could reach the shore −− were difficulties so startling and formidable that Dantes had never even dreamed of such a scheme. But the sight of an old man clinging to life with so desperate a courage. considering my labor well repaid if. and now.

should a hardy sailer. Rattonneau. continued in the water for more than twice as long! At once Dantes resolved to follow the brave example of his energetic companion. or Lemaire. shrink from a similar task. Faria. and strength. an experienced diver. Faria. let me know what it is you have discovered?" "The corridor through which you have bored your way from the cell you occupy here." "Well. was it impossible to Dantes? Faria had dug his way through fifty feet. All we require to insure success is courage. who was but half as old. kill the sentinel who guards it. does it not?" "It does. and that you possess. indeed?" cried he. extends in the same direction as the outer gallery. a priest and savant. he. why. raising his head with quick anxiety. We must pierce through the corridor by forming a side opening about the middle. which I am not deficient in. had not shrunk from the idea of risking his life by trying to swim a distance of three miles to one of the islands −− Daume. as it were the top part of a cross. and make our escape. the young man suddenly exclaimed. and how many times had he. we shall get out into the gallery you have described. had devoted three years to the task." "And is not above fifteen feet from it?" "About that. at the age of fifty. I will tell you what we must do. who had so often for mere amusement's sake plunged to the bottom of the sea to fetch up the bright coral branch. After continuing some time in profound meditation. and to remember that what has once been done may be done again. then. "pray. like himself. "I have found what you were in search of!" Faria started: "Have you. hesitate to entertain the same project? He could do it in an hour. you have . would sacrifice six.Chapter 16 184 unparalleled an attempt. Dantes would dig a hundred. for pure pastime. This time you will lay your plans more accurately. as for patience. then. Another had done all this. should he.

and merited not condemnation. "Because. dressing yourself in his clothes. "Is it possible." replied Faria. But then. "what has hindered you from knocking down your jailer with a piece of wood torn from your bedstead." replied the abbe. I consider that I have abundantly exercised that in beginning every morning the task of the night before." answered Dantes. my dear friend." "One instant. and what use I intend making of my strength. or destroy a staircase. not men. neither do I wish to incur guilt. "that where your liberty is at stake you can allow any such scruple to deter you from obtaining it?" "Tell me. needs but the sense of smell to show him when his prey . "do you think yourself more guilty in making the attempt since you have encountered me?" "No.Chapter 16 185 abundantly proved yours −− you shall now see me prove mine. I have thought it no sin to bore through a wall. and endeavoring to escape?" "Simply the fact that the idea never occurred to me. young man (and I pray of you to give me your full attention). Hitherto I have fancied myself merely waging war against circumstances." A slight movement of surprise escaped Dantes. As for patience. and so it ever is because in simple and allowable things our natural instincts keep us from deviating from the strict line of duty. "it is clear you do not understand the nature of the courage with which I am endowed. The tiger." said the old man. "the natural repugnance to the commission of such a crime prevented you from thinking of it. but I cannot so easily persuade myself to pierce a heart or take away a life. and every night renewing the task of the day." "And have your notions changed?" asked Dantes with much surprise." said he. whose nature teaches him to delight in shedding blood. then I thought I could not be doing anything displeasing to the Almighty in trying to set an innocent being at liberty −− one who had committed no offence.

loathes the idea of blood −− it is not alone that the laws of social life inspire him with a shrinking dread of taking life. They have rarely been successful. and carefully arranged. "you might well endure the tedious delay. no. "Since my imprisonment. you had your hopes to refresh and encourage you. such. wait patiently for some favorable moment. Those that have been crowned with full success have been long meditated upon. as the escape of the Duc de Beaufort from the Chateau de Vincennes." answered the abbe. Then there are those for which chance sometimes affords opportunity. and by following this instinct he is enabled to measure the leap necessary to permit him to spring on his victim." replied the old man. "I had none but what I made for myself. or rather soul. for instance. and those are the best of all. and when weary with toil." said Faria. but man. and paper?" "Oh. profit by it. for there are two distinct sorts of ideas. "I did not turn to that source for recreation or support. his natural construction and physiological formation" −− Dantes was confused and silent at this explanation of the thoughts which had unconsciously been working in his mind." "I assure you.Chapter 16 186 is within his reach. that of the Abbe Dubuquoi from For l'Eveque. ink." . you were constantly employed in the task you set yourself." "Ah. "I have thought over all the most celebrated cases of escape on record. Let us. those that proceed from the head and those that emanate from the heart." "What did you do then?" "I wrote or studied. and when it presents itself." said Dantes. therefore." "Were you then permitted the use of pens. of Latude from the Bastille. on the contrary.

The work I speak of is called `A Treatise on the Possibility of a General Monarchy in Italy. "When you pay me a visit in my cell.' and will make one large quarto volume." "You are. Plutarch. till I knew them nearly by heart. "I will show you an entire work. and on the borders of the Arno at Florence. I invented a preparation that makes linen as smooth and as easy to write on as parchment. I found out that with one hundred and fifty well−chosen books a man possesses. but after reading them over many times. Mark's column at Venice. Faria saw this." said he. at the foot of St. I know Lavoisier." "But for such a work you must have needed books −− had you any?" "I had nearly five thousand volumes in my library at Rome. many of them meditated over in the shades of the Coloseum at Rome. Titus Livius. but he had some difficulty in believing. a very slight effort of memory has enabled me to recall their contents as readily as though the pages were open before me. at least all that a man need really know. so that since I have been in prison." Dantes gazed with admiration.Chapter 16 187 "You made paper." "And on what have you written all this?" "On two of my shirts. . I could recite you the whole of Thucydides. and was the intimate friend of Cabanis. my young friend. pens and ink?" "Yes. I devoted three years of my life to reading and studying these one hundred and fifty volumes. a chemist?" "Somewhat. the fruits of the thoughts and reflections of my whole life. if not a complete summary of all human knowledge. little imagining at the time that they would be arranged in order within the walls of the Chateau d'If. then. Xenophon. Tacitus.

so as to enable me to express my thoughts through their medium. Montaigne. While retracing the past. and that would be quite as much as I should ever require. Machiavelli. he added. so as to have been able to read all these?" "Yes. I selected the cartilages of the heads of these fishes. although I believe there are nearly one hundred thousand in the dictionaries. turned. acquainted with a variety of languages.Chapter 16 188 Strada. You are aware what huge whitings are served to us on maigre days. as affording me the means of increasing my stock of pens. I forget the present. and you can scarcely imagine the delight with which I welcomed the arrival of each Wednesday. Well. I name only the most important. and Saturday. and arranged them. Friday. Italian. how did you manage to write the work you speak of?" "I made myself some excellent ones." "You are. I know nearly one thousand words. doubtless." "Improve yourself!" repeated Dantes. but I certainly should have no difficulty in explaining my wants and wishes. and Spanish. by the aid of ancient Greek I learned modern Greek −− I don't speak it so well as I could wish. Jornandes. "why. I speak five of the modern tongues −− that is to say. and traversing at will the path of history I . who almost fancied he had to do with one gifted with supernatural powers. for I will freely confess that my historical labors have been my greatest solace and relief. and Bossuet. German. how can you manage to do so?" "Why. which would be universally preferred to all others if once known. Spinoza. "Then if you were not furnished with pens. which is all that is absolutely necessary. Shaksepeare. English. French. still hoping to find some imperfection which might bring him down to a level with human beings." Stronger grew the wonder of Dantes. Dante. I made a vocabulary of the words I knew. returned. but I am still trying to improve myself. I cannot hope to be very fluent.

" replied the abbe. this soot I dissolved in a portion of the wine brought to me every Sunday. in which he soon disappeared. "Oh. did not admit of their holding themselves erect. and I assure you a better ink cannot be desired." said the abbe. and it had been by raising one of the stones in the most obscure corner that Faria had to been able to commence the laborious task of which Dantes had witnessed the completion. as he re−entered the subterranean passage. for which closer attention is required. For very important notes.Chapter 17 189 cease to remember that I am myself a prisoner. then let it be directly!" exclaimed the young man. "but it was closed up long ere I became an occupant of this prison. . and wrote with my own blood. it must have been many years in use. "may I see all this?" "Whenever you please. for it was thickly covered with a coating of soot. I pricked one of my fingers." "But the ink. The floor of the abbe's cell was paved." replied Faria. "of what did you make your ink?" "There was formerly a fireplace in my dungeon." said Dantes. "Follow me. Chapter 17 The Abbe's Chamber. and barely permitted one to creep through on hands and knees. which. however. Still." asked Dantes. After having passed with tolerable ease through the subterranean passage. followed by Dantes. into which the abbe's cell opened. from that point the passage became much narrower." "And when. then. the two friends reached the further end of the corridor.

who had always imagined." This last explanation was wholly lost upon Dantes." Instinctively Dantes turned round to observe by what watch or clock the abbe had been able so accurately to specify the hour. and not the earth.Chapter 17 190 As he entered the chamber of his friend. proceeding to the disused fireplace. while the sun and earth never vary in their appointed paths. as worthy of digging out as the gold and diamonds in the mines of Guzerat and Golconda." said he to the abbe. "I am anxious to see your treasures. Well. "What do you wish to see first?" asked the abbe." The abbe smiled. your great work on the monarchy of Italy!" . which had doubtless been the hearth. Dantes cast around one eager and searching glance in quest of the expected marvels. but nothing more than common met his view. and of which he could feel nothing. which he could just recollect having visited during a voyage made in his earliest youth. beneath which was a cavity of considerable depth. "and then observe the lines traced on the wall. and. raised. "It is well. by the help of his chisel." said the abbe. which are in accordance with the double motion of the earth. I am enabled to ascertain the precise hour with more minuteness than if I possessed a watch. for that might be broken or deranged in its movements. appeared to him perfectly impossible. from seeing the sun rise from behind the mountains and set in the Mediterranean. by means of these lines. "Come. serving as a safe depository of the articles mentioned to Dantes. and the ellipse it describes round the sun." said the abbe. a long stone. Each word that fell from his companion's lips seemed fraught with the mysteries of science. "we have some hours before us −− it is now just a quarter past twelve o'clock. "Look at this ray of light which enters by my window. A double movement of the globe he inhabited. that it moved. "Oh.

"there is the work complete. yes." "Look!" said Faria. and much resembling the size of the handle of a fine painting−brush. as well as make out the sense −− it being in Italian. they were all carefully numbered and closely covered with writing. so legible that Dantes could easily read it. out of an old iron candlestick. "the penknife. to the end of which was tied. laid one over the other. "There." answered Dantes." The penknife was sharp and keen as a razor. one of those cartilages of which the abbe had before spoken to Dantes. by a piece of thread. Dantes examined the various articles shown to him with the same attention that he had bestowed on the curiosities and strange tools exhibited in the shops at Marseilles as the works of the savages in the South Seas from whence they had been brought by the different trading vessels. it would serve a double purpose. Dantes examined it with intense admiration. it was pointed. and with it one could cut and thrust. and divided at the nib like an ordinary pen. "Ah. Should I ever get out of prison and find in all Italy a printer courageous enough to publish what I have composed." said he. my literary reputation is forever secured. as for the other knife. and as many handkerchiefs as I was master of." said Faria. "Now let me behold the curious pens with which you have written your work. These rolls consisted of slips of cloth about four inches wide and eighteen long. . a language he. showing to the young man a slender stick about six inches long. as a Provencal. I made it. I wrote the word finis at the end of the sixty−eighth strip about a week ago. like folds of papyrus. I have torn up two of my shirts. as well as this larger knife. to complete the precious pages.Chapter 17 191 Faria then drew forth from his hiding−place three or four rolls of linen. That's my masterpiece. then looked around to see the instrument with which it had been shaped so correctly into form." "I see. perfectly understood.

" said Faria. "But light?" "Here are two flints and a piece of burnt linen. "You have not seen all yet." continued Faria.Chapter 17 192 "As for the ink. rubbed his foot well on it . and so made oil −− here is my lamp. as though overwhelmed by the perseverance and strength of Faria's mind." "I separated the fat from the meat served to me. and asked for a little sulphur. which was readily supplied. the abbe exhibited a sort of torch very similar to those used in public illuminations. and stood with his head drooping on his breast. melted it." Dantes laid the different things he had been looking at on the table. as I require it. "and that is how you managed to do all this by daylight?" "I worked at night also. the abbe sprinkled a little dust over it to conceal the traces of its having been removed. that you can see to work in the dark?" "Indeed they are not." observed Dantes. I furnished myself with a light. Let us shut this one up. but God his supplied man with the intelligence that enables him to overcome the limitations of natural conditions." replied Faria. for heaven's sake." "One thing still puzzles me." "You did? Pray tell me how. "for I did not think it wise to trust all my treasures in the same hiding−place. "I told you how I managed to obtain that −− and I only just make it from time to time." So saying. are your eyes like cats'. "Night! −− why." They put the stone back in its place." "And matches?" "I pretended that I had a disorder of the skin.

I carefully preserved my ladder against one of those unforeseen opportunities of which I spoke just now. which. during my three years' imprisonment at Fenestrelle. no.Chapter 17 193 to make it assume the same appearance as the other. I hemmed the edges over again. as you see. so that I have been able to finish my work here. I managed to bring the ravellings with me. and compact enough to bear any weight. the mind of Dantes was." continued Faria. he found it firm. and then. and clear−sighted as the abbe might probably be able to solve the dark mystery of his own misfortunes. going towards his bed." While affecting to be deeply engaged in examining the ladder. and which sudden chance frequently brings about." "And was it not discovered that your sheets were unhemmed?" "Oh. he removed it from the spot it stood in. opening his ragged vestments. where he himself could see nothing. "I once thought. however. with a small perforated eye for the thread. "of removing these iron bars. Dantes closely and eagerly examined it. in fact. was a hollow space." "With what?" "With this needle. a small portion of which still remained in it. and in this space a ladder of cords between twenty−five and thirty feet in length. busily occupied by the idea that a person so intelligent. and concealed by a stone fitting in so closely as to defy all suspicion. and I therefore renounced the project altogether as too full of risk and danger. although I should have enlarged it still more preparatory to my flight. is somewhat wider than yours. as. and letting myself down from the window. Behind the head of the bed. solid. and ripped out the seams in the sheets of my bed. . I discovered that I should merely have dropped into a sort of inner court. for when I had taken out the thread I required." said the abbe. Nevertheless. "Who supplied you with the materials for making this wonderful work?" "I tore up several of my shirts. sharp fish−bone. he showed Dantes a long. and when I was removed to the Chateau d'If. ingenious.

Compression is needed to explode gunpowder." "No." "It was this. my young friend. Some of your words are to me quite empty of meaning. I would fain fix the source of it on man that I may no longer vent reproaches upon heaven." The abbe smiled. in a state of freedom." ." "It has been long enough to inflict on me a great and undeserved misfortune. "I was reflecting." replied Dantes. in the first place.Chapter 17 194 "What are you thinking of?" asked the abbe smilingly. illumination. misfortune is needed to bring to light the treasures of the human intellect. Captivity has brought my mental faculties to a focus. "Well. "upon the enormous degree of intelligence and ability you must have employed to reach the high perfection to which you have attained. −− that while you had related to me all the particulars of your past life. "I know nothing. You must be blessed indeed to possess the knowledge you have. has not been of sufficient length to admit of your having passed through any very important events. the overflow of my brain would probably. imputing the deep abstraction in which his visitor was plunged to the excess of his awe and wonder. "but you had another subject for your thoughts. lightning. did you not say so just now?" "I did!" "You have told me as yet but one of them −− let me hear the other. and you are well aware that from the collision of clouds electricity is produced −− from electricity." said he. have evaporated in a thousand follies." replied Dantes. from lightning. you were perfectly unacquainted with mine." "Your life. What would you not have accomplished if you had been free?" "Possibly nothing at all.

which bears upon what I was saying to you some little while ago. in a right and wholesome state. by heaven! I was a very insignificant person. revolts at crime. his interview with that personage. and false tastes. and the receipt of a packet to be delivered by himself to the grand marshal. vices. closing his hiding−place. human nature. From this view of things. and ultimately to lead us into guilt and wickedness." "Come. and their nuptual feast −− his arrest and subsequent examination. the abbe reflected long and earnestly. then. a letter addressed to a Monsieur Noirtier −− his arrival at Marseilles. "let me hear your story. From this point everything was a blank to Dantes −− he knew nothing more. indeed. at the end of his meditations.Chapter 17 195 "Then you profess ignorance of the crime with which you are charged?" "I do. that unless wicked ideas take root in a naturally depraved mind. not even the length of time he had been imprisoned. and his final imprisonment in the Chateau d'If. his temporary detention at the Palais de Justice. and two or three voyages to the Levant until he arrived at the recital of his last cruise. and his receiving. but which consisted only of the account of a voyage to India. to apply it in your case. and this I swear by the two beings most dear to me upon earth. with the death of Captain Leclere. and that is. in place of the packet brought. His recital finished. Now." said the abbe. from an artificial civilization have originated wants. comes the axiom that if you visit to discover the author of any bad action. Still." Dantes obeyed. and pushing the bed back to its original situation. and interview with his father −− his affection for Mercedes." said he. "a clever maxim. and commenced what he called his history. which occasionally become so powerful as to stifle within us all good feelings. seek first to discover the person to whom the perpetration of that bad action could be in any way advantageous. −− to whom could your disappearance have been serviceable?" "To no one." . "There is. −− my father and Mercedes.

" "And about to become the husband of a young and lovely girl?" "Yes. Every one. I had quarelled with him some time previously. my dear young friend. −− when the employee dies. as in Descartes' theory of pressure and impulsion." . Now." "Now we are getting on. But these forces increase as we go higher. from the king who stands in the way of his successor. so that we have a spiral which in defiance of reason rests upon the apex and not on the base. everything is relative. What say you?" "I cannot believe such was the case. for your reply evinces neither logic nor philosophy. these twelve thousand livres are his civil list. I feel convinced their choice would have fallen on me. and are as essential to him as the twelve millions of a king. to the employee who keeps his rival out of a place. I was generally liked on board. could any one have had any interest in preventing the accomplishment of these two things? But let us first settle the question as to its being the interest of any one to hinder you from being captain of the Pharaon. Now let us return to your particular world. and had the sailors possessed the right of selecting a captain themselves. but he refused. and receives his salary of twelve thousand livres. There was only one person among the crew who had any feeling of ill−will towards me. his successor inherits a crown.Chapter 17 196 "Do not speak thus. the supernumerary steps into his shoes." "Now. in the event of the king's death. And what was this man's name?" "Danglars. and is beset by stormy passions and conflicting interests. has his place on the social ladder. Well. from the highest to the lowest degree. and had even challenged him to fight me. You say you were on the point of being made captain of the Pharaon?" "Yes.

we were quite alone." "That's better. should you have retained him in his employment?" "Not if the choice had remained with me. now I recollect.Chapter 17 197 "What rank did he hold on board?" "He was supercargo." "Somebody there received your packet. I think?" "Yes." cried the abbe." "Could your conversation have been overheard by any one?" "It might. "now we are on the right scent. and gave you a letter in place of it. was any person present during your last conversation with Captain Leclere?" "No. Did you take anybody with you when you put into the port of Elba?" "Nobody." "Good again! Now then." "And what did you do with that letter?" "Put it into my portfolio." . the grand marshal did." "And had you been captain. −− Danglars himself passed by just as Captain Leclere was giving me the packet for the grand marshal. for I had frequently observed inaccuracies in his accounts. tell me. for the cabin door was open −− and −− stay.

after . and try to recall every circumstance attending your arrest. as well as the rest?" "Danglars." "Now. mate on board the Pharaon. word for word: `The king's attorney is informed by a friend to the throne and religion. then? Now." "Repeat it to me. Do you recollect the words in which the information against you was formulated?" "Oh yes." "Danglars. listen to me. I read it over three times. and the words sank deeply into my memory. how could a sailor find room in his pocket for a portfolio large enough to contain an official letter?" "You are right." "So that when you went on board the Pharaon.Chapter 17 198 "You had your portfolio with you. that one Edmond Dantes." Dantes paused a moment. "This is it. it was left on board. this day arrived from Smyrna. then said. as well as others." "And what did you do with this same letter while returning from Porto−Ferrajo to the vessel?" "I carried it in my hand. everybody could see that you held a letter in your hand?" "Yes." "Then it was not till your return to the ship that you put the letter in the portfolio?" "No.

that would indeed be infamous. or in his cabin on board the Pharaon." "Do you really think so? Ah. at his father's residence. with a letter for the Bonapartist Club in Paris. again. that performed with the left hand is invariably uniform.Chapter 17 199 having touched at Naples and Porto−Ferrajo. running hand." "And how was the anonymous letter written?" "Backhanded." "Simply because that accusation had been written with the left hand. the first two or three words of the accusation. not to have suspected the origin of the whole affair." said the abbe. after dipping it into the ink. "Disguised. This proof of his guilt may be procured by his immediate arrest. taking up what he called his pen. with his left hand. by the usurper. as well as a good heart. "How very astonishing!" cried he at length. and. "and you must have had a very confiding nature." . has been intrusted by Murat with a packet for the usurper." Again the abbe smiled.'" The abbe shrugged his shoulders. as the letter will be found either about his person. if disguised. and gazed on the abbe with a sensation almost amounting to terror." "How did Danglars usually write?" "In a handsome. and I have noticed that" −− "What?" "That while the writing of different persons done with the right hand varies." "Stop a bit. he wrote on a piece of prepared linen." said he." "It was very boldly written. Dantes drew back. "Why your writing exactly resembles that of the accusation. "The thing is clear as day.

" "You imagine him capable of writing the letter?" "Oh." "You had never spoken of them yourself to any one?" . yes." "Was there any person whose interest it was to prevent your marriage with Mercedes?" "Yes.Chapter 17 200 "You have evidently seen and observed everything." said Dantes." "Oh." "Besides." "That is in strict accordance with the Spanish character. but an act of cowardice. no. a young man who loved her. I think?" "He was a Catalan. an assassination they will unhesitatingly commit. "the various circumstances mentioned in the letter were wholly unknown to him. yes!" "Now as regards the second question. never." "I am listening." "That is a Spanish name. he would more likely have got rid of me by sticking a knife into me." "And his name was" −− "Fernand." "Let us proceed.

They were in earnest conversation. ink." "Not even to your mistress?" "No. besides the villany of your friends?" inquired the abbe with a laugh." "I feel quite sure of it now. Danglars was joking in a friendly way." replied Dantes eagerly. and paper. that on the table round which they were sitting were pens. Oh. Stay! −− stay! −− How strange that it should not have occurred to me before! Now I remember quite well. he was a tailor named Caderousse." "Were they alone?" "There was a third person with them whom I knew perfectly well. and who had. yes. and to whom the greatest mystery seems . not even to my betrothed. who see so completely to the depths of things. was Danglars acquainted with Fernand?" "No −− yes." "Wait a little. "Yes. but he was very drunk. he was.Chapter 17 201 "To no one. in all probability made their acquaintance. pressing his hand to his throbbing brows. the heartless." "Then it is Danglars. Pray. "Is there anything else I can assist you in discovering. treacherous scoundrels!" exclaimed Dantes. Now I recollect" −− "What?" "To have seen them both sitting at table together under an arbor at Pere Pamphile's the evening before the day fixed for my wedding. but Fernand looked pale and agitated. "I would beg of you.

"The ways of justice are frequently too dark and mysterious to be easily penetrated. −− the king's attorney. then. All we have hitherto done in the matter has been child's play." "So." responded the abbe." "Did you tell him your whole story?" "I did. "Old enough to be ambitions." . to explain to me how it was that I underwent no second examination. who examined you. or a magistrate?" "The deputy.Chapter 17 202 but an easy riddle." "Pray ask me whatever questions you please. above all. for." "And did his conduct change at all in the course of your examination?" "He did appear much disturbed when he read the letter that had brought me into this scrape." "Was he young or old?" "About six or seven and twenty years of age. you must assist me by the most minute information on every point. but too young to be corrupt. And how did he treat you?" "With more of mildness than severity. his deputy. If you wish me to enter upon the more difficult part of the business. was condemned without ever having had sentence passed on me?" "That is altogether a different and more serious matter. I should say. He seemed quite overcome by my misfortune. and. was never brought to trial. in good truth. you see more clearly into my life than I do myself." answered the abbe." "In the first place.

be a greater scoundrel than you have thought possible.Chapter 17 203 "By your misfortune?" "Yes.'" . "you make me shudder. saying at the same time. after all." "And that?" "He burnt the sole evidence that could at all have criminated me. `You see I thus destroy the only proof existing against you." "Never mind." "Then you feel quite sure that it was your misfortune he deplored?" "He gave me one great proof of his sympathy." "Upon my word. Is the world filled with tigers and crocodiles?" "Yes. the letter. at any rate. and remember that two−legged tigers and crocodiles are more dangerous than the others." "Are you sure?" "I saw it done." "What? the accusation?" "No. let us go on. This man might." "With all my heart! You tell me he burned the letter?" "He did." said Dantes." "That alters the case.

" "You think so?" "I am sure of it. who had been a Girondin during the Revolution! What was your deputy called?" "De Villefort!" The abbe burst into a fit of laughter." "Now can you conceive of any interest that your heroic deputy could possibly have had in the destruction of that letter?" "Why. Noirtier. To whom was this letter addressed?" "To M. assuring me he so advised me for my own interest." "Noirtier!" repeated the abbe. "Noirtier! −− I knew a person of that name at the court of the Queen of Etruria. Poor fellow! poor young man! And you tell me this magistrate expressed great sympathy and commiseration for you?" "He did. Paris. the whole thing is more clear to me than that sunbeam is to you." "And the worthy man destroyed your compromising letter?" . No. for he made me promise several times never to speak of that letter to any one. more than this.Chapter 17 204 "This action is somewhat too sublime to be natural. it is not altogether impossible he might have had. he insisted on my taking a solemn oath never to utter the name mentioned in the address. "Do you see that ray of sunlight?" "I do. −− a Noirtier. 13 Coq−Heron. while Dantes gazed on him in utter astonishment. and." "Well. "What ails you?" said he at length.

and bound himself to its fulfilment by a solemn oath. where the turnkey found him in the evening visit. who." Had a thunderbolt fallen at the feet of Dantes. his father. he had formed a fearful resolution. whose very name he was so careful to keep concealed? Noirtier was his father. which to him had seemed only minutes. "his right name was Noirtier de Villefort. and exclaimed. then he hurried to the opening that led from the abbe's cell to his own. the exacted promise. had come to invite his fellow−sufferer . dumb and motionless as a statue. −− all returned with a stunning force to his memory. to think over all this. Dantes was at length roused from his revery by the voice of Faria. the almost supplicating tones of the magistrate. sitting with fixed gaze and contracted features. or hell opened its yawning gulf before him. can you not guess who this Noirtier was. The change that had come over Villefort during the examination. and staggered against the wall like a drunken man.Chapter 17 205 "Yes. he clasped his hands around his head as though to prevent his very brain from bursting." "Why. having also been visited by his jailer. "I must be alone. he could not have been more completely transfixed with horror than he was at the sound of these unexpected words. he threw himself on his bed. you poor short−sighted simpleton. who seemed rather to implore mercy than to pronounce punishment. During these hours of profound meditation. the destruction of the letter." When he regained his dungeon." At this instant a bright light shot through the mind of Dantes. and said. Starting up." "And then made you swear never to utter the name of Noirtier?" "Yes. and cleared up all that had been dark and obscure before." replied the abbe. "His father! his father!" "Yes. He cried out.

" Dantes smiled. were wholly incomprehensible to him. "if only to prevent your growing weary of me. opened new vistas to the inquiring mind of the listener. Now this was a Sunday. Again the abbe looked at him. but it was never egotistical. whiter quality than the usual prison fare." said he. and the abbe had come to ask his young companion to share the luxuries with him. however. and even regaled each Sunday with a small quantity of wine. "Because it has instilled a new passion in your heart −− that of vengeance. though harmlessly and even amusingly so. Faria bent on him his penetrating eye: "I regret now. and now wore their usual expression. or applied to the sort of knowledge his nautical life had enabled him to acquire. The reputation of being out of his mind." said Dantes. A part of the good abbe's words. some of his remarks corresponded with what he already knew. Dantes followed. he began to speak of other matters. then mournfully shook his head.Chapter 17 206 to share his supper. for the unfortunate man never alluded to his own sorrows. or having given you the information I did. contained many useful and important hints as well as sound information. his features were no longer contracted. but. Dantes listened with admiring attention to all he said. "You must teach me a small part of what you know. but in accordance with Dantes' request. had procured for the abbe unusual privileges. enabling him justly to estimate the delight an intellectual mind would have in following one so richly gifted as Faria along the heights of truth. He was supplied with bread of a finer. The elder prisoner was one of those persons whose conversation. but there was that in his whole appearance that bespoke one who had come to a fixed and desperate resolve. "having helped you in your late inquiries." said he. I can well believe that so learned a . like that of all who have experienced many trials. like the aurora which guides the navigator in northern latitudes." "Why so?" inquired Dantes. where he was so much at home. "Let us talk of something else. and gave fantastic glimpses of new horizons.

English. it will scarcely require two years for me to communicate to you the stock of learning I possess. and by the aid of these two languages he easily comprehended the construction of all the others. and German. so that at the end of six months he began to speak Spanish. it is the application of the sciences to truth." The abbe smiled. and when I have taught you mathematics." "Two years!" exclaimed Dantes." "Well. and the three or four modern languages with which I am acquainted." "Everything. In strict accordance with the promise made to the abbe." said the abbe. and had also picked up a little of the Romaic dialect during voyages to the East. I want to learn. I promise you never to mention another word about escaping. . to be entered upon the following day. physics. history. Dantes possessed a prodigious memory. there are the learners and the learned. or the rigid severity of geometry. then." "But cannot one learn philosophy?" "Philosophy cannot be taught. to learn is not to know. it is like the golden cloud in which the Messiah went up into heaven. He already knew Italian. "What shall you teach me first? I am in a hurry to begin. And that very evening the prisoners sketched a plan of education. philosophy the other.Chapter 17 207 person as yourself would prefer absolute solitude to being tormented with the company of one as ignorant and uninformed as myself. but their principles you may. "Alas. If you will only agree to my request." said he. while his naturally poetical feelings threw a light and pleasing veil over the dry reality of arithmetical computation. "human knowledge is confined within very narrow limits. "do you really believe I can acquire all these things in so short a time?" "Not their application. you will know as much as I do myself. the mathematical turn of his mind rendered him apt at all kinds of calculation. certainly. Now. my boy. Memory makes the one." said Dantes. combined with an astonishing quickness and readiness of conception.

begin pacing the confined space of his dungeon. "And you have discovered a means of regaining our freedom. with an air of determination that made his companion shudder. "that I loathe the idea of shedding blood. Days. At the end of a year Dantes was a new man. you have thought of it?" "Incessantly. one thought seemed incessantly to harass and distract his mind. then suddenly rise. Perhaps the delight his studies afforded him left no room for such thoughts. daily grew sadder. Dantes observed. however." answered the abbe." "Still. even months.Chapter 17 208 Dantes spoke no more of escape. "I have already told you." said Dantes." "He shall be both blind and deaf. . passed by unheeded in one rapid and instructive course. would be simply a measure of self−preservation. in spite of the relief his society afforded. Sometimes he would fall into long reveries. and. that Faria. have you not?" asked Dantes eagerly. if there were no sentinel!" "There shall not be one a minute longer than you please. if it were only possible to place a deaf and blind sentinel in the gallery beyond us. "I have." replied the young man. perhaps the recollection that he had pledged his word (on which his sense of honor was keen) kept him from referring in any way to the possibilities of flight. and exclaimed." "And yet the murder. if you choose to call it so. One day he stopped all at once. with folded arms. who had followed the working of his thoughts as accurately as though his brain were enclosed in crystal so clear as to display its minutest operations. "Ah. alas!" cried the abbe. sigh heavily and involuntarily." "No matter! I could never agree to it.

" said the abbe. and refused to make any further response." "And shall we begin at once?" "At once. let me show you my plan.Chapter 17 209 "No. "And will you engage not to do any harm to the sentry. "we may hope to put our design into execution. bent it into the form of a horseshoe. this level would bring the two prisoners immediately . "man is but man after all. In this passage he proposed to drive a level as they do in mines. and you are about the best specimen of the genus I have ever known." "And how long shall we be in accomplishing the necessary work?" "At least a year. took up the chisel." "We have lost a year to no purpose!" cried Dantes. "Forgive me!" cried Edmond. no. "impossible!" Dantes endeavored to renew the subject. "Do you consider the last twelve months to have been wasted?" asked the abbe. and then as readily straightened it. "Tut. "Are you strong?" the abbe asked one day of Dantes." cried the abbe. Three months passed away. the abbe shook his head in token of disapproval. The young man. tut!" answered the abbe." "Then. It consisted of a plan of his own cell and that of Dantes. except as a last resort?" "I promise on my honor. with the passage which united them. in reply. blushing deeply. Come." The abbe then showed Dantes the sketch he had made for their escape.

Dantes' eyes sparkled with joy. and to let themselves down from the outer walls by means of the abbe's ladder of cords. stunned by his fall. who. and a wooden lever. and which is seldom possessed except by those who have been placed in constant intercourse with persons of high birth and breeding. was thrown. sometimes in one language. The prisoners were then to make their way through one of the gallery windows. he wore an air of melancholy dignity which Dantes.Chapter 17 210 beneath the gallery where the sentry kept watch. More than a year had been consumed in this undertaking. The abbe was a man of the world. relating to him the history of nations and great men who from time to time have risen to fame and trodden the path of glory. out of the window in either Faria's or Dantes' cell. and had. sometimes in another. the rubbish being first pulverized so finely that the night wind carried it far away without permitting the smallest trace to remain. and he rubbed his hands with delight at the idea of a plan so simple. once there. at others. easily acquired. as well as that outward polish and politeness he had before been wanting in. That very day the miners began their labors. mixed in the first society of the day. Nothing interrupted the progress of the work except the necessity that each was under of returning to his cell in anticipation of the turnkey's visits. At the end of fifteen months the level was finished. a large excavation would be made. and happily. by degrees and with the utmost precaution. and which would have entirely blocked up the old passage. and one of the flag−stones with which the gallery was paved be so completely loosened that at the desired moment it would give way beneath the feet of the soldier. The fresh earth excavated during their present work. with a vigor and alacrity proportionate to their long rest from fatigue and their hopes of ultimate success. never failed of being prepared for his coming. the only tools for which had been a chisel. yet apparently so certain to succeed. They had learned to distinguish the almost imperceptible sound of his footsteps as he descended towards their dungeons. a knife. thanks to the imitative powers bestowed on him by nature. Faria still continuing to instruct Dantes by conversing with him. moreover. would be immediately bound and gagged by Dantes before he had power to offer any resistance. and the excavation completed .

I can feel that the paroxysm is fast approaching. Bring it to me −− or rather −− no. draw out one of the feet that support the bed." Dantes looked in fear and wonder at the livid countenance of Faria. I had a similar attack the year previous to my imprisonment. Who knows what . "Alas. while his lips were white as those of a corpse. pale as death. were surrounded by purple circles. perhaps mortal illness. Dantes hastened to his dungeon. "Gracious heavens!" exclaimed Dantes. who had remained in Edmond's cell for the purpose of cutting a peg to secure their rope−ladder. "what is the matter? what has happened?" "Quick! quick!" returned the abbe. and his hands clinched tightly together. I will tell you what that is. and the two workmen could distinctly hear the measured tread of the sentinel as he paced to and fro over their heads. they were obliged to defer their final attempt till that auspicious moment should arrive. their greatest dread now was lest the stone through which the sentry was doomed to fall should give way before its right time. you will find it has been hollowed out for the purpose of containing a small phial you will see there half−filled with a red−looking fluid. to await a night sufficiently dark to favor their flight. I beseech you. I am seized with a terrible. already dull and sunken. what ails you?" cried Dantes. Go into my cell as quickly as you can. and this they had in some measure provided against by propping it up with a small beam which they had discovered in the walls through which they had worked their way. "all is over with me. "Tell me. where he found him standing in the middle of the room. no! −− I may be found here. Dantes was occupied in arranging this piece of wood when he heard Faria. letting his chisel fall to the floor.Chapter 17 211 beneath the gallery. Compelled. This malady admits but of one remedy. as they were. and his very hair seemed to stand on end." faltered out the abbe. call to him in a tone indicative of great suffering. therefore help me back to my room while I have the strength to drag myself along. whose eyes. his forehead streaming with perspiration. "listen to what I have to say.

foam at the mouth. and colder and paler than marble. and became as rigid as a corpse." said the poor abbe. the symptoms may be much more violent. "I am about to be seized with a fit of catalepsy. "I −− I −− die −− I" −− So sudden and violent was the fit that the unfortunate prisoner was unable to complete the sentence. and uttered the most dreadful cries.Chapter 17 212 may happen. "Help! help!" cried the abbe. which. a violent convulsion shook his whole frame. he fell back. cold. when he immediately laid the sufferer on his bed. more helpless than an infant. half−supporting him. Dantes prevented from being heard by covering his head with the blanket. The fit lasted two hours. dashed himself about. then. Dantes did not lose his presence of mind. and not before. −− force open my teeth with the knife. his mouth was drawn on one side. and rigid as a corpse. and cause me to fall into fearful convulsions. dragging his unfortunate companion with him. "Thanks. foamed. he managed to reach the abbe's chamber. or how long the attack may last?" In spite of the magnitude of the misfortune which thus suddenly frustrated his hopes. half−carrying. and cry out loudly. his cheeks became purple. When I become quite motionless. doubled up in one last convulsion. for if they are it is more than probable I should be removed to another part of the prison. −− be careful about this. then." "Perhaps!" exclaimed Dantes in grief−stricken tones. then. then. taking up the knife. shivering as though his veins were filled with ice. however. and we be separated forever. Edmond waited till life seemed extinct in the body of his friend. and I may perhaps revive. pour from eight to ten drops of the liquor contained in the phial down my throat. but descended into the passage. his eyes started from their sockets. when it comes to its height I shall probably lie still and motionless as though dead. . Take care my cries are not heard. more crushed and broken than a reed trampled under foot. he struggled. he with difficulty forced open the closely fixed jaws. On the other hand. uttering neither sigh nor groan.

Dantes listened. but he pointed with evident anxiety towards the door. and hurried to his cell. and before the departing steps of the jailer had died away in the long corridor he had to traverse. "Without you? Did you really think me capable of that?" . knowing that all was ready for flight. Dantes began to fear he had delayed too long ere he administered the remedy. to Dantes. and plainly distinguished the approaching steps of the jailer. "And why not?" asked the young man. I thought you might have made your escape. thrusting his hands into his hair. hurried back to the abbe's chamber. but Edmond's anxiety had put all thoughts of time out of his head. "He is saved! he is saved!" cried Dantes in a paroxysm of delight.Chapter 17 213 carefully administered the appointed number of drops. He had scarcely done so before the door opened. I had no such idea. An hour passed away and the old man gave no sign of returning animation. continued gazing on the lifeless features of his friend. and the sufferer made a feeble effort to move. and." The deep glow of indignation suffused the cheeks of Dantes. The young man sprang to the entrance. Almost before the key had turned in the lock. At length a slight color tinged the livid cheeks. open eyeballs. Dantes. It was therefore near seven o'clock. consciousness returned to the dull. a faint sigh issued from the lips. and the jailer saw the prisoner seated as usual on the side of his bed. "Did you fancy yourself dying?" "No. and raising the stone by pressing his head against it. and anxiously awaited the result." said he feebly. Faria had now fully regained his consciousness. darted through it. but he still lay helpless and exhausted. but. "I did not expect to see you again. The sick man was not yet able to speak. was soon beside the sick man's couch. whose restless anxiety concerning his friend left him no desire to touch the food brought him. carefully drawing the stone over the opening.

two months. "you are mistaken −− you will not die! And your third attack (if. "lasted but half an hour." cried Dantes." said the abbe. are you not?" asked the abbe. or leave me paralyzed for life. Alas. "be not deceived. no. and we can select any time we choose. condemns me forever to the walls of a prison. but forever. as we have done this. you should have another) will find you at liberty. "The last attack I had. "I now see how wrong such an opinion would have been. perfectly inanimate and helpless. and took his hands. and after it I was hungry. and my head seems uncomfortable. not for a time. I know what I say. "This arm is paralyzed. None can fly from a dungeon who cannot walk. Edmond. a month." answered the abbe." replied Dantes. "You are convinced now." "My good Edmond. The third attack will either carry me off. indeed. alas! I am fearfully exhausted and debilitated by this attack. A sigh escaped him. Since the first attack I experienced of this . which shows that there has been a suffusion of blood on the brain." "Well. "your strength will return. −− and meanwhile your strength will return. which fell back by its own weight. now I can move neither my right arm nor leg." "I shall never swim again. The abbe shook his head. Everything is in readiness for our flight. We shall save you another time. and got up without help. The attack which has just passed away." The young man raised the arm. and judge if I am mistaken. only with a better chance of success. we will wait. because we shall be able to command every requisite assistance." replied Faria.Chapter 17 214 "At least." said he. if need be." "Be of good cheer. −− a week. "Depend upon it." And as he spoke he seated himself near the bed beside Faria. Lift it." "No. As soon as you feel able to swim we will go.

Cease. I can offer you no assistance. then. and that. was no other than the celebrated Cabanis. for it is a family inheritance. "I accept. if necessary. what difference will that make? I can take you on my shoulders. and do not return here to−morrow till after the jailer his visited me. "you. hear the hollow sound of his footsteps. who are a sailor and a swimmer. both my father and grandfather died of it in a third attack. he slowly added. That would bring about a discovery which would inevitably lead to our being separated. but fly −− go−I give you back your promise. extending one hand. Here I shall remain till the hour of my deliverance arrives. You may one of these days reap the reward of your disinterested devotion. and swim for both of us. I expected it. and you will not." said the abbe. who are young and active. "And as for your poor arm. single−hearted. then. But as I cannot. he might." "The physician may be mistaken!" exclaimed Dantes. I have continually reflected on it. Go." Then. must know as well as I do that a man so loaded would sink before he had done fifty strokes. in which." "My son. unhappily. quit this place. I shall . in all human probability." said Dantes." murmured the invalid.Chapter 17 215 malady. delay not on my account. and call the attention of his officer to the circumstance. will be the hour of my death. rising and extending his hand with an air of solemnity over the old man's head. As for you. high−principled young friend. "By the blood of Christ I swear never to leave you while you live. that even your own excellent heart refuses to believe in. "Then I shall also remain. The physician who prepared for me the remedy I have twice successfully taken. and read in his countenance ample confirmation of the sincerity of his devotion and the loyalty of his purpose." Faria gazed fondly on his noble−minded. and he predicted a similar end for me. "Thanks. keep at it all night. and set about this work. to allow yourself to be duped by vain hopes. by chance." "It is well. Indeed. it becomes necessary to fill up the excavation beneath the soldier's gallery.

Chapter 18 The Treasure." said Dantes. "I have looked at it with all possible attention." Dantes took the hand of the abbe in his." said the abbe with a smile. Until this day and for how long a time! −− he had refrained from talking of the treasure." "This paper. a sheet of paper. from this day forth. one−half belongs to you. in the spirit of obedience and respect which he had sworn to show towards his aged friend. of which. my friend. he held open in his left hand. and affectionately pressed it. which.Chapter 18 216 have something of the greatest importance to communicate to you. When Dantes returned next morning to the chamber of his companion in captivity. "Look at it." The sweat started forth on Dantes brow. and the young man retired to his task. and was not easily kept open. He did not speak. "and I only see a half−burnt paper. it will be recollected. had the form of a cylinder. In the ray of light which entered by the narrow window of his cell. With his instinctive delicacy . "What is that?" he inquired. Faria smiled encouragingly on him. he retained the use. from being constantly rolled into a small compass." said Faria. which had brought upon the abbe the accusation of madness. of which alone. on which are traces of Gothic characters inscribed with a peculiar kind of ink. since I have the proof of your fidelity −− this paper is my treasure. but showed the paper to Dantes. "I may now avow to you. he found Faria seated and looking composed.

" "On the contrary. fatigued you. I will hear your narrative. or the next day after. the third attack may not come on? and then must not all be over? Yes. who must know that I am not. and now these few words uttered by Faria. it is a matter of the utmost importance. which I have never shown to any one. No one would listen or believe me. now that I see you. and believe me so afterwards if you will." Edmond turned away his head with a sigh. and I tasted it slowly in the night of my dungeon and the despair of my captivity. I have often thought with a bitter joy that these riches. young and with a promising future. "Who knows if to−morrow. "Your treasure?" stammered Dantes. and I see by your paleness and agitation what is passing in your heart at this moment. No. He had taken the silence of the old man for a return to reason. I am not mad. I see you require proofs. listen to me. be assured. you will. indeed. indeed. "My dear friend. perhaps. I shudder at any delay. But now I have forgiven the world for the love of you." said he." "Alas. Dantes. after so painful a crisis. but you. then. Edmond. Yes −− you. read this paper. Edmond. "Yes.Chapter 18 217 Edmond had preferred avoiding any touch on this painful chord." continued Faria. and Faria had been equally silent. "this is a terrible relapse! There was only this blow wanting." Then he said aloud. "You persist in your incredulity. Faria smiled." . and tremble lest I should not assure to one as worthy as yourself the possession of so vast an amount of hidden wealth. which would make the wealth of a dozen families. Edmond!" replied the old man. because everyone thought me mad. if you will. and if I have not been allowed to possess it. had you not better repose awhile? To−morrow. your attack has. "a treasure is not a thing we need hurry about. "You have. "My words have not convinced you. but to−day I wish to nurse you carefully." murmured Edmond to himself. a noble nature. −− now that I think of all that may result to you in the good fortune of such a disclosure. This treasure exists. seemed to indicate a serious relapse into mental alienation. Besides. This idea was one of vengeance to me. will be forever lost to those men who persecute me. Well." he said.

glided like a snake along the narrow passage. of the second opening wh. while Faria.. happy to escape the history and explanation which would be sure to confirm his belief in his friend's mental instability..Chapter 18 218 "To−morrow. l49" "Well!" said Faria. "Why. "Steps approach −− I go −− adieu. desirous of not yielding to the old man's madness. −− he read: −− "This treasure. my friend. but first listen to the history of this paper." "Silence!" exclaimed Dantes. heir. −− having been burnt... when the young man had finished reading it.." replied Dantes. but not for me. restored by his alarm to a certain amount of activity.. to you. no doubt. declare to belong to him alo. who have grown pale over them by many nights' study. pushed the stone into place with his foot. by some accident. completed every thought. which are rendered illegible by fire. "I thought it was understood that we should not talk of that until to−morrow. and you shall judge for yourself. of Roman crowns in the most distant a." "Then we will not talk of it until to−morrow. my dear friend.. and taking the paper." "And do you believe you have discovered the hidden meaning?" "I am sure I have." said Edmond. and covered it with a mat in order the more effectually to avoid discovery. and have reconstructed every phrase." And Dantes. who read them for the first time." thought Edmond. of which half was wanting. ." "Yes. "I see nothing but broken lines and unconnected words. which may amount to two." "I will not irritate him.. but read this paper to−day. "25th April.

for whom in his heart he felt a kind of affection. But fortunately this was not the case. pursuing you remorselessly. for otherwise he would not have been able to enter by the small aperture which led to Dantes' chamber. had come in person to see him. had been on all points so rational and logical. so wonderfully sagacious. Edmond shuddered when he heard the painful efforts which the old man made to drag himself along." he said with a benignant smile. tried to collect his scattered thoughts. not seeing the young man appear. "You thought to escape my munificence. and the governor left him. "Here I am. that the abbe was mad −− such a conviction would be so terrible! But. touched with pity. seated on his bed with his head in his hands. Edmond was obliged to assist him. Faria. His fear was lest the governor. and placing the old man on his bed. once for all. Faria sat up to receive him. Edmond. and thus separate him from his young companion. hearing of Faria's illness from the jailer. and he could no longer make use of one arm. convinced that the poor madman. that he could not understand how so much wisdom on all points could be allied with madness. was only troubled with a slight indisposition. avoiding all gestures in order that he might conceal from the governor the paralysis that had already half stricken him with death." Edmond saw there was no escape. thinking thus to defer the moment when he should be convinced. towards the evening after the hour for the customary visit had gone by. in fact.Chapter 18 219 It was the governor. Was Faria deceived as to his treasure. or was all the world deceived as to Faria? Dantes remained in his cell all day. . Faria. Listen to me. but it is in vain. he seated himself on the stool beside him. who. since their first acquaintance. might order him to be removed to better quarters. his leg was inert. tried to move and get over the distance which separated them. not daring to return to his friend. During this time.

in the twentieth chapter of the Life of Pope Alexander VI.Chapter 18 220 "You know. and it was necessary. and eagerly searching amongst dusty family manuscripts. lived on this reputation for wealth. although the wealth of his family had passed into a proverb. which will appear hereafter. I owe to this worthy lord all the happiness I ever knew. they were Giovanni Rospigliosi. His holiness had an idea." said the abbe. and. Caesar Borgia. therefore. his palace was my paradise. I had often seen my noble patron annotating ancient volumes. were the following lines. The cardinal's house had no secrets for me. One day when I was reproaching him for his unavailing searches. King of France. that Rospigliosi and Spada paid for being cardinals. They were ambitious. `As rich as a Spada. which I can never forget: −− "`The great wars of Romagna had ended. He determined to make two cardinals. who had completed his conquest. I was tutor to his nephews. and I heard the phrase very often. and deploring the prostration of mind that followed them. which was a matter of great difficulty in the impoverished condition of exhausted Italy. both felt the high honor of such a favor from the pope. There was a third point in view. I tried by absolute devotion to his will. opened a volume relating to the History of the City of Rome. and when he was alone in the world. to have recourse to some profitable scheme. There.. he could sell the great appointments and splendid offices which the cardinals already held. In the first place. and Caesar Spada. the last of the princes of that name. smiling bitterly. and eight other persons paid for the offices . especially rich men −− this was the return the holy father looked for. like public rumor. and Caesar Borgia soon found purchasers for their appointments. who are dead. He was not rich. who was formidable still in spite of his recent reverses. The result was. The pope had also need of money to bring matters to an end with Louis XII. had need of money to purchase all Italy.' "By choosing two of the greatest personages of Rome.' But he. who held four of the highest dignities of the Holy See. and then he had the two hats to sell besides. "that I was the secretary and intimate friend of Cardinal Spada. The pope and Caesar Borgia first found the two future cardinals. to make up to him all he had done for me during ten years of unremitting kindness. one of the noblest and richest of the Roman nobility. he looked at me.

and greatly attached to his only nephew. quite set up with his new dignities. near San Pierdarena. The lion bit the hand thus favored. "It is time now to proceed to the last part of the speculation. and died next day. Caesar thought they could make use of one of the means which he always had ready for his friends. Then there was the ring with the lion's head. while a prick or a bite occasions a delay of a day or two. of which the lock was difficult. which Caesar wore when he wanted to greet his friends with a clasp of the hand. in the first place. and induced them to arrange their affairs and take up their residence at Rome. that is to say. that they should either ask the cardinals to open the cupboard. something tells me that we shall get that money back. a charming retreat which the cardinals knew very well by report. and thus eight hundred thousand crowns entered into the coffers of the speculators. an indigestion declares itself immediately. This was a matter of dispute between the holy father and his son.Chapter 18 221 the cardinals held before their elevation. and made his will. the bite was mortal. a prudent man.' Caesar gave way before such cogent reasoning. and at the end of twenty−four hours. When this was pressed to effect the opening of the cupboard. Besides. but it appeared the servant did not find him. Caesar proposed to his father. took paper and pen. the person was pricked by this small point. "The table was laid in a vineyard belonging to the pope. This key was furnished with a small iron point. let us ask both of them to dinner. Caesar. −− a negligence on the part of the locksmith. replied: `Now as to the worthy cardinals. . Spada. conferred upon them the insignia of the cardinalate. The pope heaped attentions upon Rospigliosi and Spada. Rospigliosi. went with a good appetite and his most ingratiating manner. but Alexander VI. you forget. the famous key which was given to certain persons with the request that they go and open a designated cupboard. or shake hands with them. and the cardinals were consequently invited to dinner. Then the pope and Caesar Borgia invited the two cardinals to dinner. Spada and Rospigliosi.. a young captain of the highest promise. He then sent word to his nephew to wait for him near the vineyard.

a scrap of paper on which Spada had written: −− `I bequeath to my beloved nephew my coffers. The nephew replied no. amongst others. or at least very little. who came with a smile on his lips to say from the pope. my breviary with the gold corners. Caesar and his father searched. and were greatly astonished that Spada.' . since Christianity. Spada turned pale. the nephew expired at his own door. But the inheritance consisted in this only. had made progress in Rome. placed for him expressly by the pope's butler. It was too late. but found nothing. contained in the library and laboratories.' "Spada set out about two o'clock to San Pierdarena. so eminently civilizing. Spada died on the threshold of the vineyard. perfectly comprehending the meaning of the question. was really the most miserable of uncles −− no treasures −− unless they were those of science. my books. The first sight that attracted the eyes of Spada was that of his nephew. "Then Caesar and the pope hastened to lay hands on the heritage. which proved that he had anticipated all. as Caesar looked at him with an ironical air. making signs which his wife could not comprehend. The pope awaited him. there is a will. `His holiness requests you to dine with him. They began dinner and Spada was only able to inquire of his nephew if he had received his message. under presence of seeking for the papers of the dead man. Spada at the same moment saw another bottle approach him. admired the breviary. the rich man. An hour afterwards a physician declared they were both poisoned through eating mushrooms.' but it was a legate a latere. not exceeding a few thousand crowns in plate.Chapter 18 222 "Spada knew what these invitations meant. and that the snare was well spread. in full costume. `Caesar wills that you die. it was no longer a centurion who came from the tyrant with a message. and. but the nephew had time to say to his wife before he expired: `Look well among my uncle's papers. scrutinized.' "The heirs sought everywhere. laid hands on the furniture. for he had already drunk a glass of excellent wine. examined. and about the same in ready money. which I beg he will preserve in remembrance of his affectionate uncle. That was all. and Caesar Borgia paying him most marked attentions. which he was pressed to taste.

interrupting the thread of his narrative. −− you know by what mistake. but the new skin was spotted by the poison till it looked like a tiger's. that Caesar. and thus doubled his income." cried Dantes. After the pope's death and his son's exile. preserved in the family with . but in these days landed property had not much value. my friend. "on the contrary. and amongst the descendants some were soldiers. I beg of you. no doubt. It had been handed down from father to son. whose secretary I was −− the Count of Spada. poisoned at the same time. had caused it to be regarded as a genuine relic. who had not taken any precaution. Caesar. it was supposed that the Spada family would resume the splendid position they had held before the cardinal's time. and was in the count's possession. I had often heard him complain of the disproportion of his rank with his fortune. go on. a mystery hung over this dark affair. I come now to the last of the family. "Up to this point." "I will. because Cardinal Rospigliosi. I say the two. eh?" "Oh." said Faria. for the singular clause of the only will that had been found. There were two palaces and a vineyard behind the Palatine Hill. but this was not the case. some churchmen. some bankers. and the two palaces and the vineyard remained to the family since they were beneath the rapacity of the pope and his son. but it was fruitless. Years rolled on. compelled to quit Rome. The celebrated breviary remained in the family. Then. had carried off from the pope the fortune of the two cardinals. The Spadas remained in doubtful ease." "The family began to get accustomed to their obscurity. "this seems to you very meaningless. others diplomatists. He did so.Chapter 18 223 "They sought even more thoroughly than the august heirs had done. Months and years rolled on. and I advised him to invest all he had in an annuity. scarcely noticed in history. was completely despoiled. Alexander VI. died. and the public rumor was. and some were ruined. escaped by shedding his skin like a snake. a better politician than his father. he went and got himself obscurely killed in a night skirmish. poisoned. some grew rich. it seems as if I were reading a most interesting narrative.

and a fortnight after the death of the Count of Spada. a month before I was arrested. his library. which slept in the bosom of the earth under the eyes of the genie. and the famous breviary. all descending from the poisoned cardinal. for the palace was sold to a stranger. ransacked. the papers I was arranging. secretaries before me. his companion in misfortune. but in spite of the most exhaustive researches. my dear Edmond. I was reading. and that I would draw up a genealogical tree and history of his house. I in my turn examined the immense bundles of documents. when. I found −− nothing. All these he bequeathed to me. for the thousandth time. and overcome by a heavy dinner I had eaten. with beautiful Gothic characters.Chapter 18 224 superstitious veneration. with a thousand Roman crowns. my head dropped on my hands. and I was going to leave Rome and settle at Florence. contracts. we are near the conclusion. my library. It was an illuminated book. and I fell asleep . but had remained unpossessed like the treasures of the Arabian Nights. "At the sight of papers of all sorts. but could only trace the acquisition of the property of the Cardinal Rospigliosi. All this I did scrupulously. like twenty servitors. composed of five thousand volumes. −− titles. "I was then almost assured that the inheritance had neither profited the Borgias nor the family. for the sole purpose of assuring myself whether any increase of fortune had occurred to them on the death of the Cardinal Caesar Spada. and so weighty with gold. parchments. Be easy. calculated a thousand and a thousand times the income and expenditure of the family for three hundred years. stewards. I searched. He had reserved from his annuity his family papers. on the 25th of December (you will see presently how the date became fixed in my memory). that a servant always carried it before the cardinal on days of great solemnity. and his famous breviary. tired with my constant labor at the same thing. I remained in my ignorance. which he had in ready money. counted. which were kept in the archives of the family. My patron died. on condition that I would have anniversary masses said for the repose of his soul. Yet I had read. I had even written a precise history of the Borgia family. and the Count of Spada in his poverty. "In 1807. intending to take with me twelve thousand francs I possessed. It was useless.

offered the paper to Dantes. in proportion as the fire ascended... be..... which treasure I bequeath and leave en. gems. that is. which was on the table beside me. and then I will complete for you the incomplete words and unconnected sense. in." Faria. kept there by the request of the heirs. . I took a wax−candle in one hand. jewels. and with the other groped about for a piece of paper (my match−box being empty). diamonds. my sole heir. but as no one came. that these characters had been traced in mysterious and sympathetic ink. lighted my taper in the fire itself. I hesitated for a moment.. and which had served as a marker for centuries.. "But beneath my fingers. who were poisoned. however.. may amount to nearly two mil.. with which I proposed to get a light from the small flame still playing on the embers. I saw yellowish characters appear on the paper. and fearing that not. and putting it into the expiring flame. when I had done so.. Dantes. and opened the crumpled paper with inexpressible emotion. only appearing when exposed to the fire. he may desire to become my heir. It was indeed but anticipating the simple manners which I should soon be under the necessity of adopting. creek to the east in a right line. twisted it up together. with an air of triumph. nearly one−third of the paper had been consumed by the flame. all I poss... an old paper quite yellow with age. Island of Monte Cristo. and has visited with me.... and Bentivoglio. the treasure is in the furthest a.. and re. Two open. I was in utter darkness. recognizing. It was that paper you read this morning. then recollected that I had seen in the famous breviary. I awoke as the clock was striking six. will find on raising the twentieth ro..... as my sole heir.. that I alone... put out the flame as quickly as I could. traced with an ink of a reddish color resembling rust: −− "This 25th day of April. I determined to find one for myself. "25th April. as if by magic. in these caves. I felt for it. 1498. I grasped it in my hand. Alexander VI. set light to it.Chapter 18 225 about three o'clock in the afternoon. found it. to make use of any valuable piece of paper. who this time read the following words.. that I have bu. "Caes.. I rang for a light.. 1498. Fearing. read it again... I raised my head.. Spada...." Faria followed him with an excited look.tire to him as my sole heir.. a thousand times. "put the two fragments together. and re..I declare to my from the small creek to the east in a right line." " invited to dine by his Holiness Alexander VI..." replied Edmond. "Yes....ngle in the second.I declare to my nephew...serves for me the fate of Cardinals Caprara ... "Caes. .the caves of the small Island of Monte Cristo all I poss. gold. which treasure I bequeath and leave en.lions of Roman crowns... Guido Spada .. in.. my sole heir..." he said." said the Spada. who were poisoned....know of the existence of this treasure. diamonds.content with making me pay for my hat. .. and which he . that I have bu.ings have been made . which may amount to nearly two mil.. be.know of the existence of this treasure. Guido Spada. when he saw that Dantes had read the last line. Two open. .the caves of the small .ck from the small . 1498.. that is." and he presented to Dantes a second leaf with fragments of lines written on it. jewels.. he may desire to become my heir.content with making me pay for my hat.... gold.serves for me the fate of Cardinals Caprara and Bentivoglio.... that I alone. the treasure is in the furthest a...tire to him .. "and now.Chapter 18 226 "And now. yes!" . gems.lions of Roman crowns..ried in a place he knows .. "It is the declaration of Cardinal Spada.. which . and judge for yourself. money... do you comprehend now?" inquired Faria.ssed of ingots... "25th April. and the will so long sought for. money. "read this other paper. and fearing that not.. and the conjointed pieces gave the following: −− "This 25th day of April.ings have been made in these caves....ngle in the second.ried in a place he knows and has visited with me..essed of invited to dine by his Holiness .. still incredulous." Dantes obeyed. and which he will find on raising the twentieth ro.. 1498... which Edmond read as follows: −− ".

but for some time the imperial police (who at this period. and my hasty departure." inquired Dantes hesitating. and you escape alone. be easy on that score. no. "Now. carrying with me the beginning of my great work. . wished for a partition of provinces) had their eyes on me. If we ever escape together." "But. the family is extinct. bequeathing to me this symbolic breviary." "And you say this treasure amounts to" −− "Two millions of Roman crowns. addressing Dantes with an almost paternal expression.600. the whole belongs to you. if I die here. "has this treasure no more legitimate possessor in the world than ourselves?" "No."* * $2. we may enjoy it without remorse. and did set out at that very instant. my dear fellow. "now. no. make your mind satisfied on that point. Aided by the remaining fragment. having aroused their suspicions. he bequeathed to me all it contained. as we are guided in a cavern by the small ray of light above us. and divining the hidden meaning by means of what was in part revealed. no. I guessed the rest. half this treasure is yours." "And what did you do when you arrived at this conclusion?" "I resolved to set out. nearly thirteen millions of our money. The last Count of Spada. If we lay hands on this fortune." continued Faria. I was arrested at the very moment I was leaving Piombino. the cause of which they were unable to guess.000 in 1894. quite contrary to what Napoleon desired so soon as he had a son born to him.Chapter 18 227 "And who completed it as it now is?" "I did. measuring the length of the lines by those of the paper. you know as much as I do myself. made me his heir. the unity of the Italian kingdom. moreover.

with a sigh. when other opportunities for investment were wanting. it had doubled its value in his eyes. there are at this day Roman families perishing of hunger. though possessed of nearly a million in diamonds and jewels. "The Spada family was one of the oldest and most powerful families of the fifteenth century. handed down by entail." exclaimed the old man. Dantes. "and to you only. you do not thank me?" "This treasure belongs to you. "You are the child of my captivity." continued Faria. "that I might test your character. Dantes. My profession condemns me to celibacy. and the prisoner who could not get free." And Faria extended the arm of which alone the use remained to him to the young man who threw himself upon his neck and wept. Chapter 19 The Third Attack. staggered at the enormous amount. and then surprise you." "You are my son. at one and the same time. I should have conducted you to Monte Cristo. now. Had we escaped before my attack of catalepsy. and in those times." Edmond thought he was in a dream −− he wavered between incredulity and joy. which had so long been the object of the abbe's meditations. "it is you who will conduct me thither." he added. and every day he ." replied Dantes. God has sent you to me to console. and which they cannot touch. my dear friend. "Impossible? and why?" asked the old man. "I have only kept this secret so long from you. the man who could not be a father. Well. could insure the future happiness of him whom Faria really loved as a son. I am no relation of yours. I have no right to it. Now that this treasure. such accumulations of gold and jewels were by no means rare.Chapter 19 228 "Impossible!" said Dantes.

explaining to Dantes all the good which. still existed. a man with thirteen or fourteen millions could do to his enemies. and though he considered the treasure as by no means chimerical. and more inexorable barrier was interposed to cut off the realization of their hopes. completely deserted. was rebuilt. Dantes drew a plan of the island for Faria. he yet believed it was no longer there. between Corsica and the Island of Elba. it will be remembered. It is a rock of almost conical form. which had long been in ruins. which had given rise to the suspicion of his madness. However. but at the same time Dantes could not believe that the deposit. for the oath of vengeance he had taken recurred to his memory. and then Dantes' countenance became gloomy. the abbe had made to Edmond. the misfortune would have been still greater. situated twenty−five miles from Pianosa. to Faria. The abbe did not know the Island of Monte Cristo. But Dantes was far from being as enthusiastic and confident as the old man. This island was. It was past a question now that Faria was not a lunatic. and the way in which he had achieved the discovery. Thus a new. a man could do in these days to his friends. which looks as though it had been thrust up by volcanic force from the depth to the surface of the ocean. and stopped up with vast masses of stone the hole Dantes had partly filled in. but Dantes knew it. and had once touched there.Chapter 19 229 expatiated on the amount. which. But for this precaution." said the young man. with an air of sorrowful resignation. with thirteen or fourteen millions of francs. and had often passed it. and he reflected how much ill. as if fate resolved on depriving the prisoners of their last chance. "that God deems it right to take from me any claim to merit for what . and Faria gave Dantes advice as to the means he should employ to recover the treasure. They had repaired it completely. in these times. for their attempt to escape would have been detected. supposing it had ever existed. a stronger. and still is. and they would undoubtedly have been separated. the gallery on the sea side. a new misfortune befell them. and making them understand that they were condemned to perpetual imprisonment. "You see. increased Edmond's admiration of him. always had been.

I owe you my real good. and this −− this is my fortune −− not chimerical. and now I could not break my promise if I would. and Dantes knew it from the first to the last word. −− so fills my whole existence. and anticipating the pleasure he would enjoy. but actual. and take comfort. These different sciences that you have made so easy to me by the depth of the knowledge you possess of them. in spite of our jailers. has no longer any hold over me. To have you as long as possible near me. But my real treasure is not that. −− instructions which were to serve him . even Caesar Borgia himself. my dear friend. The treasure will be no more mine than yours. he compelled Dantes to learn it by heart. and which evaporate and vanish as we draw near to them. and with this you have made me rich and happy. the languages you have implanted in my memory. and the clearness of the principles to which you have reduced them −− this is my treasure. it is your presence.Chapter 19 230 you call my devotion to you. now perpetually talked of it. no one would be able to discover its real meaning. and which have taken root there with all their philological ramifications. Then he destroyed the second portion. it is the rays of intelligence you have elicited from my brain. if not actually happy. Whole hours sometimes passed while Faria was giving instructions to Dantes. −− which embellishes my mind. I have promised to remain forever with you. my beloved friend. to hear your eloquent speech. who for so long a time had kept silence as to the treasure. strengthens my soul. our living together five or six hours a day." Thus. But he was continually thinking over some means of escape for his young companion. that the despair to which I was just on the point of yielding when I knew you. he remained paralyzed in the right arm and the left leg. For fear the letter might be some day lost or stolen. this is better for me than tons of gold and cases of diamonds. and all the sovereigns of the earth. even were they not as problematical as the clouds we see in the morning floating over the sea. if I should ever be free. could not deprive me of this. yet the days these two unfortunates passed together went quickly. and makes my whole frame capable of great and terrible things. Faria. As he had prophesied would be the case. assured that if the first were seized. my present happiness. Believe me. and had given up all hope of ever enjoying it himself. which we take for terra firma. and neither of us will quit this prison. which awaits me beneath the sombre rocks of Monte Cristo.

believing that he heard some one calling him. without having recovered the use of his hand and foot. and had gradually. from the day and hour and moment when he was so. and reached the opposite extremity. Dantes saw the old man. or rather a plaintive voice which essayed to pronounce his name. But beneath this superficial calm there were in the heart of the young man. had regained all the clearness of his understanding. reached him. "Alas. at least tolerably. One night Edmond awoke suddenly. and remain there alone under some pretext which would arouse no suspicions. if not rapidly. be it remembered. and which had so seriously alarmed him when he saw them for the first time. −− the appointed spot. that he might not see himself grow old. many stifled sighs. and perhaps in that of the old man. and once there. So life went on for them as it does for those who are not victims of misfortune and whose activities glide along mechanically and tranquilly beneath the eye of providence. Undoubtedly the call came from Faria's dungeon. but yet erect. being the farthest angle in the second opening. which was. and search in the appointed spot. His features were writhing with those horrible symptoms which he already knew. He opened his eyes upon utter darkness. Dantes. Faria. the secret entrance was open. By the light of the wretched and wavering lamp. clinging to the bedstead. . drew up the stone. besides the moral instructions we have detailed. who learns to make something from nothing. and when Edmond returned to his cell. many repressed desires. In the meanwhile the hours passed. for fear of recalling the almost extinct past which now only floated in his memory like a distant light wandering in the night. of which we have spoken. once free. he could have but one only thought. Then. as we have said. "can it be?" He moved his bed. to endeavor to find the wonderful caverns. He sat up in bed and a cold sweat broke out upon his brow. pale. rushed into the passage. They were thus perpetually employed. −− Faria." murmured Edmond. to gain Monte Cristo by some means. taught his youthful companion the patient and sublime duty of a prisoner. His name. which found vent when Faria was left alone.Chapter 19 231 when he was at liberty.

"Silence. my friend. and will aid you in your escape. Besides. "Help. It would require years to do again what I have done here. and enduring. speak not thus!" and then resuming all his presence of mind." he said. however painful it may be. Perhaps he will be young. help!" Faria had just sufficient strength to restrain him. be assured. my dear friend. do you not." said Faria in a resigned tone. strong.Chapter 19 232 "Alas. which had failed at the words of the old man. while I have been but a hindrance. still a third filled with the red liquor. which had for a moment staggered under this blow. "or you are lost. and. and it was time I should die. and to him you will appear like an angel of salvation. he drew out the phial. "there remains still some of the magic draught. I have saved you once. You will no longer have half a dead body tied to you as a drag to all your movements. he said. the dungeon I am about to leave will not long remain empty. exclaiming. and the results would be instantly destroyed if our jailers knew we had communicated with each other." he exclaimed. he restores to you more than he takes away." "There is not a hope. and his strength." . "you understand. which. and I need not attempt to explain to you?" Edmond uttered a cry of agony." replied Faria. my friend. and in whose heart he has so profoundly rooted the love of life. like yourself. quick! tell me what I must do this time. I listen. quite out of his senses. is yet always so dear. and so act as to render your captivity supportable or your flight possible. my dear Edmond. We must now only think of you. At length providence has done something for you. "See. "Oh. rushed towards the door." Edmond could only clasp his hands and exclaim. God wills it that man whom he has created. "Oh. should do all in his power to preserve that existence. "but no matter. my dear friend. Quick. are there any fresh instructions? Speak. some other unfortunate being will soon take my place. shaking his head. my friend. and I will save you a second time!" And raising the foot of the bed.

"sole consolation of my wretched existence. yes. in five minutes the malady will reach its height." said Faria. My eyes pierce the inmost recesses of the earth. for I can no longer support myself. try. "Listen. I bless thee!" The young man cast himself on his knees. If you do escape. "And now. Hasten to Monte Cristo −− avail yourself of the fortune −− for you have indeed suffered long enough.Chapter 19 233 "Oh. and death. God grants me the boon of vision unrestricted by time or space. and are dazzled at the sight of so much riches. whom all the world called mad. "Do as you did before. but still gave me. leaning his head against the old man's bed. my dear friend. The treasure of the Spadas exists." "Well. The cold gains upon me. looking at his paralyzed arm and leg. his heart wrung with anguish. I feel the blood flowing towards my brain. to what I say in this my dying moment. These horrible chills. now. If. −− at the moment of separating from you forever. Now lift me on my bed. . I see it in the depths of the inner cavern." "Oh!" exclaimed Dantes. remember that the poor abbe. was not so. then pour the rest down my throat. a priceless gift. begin to pervade my whole frame. after having made me swallow twelve drops instead of ten. It seemed as if a flow of blood had ascended from the chest to the head." A violent convulsion attacked the old man. only do not wait so long. "and I tell you that I will save you yet. My son." he continued. and in a quarter of an hour there will be nothing left of me but a corpse. and laid him on the bed. "has but half its work to do. and for which I am most grateful. Dantes raised his head and saw Faria's eyes injected with blood. you see that I do not recover." Edmond took the old man in his arms. yes!" exclaimed Dantes. −− you whom heaven gave me somewhat late. I wish you all the happiness and all the prosperity you so well deserve. then. which make my teeth chatter and seem to dislocate my bones. all the springs of life are now exhausted in me.

it is the privilege of youth to believe and hope. and without having occasion to force open his jaws. although you suffer much. "do not forsake me! Oh. perhaps. Oh. the phial contained. Trembling. stiffened body. his hair erect. succor him! Help −− help −− help!" "Hush −− hush!" murmured the dying man. I suffer less because there is in me less strength to endure." "Do not mistake. whence its tremulous light fell with strange and fantastic ray on the distorted countenance and motionless. and lips flecked with bloody foam. The crisis was terrible. a quarter of an hour. counted one after the other twelve drops. −− "Monte Cristo. He waited ten minutes. which offered less resistance than before. adieu!" murmured the old man. yes. Then he thought it was time to make the last trial. forget not Monte Cristo!" And he fell back on the bed. no. −− no change took place. he took the knife.Chapter 19 234 "Adieu." he cried. With steady gaze he awaited confidently the moment for administering the restorative. he counted the seconds by the beating of his heart. placed it on a projecting stone above the bed. which had remained extended. twice as much more. you do not seem to be in such agony as you were before. be assured I shall save you! Besides. half an hour. lay on the bed of torture. not yet. yes. pried open the teeth. When he believed that the right moment had arrived. clasping Edmond's hand convulsively −− "adieu!" "Oh. Dantes took the lamp. and he put the phial to the purple lips of Faria. he said. swollen eyelids. in which he summoned all his faculties. and watched. his brow bathed with perspiration. he poured the whole of the liquid down his . −− no. but old men see death more clearly. in place of the intellectual being who so lately rested there. Oh. and a rigid form with twisted limbs. 'tis here −− 'tis here −− 'tis over −− my sight is gone −− my senses fail! Your hand. "that they may not separate us if you save me!" "You are right. At your age we have faith in life. Dantes! Adieu −− adieu!" And raising himself by a final effort.

Dantes was then seized with an indescribable desire to know what was going on in the dungeon of his unfortunate friend. Strange shadows passed over the countenance of the dead man. but in vain −− they opened again as soon as shut. and arrived in time to hear the exclamations of the turnkey. Dantes still doubted. but as soon as the daylight gained the pre−eminence. and he dared not again press the hand that hung out of bed. . He went on his way. and paled the ineffectual light of the lamp. which he tried many times to close. Nothing betokened that the man know anything of what had occurred. On this occasion he began his rounds at Dantes' cell. and felt the body gradually grow cold. the dawn was just breaking. The draught produced a galvanic effect. he heaved a sigh which resembled a shriek. the eyes remained open. who called out for help. and its feeble ray came into the dungeon. an hour and a half elapsed. the last movement of the heart ceased. He extinguished the lamp. Other turnkeys came. but the eyeballs were glazed. for the jailer was coming. he dared no longer to gaze on those fixed and vacant eyes. and on leaving him he went on to Faria's dungeon. the eyes remaining open. While the struggle between day and night lasted. and then his convulsed body returned gradually to its former immobility. It was time. carefully concealed it. the face became livid. closing as well as he could the entrance to the secret passage by the large stone as he descended. his eyes opened until it was fearful to gaze upon them. and the heart's pulsation become more and more deep and dull. and then went away. his hand applied to his heart. and at times gave it the appearance of life. He therefore returned by the subterraneous gallery. Then an invincible and extreme terror seized upon him.Chapter 19 235 throat. and then was heard the regular tramp of soldiers. until at length it stopped. he saw that he was alone with a corpse. taking thither breakfast and some linen. and during this period of anguish. Half an hour. an hour. It was six o'clock in the morning. Edmond leaned over his friend. a violent trembling pervaded the old man's limbs. Last of all came the governor.

The doctor analyzed the symptoms of the malady to which the prisoner had succumbed. "as he was a churchman. mingled with brutal laughter. "that the old man is really dead. Good journey to him!" "With all his millions. the prisoner did not recover. "the shrouds of the Chateau d'If are not dear!" "Perhaps. "I am very sorry for what you tell me. for he was a quiet. hardly venturing to breathe. as they might have left some turnkey to watch the dead. heard the voice of the governor. and words of pity fell on Dantes' listening ears. replying to the assurance of the doctor. they sent for the doctor. which increased. and required no watching." . he heard a faint noise. The inquiries soon commenced. Still he dared not to enter. mute and motionless. At the end of an hour. He remained. "Well." added a third voice. he will not have enough to pay for his shroud!" said another. followed by the doctor and other attendants. The voices soon ceased." said one of the previous speakers. inoffensive prisoner." said one. "Oh. There was a moment's silence. The governor then went out." Edmond did not lose a word. but comprehended very little of what was said. and seeing that. Questions and answers followed in a nonchalant manner that made Dantes indignant. and it seemed to him as if every one had left the cell." "They may give him the honors of the sack. they may go to some expense in his behalf. "the madman has gone to look after his treasure. who asked them to throw water on the dead man's face. and declared that he was dead.Chapter 19 236 Edmond heard the creaking of the bed as they moved the corpse. −− it was evident that the doctor was examining the dead body. happy in his folly. well. for he felt that all the world should have for the poor abbe a love and respect equal to his own. It was the governor who returned." said the governor. in spite of this application. therefore.

Chapter 19 237 "Ah." "Wasn't his name Faria?" inquired one of the officers who accompanied the governor. lighted. as to finish your duty by fulfilling the formalities described by law." added the turnkey. but in discharge of my official duty. notwithstanding your certainty. therefore." said the governor. The poor fool is cured of his folly. In spite of all appearances. sir. and delivered from his captivity. The perspiration poured forth upon the young man's brow. "You see. "but really it is a useless precaution." There was a moment's silence. "that we are not content in such cases as this with such a simple examination. I will answer for that. still listening. "there was no occasion for watching him: he would have stayed here fifty years." said the doctor. people going and coming." said the governor. and not that I doubt your science. without any attempt to escape. and he felt as if he should faint. saying." said the doctor. and then was heard the crackling of burning flesh. "I believe it will be requisite. . persisting. He heard hasty steps." said the doctor. "he is dead. of which the peculiar and nauseous smell penetrated even behind the wall where Dantes was listening in horror." "Let the irons be heated. he is really dead. I'll answer for it." "You know. be so kind. "this burn in the heel is decisive. knew that the doctor was examining the corpse a second time. sir." "Still. during which Dantes. and some minutes afterwards a turnkey entered. "You may make your mind easy. −− "Here is the brazier." There was a moment of complete silence. that we should be perfectly assured that the prisoner is dead. the creaking of a door." This order to heat the irons made Dantes shudder.

"Never. he sometimes amused me very much by telling me stories. he gave me a prescription which cured her." said the doctor. and a moment afterwards the noise of rustling canvas reached Dantes' ears. "Will there be any mass?" asked one of the attendants." said the governor." replied the jailer. very learned. If the poor abbe had not been in such a hurry." Other footsteps. that you will show him all proper respect. he was intractable. were now heard. in order to take a trip to Hyeres for a week." "Yes. as he said. but on that. One day. "You had never anything to complain of?" said the governor to the jailer who had charge of the abbe. he might have had his . he shall be decently interred in the newest sack we can find. yes. and. indeed. going and coming. make your mind easy. "That is impossible." "It is the sort of malady which we call monomania. too. ah!" said the doctor. But make haste −− I cannot stay here all day." replied the governor. He was. and the heavy footfall of a man who lifts a weight sounded on the floor. "This evening. then the bed again creaked under the weight deposited upon it. it was an ancient name. too. "never. Will that satisfy you?" "Must this last formality take place in your presence.Chapter 19 238 "Yes. sir. and rational enough on all points which did not relate to his treasure. "Certainly. on the contrary. sir?" inquired a turnkey. "I did not know that I had a rival." "Ah. governor. but I hope. when my wife was ill. sir. "The chaplain of the chateau came to me yesterday to beg for leave of absence. the bed creaked. I told him I would attend to the prisoners in his absence.

with the impiety usual in persons of his profession." "Shall we watch by the corpse?" "Of what use would it be? Shut the dungeon as if he were alive −− that is all. Then he raised the flag−stone cautiously with his head. and the voices died away in the distance. with its creaking hinges and bolts ceased. and a silence more sombre than that of solitude ensued. Meanwhile the operation of putting the body in the sack was going on. at full length. the noise of the door." A shout of laughter followed this brutal jest." Then the steps retreated. which was all−pervasive. "This evening. and looked carefully around the chamber. On the bed. cost so little.Chapter 20 239 requiem. "he is a churchman. it was Faria's last winding−sheet. as the turnkey said. lay a sack of canvas. and Dantes emerged from the tunnel. about ten or eleven o'clock. and not give the devil the wicked delight of sending him a priest. "At what hour?" inquired a turnkey. Chapter 20 The Cemetery of the Chateau D'If. "Why. It was empty. No longer could Edmond look into those wide−open eyes which had seemed to ." "Pooh. God will respect his profession. and struck its icy chill to the very soul of Dantes. and faintly illuminated by the pale light that came from the window." said the doctor. and under its rude folds was stretched a long and stiffened form. Everything was in readiness. when the task was ended." said the governor. −− a winding−sheet which. A barrier had been placed between Dantes and his old friend. pooh. −− the silence of death.

"whence comes this thought? Is it from thee? Since none but the dead pass freely from this dungeon. paced twice or thrice round the dungeon. Suddenly he arose. Yet they will forget me here. to give way to the sarcasm of destiny. let me take the place . He seated himself on the edge of that terrible bed. But how to die? It is very easy. and passed suddenly from despair to an ardent desire for life and liberty. No. never again to hear the voice of the only human being who united him to earth! Was not Faria's fate the better. the beneficent and cheerful companion. which his friend had driven away and kept away by his cheerful presence. had I died years ago. who knows. he became silent and gazed straight before him like one overwhelmed with a strange and amazing thought. no longer breathed. and should assuredly find him again. and then paused abruptly by the bed. "If I could die. Dantes recoiled from the idea of so infamous a death." But excessive grief is like a storm at sea. no longer could he clasp the hand which had done so much to make his existence blessed. "Die? oh. and fell into melancholy and gloomy revery. where the frail bark is tossed from the depths to the top of the wave. rush on the first person that opens the door. now hovered like a phantom over the abbe's dead body." he exclaimed −− "not die now. and I shall die in my dungeon like Faria. "I will remain here. some friends to reward. Before I die I must not forget that I have my executioners to punish." he said.Chapter 20 240 be penetrating the mysteries of death. I will yet win back the happiness of which I have been deprived. and then they will guillotine me. but now to die would be. after having lived and suffered so long and so much! Die? yes. I shall struggle to the very last. after all −− to solve the problem of life at its source. "Just God!" he muttered. even at the risk of horrible suffering? The idea of suicide." he went on with a smile. I want to live. with whom he was accustomed to live so intimately. indeed. strangle him. "I should go where he goes. and perhaps. no. Alone −− he was alone again −− again condemned to silence −− again face to face with nothingness! Alone! −− never again to see the face. lifted his hand to his brow as if his brain wore giddy." As he said this. too. Faria.

drew the corpse from the sack. entered the tunnel again. profiting by their alarm. and tried vainly to close the resisting eyes. he would use his knife to better purpose. laid it on his couch.Chapter 20 241 of the dead!" Without giving himself time to reconsider his decision. He would have been discovered by the beating of his heart. If he was detected in this and the earth proved too heavy. He hoped that the weight of earth would not be so great that he could not overcome it. Dantes had not eaten since the preceding evening. and order the dead body to be removed earlier. but he had not thought of hunger. that he might not allow his thoughts to be distracted from his desperate resolution. he meant to open the sack from top to bottom. and this is what he intended to do. if they tried to catch him. opened it with the knife which Faria had made. placed himself in the posture in which the dead body had been laid. If while he was being carried out the grave−diggers should discover that they were bearing a live instead of a dead body. which glared horribly. all would be over. believe that he was asleep. returned to the other cell. In that case his last hope would have been destroyed. and. he would allow himself to be covered with earth. and getting inside the sack. so that the jailer might. as it was night. but with a sudden cut of the knife. as was his frequent custom. once again kissed the ice−cold brow. tied around its head the rag he wore at night around his own. when he brought the evening meal. he bent over the appalling shroud. and sewed up the mouth of the sack from the inside. turned the head towards the wall. the grave−diggers could scarcely have turned their backs before he would have worked his way through the yielding soil and escaped. indeed. Now his plans were fully made. drew the bed against the wall. took from the hiding−place the needle and thread. If they took him to the cemetery and laid him in a grave. covered it with his counterpane. Dantes might have waited until the evening visit was over. and then. if by any mischance the jailers had entered at that moment. escape. that they might feel only naked flesh beneath the coarse canvas. and then −− so much the better. and. he would be stifled. Dantes did not intend to give them time to recognize him. flung off his rags. and bore it along the tunnel to his own chamber. nor did he . but he was afraid that the governor would change his mind.

from misanthropy or fatigue. When seven o'clock came. and thus discover all. His situation was too precarious to allow him even time to reflect on any thought but one. and clutched his heart in a grasp of ice. "They say every year adds half a pound to the weight of the bones. when he heard the noise they made in putting down the hand−bier. At length. and would have been happy if at the same time he could have repressed the throbbing of his veins. lifting the feet. His hand placed upon his heart was unable to redress its throbbings. footsteps were heard on the stairs. held his breath. when he brought him his supper at seven o'clock. summoned up all his courage. It was a good augury. about the hour the governor had appointed. Dantes had received his jailer in bed. The footsteps −− they were double −− paused at the door −− and Dantes guessed that the two grave−diggers had come to seek him −− this idea was soon converted into certainty. "He's heavy though for an old and thin man. while. and a dim light reached Dantes' eyes through the coarse sack that covered him. go to the bed. The door opened. The two men. twenty times at least. Then he thought he was going to die. fortunately." said one. This time the jailer might not be as silent as usual. and went away without saying a word. Dantes' agony really began. he saw two shadows approach his bed. with the other he wiped the perspiration from his temples." said another. . Yet the hours passed on without any unusual disturbance. and Dantes knew that he had escaped the first peril. and then the man placed his bread and soup on the table. might perceive the change that had been made. "Have you tied the knot?" inquired the first speaker. The first risk that Dantes ran was. as he raised the head. Edmond felt that the moment had arrived. approaching the ends of the bed.Chapter 20 242 think of it now. and seeing that he received no reply. but speak to Dantes. From time to time chills ran through his whole body. a third remaining at the door with a torch in its hand. that the jailer. took the sack by its extremities.

The bearers went on for twenty paces. Edmond stiffened himself in order to play the part of a dead man. "but it has lost nothing by waiting. "What's the knot for?" thought Dantes. and then the party.Chapter 20 243 "What would be the use of carrying so much more weight?" was the reply. Dantes' first impulse was to escape." he said." was the answer. "not without some trouble though. and Dantes heard his shoes striking on the pavement." "Yes. and Dantes knew that the mistral was blowing. "Here it is at last." "Yes. and at the same moment a cord was fastened round his feet with sudden and painful violence. then stopped. "Really. "Where am I?" he asked himself. although not asked in the most polite terms. "I can do that when we get there. lighted by the man with the torch. ascended the stairs. who went first. he is by no means a light load!" said the other bearer. "What can he be looking for?" thought Edmond. but fortunately he did not attempt it. One of them went away. . It was a sensation in which pleasure and pain were strangely mingled." The man with the torch complied. putting the bier down on the ground. sitting on the edge of the hand−barrow. "The spade. perhaps. the man came towards Edmond. you're right. "Give us a light. They deposited the supposed corpse on the bier. Suddenly he felt the fresh and sharp night air." An exclamation of satisfaction indicated that the grave−digger had found the object of his search." As he said this. "or I shall never find what I am looking for." replied the companion. who heard a heavy metallic substance laid down beside him." said the other bearer.

but his hair stood erect on his head. "Bad weather!" observed one of the bearers. Although drawn downwards by the heavy weight which hastened his rapid descent. and then there was a burst of brutal laughter. falling. "Move on. yes. . reached Dantes' ear distinctly as they went forward. At last. he darted like an arrow into the ice−cold water. "A little farther −− a little farther. "One!" said the grave−diggers. and then stopped to open a door. "not a pleasant night for a dip in the sea. and then Dantes felt that they took him." And the bier was lifted once more. one by the head and the other by the heels. falling." said the other. "Yes. here we are at last. They advanced fifty paces farther. The noise of the waves dashing against the rocks on which the chateau is built. and the governor told us next day that we were careless fellows. and as he did so he uttered a shrill cry. I can tell you. who was looking on. then. with a horrible splash." said one of them." They ascended five or six more steps. dashed on the rocks." was the answer." said the other. and swung him to and fro. have you tied the knot?" inquired the grave−digger. "Well. "You know very well that the last was stopped on his way. then went forward again. it seemed to him as if the fall lasted for a century. stifled in a moment by his immersion beneath the waves.Chapter 20 244 "Well. the abbe runs a chance of being wet. with a rapidity that made his blood curdle. and pretty tight too. and they proceeded. "two! three!" And at the same instant Dantes felt himself flung into the air like a wounded bird. Dantes did not comprehend the jest." "Why.

He then bent his body. for he usually attracted a crowd of spectators in the bay before the lighthouse at Marseilles when he swam there. and was dragged into its depths by a thirty−six pound shot tied to his feet. With a mighty leap he rose to the surface of the sea. whose projecting crags seemed like arms extended to seize their prey. across which the wind was driving clouds that occasionally suffered a twinkling star to appear. he was fifty paces from where he had first sunk. The sea is the cemetery of the Chateau d'If. When he came up again the light had disappeared.Chapter 21 245 Dantes had been flung into the sea. He saw overhead a black and tempestuous sky. had sufficient presence of mind to hold his breath. extricated his arm. Chapter 21 The Island of Tiboulen. and by a desperate effort severed the cord that bound his legs. He fancied that these two forms were looking at the sea. while the shot dragged down to the depths the sack that had so nearly become his shroud. . and then his body. sombre and terrible. When he arose a second time. at the moment when it seemed as if he were actually strangled. Dantes dived again. This was an easy feat to him. in order to avoid being seen. he felt it dragging him down still lower. Dantes. blacker than the sea. but in spite of all his efforts to free himself from the shot. and was unanimously declared to be the best swimmer in the port. Behind him. blacker than the sky. although stunned and almost suffocated. and on the highest rock was a torch lighting two figures. and then dived. he rapidly ripped up the sack. and remained a long time beneath the water. whose waves foamed and roared as if before the approach of a storm. Dantes waited only to get breath. rose phantom−like the vast stone structure. before him was the vast expanse of waters. and as his right hand (prepared as he was for every chance) held his knife open. doubtless these strange grave−diggers had heard his cry.

The islands of Tiboulen and Lemaire are a league from the Chateau d'If. He found with pleasure that his captivity had taken away nothing of his power. He fancied that every wave behind him was a pursuing boat. "Let us see. and that he was still master of that element on whose bosom he had so often sported as a boy. when he saw him idle and inactive. you will be drowned if you seek to escape. But what if I were mistaken?" A shudder passed over him. An hour passed. that has retarded my speed. if I am not mistaken. by turning to the left. as we have said. however. as is also the islet of Daume. and he redoubled his exertions. gleaming in front of him like a star. "I will swim on until I am worn out." These words rang in Dantes' ears. nevertheless. but Ratonneau and Pomegue are inhabited. he would find it. in order to rest himself. "Well.Chapter 21 246 He must now get his bearings. and strove to penetrate the darkness. He sought to tread water. Dantes. even beneath the waves. . and then I shall sink. but he felt its presence. but as the wind is against me. you must not give way to this listlessness. He listened for any sound that might be audible. but exhausting his strength. Ratonneau and Pomegue are the nearest islands of all those that surround the Chateau d'If." said he. By leaving this light on the right. he kept the Island of Tiboulen a little on the left. continued to cleave the waves. it was at least a league from the Chateau d'If to this island. But. and already the terrible chateau had disappeared in the darkness. that relentless pursuer. and your strength has not been properly exercised and prepared for exertion. during which Dantes. but the sea was too violent. and he felt that he could not make use of this means of recuperation. he hastened to cleave his way through them to see if he had not lost his strength. He could not see it. therefore. Tiboulen and Lemaire were therefore the safest for Dantes' venture. increasing rapidly his distance from the chateau. Often in prison Faria had said to him." said he. clogged Dantes' efforts. He swam on still. I must be close to Tiboulen. Fear." and he struck out with the energy of despair. determined to make for them. But how could he find his way in the darkness of the night? At this moment he saw the light of Planier. "Dantes. "I have swum above an hour. and every time that he rose to the top of a wave he scanned the horizon. or the cramp seizes me. excited by the feeling of freedom.

equally arid. Tiboulen. which was. but larger. break moorings. An overhanging rock offered him a temporary shelter. Dantes had not been deceived −− he had reached the first of the two islands. from time to time a flash of lightning stretched across the heavens like a fiery serpent. He fancied for a moment that he had been shot. Dantes rose. Before him rose a grotesque mass of rocks. and consequently better adapted for concealment. with a fervent prayer of gratitude. and heavy clouds seemed to sweep down towards him.Chapter 21 247 Suddenly the sky seemed to him to become still darker and more dense. and drank greedily of the rainwater that had lodged in a hollow of the rock. sweet sleep of utter exhaustion. wetted him with their spray. lighting up the clouds that rolled on in vast chaotic waves. and that it would. at the same time he felt a sharp pain in his knee. Edmond felt the trembling of the rock beneath which he lay. which seemed to him softer than down. Then he put out his hand. and scarcely had he availed himself of it when the tempest burst forth in all its fury. He extended his hands. and. He was safely sheltered. At the expiration of an hour Edmond was awakened by the roar of thunder. in fact. He knew that it was barren and without shelter. he fell into the deep. and yet he felt dizzy in the midst of the warring of the elements and the dazzling brightness of the lightning. and listened for the report. he resolved to plunge into its waves again. . He then recollected that he had not eaten or drunk for four−and−twenty hours. but when the sea became more calm. dashing themselves against it. like a vessel at anchor. It seemed to him that the island trembled to its base. in spite of the wind and rain. The tempest was let loose and beating the atmosphere with its mighty wings. Then. and swim to Lemaire. stretched himself on the granite. but he heard nothing. advanced a few steps. the waves. that resembled nothing so much as a vast fire petrified at the moment of its most fervent combustion. and bear him off into the centre of the storm. It was the Island of Tiboulen. and encountered an obstacle and with another stroke knew that he had gained the shore.

a quarter of a league distant. The gloomy building rose from the bosom of the ocean with imposing majesty and seemed to dominate the scene. By its light. Then all was dark again. By degrees the wind abated. approaching with frightful rapidity. Dantes ran down the rocks at the risk of being himself dashed to pieces. seek for me in vain. and looked at both sea and land. Another flash showed him four men clinging to the shattered mast and the rigging." thought Dantes. Dantes saw a fishing−boat driven rapidly like a spectre before the power of winds and waves. find the body of my poor friend. while a fifth clung to the broken rudder. between the Island of Lemaire and Cape Croiselle. and the blue firmament appeared studded with bright stars. a light played over them. Dantes from his rocky perch saw the shattered vessel. that seemed to rive the remotest heights of heaven. and it disappeared in the darkness of the night like a vast sea−bird. At the same moment a violent crash was heard. Dantes stood mute and motionless before this majestic spectacle. and cries of distress. as if he now beheld it for the first time. the men who cast . The men he beheld saw him undoubtedly. and the tempest continued to rage. "the turnkey will enter my chamber. It was about five o'clock. A second after. It was day. illumined the darkness. he groped about. and among the fragments the floating forms of the hapless sailors. for their cries were carried to his ears by the wind. Above the splintered mast a sail rent to tatters was waving. Then the tunnel will be discovered. but they saw it themselves. recognize it. "In two or three hours. he saw it again.Chapter 21 248 As he rose. Soon a red streak became visible in the horizon. He turned towards the fortress. vast gray clouds rolled towards the west. and gilded their foaming crests with gold. Dantes cried at the top of his voice to warn them of their danger. but he heard and saw nothing −− the cries had ceased. The sea continued to get calmer. and give the alarm. a flash of lightning. he listened. and indeed since his captivity in the Chateau d'If he had forgotten that such scenes were ever to be witnessed. suddenly the ropes that still held it gave way. the waves whitened.

and struck out so as to cut across the course the vessel was taking. her sharp prow cleaving through the waves. and conveyed back to Marseilles! What can I do? What story can I invent? under pretext of trading along the coast. placed it on his head. And this conviction restored his strength. instead of keeping in shore. I have suffered enough surely! Have pity on me. I am cold. he saw off the farther point of the Island of Pomegue a small vessel with lateen sail skimming the sea like a gull in search of prey. In an instant Dantes' plan was formed. "I am saved!" murmured he. "Oh. The red cap of one of the sailors hung to a point of the rock and some timbers that had formed part of the vessel's keel. she should stand out to sea. I can pass as one of the sailors wrecked last night. for there is no one left to contradict me. these men.Chapter 21 249 me into the sea and who must have heard the cry I uttered. will prefer selling me to doing a good action. who are in reality smugglers. but he soon . and started. with the wind dead ahead." cried Edmond. I have lost even the knife that saved me. will be questioned. For an instant he feared lest. He soon saw that the vessel. She was coming out of Marseilles harbor. My story will be accepted. I must wait. besides. whilst the governor pursues me by sea. He swam to the cap. But I cannot −−−I am starving. I am hungry. The police of Marseilles will be on the alert by land. detected. "to think that in half an hour I could join her. Dantes looked toward the spot where the fishing−vessel had been wrecked. O my God. did I not fear being questioned. Then boats filled with armed soldiers will pursue the wretched fugitive. seized one of the timbers. and do for me what I am unable to do for myself. The cannon will warn every one to refuse shelter to a man wandering about naked and famished. and was standing out to sea rapidly. floated at the foot of the crag. was tacking between the Chateau d'If and the tower of Planier." As Dantes (his eyes turned in the direction of the Chateau d'If) uttered this prayer. In a few hours my strength will be utterly exhausted." As he spoke. and with his sailor's eye he knew it to be a Genoese tartan. perhaps I have not been missed at the fortress.

Dantes would have shouted. as if the fatal cannon shot were again tied to his feet. He shouted again. The water passed over his head. and the tartan instantly steered towards him. which he now thought to be useless. and one of them cried in Italian. Dantes let go of the timber. "Courage!" The word reached his ear as a wave which he no longer had the strength to surmount passed over his head. But he had reckoned too much upon his strength. but before they could meet. but he knew that the wind would drown his voice. and then he realized how serviceable the timber had been to him. At the same time. advanced rapidly towards him. had yet watched it anxiously until it tacked and stood towards him. struggled with the last desperate effort of a drowning man. He rose on the waves. to reach the vessel −− certainly to return to shore. perhaps. waving his cap. A convulsive movement again brought him to the surface. between the islands of Jaros and Calaseraigne. It was then he rejoiced at his precaution in taking the timber. An instant after. He rose again to the surface. and swam vigorously to meet them. and he was almost breathless. like most vessels bound for Italy. though almost sure as to what course the vessel would take. making signs of distress. for without it he would have been unable. he saw they were about to lower the boat. his legs lost their flexibility. and the sky turned gray. the vessel again changed her course. The two sailors redoubled their efforts. By a violent effort he rose half out of the water. but no one on board saw him. and felt himself sinking. Dantes. However. the boat. His arms became stiff.Chapter 21 250 saw that she would pass. Then he advanced. should he be unsuccessful in attracting attention. This time he was both seen and heard. and the vessel stood on another tack. rowed by two men. uttered a third cry. and uttering a loud shout peculiar to sailers. the vessel and the swimmer insensibly neared one another. He felt himself seized by the . and in one of its tacks the tartan bore down within a quarter of a mile of him.

" "Where do you come from?" "From these rocks that I had the good luck to cling to while our captain and the rest of the crew were all lost. in bad Italian. at once the pilot and captain. an old sailer. then he saw and heard nothing. We were coming from Syracuse laden with grain. You have saved my life. I swam off on a piece of wreckage to try and intercept your course." "It was I. As we have said. while the friction of his limbs restored their elasticity. When he opened his eyes Dantes found himself on the deck of the tartan. "Who are you?" said the pilot in bad French. "I am. They were rapidly leaving the Chateau d'If behind." returned Dantes. another. and I thank you. He had fainted." said a sailor of a frank and manly appearance. whom he recognized as the one who had cried out "Courage!" held a gourd full of rum to his mouth. he was lying on the deck.Chapter 21 251 hair. A sailor was rubbing his limbs with a woollen cloth. looked on with that egotistical pity men feel for a misfortune that they have escaped yesterday. His first care was to see what course they were taking. holding out his hand. "I was lost when one of your sailors caught hold of my hair. "a Maltese sailor." . and which may overtake them to−morrow. I saw your vessel." continued Dantes. for you were sinking. and fearful of being left to perish on the desolate island. A few drops of the rum restored suspended animation." replied Dantes. Dantes was so exhausted that the exclamation of joy he uttered was mistaken for a sigh." "Yes. The storm of last night overtook us at Cape Morgion. "and it was time. while the third. and we were wrecked on these rocks. "I thank you again.

and your hair a foot long." "Now what are we to do with you?" said the captain. with your beard six inches. but I am a good sailor. "I made a vow. "But in his present condition he will promise anything. and take his chance of keeping it afterwards." "I will do more than I promise. but to−day the vow expires. captain. to our Lady of the Grotto not to cut my hair or beard for ten years if I were saved in a moment of danger. ." returned the other." "Do you know the Mediterranean?" "I have sailed over it since my childhood.Chapter 21 252 "I almost hesitated. anything you please. Leave me at the first port you make. "We shall see. smiling." said the sailor who had cried "Courage!" to Dantes. "Yes." said he." "You know the best harbors?" "There are few ports that I could not enter or leave with a bandage over my eyes. "if what he says is true. "Where are you going?" asked Dantes. what hinders his staying with us?" "If he says true." Dantes recollected that his hair and beard had not been cut all the time he was at the Chateau d'If." "I say. I have barely escaped." replied the sailor. I shall be sure to find employment." said the captain doubtingly. "you looked more like a brigand than an honest man. though. My captain is dead." said Dantes. "Alas.

instead of tacking so frequently. And they all looked with astonishment at this man whose eye now disclosed an intelligence and his body a vigor they had not thought him capable of showing. "Bravo!" said the captain. "we can agree very well. "Bravo!" repeated the sailors. "I shall be of some use to you. as Dantes had predicted. and I will pay you out of the first wages I get. she yet was tolerably obedient. and it will be all right." said he. "You see. The four seamen." "Give me what you give the others." returned Dantes. if you are reasonable." The young man took the helm." "Then why. who composed the crew." −− They obeyed. do you not sail nearer the wind?" "Because we should run straight on to the Island of Rion. while the pilot looked on. quitting the helm. at least during the voyage. felt to see if the vessel answered the rudder promptly and seeing that." "Take the helm." This order was also executed. for my food and the clothes you lend me. obeyed." said Dantes.Chapter 21 253 "To Leghorn." said the captain. "Haul taut." "You shall pass it by twenty fathoms. . you can leave me there. −− "To the sheets. and the vessel passed. twenty fathoms to windward. without being a first−rate sailer. "Belay." "Ah. and let us see what you know. If you do not want me at Leghorn.

"Hollo! what's the matter at the Chateau d'If?" said the captain. The sailors looked at one another. "Every one is free to ask what he pleases. you would do much better to find him a jacket and a pair of trousers. Dantes glanced that way as he lifted the gourd to his mouth." "No." replied Dantes." cried the captain to the steersman. and Jacopo offered him the gourd. then. "What is this?" asked the captain." "Well. "Now." "What is that to you. "Larboard your helm." "That is all I want. The captain glanced at him. crowned the summit of the bastion of the Chateau d'If." He had not tasted food for forty hours. Jacopo dived into the hold and soon returned with what Edmond wanted. which had attracted Dantes' attention. do you wish for anything else?" said the patron.Chapter 21 254 "That's not fair. "for you know more than we do." replied Jacopo. "A prisoner has escaped from the Chateau d'If. A piece of bread was brought. and they are firing the alarm gun. "but I have a shirt and a pair of trousers. "I only make a remark." "That's true. Jacopo?" returned the Captain. At the same moment the faint report of a gun was heard. but he had lifted the rum ." interrupted Dantes. A small white cloud. if you have them." said Jacopo." said the seaman who had saved Dantes. "A piece of bread and another glass of the capital rum I tasted. for I have not eaten or drunk for a long time. then paused with hand in mid−air.

This oath was no longer a vain menace. "that I have almost lost my memory." "In what year?" "In what year −− you ask me in what year?" "Yes. "What is the day of the month?" asked he of Jacopo. Then his eyes lighted up with hatred as he thought of the three men who had caused him so long and wretched a captivity. who must believe him dead. and Villefort the oath of implacable vengeance he had made in his dungeon. "The 28th of February." replied Dantes. A sorrowful smile passed over his face. I ask you what year is it?" "The year 1829. for I have made a rare acquisition. that suspicions. . Dantes asked to take the helm. so much the better. he asked himself what had become of Mercedes. It was fourteen years day for day since Dantes' arrest." Under pretence of being fatigued. "if it be." murmured he. "At any rate. "I ask you in what year!" "You have forgotten then?" "I got such a fright last night. the steersman. died away. he was thirty−three when he escaped. Dantes could thus keep his eyes on Marseilles. smiling. He renewed against Danglars. for the fastest sailer in the Mediterranean would have been unable to overtake the little tartan." replied the young man." returned Jacopo. who sat down beside him. and the latter by a sign indicated that he might abandon it to his new comrade. He was nineteen when he entered the Chateau d'If. looked at the captain. if the captain had any.Chapter 21 255 to his lips and was drinking it with so much composure. glad to be relieved. that with every stitch of canvas set was flying before the wind to Leghorn. Fernand.

and this. either with the vessels he met at sea. he had at first thought that Dantes might be an emissary of these industrious guardians of rights and duties. persons always troublesome and frequently indiscreet. like that of kings. as they have no visible means of support. or occupation. than if the new−comer had proved to be a customs officer. he gave . they extracted nothing more from him. He was very well known to the customs officers of the coast. was accompanied with salutes of artillery. when he saw the light plume of smoke floating above the bastion of the Chateau d'If. it must be owned. But the skilful manner in which Dantes had handled the lugger had entirely reassured him. or with the people without name. but this supposition also disappeared like the first. and who live by hidden and mysterious means which we must suppose to be a direct gift of providence. At first the captain had received Dantes on board with a certain degree of distrust. and however the old sailor and his crew tried to "pump" him. the worthy master of The Young Amelia (the name of the Genoese tartan) knew a smattering of all the tongues spoken on the shores of that large lake called the Mediterranean. who perhaps employed this ingenious means of learning some of the secrets of his trade. he was instantly struck with the idea that he had on board his vessel one whose coming and going. with the small boats sailing along the coast. This made him less uneasy. while it spared him interpreters. when he beheld the perfect tranquillity of his recruit.Chapter 22 256 Chapter 22 The Smugglers. gave him great facilities of communication. from the Arabic to the Provencal. and then. Without having been in the school of the Abbe Faria. Edmond thus had the advantage of knowing what the owner was. country. without the owner knowing who he was. and heard the distant report. It is fair to assume that Dantes was on board a smuggler. Dantes had not been a day on board before he had a very clear idea of the men with whom his lot had been cast. and as there was between these worthies and himself a perpetual battle of wits. who are always seen on the quays of seaports.

three−and−thirty years of age. When the operation was concluded. he went there to have his beard and hair cut. He had preserved a tolerably good remembrance of what the youth had been. when the features are encircled with black hair. and from their depths occasionally sparkled gloomy fires of misanthropy and hatred. and who anticipates a future corresponding with his past. and his hair reduced to its usual length. The barber gazed in amazement at this man with the long. had now that pale color which produces. with whom the early paths of life have been smooth. Here Edmond was to undergo another trial. so long kept from the sun. which gave his head the appearance of one of Titian's portraits. Dantes had entered the Chateau d'If with the round. Moreover. and his fourteen years' imprisonment had produced a great transformation in his appearance. his eyebrows were arched beneath a brow furrowed with thought. as he had not seen his own face for fourteen years.Chapter 22 257 accurate descriptions of Naples and Malta. his smiling mouth had assumed the firm and marked lines which betoken resolution. which he knew as well as Marseilles. the aristocratic . This was now all changed. he remembered a barber in St. in whose favor his mild demeanor. He was now. Thus the Genoese. now a barber would only be surprised if a man gifted with such advantages should consent voluntarily to deprive himself of them. his eyes were full of melancholy. and was now to find out what the man had become. and believe nothing but what they should believe. and his admirable dissimulation. it is possible that the Genoese was one of those shrewd persons who know nothing but what they should know. he asked for a hand−glass. they reached Leghorn. his nautical skill. At this period it was not the fashion to wear so large a beard and hair so long. The oval face was lengthened. thick and black hair and beard. Ferdinand Street. In this state of mutual understanding. was duped by Edmond. The Leghorn barber said nothing and went to work. His comrades believed that his vow was fulfilled. and held stoutly to his first story. his complexion. he was to find out whether he could recognize himself. and Edmond felt that his chin was completely smooth. As he had twenty times touched at Leghorn. as we have said. subtle as he was. open. pleaded. smiling face of a young and happy man.

The master of The Young Amelia. The Young Amelia had a very active crew. that vigor which a frame possesses which has so long concentrated all its force within itself. and a cap. had offered to advance him funds out of his future profits. To the elegance of a nervous and slight form had succeeded the solidity of a rounded and muscular figure.Chapter 22 258 beauty of the man of the north. and body soaking in seabrine. whom he had picked up naked and nearly drowned. prayers. His next care on leaving the barber's who had achieved his first metamorphosis was to enter a shop and buy a complete sailor's suit −− a garb. and bringing back to Jacopo the shirt and trousers he had lent him. he had any friend left −− could recognize him. and at others rough and almost hoarse. he renewed his offers of an engagement to Dantes. and imprecations had changed it so that at times it was of a singularly penetrating sweetness. The master was to get all this out of Leghorn free of duties. or recognize in the neat and trim sailor the man with thick and matted beard. He had scarcely been a week at Leghorn before the hold of his vessel was filled with printed muslins. his eyes had acquired the faculty of distinguishing objects in the night. from being so long in twilight or darkness. and consisting of white trousers. which Edmond had accepted. contraband cottons. who had his own projects. and he had also acquired. he could not recognize himself. English powder. Attracted by his prepossessing appearance. As to his voice. but Dantes. Edmond smiled when he beheld himself: it was impossible that his best friend −− if. a striped shirt. being naturally of a goodly stature. It was in this costume. who had made him tell his story over and over again before he could believe him. . Moreover. who was very desirous of retaining amongst his crew a man of Edmond's value. common to the hyena and the wolf. very simple. sobs. indeed. hair tangled with seaweed. that Edmond reappeared before the captain of the lugger. who lost as little time as possible. the profound learning he had acquired had besides diffused over his features a refined intellectual expression. would not agree for a longer time than three months. very obedient to their captain. and tobacco on which the excise had forgotten to put its mark. as we all know.

The Young Amelia left it three−quarters of a league to the larboard. as they passed so closely to the island whose name was so interesting to him. and went towards the country of Paoli and Napoleon. as he neared the land. Evening came. Dantes thought. and now he was free he could wait at least six months or a year for wealth. all day they coasted. Edmond was again cleaving the azure sea which had been the first horizon of his youth. mounted two small culverins. had they not died with him? It is true. and which he had so often dreamed of in prison. Fortunately. where certain speculators undertook to forward the cargo to France. the patron found Dantes leaning against the bulwarks gazing with intense earnestness at a pile of granite rocks. Would he not have accepted liberty without riches if it had been offered to him? Besides. Dantes had learned how to wait. which. which the rising sun tinged with rosy light. that he had only to leap into the sea and in half an hour be at the promised land. continued to behold it last of all. and kept on for Corsica. for he remained alone upon deck. and they came to within a gunshot of the shore. he had waited fourteen years for his liberty. were not those riches chimerical? −− offspring of the brain of the poor Abbe Faria. He left Gorgone on his right and La Pianosa on his left. with vision accustomed to the gloom of a prison. But then what could he do without instruments to discover his treasure. for he had not forgotten a word. as he always did at an early hour. and then disappear in the darkness from all eyes but his own. and in the evening saw fires lighted on land. The next morn broke off the coast of Aleria. the letter of the Cardinal Spada was singularly circumstantial. without arms to defend himself? Besides. what would the sailors say? What would the patron think? He must wait. without making much noise. The next morning going on deck.Chapter 22 259 and land it on the shores of Corsica. from one end to the other. They sailed. It was the Island of Monte Cristo. for a ship's lantern was hung up at the mast−head instead of the streamer. Dantes noticed that the captain of The Young Amelia had. can throw a four ounce ball a . and Edmond saw the island tinged with the shades of twilight. the position of these was no doubt a signal for landing. and Dantes repeated it to himself. for he.

" He had. where they intended to take in a cargo. for they were rude lessons which taught him with what eye he could view danger. and the five boats worked so well that by two o'clock in the morning all the cargo was out of The Young Amelia and on terra firma. This world was not then so good as Doctor Pangloss believed it. his heart was in a fair way of petrifying in his bosom. the profits were divided. moreover. such a man of regularity was the patron of The Young Amelia. and rushing towards him raised him up. They turned the bowsprit towards Sardinia. since this man. and was moving towards the end he wished to achieve. and. lowered her own shallop into the sea. in acknowledgement of the compliment. and Malaga wines. and with what endurance he could bear suffering. The second operation was as successful as the first. or about eighty francs. There they had a bit of a skirmish in getting rid of the duties. sherry. Four shallops came off with very little noise alongside the lugger. the excise was. He had contemplated danger with a smile. and everything proceeded with the utmost smoothness and politeness. a ball having touched him in the left shoulder. seeing him fall. no doubt. Jacopo. which. A customs officer was laid low. This new cargo was destined for the coast of the Duchy of Lucca. thou art not an evil. neither was it so wicked as Dantes thought it. in truth. who had nothing to . looked upon the customs officer wounded to death. Dantes was on the way he desired to follow. and then attended to him with all the kindness of a devoted comrade. The same night. and consisted almost entirely of Havana cigars.Chapter 22 260 thousand paces or so. Dantes was almost glad of this affray. and two sailors wounded. and almost pleased at being wounded. and when wounded had exclaimed with the great philosopher. whether from heat of blood produced by the encounter. had believed him killed. the everlasting enemy of the patron of The Young Amelia. and each man had a hundred Tuscan livres. which was to replace what had been discharged. or the chill of human sentiment. But the voyage was not ended. The Young Amelia was in luck. Dantes was one of the latter. But on this occasion the precaution was superfluous. "Pain. this sight had made but slight impression upon him.

became the instructor of Jacopo. Bonaparte. Edmond then resolved to try Jacopo. and learned all the Masonic signs by which these half pirates recognize each other. the wound soon closed. but not once had he found an opportunity of landing there. who instinctively felt that Edmond had a right to superiority of position −− a superiority which Edmond had concealed from all others. Then in the long days on board ship. But this sufficed for Jacopo. Edmond. Fortunately. He pointed out to him the bearings of the coast. And from this time the kindness which Edmond showed him was enough for the brave seaman. "What is the use of teaching all these things to a poor sailor like me?" Edmond replied. as the poor Abbe Faria had been his tutor. and offered him in return for his attention a share of his prize−money. as we have said. As a result of the sympathetic devotion which Jacopo had from the first bestowed on Edmond. and sold to the smugglers by the old Sardinian women. He had passed and re−passed his Island of Monte Cristo twenty times. As soon as his engagement with the patron of The Young Amelia ended. he would hire a small vessel on his own account −− for in his several voyages . thanks to the favorable winds that swelled her sails. with a chart in his hand. but Jacopo refused it indignantly. became emperor.Chapter 22 261 expect from his comrade but the inheritance of his share of the prize−money. manifested so much sorrow when he saw him fall. and where God writes in azure with letters of diamonds. required no care but the hand of the helmsman. explained to him the variations of the compass. Two months and a half elapsed in these trips. and Edmond had become as skilful a coaster as he had been a hardy seaman. when the vessel. gliding on with security over the azure sea. And when Jacopo inquired of him. the latter was moved to a certain degree of affection. Edmond was only wounded. He then formed a resolution. and taught him to read in that vast book opened over our heads which they call heaven. "Who knows? You may one day be the captain of a vessel. and with certain herbs gathered at certain seasons. Your fellow−countryman. he had formed an acquaintance with all the smugglers on the coast." We had forgotten to say that Jacopo was a Corsican.

and was very desirous of retaining him in his service. If the venture was successful the profit would be enormous. when the patron. but which antiquity appears to have included in the same category. and then to try and land these goods on the coast of France. he rose to conceal his emotion. and having neither soldiers nor revenue officers. who supplied the whole coast for nearly two hundred leagues in extent. and cashmeres. stuffs of the Levant. where all the languages of the known world were jumbled in a lingua franca. being consulted. connected with a vessel laden with Turkey carpets. The patron of The Young Amelia proposed as a place of landing the Island of Monte Cristo. But in vain did he rack his imagination. fertile as it was. classes of mankind which we in modern times have separated if not made distinct.Chapter 22 262 he had amassed a hundred piastres −− and under some pretext land at the Island of Monte Cristo. Then he would be free to make his researches. But in this world we must risk something. took him by the arm one evening and led him to a tavern on the Via del' Oglio. This time it was a great matter that was under discussion. and seeing all these hardy free−traders. where the leading smugglers of Leghorn used to congregate and discuss affairs connected with their trade. he could not devise any plan for reaching the island without companionship. At the mention of Monte Cristo Dantes started with joy. was of . it had been decided that they should touch at Monte Cristo and set out on the following night. and he was desirous of running no risk whatever. not perhaps entirely at liberty. Dantes was tossed about on these doubts and wishes. Edmond. for he would be doubtless watched by those who accompanied him. he had asked himself what power might not that man attain who should give the impulse of his will to all these contrary and diverging minds. seemed to have been placed in the midst of the ocean since the time of the heathen Olympus by Mercury. When he again joined the two persons who had been discussing the matter. Prison had made Edmond prudent. there would be a gain of fifty or sixty piastres each for the crew. Already Dantes had visited this maritime Bourse two or three times. the god of merchants and robbers. who had great confidence in him. and took a turn around the smoky tavern. which being completely deserted. It was necessary to find some neutral ground on which an exchange could be made.

amazed. and land on the island without incurring any suspicion. and orders were given to get under weigh next night.Chapter 23 263 opinion that the island afforded every possible security. filled his pockets with the radiant gems and then returned to daylight. at length. and with it the . He ascended into grottos paved with emeralds. and was almost as feverish as the night had been. the treasure disappeared. and in vain did he tax his memory for the magic and mysterious word which opened the splendid caverns of Ali Baba to the Arabian fisherman. and the roof glowing with diamond stalactites. with panels of rubies. when be discovered that his prizes had all changed into common pebbles. Pearls fell drop by drop. Nothing then was altered in the plan. as subterranean waters filter in their caves. The night was one of feverish distraction. and now the path became a labyrinth. Thus. and Dantes was then enabled to arrange a plan which had hitherto been vague and unsettled in his brain. Chapter 23 The Island of Monte Cristo. If he closed his eyes. wonderstruck. and in its progress visions good and evil passed through Dantes' mind. wind and weather permitting. but they had suddenly receded. and then the entrance vanished. He then endeavored to re−enter the marvellous grottos. Edmond. but it brought reason to the aid of imagination. All was useless. by one of the unexpected strokes of fortune which sometimes befall those who have for a long time been the victims of an evil destiny. One night more and he would be on his way. he saw Cardinal Spada's letter written on the wall in characters of flame −− if he slept for a moment the wildest dreams haunted his brain. Night came. and that great enterprises to be well done should be done quickly. to make the neutral island by the following day. and. Dantes was about to secure the opportunity he wished for. and had again reverted to the genii from whom for a moment he had hoped to carry it off. The day came at length. by simple and natural means.

the night lighted up by his illusions. About five o'clock in . At seven o'clock in the evening all was ready. Edmond resigned the lugger to the master's care. it was sufficient. This frequently happened. in spite of a sleepless night. frequently experienced an imperious desire for solitude. and as his orders were always clear. but. that he might have bound Edmond to him by a more secure alliance. The old patron did not interfere. as he knew that he should shorten his course by two or three knots. and what solitude is more complete. for he too had recognized the superiority of Dantes over the crew and himself. his comrades obeyed him with celerity and pleasure. with a fresh breeze from the south−east. in the silence of immensity. Dantes ordered the helmsman to put down his helm. or more poetical. and at ten minutes past seven they doubled the lighthouse just as the beacon was kindled. The Island of Monte Cristo loomed large in the horizon. than that of a ship floating in isolation on the sea during the obscurity of the night. in order to leave La Pianosa to starboard. and regretted that he had not a daughter. in which God also lighted up in turn his beacon lights. They were just abreast of Mareciana. the vessel was hurrying on with every sail set. Dantes told them that all hands might turn in. When the patron awoke. and easy of execution. and these preparations served to conceal Dantes' agitation. The sea was calm. and under the eye of heaven? Now this solitude was peopled with his thoughts. and he would take the helm. When the Maltese (for so they called Dantes) had said this. and the silence animated by his anticipations. He saw in the young man his natural successor. distinct. Two hours afterwards he came on deck. He had by degrees assumed such authority over his companions that he was almost like a commander on board. and went and lay down in his hammock. cast from solitude into the world. They were making nearly ten knots an hour. and. they sailed beneath a bright blue sky. and beyond the flat but verdant Island of La Pianosa. as the boat was about to double the Island of Elba. and every sail full with the breeze. and all went to their bunks contentedly.Chapter 23 264 preparation for departure. Dantes. each of which is a world. he could not close his eyes for a moment. was seen against the azure sky. The peak of Monte Cristo reddened by the burning sun.

"What. and everything on it was plainly perceptible. whose whole fortune is staked on one cast of the die. but never touched at it. and from time to time his cheeks flushed. like Lucius Brutus. his brow darkened. The island was familiar to the crew of The Young Amelia. he would. and at ten o'clock they anchored." "I do not know of any grottos. owing to that clearness of the atmosphere peculiar to the light which the rays of the sun cast at its setting. Edmond gazed very earnestly at the mass of rocks which gave out all the variety of twilight colors. but at eleven o'clock the moon rose in the midst of the ocean. "Where shall we pass the night?" he inquired. Dantes could not restrain his impetuosity. "Why. He questioned Jacopo. As to Dantes. are there no grottos at Monte Cristo?" he asked.Chapter 23 265 the evening the island was distinct. experience the anguish which Edmond felt in his paroxysms of hope. he had passed it on his voyage to and from the Levant. have "kissed his mother earth. and had he dared. The cold sweat sprang forth on Dantes' brow. and then. "Should we not do better in the grottos?" "What grottos?" "Why." . He was the first to jump on shore. Never did gamester. "None. and a mist passed over his eyes. Night came. the grottos −− caves of the island. The Young Amelia was first at the rendezvous. whose every wave she silvered." replied the sailor. from the brightest pink to the deepest blue. on board the tartan." It was dark. −− it was one of her regular haunts." played in floods of pale light on the rocky hills of this second Pelion." replied Jacopo. "ascending high. In spite of his usual command over himself.

Then the landing began. his minute observations and evident pre−occupation. had they gone a quarter of a league when. and the glimmerings of gayety seen beneath this cloud were indeed but transitory. but. No one had the slightest suspicion. and cast anchor within a cable's length of shore. Having reached the summit of a rock. It was useless to search at night. he almost feared that he had already said too much. or a desire for solitude. whom Jacopo had rejoined. by Cardinal Spada. and request them to cook it. and when ready to let him know by firing a gun. then he remembered that these caves might have been filled up by some accident. was the bill of fare. fearing if he did so that he might incur distrust. taking a fowling−piece. a thousand feet beneath him. as he worked. a signal made half a league out at sea. and when next day. he begged Jacopo to take it to his comrades. his wish was construed into a love of sport. aroused suspicions. his companions. with a single word. then. The point was. and Dantes did not oppose this. Dantes declared his intention to go and kill some of the wild goats that were seen springing from rock to rock. Besides. . however. indicated that the moment for business had come. he could evoke from all these men. powder. for the sake of greater security. looking from time to time behind and around about him. having killed a kid. and to which The Young Amelia replied by a similar signal. on the shout of joy which. and by his restlessness and continual questions. Scarcely. as regarded this circumstance at least. Dantes reflected. if he gave utterance to the one unchanging thought that pervaded his heart. white and silent as a phantom. The boat that now arrived. he saw. This and some dried fruits and a flask of Monte Pulciano. and shot. assured by the answering signal that all was well. Jacopo insisted on following him. his painful past gave to his countenance an indelible sadness. to discover the hidden entrance. Fortunately. far from disclosing this precious secret. However.Chapter 23 266 For a moment Dantes was speechless. and Dantes therefore delayed all investigation until the morning. and who were all busy preparing the repast which Edmond's skill as a marksman had augmented with a capital dish. soon came in sight. or even stopped up. Dantes went on.

in order that they might serve as a guide for his nephew in the event of a catastrophe. has filled him with boundless desires. as it invests all things of the mind with forgetfulness. following a path worn by a torrent. to go and risk their lives again by endeavoring to gain fifty more. Oh. This solitary place was precisely suited to the requirements of a man desirous of burying treasure. or beneath parasitical lichen. in all human probability. on certain rocks. Might it not have been the cardinal himself who had first traced them. The wise. "that will not be. Time. Only. that I shall. which apparently had been made with some degree of regularity. while limiting the power of man. and probably with a definite purpose. it were better to die than to continue to lead this low and wretched life.Chapter 23 267 Edmond looked at them for a moment with the sad and gentle smile of a man superior to his fellows. seemed to have respected these signs. he thought he could trace. "In two hours' time. no!" exclaimed Edmond. which he could not foresee would have been so complete. who but three months before had no desire but liberty had now not liberty enough. unerring Faria could not be mistaken in this one thing. by a cleft between two walls of rock." Thus Dantes. on compulsion. then they will return with a fortune of six hundred francs. and examining the smallest object with serious attention. Meanwhile. human foot had never before trod. marks made by the hand of man. At this moment hope makes me despise their riches. but in providence. who. Besides. Dantes approached the spot where he supposed the grottos must have existed. and which. might not these betraying marks have attracted other eyes than those ." said he. The cause was not in Dantes. which spread into large bushes laden with blossoms. Keeping along the shore. Occasionally the marks were hidden under tufts of myrtle. and waste this treasure in some city with the pride of sultans and the insolence of nabobs. which encrusts all physical substances with its mossy mantle. Yet perchance to−morrow deception will so act on me. "these persons will depart richer by fifty piastres each. So Edmond had to separate the branches or brush away the moss to know where the guide−marks were. which seem to me contemptible. and panted for wealth. consider such a contemptible possession as the utmost happiness. The sight of marks renewed Edmond fondest hopes.

had got some water from a spring. yet Jacopo reached him first. a feeling of heaviness in his head. that he could not bear to be moved. The sportsman instantly changed his direction. They were hungry. nor did they terminate at any grotto. and severe pains in his loins. and that when they returned he should be easier. They poured a little rum down his throat. They wished to carry him to the shore. but when they touched him. for all loved Edmond in spite of his superiority. and ran quickly towards them. but he insisted that his comrades. and your tars are not very ceremonious. complained of great pain in his knee. although under Jacopo's directions. The sailors did not require much urging. to Edmond. Edmond opened his eyes. and he therefore turned round and retraced his steps.Chapter 23 268 for whom they were made? and had the dark and wondrous island indeed faithfully guarded its precious secret? It seemed. It may be supposed that Dantes did not now think of his dinner. was the only spot to which they seemed to lead. with heavy groans. they saw Edmond springing with the boldness of a chamois from rock to rock. An hour afterwards they . who had not his reasons for fasting. and almost senseless. he declared that he had only need of a little rest. who was hidden from his comrades by the inequalities of the ground. spread out the fruit and bread. He had rolled down a declivity of twelve or fifteen feet. He found Edmond lying prone. As for himself. he declared. and this remedy which had before been so beneficial to him. placed solidly on its base. bleeding. produced the same effect as formerly. Edmond's foot slipped. that at sixty paces from the harbor the marks ceased. however. Meanwhile his comrades had prepared the repast. They all rushed towards him. Edmond concluded that perhaps instead of having reached the end of the route he had only explored its beginning. and they fired the signal agreed upon. should have their meal. and cooked the kid. and they saw him stagger on the edge of a rock and disappear. But even while they watched his daring progress. and the smell of the roasted kid was very savory. Just at the moment when they were taking the dainty animal from the spit. A large round rock.

to kill the kids or defend myself at need. "No. which was rolling on the swell in the little harbor. The old patron. "We cannot leave you here so. We will try and carry him on board the tartan. and it is just that I pay the penalty of my clumsiness. however. although. or even delay in its execution. . We will not go till evening. and balls. and yet we cannot stay. "What are we to do. The patron was so strict that this was the first time they had ever seen him give up an enterprise." This very much astonished the sailors. "No matter. that he would rather die where he was than undergo the agony which the slightest movement cost him. "than suffer the inexpressible agonies which the slightest movement causes me. would be ready for sea when her toilet should be completed. that I may build a shelter if you delay in coming back for me." said the commander. "Well. a gun. "I would rather do so." was Edmond reply. not one opposed it. no. Dantes' pains appeared to increase in violence. powder. Maltese?" asked the captain. All that Edmond had been able to do was to drag himself about a dozen paces forward to lean against a moss−grown rock." said the patron. "He has broken his ribs. Leave me a small supply of biscuit. with sails partly set. but at each effort he fell back. "I was awkward. in a low voice. and a pickaxe. go!" exclaimed Dantes. instead of growing easier. "let what may happen. and we must not leave him." The patron turned towards his vessel. But. urged Dantes to try and rise. and." "Go. Dantes would not allow that any such infraction of regular and proper rules should be made in his favor. moaning and turning pale. who was obliged to sail in the morning in order to land his cargo on the frontiers of Piedmont and France." "But you'll die of hunger. he is an excellent fellow. Edmond made great exertions in order to comply." Dantes declared." he said to the patron.Chapter 23 269 returned. it shall never be said that we deserted a good comrade like you. between Nice and Frejus." said the patron.

If you do not come across one. "Do you go. at least. "and without any hesitation." The patron shook his head." "Why." "You are a good fellow and a kind−hearted messmate. and I hope I shall find among the rocks certain herbs most excellent for bruises. he said with a smile. A day or two of rest will set me up. "to remain with me?" "Yes." said Edmond. Captain Baldi. I will pay twenty−five piastres for my passage back to Leghorn.Chapter 23 270 "We shall be absent at least a week. but not without turning about several times. as if he could not move the rest of his body. "if in two or three days you hail any fishing−boat. "and then we must run out of our course to come here and take you up again. but nothing could shake his determination to remain −− and remain alone. and." "And give up your share of the venture." A peculiar smile passed over Dantes' lips." Then he dragged himself cautiously to the top of a rock. balancing herself as gracefully as a water−fowl ere it takes to the wing. there's one way of settling this. set sail. "and heaven will recompense you for your generous intentions." said Dantes. "Listen. and each time making signs of a cordial farewell. weigh anchor. he squeezed Jacopo's hand warmly. it was impossible for the wounded man to see her any longer from the spot where he was." said the patron. At the end of an hour she was completely out of sight. and I will stay and take care of the wounded man. to which Edmond replied with his hand only. but I do not wish any one to stay with me. return for me." said Jacopo. from which he had a full view of the sea." replied Edmond. Then. took his gun in one . Then Dantes rose more agile and light than the kid among the myrtles and shrubs of these wild rocks. −− "'Tis strange that it should be among such men that we find proofs of friendship and devotion. and thence he saw the tartan complete her preparations for sailing. The smugglers left with Edmond what he had requested and set sail. desire them to come here to me. when they had disappeared." said Jacopo.

nothing human appearing in sight. hidden in the bushes. The first was just disappearing in the straits of Bonifacio. Thousands of grasshoppers. seized his gun. He then looked at the objects near him. and from thence gazed round in every direction. He felt an indescribable sensation somewhat akin to dread −− that dread of the daylight which even in the desert makes us fear we are watched and observed. This sight reassured him. The sun had nearly reached the meridian. or upon the almost imperceptible line that to the experienced eye of a sailor alone revealed the coast of Genoa the proud. and his scorching rays fell full on the rocks. and Leghorn the commercial. guided by the hand of God." he exclaimed. that he gazed. that Edmond fixed his eyes. while the blue ocean beat against the . which seemed themselves sensible of the heat. This feeling was so strong that at the moment when Edmond was about to begin his labor. the island was inhabited.Chapter 24 271 hand. and hastened towards the rock on which the marks he had noted terminated. −− a statue on this vast pedestal of granite. his pickaxe in the other. laid down his pickaxe. chirped with a monotonous and dull note. open sesame!" Chapter 24 The Secret Cave. the leaves of the myrtle and olive trees waved and rustled in the wind. At every step that Edmond took he disturbed the lizards glittering with the hues of the emerald. he stopped. In a word. yet Edmond felt himself alone. which Faria had related to him. afar off he saw the wild goats bounding from crag to crag. the other. remembering the tale of the Arabian fisherman. It was at the brigantine that had left in the morning. "And now. with its historical associations. He saw that he was on the highest point of the island. and the tartan that had just set sail. mounted to the summit of the highest rock. was about to round the Island of Corsica. or on Sardinia. But it was not upon Corsica. "now. or on the Island of Elba. following an opposite direction. the very houses of which he could distinguish.

as we have said. have been lifted to this spot. and . Then he descended with cautious and slow step. myrtle−bushes had taken root. It was this idea that had brought Dantes back to the circular rock. Dantes. A large stone had served as a wedge. and used it as a lever. Dantes went and cut the strongest olive−tree he could find. and grass and weeds had grown there. inserted it in the hole. to be moved by any one man. they have lowered it. flints and pebbles had been inserted around it. in the hands of the Abbe Faria. and the old rock seemed fixed to the earth. After ten minutes' labor the wall gave way. which was hidden like the bath of some ancient nymph. anxious not to be watched. he thought that the Cardinal Spada. concealed his little barque. or fancied he detected. and the rock had slid along this until it stopped at the spot it now occupied. had traced the marks along the rocks. and too firmly wedged.Chapter 24 272 base of the island. so as to conceal the orifice. One thing only perplexed Edmond. followed the line marked by the notches in the rock. and detected. and a hole large enough to insert the arm was opened. This creek was sufficiently wide at its mouth. had entered the creek. without the aid of many men? Suddenly an idea flashed across his mind. and he had noticed that they led to a small creek. and at the end of it had buried his treasure. and destroyed his theory. He attacked this wall. to admit of the entrance of a small vessel of the lugger class. How could this rock. thought he. and covered it with a fringe of foam. had been so skilfully used to guide him through the Daedalian labyrinth of probabilities. Dantes saw that he must attack the wedge. Instead of raising it. the ingenious artifice. which would be perfectly concealed from observation. which weighed several tons. Then following the clew that. But how? He cast his eyes around. Dantes dug away the earth carefully. with his pickaxe. He soon perceived that a slope had been formed. stripped off its branches. And he sprang from the rock in order to inspect the base on which it had formerly stood. were he Hercules himself. moss had clung to the stones. for he dreaded lest an accident similar to that he had so adroitly feigned should happen in reality. But the rock was too heavy. cemented by the hand of time. and deep in the centre. this species of masonry had been covered with earth.

placed his lever in one of the crevices. tottered on its base. already shaken by the explosion. leaned towards the sea. then. rolled over. the infernal invention would serve him for this purpose. The rock yielded. rolled himself along in darkening coils. and. and disappeared. the . On the spot it had occupied was a circular space. Dantes turned pale. I am accustomed to adversity. which now. "Come. and a huge snake. hesitated. and his sight became so dim. the flag−stone yielded. or if he did. like the guardian demon of the treasure. He lighted it and retired. With the aid of his pickaxe. Faria has dreamed this. filled it with powder. "be a man. the Cardinal Spada buried no treasure here. the upper rock was lifted from its base by the terrific force of the powder. he seemed like one of the ancient Titans. Dantes. Dantes redoubled his efforts. and finally disappeared in the ocean. The intrepid treasure−seeker walked round it. it sees all its illusions destroyed. Caesar Borgia. This feeling lasted but for a moment. bounded from point to point. the lower one flew into pieces. Dantes uttered a cry of joy and surprise. selecting the spot from whence it appeared most susceptible to attack. never had a first attempt been crowned with more perfect success. The explosion soon followed." said he to himself. What. I must not be cast down by the discovery that I have been deceived. He would fain have continued. perhaps he never came here. who uprooted the mountains to hurl against the father of the gods. and strained every nerve to move the mass. would be the use of all I have suffered? The heart breaks when. exposing an iron ring let into a square flag−stone. The rock. Edmond inserted his lever in the ring and exerted all his strength. Dantes approached the upper rock. then made a match by rolling his handkerchief in saltpetre.Chapter 24 273 saw the horn full of powder which his friend Jacopo had left him. He smiled. and disclosed steps that descended until they were lost in the obscurity of a subterraneous grotto. Any one else would have rushed on with a cry of joy. without any support. but his knees trembled. after the manner of a labor−saving pioneer. that he was forced to pause. and reflected. and his heart beat so violently. after having been elated by flattering hopes. thousands of insects escaped from the aperture Dantes had previously formed. dug a mine between the upper rock and the one that supported it.

has followed him. as well as the air." And he remained again motionless and thoughtful. but by the interstices and crevices of the rock which were visible from without." Then he descended." He remained motionless and pensive. "of those who buried Alaric. This fabulous event formed but a link in a long chain of marvels. "Now that I expect nothing. now that I no longer entertain the slightest hopes. a sword in the other. not merely by the aperture he had just formed. he who compared Italy to an artichoke." replied he. which he could devour leaf by leaf. a torch in one hand. the end of this adventure becomes simply a matter of curiosity. discovered his traces. dispelling the darkness before his awe−inspiring progress. a smile on his lips. and Borgia. while their master descended. his eyes fixed on the gloomy aperture that was open at his feet. the atmosphere of which was rather warm than damp. as I am about to descend. . smiling. Dantes saw a dim and bluish light. Dantes' eye. raised the stone. and descending before me. had he come. and through which he could distinguish the blue sky and the waving branches of the evergreen oaks. which." thought Dantes. "Perhaps!" But instead of the darkness. pursued them as I have done. at the foot of this rock. knew too well the value of time to waste it in replacing this rock. perhaps two guards kept watch on land and sea. After having stood a few minutes in the cavern. I will go down. "he would have found the treasure. has left me nothing. the stealthy and indefatigable plunderer. Borgia has been here.Chapter 24 274 intrepid adventurer. entered. and the tendrils of the creepers that grew from the rocks. this is an adventure worthy a place in the varied career of that royal bandit. Yes. and murmuring that last word of human philosophy. and the thick and mephitic atmosphere he had expected to find. "The fate. "Yes." "Yet. and within twenty paces." "But what was the fate of the guards who thus possessed his secret?" asked Dantes of himself. yes.

pieces of stucco similar to that used in the ground work of arabesques broke off. and with greater force. and sounded one part of the wall where he fancied the opening existed. instead of giving him fresh strength. As he struck the wall. as an excuse. knew the value of time. which he knew by heart. he. and finding nothing that appeared suspicious. and the good abbe. a desire to be assured that no one was watching him." said the cardinal's will. struck the earth with the butt of his gun. passed his hand over his brow. or rather fell. "Alas. and painted to imitate granite. alleging to himself. masked for precaution's sake. Then a singular thing occurred. in all probability. he examined the stones. smiling. returned to that part of the wall whence issued the consoling sound he had before heard. But by some strange play of emotion. He again struck it. which entered someway between the interstices. Dantes struck with the sharp end of his pickaxe. but in reality because he felt that he was about to faint. deprived him of it. "In the farthest angle of the second opening. The . seeing in a dream these glittering walls. he eagerly advanced. like Caesar Borgia. he had now to seek the second. he placed it on the ground. and a feeling of discouragement stole over him. the pickaxe descended. The pickaxe struck for a moment with a dull sound that drew out of Dantes' forehead large drops of perspiration. had not been deceived became stronger. and. and remounted the stairs. and fell to the ground in flakes.Chapter 24 275 habituated as it was to darkness. then this stucco had been applied. could pierce even to the remotest angles of the cavern." said Edmond. the opening must be. so did his heart give way. has indulged in fallacious hopes. However. saw that there. which was of granite that sparkled like diamonds. "these are the treasures the cardinal has left. The aperture of the rock had been closed with stones. This last proof. exposing a large white stone." But he called to mind the words of the will. He had only found the first grotto. He reflected that this second grotto must penetrate deeper into the island. he sounded all the other walls with his pickaxe. Dantes continued his search. At last it seemed to him that one part of the wall gave forth a more hollow and deeper echo. in order to avoid fruitless toil. in proportion as the proofs that Faria. It was there he must dig. and with the quickness of perception that no one but a prisoner possesses.

"It is a casket of wood bound with iron. sprang through the opening. a few small fishing boats studded the bosom of the blue ocean. The aperture was already sufficiently large for him to enter. He had nothing more to do now. after renewed hesitation. never did alarm−bell. At this moment a shadow passed rapidly before the opening. he seized it. and covered with stucco. attacked the ground with the pickaxe. The second grotto was lower and more gloomy than the first. This would have been a favorable occasion to secure his dinner. and fall at his feet. He glanced around this second grotto. Dantes entered the second grotto. he inserted the point of his pickaxe. but he thought not of hunger at such a moment. Never did funeral knell. and encountered the same resistance. was buried in this corner. Dantes seized his gun. two feet of earth removed. and summoning all his resolution. Had Dantes found nothing he could not have become more ghastly pale. A wild goat had passed before the mouth of the cave. but by waiting. like the first. was now like a feather in his grasp. After several blows he perceived that the stones were not cemented. and attacked the wall. but not the same sound. it was. He waited in order to allow pure air to displace the foul atmosphere. but Dantes feared lest the report of his gun should attract attention. and Dantes' fate would be decided. . Dantes had tasted nothing.Chapter 24 276 island was deserted. He again struck his pickaxe into the earth. produce a greater effect on the hearer. with joy soon saw the stone turn as if on hinges. he hastily swallowed a few drops of rum. and the sun seemed to cover it with its fiery glance. but had been merely placed one upon the other. The time had at length arrived. and again entered the cavern. But to Dantes' eye there was no darkness. if it existed. The treasure. afar off. At last. and was feeding at a little distance. The pickaxe that had seemed so heavy." thought he. and using the handle as a lever. and retard the certainty of deception. At the fifth or sixth blow the pickaxe struck against an iron substance. empty. At the left of the opening was a dark and deep angle. the air that could only enter by the newly formed opening had the mephitic smell Dantes was surprised not to find in the outer cavern. he could still cling to hope. but with the iron tooth of the pickaxe to draw the stones towards him one by one. and then went on. and mounted the stair. He advanced towards the angle.

He was alone −− alone with these countless. and the two handles at each end. it was impossible. and Dantes could see an oaken coffer. After having touched. on an oval shield. and now. pale. Three compartments divided the coffer. bound with cut steel. Edmond grasped handfuls of diamonds. were ranged bars of unpolished gold. lighted it at the fire at which the smugglers had prepared their breakfast. a sword. He then closed his eyes as children do in order that they may see in the resplendent night of their own imagination more stars than are visible in the firmament. still holding in their grasp fragments of the wood. Dantes easily recognized them. like all the Italian armorial bearings. these unheard−of treasures! was he awake. pearls.Chapter 24 277 He thought a moment. with the aid of the torch. then he re−opened them. in the second. felt. and he saw successively the lock. in the middle of the lid he saw engraved on a silver plate. Dantes seized the handles.. Dantes inserted the sharp end of the pickaxe between the coffer and the lid. Edmond rushed through the caverns like a man seized with frenzy. The hinges yielded in their turn and fell. sounded like hail against glass. He approached the hole he had dug. in the third. he leaped on a rock. which was still untarnished. and descended with this torch. Faria had so often drawn them for him. and surmounted by a cardinal's hat. when art rendered the commonest metals precious. blazed piles of golden coin. as they fell on one another. and stood motionless with amazement. In the first. placed between two padlocks. lock and padlock were fastened. saw that his pickaxe had in reality struck against iron and wood. and strove to lift the coffer. examined these treasures. and the chest was open. or . these faithful guardians seemed unwilling to surrender their trust. and pressing with all his force on the handle. There was no longer any doubt: the treasure was there −− no one would have been at such pains to conceal an empty casket. from whence he could behold the sea. cut a branch of a resinous tree. and rubies. all carved as things were carved at that epoch. burst open the fastenings. In an instant a space three feet long by two feet broad was cleared. He planted his torch in the ground and resumed his labor. the arms of the Spada family −− viz. He sought to open it. He wished to see everything. which. In an instant he had cleared every obstacle away. which possessed nothing attractive save their value. Edmond was seized with vertigo. he cocked his gun and laid it beside him.

then he returned. for which Dantes had so eagerly and impatiently waited with open eyes. This time he fell on his knees. for only now did he begin to realize his felicity. but it wore the . Day. and bearing the effigies of Alexander VI. He then set himself to work to count his fortune. and fearing to be surprised in the cavern. lying over the mouth of the cave. There were a thousand ingots of gold. and strained his view to catch every peculiarity of the landscape. mounted by the most famous workmen. He soon became calmer and more happy. Again he climbed the rocky height he had ascended the previous evening. and yet he had not strength enough. It was a night of joy and terror. each worth about eighty francs of our money. still unable to believe the evidence of his senses. A piece of biscuit and a small quantity of rum formed his supper. many of which. and. and he saw that the complement was not half empty. left it. and then rushed madly about the rocks of Monte Cristo. his gun in his hand. uttered a prayer intelligible to God alone. and other gems. Dantes saw the light gradually disappear. and he snatched a few hours' sleep. were valuable beyond their intrinsic worth. diamonds. rushed into the grotto. and. terrifying the wild goats and scaring the sea−fowls with his wild cries and gestures. then he piled up twenty−five thousand crowns.Chapter 25 278 was it but a dream? He would fain have gazed upon his gold. And he measured ten double handfuls of pearls. and found himself before this mine of gold and jewels. clasping his hands convulsively. Chapter 25 The Unknown. such as this man of stupendous emotions had already experienced twice or thrice in his lifetime. and his predecessors. for an instant he leaned his head in his hands as if to prevent his senses from leaving him. again dawned. With the first light Dantes resumed his search. each weighing from two to three pounds.

quitting the grotto. he impatiently awaited the return of his companions. and to assume the rank. then carefully watering these new plantations. night came on. sprinkled fresh sand over the spot from which it had been taken. and so elude all further pursuit. which yearned to return to dwell among mankind. the trip had been sufficiently successful to satisfy all concerned. leaving the approach to the cavern as savage−looking and untrodden as he had found it. From a distance Dantes recognized the rig and handling of The Young Amelia. he replaced the stone. and then carefully trod down the earth to give it everywhere a uniform appearance. when they could but lament the absence of Dantes. barren aspect when seen by the rays of the morning sun which it had done when surveyed by the fading glimmer of eve. he scrupulously effaced every trace of footsteps. he met his companions with an assurance that. and enabled them to double the Cape of Corsica. while the crew. and influence which are always accorded to wealth −− that first and greatest of all the forces within the grasp of man. into which he deftly inserted rapidly growing plants. although successful in landing their cargo in safety. heaping on it broken masses of rocks and rough fragments of crumbling granite. the smugglers returned. expressed great regrets that Dantes had not been an equal sharer with . and particularly Jacopo. he still suffered acutely from his late accident. power. This done. This obliged them to make all the speed they could to evade the enemy. put the box together as well and securely as he could. He then inquired how they had fared in their trip. he lifted the stone. then. however. To this question the smugglers replied that. although considerably better than when they quitted him. Descending into the grotto. In fact. whose superior skill in the management of a vessel would have availed them so materially.Chapter 25 279 same wild. and dragging himself with affected difficulty towards the landing−place. filled his pockets with gems. fortunately. Upon the whole. On the sixth day. they had scarcely done so when they received intelligence that a guard−ship had just quitted the port of Toulon and was crowding all sail towards them. filling the interstices with earth. such as the wild myrtle and flowering thorn. the pursuing vessel had almost overtaken them when. To wait at Monte Cristo for the purpose of watching like a dragon over the almost incalculable riches that had thus fallen into his possession satisfied not the cravings of his heart.

which amounted to no less a sum than fifty piastres each. he embarked that same evening. The term for which Edmond had engaged to serve on board The Young Amelia having expired. whose sole heir he was. to whom he disposed of four of his smallest diamonds for five thousand francs each. and also a young woman called Mercedes. with directions from Dantes to join him at the Island of Monte Cristo. upon condition that he would go at once to Marseilles for the purpose of inquiring after an old man named Louis Dantes. not suffering the faintest indication of a smile to escape him at the enumeration of all the benefits he would have reaped had he been able to quit the island. residing in the Allees de Meillan. . but as The Young Amelia had merely come to Monte Cristo to fetch him away. but the cunning purchaser asked no troublesome questions concerning a bargain by which he gained a round profit of at least eighty per cent. who at first tried all his powers of persuasion to induce him to remain as one of the crew. which Dantes hastened to account for by saying that he had merely been a sailor from whim and a desire to spite his family. he ceased to importune him further. Jacopo could scarcely believe his senses at receiving this magnificent present.Chapter 25 280 themselves in the profits. left him by an uncle. but having been told the history of the legacy. Edmond preserved the most admirable self−command. who did not allow him as much money as he liked to spend. a dealer in precious stones. that he might provide himself with a suitable crew and other requisites for his outfit. The superior education of Dantes gave an air of such extreme probability to this statement that it never once occurred to Jacopo to doubt its accuracy. Dantes took leave of the captain. but that on his arrival at Leghorn he had come into possession of a large fortune. Arrived at Leghorn. The following day Dantes presented Jacopo with an entirely new vessel. he repaired to the house of a Jew. Dantes half feared that such valuable jewels in the hands of a poor sailor like himself might excite suspicion. and proceeded with the captain to Leghorn. an inhabitant of the Catalan village. The following morning Jacopo set sail for Marseilles. accompanying the gift by a donation of one hundred piastres.

offering sixty thousand francs. A bargain was therefore struck. Dantes proceeded to make his final adieus on board The Young Amelia. the only thing the builder could oblige him in would be to contrive a sort of secret closet in the cabin at his bed's head. who. so constructed as to be concealed from all but himself. The delighted builder then offered his services in providing a suitable crew for the little vessel. and expressions of cordial interest in all that concerned him. was desirous of possessing a specimen of their skill. but this Dantes declined with many thanks. To the captain he promised to write when he had made up his mind as to his future plans. At the moment of his arrival a small yacht was under trial in the bay. Dantes. struck with the beauty and capability of the little vessel. The following day Dantes sailed with his yacht from Genoa. distributing so liberal a gratuity among her crew as to secure for him the good wishes of all. the more so as the person for whom the yacht was intended had gone upon a tour through Switzerland. saying he was accustomed to cruise about quite alone. the closet to contain three divisions. under the inspection of an immense crowd drawn together by curiosity to see the rich . and promised to have these secret places completed by the next day.Chapter 25 281 Having seen Jacopo fairly out of the harbor. having heard that the Genoese excelled all other builders along the shores of the Mediterranean in the construction of fast−sailing vessels. retired with the latter for a few minutes to a small back parlor. and upon their return the Jew counted out to the shipbuilder the sum of sixty thousand francs in bright gold pieces. upon condition that he should be allowed to take immediate possession. the price agreed upon between the Englishman and the Genoese builder was forty thousand francs. The proposal was too advantageous to be refused. this yacht had been built by order of an Englishman. and was not expected back in less than three weeks or a month. applied to its owner to transfer it to him. Dantes furnishing the dimensions and plan in accordance with which they were to be constructed. Then Dantes departed for Genoa. by which time the builder reckoned upon being able to complete another. The builder cheerfully undertook the commission. Dantes led the owner of the yacht to the dwelling of a Jew. and his principal pleasure consisted in managing his yacht himself.

he recognized it as the boat he had given to Jacopo. A week passed by. and at Monte Cristo he arrived at the close of the second day. seemed to be animated with almost human intelligence. Dantes employed it in manoeuvring his yacht round the island. The island was utterly deserted. But their wonder was soon changed to admiration at seeing the perfect skill with which Dantes handled the helm. and Mercedes had disappeared. The boat. his boat had proved herself a first−class sailer. Dantes had carefully noted the general appearance of the shore. they then turned their conjectures upon her probable destination. . but. indeed. His signal was returned. and had come the distance from Genoa in thirty−five hours. As it drew near. Dantes listened to these melancholy tidings with outward calmness. while Africa was positively reported by many persons as her intended course. his treasure was just as he had left it. instead of landing at the usual place. others the Island of Elba. and Dantes required but a short trial of his beautiful craft to acknowledge that the Genoese had not without reason attained their high reputation in the art of shipbuilding. studying it as a skilful horseman would the animal he destined for some important service. A mournful answer awaited each of Edmond's eager inquiries as to the information Jacopo had obtained. and bore no evidence of having been visited since he went away. the latter to remedy. and ere nightfall the whole of his immense wealth was safely deposited in the compartments of the secret locker. He immediately signalled it. Yet thither it was that Dantes guided his vessel. Some insisted she was making for Corsica. but no one thought of Monte Cristo. Early on the following morning he commenced the removal of his riches. and in two hours afterwards the newcomer lay at anchor beside the yacht. bets were offered to any amount that she was bound for Spain. and. so promptly did it obey the slightest touch. Old Dantes was dead. till at the end of that time he was perfectly conversant with its good and bad qualities. he dropped anchor in the little creek. The spectators followed the little vessel with their eyes as long as it remained visible.Chapter 25 282 Spanish nobleman who preferred managing his own yacht. Upon the eighth day he discerned a small vessel under full sail approaching Monte Cristo. The former Dantes proposed to augment.

he had now the means of adopting any disguise he thought proper. but with that perfect self−possession he had acquired during his acquaintance with Faria. but he knew not how to account for the mysterious disappearance of Mercedes. moreover. and anchored exactly opposite the spot from whence. Without divulging his secret. other particulars he was desirous of ascertaining. that he ran no risk of recognition. and as this gave him a standing which a French passport would not have afforded. In a couple of hours he returned. Dantes coolly presented an English passport he had obtained from Leghorn.Chapter 25 283 leaping lightly ashore. For his father's death he was in some manner prepared. Dantes proceeded onwards. on the never−to−be−forgotten night of his departure for the Chateau d'If. The first person to attract the attention of Dantes. Going straight towards him. There were. was one of the crew belonging to the Pharaon. he had been put on board the boat destined to convey him thither. Still Dantes could not view without a shudder the approach of a gendarme who accompanied the officers deputed to demand his bill of health ere the yacht was permitted to hold communication with the shore. he propounded a variety of questions on different subjects. then. His looking−glass had assured him. and those were of a nature he alone could investigate in a manner satisfactory to himself. his yacht. and he gave orders that she should be steered direct to Marseilles. Two of the men from Jacopo's boat came on board the yacht to assist in navigating it. carefully watching the man's countenance as he did so. during his stay at Leghorn. but not a word or look implied that he had the slightest idea of ever having seen before the person with whom he was then conversing. he signified his desire to be quite alone. Dantes could not give sufficiently clear instructions to an agent. One fine morning. boldly entered the port of Marseilles. Giving the sailor a piece of money in return for his civility. Edmond welcomed the meeting with this fellow −− who had been one of his own sailors −− as a sure means of testing the extent of the change which time had worked in his own appearance. followed by the little fishing−boat. besides. but ere he had gone many steps he . he was informed that there existed no obstacle to his immediate debarkation. as he landed on the Canebiere.

" was his comment. in despite of the oft−repeated assurance of the concierge that they were occupied." said the honest fellow. I see that I have made a trifling mistake. that he passed but seemed filled with dear and cherished memories. in almost breathless haste. his first and most indelible recollections were there. Dantes succeeded in inducing the man to go up to the tenants. his heart beat almost to bursting. Dantes." So extreme was the surprise of the sailor. sir. The nasturtiums and other plants. which his father had delighted to train before his window. that you may drink to my health. and had he not clung for support to one of the trees. not a tree. not a street. but by way of rewarding your honesty I give you another double Napoleon. whose receding figure he continued to gaze after in speechless astonishment. Recovering himself. and ask permission for a gentleman to be allowed to look at them. so pregnant with fond and filial remembrances. Each step he trod oppressed his heart with fresh emotion. he would inevitably have fallen to the ground and been crushed beneath the many vehicles continually passing there. and be able to ask your messmates to join you." "Thank you. that. Though answered in the negative. . my good friend. and asked whether there were any rooms to be let. Leaning against the tree. At this spot. And thus he proceeded onwards till he arrived at the end of the Rue de Noailles. you intended to give me a two−franc piece. that he was unable even to thank Edmond. a mist floated over his sight. "I beg your pardon.Chapter 25 284 heard the man loudly calling him to stop. meanwhile. you gave me a double Napoleon. had all disappeared from the upper part of the house. and see. he gazed thoughtfully for a time at the upper stories of the shabby little house. Dantes instantly turned to meet him. as you say. however. "but I believe you made a mistake. he begged so earnestly to be permitted to visit those on the fifth floor. he wiped the perspiration from his brows. "Some nabob from India. and stopped not again till he found himself at the door of the house in which his father had lived. went on his way. from whence a full view of the Allees de Meillan was obtained. Then he advanced to the door. his knees tottered under him.

without the least augmentation of rent. but they felt the sacredness of his grief. reiterating their hope that he would come again whenever he pleased. the eyes of Edmond were suffused in tears as he reflected that on that spot the old man had breathed his last.. Nothing in the two small chambers forming the apartments remained as it had been in the time of the elder Dantes. the four walls alone remained as he had left them. and wondered to see the large tears silently chasing each other down his otherwise stern and immovable features. while the articles of antiquated furniture with which the rooms had been filled in Edmond's time had all disappeared. that the new landlord gave them their choice of any of the rooms in the house.Chapter 25 285 The tenants of the humble lodging were a young couple who had been scarcely married a week. Dantes sighed heavily. and. it would unhesitatingly have been given. etc. he paused to inquire whether Caderousse the tailor still dwelt there. under the name of Lord Wilmore (the name and title inscribed on his passport). but had its owner asked half a million. purchased the small dwelling for the sum of twenty−five thousand francs. that the person in question had got into difficulties. Having obtained the address of the person to whom the house in the Allees de Meillan belonged. The bed belonging to the present occupants was placed as the former owner of the chamber had been accustomed to have his. while. with instinctive delicacy. The very same day the occupants of the apartments on the fifth floor of the house. at least ten thousand more than it was worth. and seeing them. they both accompanied him downstairs. Dantes next proceeded thither. upon condition of their giving instant possession of the two small chambers they at present inhabited. and kindly refrained from questioning him as to its cause. they left him to indulge his sorrow alone. . for reply. vainly calling for his son. As Edmond passed the door on the fourth floor. but he received. and at the present time kept a small inn on the route from Bellegarde to Beaucaire. and assuring him that their poor dwelling would ever be open to him. in spite of his efforts to prevent it. and. now become the property of Dantes. were duly informed by the notary who had arranged the necessary transfer of deeds. The young couple gazed with astonishment at the sight of their visitor's emotion. When he withdrew from the scene of his painful recollections. the very paper was different.

lone and solitary. none of which was anywhere near the truth. consisting of a small plot of ground. This modern place of entertainment stood on the left−hand side of the post road. from the front of which hung. a sheet of tin covered with a grotesque representation of the Pont du Gard. creaking and flapping in the wind. leave Marseilles by the Porte d'Aix. and backed upon the Rhone. A few dingy olives and stunted fig−trees struggled hard for existence. and eschalots. merely give some orders to a sailor. Between these sickly shrubs grew a scanty supply of garlic. like a forgotten sentinel. But on the following day the family from whom all these particulars had been asked received a handsome present. and to pass more than an hour in inquiring after persons who had either been dead or gone away for more than fifteen or sixteen years. was the knowledge that the same stranger who had in the morning visited the Allees de Meillan had been seen in the evening walking in the little village of the Catalans. and set all conjecture at defiance. a tall pine raised its melancholy head in one of the corners of this . upon quitting the hut. and a multitude of theories were afloat. and then springing lightly on horseback. consisting of an entirely new fishing−boat. Chapter 26 The Pont du Gard Inn. −− a little nearer to the former than to the latter. on the side opposite to the main entrance reserved for the reception of guests. Such of my readers as have made a pedestrian excursion to the south of France may perchance have noticed. with two seines and a tender. but they had seen him. and afterwards observed to enter a poor fisherman's hut. while. about midway between the town of Beaucaire and the village of Bellegarde. −− a small roadside inn. But what raised public astonishment to a climax. but their withered dusty foliage abundantly proved how unequal was the conflict. tomatoes.Chapter 26 286 This strange event aroused great wonder and curiosity in the neighborhood of the Allees de Meillan. It also boasted of what in Languedoc is styled a garden. The delighted recipients of these munificent gifts would gladly have poured out their thanks to their generous benefactor.

not a hundred steps from the inn. of which we have given a brief but faithful description. sparkling. And. This man was our old acquaintance. a perfect specimen of the natives of those southern latitudes. Born in the .Chapter 26 287 unattractive spot. Gaspard Caderousse. with two servants. tall. His naturally dark complexion had assumed a still further shade of brown from the habit the unfortunate man had acquired of stationing himself from morning till eve at the threshold of his door. His wife. on the contrary. The inn−keeper himself was a man of from forty to fifty−five years of age. which regaled the passers by through this Egyptian scene with its strident. it was situated between the Rhone from which it had its source and the post−road it had depleted. and a hostler called Pecaud. like his beard. exposed to the meridional rays of a burning sun. hooked nose. day after day. In the surrounding plain. after the manner of the Spanish muleteers. whose utter ruin it was fast accomplishing. yet there he stood. for a canal between Beaucaire and Aiguemortes had revolutionized transportation by substituting boats for the cart and the stagecoach. and in spite of his age but slightly interspersed with a few silvery threads. the effect. and displayed its flexible stem and fan−shaped summit dried and cracked by the fierce heat of the sub−tropical sun. strong. which he wore under his chin. with no other protection for his head than a red handkerchief twisted around it. monotonous note. was thick and curly. his hair. and teeth white as those of a carnivorous animal. and deep−set eyes. as though to add to the daily misery which this prosperous canal inflicted on the unfortunate inn−keeper. whose maiden name had been Madeleine Radelle. meagre. he had dark. of a curious desire on the part of the agriculturists of the country to see whether such a thing as the raising of grain in those parched regions was practicable. which more resembled a dusty lake than solid ground. Each stalk served as a perch for a grasshopper. −− a chambermaid named Trinette. For about seven or eight years the little tavern had been kept by a man and his wife. and sickly−looking. and bony. was pale. This small staff was quite equal to all the requirements. no doubt. on the lookout for guests who seldom came. were scattered a few miserable stalks of wheat.

necklaces. Still. La Carconte. vain. to all of which her husband would calmly return an unvarying reply. which. bearing equal resemblance to the style adopted both by the Catalans and Andalusians. but fond of external show. his rude gutteral language would not have enabled him to pronounce. not a festivity took place without himself and wife being among the spectators." The sobriquet of La Carconte had been bestowed on Madeleine Radelle from the fact that she had been born in a village. and addicted to display. in these philosophic words: −− "Hush. and the daily infliction of his peevish partner's murmurs and lamentations. parti−colored scarfs. while her husband kept his daily watch at the door −− a duty he performed with so much the greater willingness. During the days of his prosperity. But. He dressed in the picturesque costume worn upon grand occasions by the inhabitants of the south of France. shivering in her chair. a mode of attire borrowed equally from Greece and Arabia.Chapter 26 288 neighborhood of Arles. as it saved him the necessity of listening to the endless plaints and murmurs of his helpmate. It is God's pleasure that things should be so. or stretched languid and feeble on her bed. situated between Salon and Lambesc. She remained nearly always in her second−floor chamber. her husband had bestowed on her the name of La Carconte in place of her sweet and euphonious name of Madeleine. watch−chains. . who never saw him without breaking out into bitter invectives against fate. so called. she had shared in the beauty for which its women are proverbial. and as a custom existed among the inhabitants of that part of France where Caderousse lived of styling every person by some particular and distinctive appellation. by degrees. while La Carconte displayed the charming fashion prevalent among the women of Arles. Like other dwellers in the south. he was a man of sober habits and moderate desires. but that beauty had gradually withered beneath the devastating influence of the slow fever so prevalent among dwellers by the ponds of Aiguemortes and the marshes of Camargue. the unfortunate inn−keeper did not writhe under the double misery of seeing the hateful canal carry off his customers and his profits. in all probability. let it not be supposed that amid this affected resignation to the will of Providence.

all disappeared. he would easily have perceived that it consisted of a man and horse. the horse stopped. spite of the ardent rays of a noonday sun. the pair came on with a fair degree of rapidity. Having arrived before the Pont du Gard. endeavoring to turn up some grain or insect suited to their palate −− to the deserted road. but whether for his own pleasure or that of his rider would have been difficult to say. that no one in his senses could have imagined that any traveller. dressed in black. had given up any further participation in the pomps and vanities. between whom the kindest and most amiable understanding appeared to exist. elegantly worked stockings. striped gaiters. meagre trees. the road on which he so eagerly strained his sight was void and lonely as a desert at mid−day. velvet vests. and. then. when he was aroused by the shrill voice of his wife. to set the entrance door wide open.Chapter 26 289 embroidered bodices. His rider was a priest. both for himself and wife. . had Caderousse but retained his post a few minutes longer. he mounted to her chamber. and silver buckles for the shoes. although a bitter feeling of envious discontent filled his mind as the sound of mirth and merry music from the joyous revellers reached even the miserable hostelry to which he still clung. he might have caught a dim outline of something approaching from the direction of Bellegarde. at liberty to regulate his hours for journeying. and Gaspard Caderousse. as an invitation to any chance traveller who might be passing. at his place of observation before the door. The horse was of Hungarian breed. and wearing a three−cornered hat. would choose to expose himself in such a formidable Sahara. as the moving object drew nearer. as usual. altogether presenting so uninviting an appearance. which led away to the north and south. his eyes glancing listlessly from a piece of closely shaven grass −− on which some fowls were industriously. first taking care. more for the shelter than the profit it afforded. though fruitlessly. Caderousse. unable to appear abroad in his pristine splendor. and ambled along at an easy pace. was. There it lay stretching out into one interminable line of dust and sand. Nevertheless. and grumbling to himself as he went. however. At the moment Caderousse quitted his sentry−like watch before the door. with its sides bordered by tall.

mine host of the Pont du Gard besought his guest to enter. most welcome!" repeated the astonished Caderousse. with many bows and courteous smiles. Availing himself of a handle that projected from a half−fallen door. "You are welcome." ." Then perceiving for the first time the garb of the traveller he had to entertain. snarling and displaying his sharp white teeth with a determined hostility that abundantly proved how little he was accustomed to society. from his pocket. advancing to the door. sir. At this unusual sound." cried he. At that moment a heavy footstep was heard descending the wooden staircase that led from the upper floor. "will you be quiet? Pray don't heed him. and therefore said. sir. wiped away the perspiration that streamed from his brow. I make no doubt a glass of good wine would be acceptable this dreadfully hot day. Caderousse hastily exclaimed: "A thousand pardons! I really did not observe whom I had the honor to receive under my poor roof. a huge black dog came rushing to meet the daring assailant of his ordinarily tranquil abode. he deemed it as well to terminate this dumb show. What would the abbe please to have? What refreshment can I offer? All I have is at his service. he never bites. M. speaking with a strong Italian accent.Chapter 26 290 However that might have been. then. struck thrice with the end of his iron−shod stick. "I am Gaspard Caderousse." The priest gazed on the person addressing him with a long and searching gaze −− there even seemed a disposition on his part to court a similar scrutiny on the part of the inn−keeper. led his steed by the bridle in search of some place to which he could secure him. I presume. sir! −− he only barks. and. he tied the animal safely and having drawn a red cotton handkerchief. the priest. speaking to the dog. "Now. then." answered the host. Caderousse?" "Yes. then. dismounting. at your service. Margotin. even more surprised at the question than he had been by the silence which had preceded it. "You are. observing in the countenance of the latter no other expression than extreme surprise at his own want of attention to an inquiry so courteously worded.

and had established himself very comfortably between his knees." "As you please.Chapter 26 291 "Gaspard Caderousse. at least. as Caderousse placed before him the bottle of wine and a glass. quite alone. let me have a bottle of your best wine. is laid up with illness. on the fourth floor?" "I did. had crept up to him. with your permission. Upon issuing forth from his subterranean retreat at the expiration of five minutes. I was a tailor. we will resume our conversation from where we left off. leaning his elbow on a table. skinny neck resting on his lap. his long. anxious not to lose the present opportunity of finding a customer for one of the few bottles of Cahors still remaining in his possession. "Are you quite alone?" inquired the guest. till the trade fell off. for my poor wife. hastily raised a trap−door in the floor of the apartment they were in. I believe in the Allees de Meillan. whose animosity seemed appeased by the unusual command of the traveller for refreshments. −− Christian and surname are the same. and then. sir. It is so hot at Marseilles." rejoined the priest. is there nothing I can offer you by way of refreshment?" "Yes. who." "And you followed the business of a tailor?" "True. he found the abbe seated upon a wooden stool." replied the man −− "or." said Caderousse. who is the only person in the house besides myself. "Quite. poor thing!" . "Yes. while his dim eye was fixed earnestly on the traveller's face. You formerly lived. while Margotin. But talking of heat. practically so. which served both as parlor and kitchen. and unable to render me the least assistance. that really I believe that the respectable inhabitants will in time go without any clothing whatever.

but." added he. in my own person. "and perhaps I may. "and you do well to repeat them." "So much the better for you." said Caderousse with a sigh." continued the inn−keeper." "What mean you?" inquired Caderousse with a look of surprise." "Such words as those belong to your profession. in the year 1814 or 1815. penetrating glance. be able to prove to you how completely you are in error. the good will be rewarded. know anything of a young sailor named Dantes?" "Dantes? Did I know poor dear Edmond? Why. glancing round as he spoke at the scanty furnishings of the apartment." "You are wrong to speak thus." continued he significantly. if what you assert be true." answered Caderousse. then?" said the priest. and. with a bitter expression of countenance.Chapter 26 292 "You are married. "that is more than every one can say nowadays. "In the first place. sir. with a hand on his breast and shaking his head. "Yes. sooner or later." said the abbe. "it is easy to perceive I am not a rich man. "I can boast with truth of being an honest man." The abbe fixed on him a searching. Edmond Dantes and myself were intimate friends!" exclaimed Caderousse. fairly sustaining the scrutiny of the abbe's gaze. and the wicked punished. "one is free to believe them or not. as one pleases. "Ah." said the abbe. but in this world a man does not thrive the better for being honest. honest −− I can certainly say that much for myself. whose countenance flushed . I must be satisfied that you are the person I am in search of. "for I am firmly persuaded that." "What proofs do you require?" "Did you. with a show of interest.

he was so called as truly as I myself bore the appellation of Gaspard Caderousse." said the priest. speaking in the highly colored language of the south. send down brimstone and fire." replied Caderousse. "Well. Why does not God. . and that none but the wicked prosper. sir. Ah. sir. poor fellow!" murmured Caderousse.Chapter 26 293 darkly as he caught the penetrating gaze of the abbe fixed on him. by everything a man holds dear. "the world grows worse and worse. then?" continued Caderousse." A deadly pallor followed the flush on the countenance of Caderousse. "though once. without taking any notice of his companion's vehemence. and the priest saw him wiping the tears from his eyes with the corner of the red handkerchief twisted round his head. heart−broken prisoner than the felons who pay the penalty of their crimes at the galleys of Toulon. "You remind me. I have. "that the young man concerning whom I asked you was said to bear the name of Edmond. who turned away." observed the abbe. "Why." "Said to bear the name!" repeated Caderousse. I confess. if he really hates the wicked. what has become of poor Edmond? Did you know him? Is he alive and at liberty? Is he prosperous and happy?" "He died a more wretched. becoming excited and eager. deeply and sincerely lamented his unhappy fate. "Poor fellow. but tell me. since then. "You knew the poor lad. I pray. searching eye of the abbe was employed in scrutinizing the agitated features of the inn−keeper. I envied him his good fortune. there. during which the fixed. I swear to you. But I swear to you. as he is said to do. while the clear. and consume them altogether?" "You speak as though you had loved this young Dantes." There was a brief silence. is another proof that good people are never rewarded on this earth." continued Caderousse. "And so I did. calm eye of the questioner seemed to dilate with feverish scrutiny. hopeless.

" murmured Caderousse. who might only have taken it and then betrayed him to the governor. seemed to rest with ill−concealed satisfaction on the gloomy depression which was rapidly spreading over the countenance of Caderousse. "Of what. think you. "that Dantes. and to clear his memory should any foul spot or stain have fallen on it. he besought me to try and clear up a mystery he had never been able to penetrate. for the sale of such a diamond would have quite sufficed to make his fortune.Chapter 26 294 "I was called to see him on his dying bed. even in his dying moments. Instead of employing this diamond in attempting to bribe his jailers. that in the event of his getting out of prison he might have wherewithal to live." "And so he was." "And of what did he die?" asked Caderousse in a choking voice. Dantes carefully preserved it. "How should he have been otherwise? Ah." resumed the abbe. this jewel he bestowed on Dantes upon himself quitting the prison. that he was utterly ignorant of the cause of his detention." And here the look of the abbe." continued the abbe." "And for that reason. when they have scarcely numbered their thirtieth year. "who had been his companion in misfortune. sir. was possessed of a diamond of immense value. the poor fellow told you the truth. that I might administer to him the consolations of religion. but had been released from prison during the second restoration. "But the strangest part of the story is. becoming more and more fixed. do young and strong men die in prison." . swore by his crucified Redeemer. as a mark of his gratitude for the kindness and brotherly care with which Dantes had nursed him in a severe illness he underwent during his confinement. "A rich Englishman. unless it be of imprisonment?" Caderousse wiped away the large beads of perspiration that gathered on his brow.

" replied the abbe. merely his testamentary executor. `and I feel convinced they have all unfeignedly grieved over my loss. entertained a very sincere affection for me. "it was not of such a size as that. "`Another of the number.'" continued the abbe." The sharp gaze of Caderousse was instantly directed towards the priest's garments. which is also valuable. `I once possessed four dear and faithful friends." "No. the abbe opened it. and the third. I suppose. set in a ring of admirable workmanship.Chapter 26 295 "Then. is worth fifty thousand francs?" "It is. It was estimated at fifty thousand francs. as though hoping to discover the location of the treasure. without the setting. Calmly drawing forth from his pocket a small box covered with black shagreen. everything is relative. without seeming to notice the emotion of Caderousse. sir? Did Edmond make you his heir?" "No." replied the abbe." asked Caderousse. glowing looks. "`is called Danglars. in spite of being my rival. besides the maiden to whom I was betrothed' he said." "Bless me!" exclaimed Caderousse." cried Caderousse. "that it was a stone of immense value?" "Why. and returned it to his pocket. The name of one of the four friends is Caderousse. "And that diamond.'" The inn−keeper shivered." answered the abbe. "To one in Edmond's position the diamond certainly was of great value. "you say.'" A fiendish . as he closed the box. "fifty thousand francs! Surely the diamond was as large as a nut to be worth all that. almost breathless with eager admiration. while its brilliant hues seemed still to dance before the eyes of the fascinated inn−keeper. with eager. but you shall judge for yourself. I have it with me. and displayed to the dazzled eyes of Caderousse the sparkling jewel it contained. "But how comes the diamond in your possession.

the abbe. as I hear. was much attached to me. the only persons who have loved me upon earth. I repeat his words just as he uttered them. The fifth sharer in Edmond's bequest. "Bring me a carafe of water. you can do so afterwards. −− "Where did we leave off?" "The name of Edmond's betrothed was Mercedes.Chapter 26 296 smile played over the features of Caderousse. "Allow me to finish first.' said Dantes. and slowly swallowing its contents." said Caderousse eagerly. "True. said." continued the abbe. said. "I have forgotten what he called her. Do you understand?" "Perfectly. and then if you have any observations to make." urged Caderousse." said the abbe. resuming his usual placidity of manner. Caderousse quickly performed the stranger's bidding." "Because the fifth is dead. with a stifled sigh.'" "But why into five parts?" asked Caderousse." "Go on. who was about to break in upon the abbe's speech. stay. and give an equal portion to these good friends. `The third of my friends. "you only mentioned four persons. and after pouring some into a glass. waving his hand. although my rival. −− for you understand." . "Mercedes it was." said the abbe. when the latter. you will divide the money into five equal parts." "`You will sell this diamond. as he placed his empty glass on the table. −− his name was Fernand. was his own father. that of my betrothed was' −− Stay. `You will go to Marseilles." "To be sure." "Mercedes.

"the poor old man did die." "Starvation!" exclaimed the abbe. I have said. about a year after the disappearance of his son the poor old man died." said Caderousse. "Why. Oh. anxiously and eagerly." said a voice from the top of the stairs. almost suffocated by the contending passions which assailed him. making a strong effort to appear indifferent. the doctors called his complaint gastro−enteritis. should be allowed to perish of hunger in the midst of other men who call themselves Christians. but I." "Of what did he die?" "Why. "Why should you meddle with what does not concern you?" . "Why. too true!" ejaculated Caderousse." "I learned so much at Marseilles. Can you enlighten me on that point?" "I do not know who could if I could not. "And you are a fool for having said anything about it. is too horrible for belief. "Why. springing from his seat." answered Caderousse. of downright starvation. and that a man. his acquaintances say he died of grief.Chapter 26 297 "Too true. I lived almost on the same floor with the poor old man." replied the abbe. the vilest animals are not suffered to die by such a death as that. who saw him in his dying moments. a Christian. yes. I was unable to obtain any particulars of his end. "but from the length of time that has elapsed since the death of the elder Dantes. it is impossible −− utterly impossible!" "What I have said. "Of what?" asked the priest. The very dogs that wander houseless and homeless in the streets find some pitying hand to cast them a mouthful of bread. I say he died of" −− Caderousse paused. Ah. I believe.

then let her head again drop upon her knees. she had feebly dragged herself down the stairs. he said. which common politeness will not permit me to refuse. then. and at some moment when nobody is expecting it. leaving the two speakers to resume the conversation." "Ah. "Nothing is easier than to begin with fair promises and assurances of nothing to fear. provided he answers me candidly. "that my intentions are good. I beg of you. that the miserable old man you were telling me of was forsaken by every one. I should like to know? Better study a little common prudence." "Nay. and all sorts of persecutions. like my husband there." said the abbe. that's all very fine. had not . seated on the lower step. and that you husband can incur no risk. but remaining so as to be able to hear every word they uttered. you simpleton!" retorted La Carconte. "Mind your own business. and went into a fit of ague. make yourself perfectly easy. my good woman. she had listened to the foregoing conversation.Chapter 26 298 The two men turned quickly. that I solemnly promise you. Whatever evils may befall you. silly folks. and. but when poor." retorted the woman. wife. Again the abbe had been obliged to swallow a draught of water to calm the emotions that threatened to overpower him." "Politeness. "What have you to do with politeness. who cannot even see whence all their afflictions come. "It appears. behold trouble and misery. Surely." La Carconte muttered a few inarticulate words. have been persuaded to tell all they know." replied Caderousse sharply. they will not be occasioned by my instrumentality. are heaped on the unfortunate wretches. When he had sufficiently recovered himself. "This gentleman asks me for information. attracted by the sound of voices. nay. the promises and assurances of safety are quickly forgotten. head on knees. and saw the sickly countenance of La Carconte peering between the baluster rails. madam. How do you know the motives that person may have for trying to extract all he can from you?" "I pledge you my word.

though evidently irritated and annoyed by the interruption. he was cruelly deceived. wife. "that you named just now as being one of Dantes' faithful and attached friends. he would not have perished by so dreadful a death." continued Caderousse. said. from her seat on the stairs." "Well. know in what manner Fernand injured Dantes?" inquired the abbe of Caderousse. he was not altogether forsaken. "Can a man be faithful to another whose wife he covets and desires for himself? But Dantes was so honorable and true in his own nature. "I don't know but what you're right!" . or he might have found it more difficult. in his native language. Gaspard!" murmured the woman. then. whatever people may say. "mind what you are saying!" Caderousse made no reply to these words." "Why. but.Chapter 26 299 such been the case. "Gaspard. you are master −− but if you take my advice you'll hold your tongue. say what it was!" "Gaspard!" cried La Carconte. that he believed everybody's professions of friendship." added Caderousse with a bitter smile. but somehow the poor old man had contracted a profound hatred for Fernand −− the very person. addressing the abbe." "Imbecile!" exclaimed La Carconte. "Do I? No one better. but it was fortunate that he never knew." "Speak out then. which was not altogether devoid of rude poetry. Poor Edmond. "for Mercedes the Catalan and Monsieur Morrel were very kind to him." "And was he not so?" asked the abbe. "do as you will. when on his deathbed. "I cannot help being more frightened at the idea of the malediction of the dead than the hatred of the living. to pardon his enemies." continued Caderousse." replied Caderousse. And. "Do you.

for my own part. and therefore can have nothing to do with hatred or revenge. so rich and powerful?" "Do you not know their history?" "I do not. my good friend. and came to me and begged that I would candidly tell which were his true and which his false friends. so let all such feeling be buried with him. truly. "come here!" ." chimed in La Carconte. then. "Wife. "You say truly. the abbe again draw the small box from his pocket. the reward intended for faithful friendship?" "That is true enough. it would take up too much time. perhaps. what good would it do?" asked Caderousse. and contrived to hold it in such a light. what would it be to them? no more than a drop of water in the ocean. "those two could crush you at a single blow!" "How so?" inquired the abbe. the gift of poor Edmond was not meant for such traitors as Fernand and Danglars. Pray relate it to me!" Caderousse seemed to reflect for a few moments. "No." "You prefer." returned Caderousse." said the abbe. that a bright flash of brilliant hues passed before the dazzled gaze of Caderousse. My first business will be to dispose of this diamond. "you are at liberty." returned the abbe.Chapter 26 300 "So you will say nothing?" asked the abbe. I shall do my duty as conscientiously as I can. then. so let the matter end. "If the poor lad were living. I should not hesitate." "Well. why. "that I should bestow on men you say are false and treacherous. either to speak or be silent. opened it. I respect your scruples and admire your sentiments. "Are these persons. and fulfil my promise to the dying man." "Remember. then said. besides. But you tell me he is no more. just as you please." So saying. in a tone that indicated utter indifference on his part. "Why. wife!" cried he in a hoarse voice.

and the money divided between his father. "It does." The agitation of Caderousse became extreme. muttering voice." "I don't call those friends who betray and ruin you." murmured the wife in her turn. Mercedes. "no more do I. as though to ascertain if his horse were sufficiently refreshed to continue his journey. Danglars. did you not hear all we said?" inquired Caderousse." "And why among us four?" inquired Caderousse. and myself. "with the addition of an equal division of that part intended for the elder Dantes." answered the abbe calmly. as he replaced the jewel and its case in the pocket of his cassock. what a magnificent jewel!" cried the astonished woman. "it is your fault. and large drops of perspiration rolled from his heated brow. "It is a beautiful diamond left by poor Edmond Dantes. I said I looked upon it as a sacrilegious profanation to reward treachery. perhaps crime." "Remember. that I do so." "Oh. not mine. his betrothed bride. rising and descending to the chamber with a tolerably firm step." replied the abbe. does it not?" asked Caderousse. "As being the friends Edmond esteemed most faithful and devoted to him. in order that I may execute Edmond's last wishes. to be sold. "Of course not!" rejoined Caderousse quickly. The jewel is worth at least fifty thousand francs. Caderousse and his wife exchanged looks . "what diamond are you talking about?" "Why. "The fifth part of the profits from this stone belongs to us then.Chapter 26 301 "Diamond!" exclaimed La Carconte. which I believe myself at liberty to divide equally with the four survivors. As he saw the abbe rise from his seat and go towards the door. Fernand. in a low. You will have the goodness to furnish me with the address of both Fernand and Danglars. and that was what I was observing to this gentleman just now.

uncertain tread. that is all. she turned round. and called out." asked the abbe. consider well what you are about to do!" "I have both reflected and decided." replied Caderousse. "There. as she proceeded towards her arm−chair. to her husband. as he returned to the apartment below. I wash my hands of the affair. if we chose!" "Do you believe it?" "Why. "Well. in a warning tone. surely a man of his holy profession would not deceive us!" "Well. La Carconte then entered her chamber. ." "I hope it may be so." said the abbe. and her teeth rattling in her head. she once more climbed the staircase leading to her chamber. her body convulsed with chills. the flooring of which creaked beneath her heavy. in spite of the intense heat of the weather. "what have you made up your mind to do?" "To tell you all I know." was the reply. Arrived at the top stair. through your assistance." said the priest. "I am all attention. "Gaspard. "this splendid diamond might all be ours. his face flushed with cupidity. why." So saying. wife. so much the better." replied La Carconte. For my part. "do as you like." answered he. "I certainly think you act wisely in so doing. you see. "Not because I have the least desire to learn anything you may please to conceal from me." said the former. I could distribute the legacy according to the wishes of the testator.Chapter 26 302 of deep meaning. but simply that if. into which she fell as though exhausted.

During this time the abbe had chosen his place for listening at his ease. our only desire is to carry out." "What is that?" inquired the abbe. as he was accustomed to do at night." replied the abbe. He removed his seat into a corner of the room. and it is as well that your visit hither should be made known only to ourselves. and if they only laid the tips of their fingers on me. he prepared to give his whole attention to Caderousse. who seated himself on the little stool. "say no more about it. enough!" replied Caderousse. "you must make me a promise. as though through the flooring of her chamber she viewed the scene that was enacting below." "Make yourself easy." answered Caderousse. with head bent down and hands clasped.Chapter 27 303 "Stop a minute. then. "I am a priest. I will take all the consequences upon myself. sir. which he closed. that you will never let any one know that it was I who supplied them. in a . while the light would be fully thrown on the narrator. where he himself would be in deep shadow." said the trembling voice of La Carconte. "we might be interrupted in the most interesting part of my story. this is no affair of mine. exactly opposite to him. "Remember. and confessions die in my breast. I should break to pieces like glass. Chapter 27 The Story. for the persons of whom I am about to talk are rich and powerful. or rather clinched together." And he began his story." said Caderousse. and. by way of still greater precaution. "First. "Enough." With these words he went stealthily to the door. "Why. bolted and barred it. if you ever make use of the details I am about to give you. Recollect. which would be a pity. my friend.

and belong to God. I do not know. I even believe I ought to undeceive you as to the friendship which poor Edmond thought so sincere and unquestionable. and I shall shortly retire to my convent. which I have only quitted to fulfil the last wishes of a dying man. besides. followed by four soldiers. "Edmond talked to me a great deal about the old man for whom he had the deepest love.Chapter 27 304 fitting manner. yes." said Caderousse. "Edmond related to me everything until the moment when he was arrested in a small cabaret close to Marseilles. "I will." said Caderousse." "Was it not his betrothal feast?" "It was and the feast that began so gayly had a very sorrowful ending. under these circumstances." This positive assurance seemed to give Caderousse a little courage. I can see it all before me this moment." said the priest. a police commissary. then. tell the truth. then. and Dantes was arrested. shaking his head." "The history is a sad one. the persons of whom you are about to speak. The old man returned alone to his home. and paced up and . as without hatred. and they were very sad. entered. the whole truth. and not a Frenchman. without reserve. I am an Italian. when Dantes was arrested." "Well. "Dantes himself only knew that which personally concerned him." "Begin with his father." answered the abbe. sir. if you please. Monsieur Morrel hastened to obtain the particulars. for he never beheld again the five persons I have named to you. folded up his wedding suit with tears in his eyes. "Well. the last wishes of our friend. Speak. or heard mention of any one of them." said the abbe." "At La Reserve! Oh. never may know. and up to this point I know all." "Yes. and not to man. "perhaps you know all the earlier part of it?" "Yes.

and did not find in my memory or heart all he is now saying. One night. I should throw myself into the sea at once. and what would he think if I did not wait here for him?' I heard all this from the window. and I. for I was anxious that Mercedes should persuade the old man to accompany her. and hate the Jesuits. said then to myself. although I .' was the old man's reply. for his footsteps over my head night and day did not leave me a moment's repose. for I could not bear it. and I could not resist my desire to go up to him." replied Caderousse. who am no canter. and not touched food since the previous day. she wished him to go with her that she might take care of him. for if I were a father and felt such excessive grief as the old man does. de Villefort. for I was underneath him and heard him walking the whole night. and went to visit the old man. when she saw him so miserable and heart−broken. and would not go to bed at all. The next day Mercedes came to implore the protection of M. but the old man would not consent. I know not why. I assure you I could not sleep either. `It is really well. I cannot now repeat to you. M. but when I reached his door he was no longer weeping but praying. "From day to day he lived on alone. however. for my poor dear boy loves me better than anything in the world. it was more than piety. and for myself. and if he gets out of prison he will come and see me the first thing. "we cannot console those who will not be consoled. and. for the grief of the poor father gave me great uneasiness. it was more than grief. and more and more solitary. "Ah. and he was one of these. however. she did not obtain it. `I will not leave this house. I heard his sobs. Morrel and Mercedes came to see him. sir. and I am very glad that I have not any children. having passed a sleepless night. `No. all the eloquent words and imploring language he made use of. and every step he took went to my heart as really as if his foot had pressed against my breast. besides.'" "Poor father!" murmured the priest." "But did you not go up−stairs and try to console the poor old man?" asked the abbe.Chapter 27 305 down his chamber the whole day. but he seemed to dislike seeing me. sir. but his door was closed.

but I looked through the keyhole. and the poor girl. and cried so that they were actually frightened. Morrel went away." "Mercedes came again. for I am the oldest." The abbe uttered a kind of groan. Morrel bringing a doctor. he had an excuse for not eating any more. and I never shall forget the old man's smile at this prescription. I went and told M. For the first three days I heard him walking about as usual. when. but the old man resisted. This was M. At length the poor old fellow reached the end of all he had. which was granted to him. and saw him so pale and haggard. on the fourth I heard nothing. But availing himself of the doctor's order. he had admitted Mercedes.Chapter 27 306 was certain he was at home. and of course shall see him first. he said to her. because the landlord came into my apartment when he left his. I know this. he owed three quarters' rent. and she found him so altered that she was even more anxious than before to have him taken to her own home. −− `Be assured. and that he sold by degrees what he had to pay for his subsistence. by his bedside. the doctor had put him on a diet. he is dead. my dear daughter." replied the abbe. but. They both came immediately. I was there. they make one melancholy. he begged for another week. M. "The story interests you. too. the old man would not take any sustenance.' However well disposed a person may be. and instead of expecting him. but I guessed what these bundles were. at length (after nine days of despair and . The door was closed. and the doctor said it was inflammation of the bowels. contrary to his custom. that believing him very ill. One day. and I only saw from time to time strangers go up to him and come down again with some bundle they tried to hide. and M. making a sign to the Catalan that he had left his purse on the chimney−piece. endeavored to console him. "it is very affecting. why you see we leave off after a time seeing persons who are in sorrow. and ordered him a limited diet. and they threatened to turn him out. does it not. and so at last old Dantes was left all to himself. in spite of her own grief and despair. he would not make any answer. "Yes. Morrel and then ran on to Mercedes. I then resolved to go up to him at all risks. Mercedes remained. therefore. sir?" inquired Caderousse. it is he who is awaiting us. Morrel's wish also. I am quite happy. who would fain have conveyed the old man against his consent. From that time he received all who came.

sir." "How was this jealousy manifested? Speak on. swallowed it at one gulp. and saying to Mercedes. sir. "This was." The abbe. and pressed his trembling hand against his parched throat. with a shaking hand. tell him I die blessing him. the day before the betrothal feast." he added in an almost menacing tone." said Caderousse. one from love. sir. who are these men who killed the son with despair.'" The abbe rose from his chair.Chapter 27 307 fasting). and the other from ambition. one with a letter. cursing those who had caused his misery." "They denounced Edmond as a Bonapartist agent." . `If you ever see my Edmond again. a horrid event. the old man died. as it was men's and not God's doing." said he in a hoarse voice. and the father with famine?" "Two men jealous of him. made two turns round the chamber. "and remember too. therefore. and then resumed his seat. "I am as certain of it as that we two are Christians." "Which of the two denounced him? Which was the real delinquent?" "Both. "you have promised to tell me everything." said the abbe. seized a glass of water that was standing by him half−full. and the other put it in the post. of hunger. Tell me. sir. with red eyes and pale cheeks. "The more so." "And where was this letter written?" "At La Reserve. "And you believe he died" −− "Of hunger." "Tell me of those men. indeed. −− Fernand and Danglars.

then −− 'twas so. yet you said nothing. nothing. how well did you judge men and things!" "What did you please to say. `If he should really be guilty. you were an accomplice. "you were there yourself. and very anxious to speak. you must have seen plain enough what they had been doing. astonished. I said all that a man in such a state could say. if he is really charged with a letter for the Bonapartist . and perfectly harmless. "who told you I was there?" The abbe saw he had overshot the mark." "Next day −− next day. "go on. sir?" asked Caderousse.Chapter 27 308 "'Twas so." "But. though you were present when Dantes was arrested. that his writing might not be recognized. but Danglars restrained me. sir." "And did you not remonstrate against such infamy?" asked the abbe. and he added quickly." murmured the abbe. and Fernand who put it in the post. "Oh. Faria. then. `and did really put in to the Island of Elba. but in order to have known everything so well. "they had made me drink to such an excess that I nearly lost all perception. Faria. true!" said Caderousse in a choking voice." replied Caderousse. I was there." exclaimed the abbe suddenly. "I was there.' said he." "True. you must have been an eye−witness. I had only an indistinct understanding of what was passing around me." "It was Danglars who wrote the denunciation with his left hand. but they both assured me that it was a jest they were carrying on. −− "No one." replied the priest." "I!" said Caderousse." "Sir. sir." "Yes. "if not. "Nothing.

" There was a brief silence. it is the will of God. Ten times. because this action." "And what part did he play in this sad drama?" inquired the abbe. "and remorse preys on me night and day. Morrel. and so I always say to La Carconte. the abbe rose and paced up and down pensively." "He did not know. woman." he said. and if they find this letter upon him. "you have spoken unreservedly. is no doubt the cause of my abject condition. he came to see Dantes' father." said the abbe. he wrote. that on the second restoration he was persecuted as a Bonapartist. Twenty times he interceded for Edmond. "Well." "I understand −− you allowed matters to take their course.Chapter 27 309 committee at Paris. I am expiating a moment of selfishness. It was cowardly. "who was he?" "The owner of the Pharaon and patron of Dantes. "But he knows it all now. that was all. I confess. I swear to you. and thus to accuse yourself is to deserve pardon. sir. and I held my tongue. I often ask pardon of God. threatened. full of courage and real regard. "You have two or three times mentioned a M. when she complains." said the abbe." interrupted Caderousse. and has not pardoned me. but it was not criminal.' I confess I had my fears. Edmond is dead. those who have supported him will pass for his accomplices. implored. in the state in which politics then were.'" And Caderousse bowed his head with every sign of real repentance. sir. and then resumed his seat. "The part of an honest man." "Yes. `Hold your tongue. and the night or two . and offered to receive him in his own house. "they say the dead know everything." answered Caderousse. and so energetically. as I told you. When the emperor returned." "Unfortunately. the only one with which I have seriously to reproach myself in all my life.

" replied the abbe. after having acquired a most honorable name in the trade of Marseilles. M. besides. "What! M.Chapter 27 310 before his death." Caderousse smiled bitterly. and which is expected from the Indies with a cargo of cochineal and indigo. he has. happy as myself." replied Caderousse. instead of lessening. "Yes. "he should be rich. but whose family now will not allow him to wed the daughter of a ruined man. he is a ruined man. "In that case. as he had lived. "He is reduced almost to the last extremity −− nay. Morrel unhappy?" exclaimed the abbe. who was about to marry the man she loved. I have the purse still by me −− a large one. Morrel still alive?" "Yes. "is M. as I have already said." said he. If this ship founders. If he were alone in the world he would blow out his brains. and buried him decently. and his only hope now is in that very Pharaon which poor Dantes commanded. he is almost at the point of dishonor. a lieutenant in the army. a son. he has a wife. after five and twenty years of labor. "Yes. and there would be an end. he has lost five ships in two years. and so Edmond's father died. has suffered by the bankruptcy of three large houses." "And. made of red silk." . all this. with which they paid the old man's debts. Morrel is utterly ruined. "so it is." continued Caderousse. like the others. as you may suppose. only augments his sorrows. who through everything has behaved like an angel. happy. without doing harm to any one." asked the abbe. he has a daughter." "How?" "Yes. and." "And has the unfortunate man wife or children?" inquired the abbe. he left his purse on the mantelpiece.

the king's chamberlain. de Servieux. daughter of M. Morrel. and trebled or quadrupled his capital." "What has become of Danglars." "How is that?" "Because their deeds have brought them good fortune. and therefore the most guilty?" "What has become of him? Why. "he is happy. the instigator. with ten horses in his stables. and they have made him a baron. a Madame de Nargonne. During the war with Spain he was employed in the commissariat of the French army. with my poor wife dying of fever before my very eyes. He is a millionaire. having first married his banker's daughter. and I know not how many millions in his strongbox. and was taken. as old Dantes did. as cashier into a Spanish bank. on the recommendation of M. who never did a bad action but that I have told you of −− am in destitution. and. he left Marseilles. "You see. who did not know his crime.Chapter 27 311 "Horrible!" ejaculated the priest. I. a widow. I shall die of hunger." "And Fernand?" . who is in high favor at court. with a fine residence in the Rue de Mont−Blanc. but if a large fortune produces happiness. he has married a second time. in a peculiar tone." "Happy? Who can answer for that? Happiness or unhappiness is the secret known but to one's self and the walls −− walls have ears but no tongue. then with that money he speculated in the funds." added Caderousse. while Fernand and Danglars are rolling in wealth. who left him a widower. while honest men have been reduced to misery." "Ah!" said the abbe. "And it is thus heaven recompenses virtue. and made a fortune. and I unable to do anything in the world for her. Danglars is happy. six footmen in his ante−chamber. sir. and now he is the Baron Danglars.

and had just married my poor wife. Fernand agreed to do so. but his action was rewarded by the Bourbons. found Danglars there. The Bourbons left him quietly enough at the Catalans. The night after that battle he was sentry at the door of a general who carried on a secret correspondence with the enemy. There must have been in his life some strange secret that no one knows. Fernand would have been court−martialed if Napoleon had remained on the throne.Chapter 27 312 "Fernand? Why. and followed the general. got on very intimate terms with him. He returned to France with the epaulet of sub−lieutenant. much the same story. sir −− he has both fortune and position −− both. guided his regiment by paths known to himself alone through the mountain . won over the support of the royalists at the capital and in the provinces. a special levy was made. who is in the highest favor. I went too. by what visible steps has he attained this high fortune or high position?" "Both. and being sent to Spain to ascertain the feeling of his fellow−countrymen. Fernand was enrolled in the active troop. Fernand was a Spaniard. and as the protection of the general. was accorded to him. went to the frontier with his regiment." "And it has staggered everybody. and was at the battle of Ligny." "But how could a poor Catalan fisher−boy." "But. he was a captain in 1823. and you will understand. at the time when Danglars made his early speculations. during the Spanish war −− that is to say. That same night the general was to go over to the English." "This must be impossible!" "It would seem so. without education or resources. Fernand was drafted. make a fortune? I confess this staggers me. and Fernand was compelled to join. deserted his post. received promises and made pledges on his own part. but Napoleon returned. Some days before the return of the emperor. then. but as I was older than Fernand. He proposed to Fernand to accompany him. I was only sent to the coast. but listen.

" "Has she made a fortune also?" inquired the abbe. Ali Pasha was killed. after the taking of Trocadero. as you know. he was made colonel. "Yes. and received the title of count and the cross of an officer of the Legion of Honor." said Caderousse. but before he died he recompensed the services of Fernand by leaving him a considerable sum.Chapter 27 313 gorges which were held by the royalists. all eyes were turned towards Athens −− it was the fashion to pity and support the Greeks. rendered such services in this brief campaign that. Greece only had risen against Turkey. The French government." "Destiny! destiny!" murmured the abbe. when he was gazetted lieutenant−general. "So that now. Paris. "yes. and had begun her war of independence. he said. Fernand sought and obtained leave to go and serve in Greece. "And Mercedes −− they tell me that she has disappeared?" "Disappeared. hesitated for a moment. Fernand's career was checked by the long peace which seemed likely to endure throughout Europe. with an ironical smile." replied Caderousse." continued Caderousse. making an effort at self−control." The abbe opened his mouth. Rue du Helder." "So that now?" −− inquired the abbe. as you know. Some time after. still having his name kept on the army roll. in fact. gave countenance to volunteer assistance. "he owns a magnificent house −− No. it was stated that the Comte de Morcerf (this was the name he bore) had entered the service of Ali Pasha with the rank of instructor−general. with which he returned to France. "Mercedes is at this moment one of the greatest ladies in Paris. . 27. then. to rise the next day with still more splendor. The war with Spain being ended. and. as the sun disappears. but listen: this was not all. without protecting them openly.

Fernand went. that what you tell me seems less astonishing than it otherwise might. had not become the wife of another." "Mercedes was at first in the deepest despair at the blow which deprived her of Edmond. and wrung her hands in agony. it must be confessed. but it seemed as if a part of her past life had returned to her. perhaps was dead. It was not the one she wished for most. he would return to us. and Fernand. perchance. for he would have been there to reproach her infidelity. Suddenly she heard a step she knew. Another possessed all Mercedes' heart. Mercedes. At this last thought Mercedes burst into a flood of tears. de Villefort. stood before her. but which was only joy at being no longer alone in the world. Fernand saw this. `Our Edmond is dead. too." . I have told you of her attempts to propitiate M. He was now a lieutenant. as I have told you. whose crime she did not know. at the second he reminded her that he loved her. And then. Mercedes seized Fernand's hands with a transport which he took for love. no companionship save that of an old man who was dying with despair. and Mercedes remained alone. came now in full force upon her mind. Three months passed and still she wept −− no news of Edmond. that other was absent. old Dantes incessantly said to her. and when he learned of the old man's death he returned. and seeing at last a friend. turned anxiously around. In the midst of her despair. At his first coming he had not said a word of love to Mercedes. One evening. dressed in the uniform of a sub−lieutenant. if he were not. which she had always repelled before when it was suggested to her by another. after a day of accustomed vigil at the angle of two roads leading to Marseilles from the Catalans. This was the departure of Fernand −− of Fernand. the door opened. "it seems as if I were listening to the story of a dream. Mercedes begged for six months more in which to await and mourn for Edmond." said the abbe. Fernand had never been hated −− he was only not precisely loved. But I have seen things so extraordinary. her devotion to the elder Dantes. a new affliction overtook her.Chapter 27 314 "Go on. had he lived. she returned to her home more depressed than ever. after long hours of solitary sorrow. no news of Fernand. and then. had disappeared. but the thought.' The old man died. and whom she regarded as her brother.

She ." continued Caderousse. the betrothal had been celebrated with him whom she might have known she still loved had she looked to the bottom of her heart. more happy." continued the abbe." "Well. "little Albert.'" "Six months afterwards. "there was only a change of bride−grooms." "But." proceeded Caderousse. sir. "the marriage took place in the church of Accoules. "Her son?" said he. she nearly fainted as she passed La Reserve. and she developed with his growing fortune. and eight days after the wedding they left Marseilles." murmured the priest. Fernand's fortune was already waxing great. What more could the most devoted lover desire?" Then he murmured the words of the English poet. "did he know so little of his lovely betrothed? Mercedes might have been a queen. beautiful but uneducated. "that makes eighteen months in all. "Yes. and to depart himself. where Fernand had left her. "Yes. with a bitter smile. There were too many unpleasant possibilities associated with the Catalans. but not more at his ease −− for I saw at this time he was in constant dread of Edmond's return −− Fernand was very anxious to get his wife away. she was attending to the education of her son. thy name is woman. Mercedes was married." replied Caderousse. "but although in the eyes of the world she appeared calm. at Perpignan. eighteen months before. to be able to instruct her child. during the Spanish war. I understood from Edmond that she was the daughter of a simple fisherman. if the crown were to be placed on the heads of the loveliest and most intelligent." "The very church in which she was to have married Edmond. "she must have received an education herself. Fernand. "`Frailty.Chapter 27 315 "So that." replied Caderousse." The abbe started. where. then." "Oh." said the abbe." "Did you ever see Mercedes again?" inquired the priest.

and yet" −− Caderousse paused. Besides. I thought my old friends would. and saw Mercedes. and the share he had in Edmond's misfortunes?" .Chapter 27 316 learned drawing." "How was that?" "As I went away a purse fell at my feet −− it contained five and twenty louis. a countess." "Then you did not see either of them?" "No. assist me. "Oh. But now her position in life is assured. who at once shut the blind." said Caderousse. she did this in order to distract her mind. and she only filled her head in order to alleviate the weight on her heart. I am sure. I called on Fernand. between ourselves. "no doubt fortune and honors have comforted her. I believe. but Madame de Morcerf saw me. she is rich." continued Caderousse. he never was a friend of mine. de Villefort?" asked the abbe. I raised my head quickly. So I went to Danglars. who sent me a hundred francs by his valet−de−chambre. who would not even receive me. "And yet what?" asked the abbe. she is not happy. that she might forget. I did not know him. perhaps." "And M. music −− everything. "What makes you believe this?" "Why. and I had nothing to ask of him." "Do you not know what became of him. when I found myself utterly destitute. "Yet.

−− "Here. went toward a large oaken cupboard." replied the abbe. Take the diamond. but in exchange −− " Caderousse. and sell it. Morrel left on old Dantes' chimney−piece. then. and I repeat my wish that this sum may suffice to release you from your wretchedness. sir. −− "Oh. and soon after left Marseilles. "Oh. sir. "God may seem sometimes to forget for a time. "ah." .Chapter 27 317 "No." "What. and forgotten. but there always comes a moment when he remembers −− and behold −− a proof!" As he spoke. "for no one knew that Edmond had given you this diamond. and you might have kept it. withdrew his hand. as high in station as Fernand. The abbe took it. Take it. and thus it cannot be divided. "In exchange. then." "I know what happiness and what despair are. as you see. the abbe took the diamond from his pocket. take this diamond. my friend. who touched the diamond. Edmond had one friend only." said Caderousse. sir. wretched. for me only?" cried Caderousse. and I never make a jest of such feelings. while his justice reposes." he continued. and gave the abbe a long purse of faded red silk. putting out one hand timidly. have remained poor." "You are mistaken. round which were two copper runners that had once been gilt. you are a man of God. more and more astonished. I only. "give me the red silk purse that M. and in return gave Caderousse the diamond. no doubt he is as rich as Danglars. The abbe smiled. no doubt he has been as lucky as the rest. and which you tell me is still in your hands. do not make a jest of the happiness or despair of a man. and giving it to Caderousse. it is yours." cried Caderousse. my friend. he married Mademoiselle de Saint−Meran. sir. it is worth fifty thousand francs. do not jest with me!" "This diamond was to have been shared among his friends." Caderousse. opened it. said. and with the other wiping away the perspiration which bedewed his brow. I only know that some time after Edmond's arrest." "Oh.

" The abbe with difficulty got away from the enthusiastic thanks of Caderousse. "in this corner is a crucifix in holy wood −− here on this shelf is my wife's testament.Chapter 27 318 "Which. my faith as a Christian. here it is. half bewildered with joy. and as the recording angel will tell it to the ear of God at the day of the last judgment!" "'Tis well. "yes. and then said. "Oh!" he said. "What? That he has given the diamond to us only?" inquired Caderousse. convinced by his manner and tone that Caderousse spoke the truth. "Suppose it's false?" Caderousse started and turned pale. open this book. "Is. took his hat and gloves." "In what way?" ." he said. you blockhead!" Caderousse remained for a moment aghast under the weight of such an idea. he saw behind him La Carconte. "you would have done. "False!" he muttered. and I will swear upon it with my hand on the crucifix. I have told everything to you as it occurred. "all you have told me is perfectly true. I will swear to you by my soul's salvation. "'Tis well." said the abbe. in a gloomy voice." "See. who kept uttering his loud farewells. and may this money profit you! Adieu. all that I have heard really true?" she inquired. got out and mounted his horse. once more saluted the innkeeper." said the abbe to himself. "Well. then." The woman gazed at it a moment. sir. and I may believe it in every particular. "we will soon find out. nothing more true! See. paler and trembling more than ever. I go far from men who thus so bitterly injure each other. and then returned by the road he had travelled in coming. "False! Why should that man give me a false diamond?" "To get your secret without paying for it." The abbe rose. opened the door himself." replied Caderousse. taking up his hat. which he placed on the red handkerchief tied round his head. then. When Caderousse turned around.

of Marseilles. address yourself to M. what is my opinion of M. there are always jewellers from Paris there. and if there be any grounds for apprehension. dressed in a bright blue frock coat. Morrel." Chapter 28 The Prison Register." said he. We are. presented himself before the mayor of Marseilles. but it is not a fortune." "Sir. sir. Ask of me. he has. therefore. "Fifty thousand francs!" muttered La Carconte when left alone." and Caderousse left the house in haste. connected with the house of Morrel & Son.Chapter 28 319 "Why. to ask you for information. but it is not for me. I have come. as this is a . "Sir. and I shall say that he is a man honorable to the last degree. and we are a little uneasy at reports that have reached us that the firm is on the brink of ruin. nankeen trousers. if you wish to learn more. Look after the house. 15. de Boville. wife. the fair is on at Beaucaire. and who has up to this time fulfilled every engagement with scrupulous punctuality. and suffered by three or four bankruptcies." replied the mayor. We have a hundred thousand francs or thereabouts loaned on their securities. and I shall be back in two hours. of Rome. "it is a large sum of money. "I know very well that during the last four or five years misfortune has seemed to pursue M. Morrel. I believe. No. express from Rome. the inspector of prisons. to give any information as to the state of his finances. and a white waistcoat. a man of about thirty or two and thirty. and ran rapidly in the direction opposite to that which the priest had taken. although I am a creditor myself to the amount of ten thousand francs. as mayor. Rue de Nouailles. and I will show it to them. two hundred thousand francs in Morrel's hands. "I am chief clerk of the house of Thomson & French. having the appearance and accent of an Englishman. He has lost four or five vessels. and have been these ten years. The day after that in which the scene we have just described had taken place on the road between Bellegarde and Beaucaire. This is all I can say.

and these two hundred thousand francs were payable. made his bow and went away. you will most probably find him better informed than myself." said the Englishman. I consider it lost." "But. half on the 15th of this month. I had informed M. "your fears are unfortunately but too well founded. who was to be married in a fortnight. that this credit inspires you with considerable apprehension?" "To tell you the truth. de Boville despairingly. made a gesture of surprise. The Englishman appeared to reflect a moment. proceeding with a characteristic British stride towards the street mentioned. with the coolness of his nation. and he has been here within the last half−hour to tell me that if his ship. absorbed in the thought which occupied him at the moment. de Boville. de Boville." The Englishman seemed to appreciate this extreme delicacy. Morrel of my desire to have these payments punctually. he would be wholly unable to make this payment. on perceiving him. −− "From which it would appear. and the other half on the 15th of next month. M. sir." "It looks more like bankruptcy!" exclaimed M. I will buy it of you!" . then. I had two hundred thousand francs placed in the hands of Morrel & Son. did not come into port on the 15th. which seemed to indicate that it was not the first time he had been in his presence. "this looks very much like a suspension of payment. de Boville was in his private room. "Oh. and the Englishman.Chapter 28 320 greater amount than mine. he was in such a state of despair. and then said. did not allow either his memory or his imagination to stray to the past. and you see before you a man in despair. that it was evident all the faculties of his mind. As to M. addressed him in terms nearly similar to those with which he had accosted the mayor of Marseilles. these two hundred thousand francs were the dowry of my daughter." "Well. the Pharaon. The Englishman." exclaimed M. sir.

of course?" "No. and said. sir." And the Englishman drew from his pocket a bundle of bank−notes." "Name it.Chapter 28 321 "You?" "Yes. that is perfectly just. But all I know. Our house. de Boville." cried M. laughing. you will not realize six per cent of this sum. "does not do things in that way. perhaps. will you have two −− three −− five per cent. I!" "But at a tremendous discount. or even more? Whatever you say. "that is the affair of the house of Thomson & French. They have. the commission I ask is quite different." ." added the Englishman with a laugh. in all probability. I ought to tell you that." replied the Englishman. yet he made an effort at self−control. some motive to serve in hastening the ruin of a rival firm." "That's no affair of mine. which might have been twice the sum M." "Of course. in whose name I act." "You are the inspector of prisons?" "I have been so these fourteen years. sir. de Boville's countenance. and do not do such things −− no. de Boville feared to lose. A ray of joy passed across M." "And you will pay" −− "Ready money. I only ask a brokerage. I beg." replied the Englishman. for two hundred thousand francs. that I am ready to hand you over this sum in exchange for your assignment of the debt. is. "I am like my house. "The commission is usually one and a half. −− "Sir." "Sir.

" "Well. who disappeared suddenly. five or six months ago −− last February." cried M. I have since learned that he was confined in the Chateau d'If. sir." "You have a good memory." "I recollect this." "What was his name?" "The Abbe Faria. he was. to recollect dates so well." "Poor devil! −− and he is dead?" "Yes. and offered vast sums to the government if they would liberate him. because the poor devil's death was accompanied by a singular incident.Chapter 28 322 "You keep the registers of entries and departures?" "I do. sir." . I recollect him perfectly." "To these registers there are added notes relative to the prisoners?" "There are special reports on every prisoner. but what sort of madness was it?" "He pretended to know of an immense treasure. I was educated at home by a poor devil of an abbe. decidedly. sir." "Very possibly. and I should like to learn some particulars of his death. de Boville. "he was crazy." "So they said." "Oh." "Oh.

"but not for the survivor. "that the two dungeons" −− "Were separated by a distance of fifty feet. or made them. which a close observer would have been astonished at discovering in his phlegmatic countenance. sir." he interposed. de Boville. It appears. I shall never forget his countenance!" The Englishman smiled imperceptibly. the Abbe Faria had an attack of catalepsy.Chapter 28 323 "May I ask what that was?" said the Englishman with an expression of curiosity. no . and we could only go into his dungeon with a file of soldiers. "Yes. sir. yes." replied M. He. yes. "Oh dear. the abbe's dungeon was forty or fifty feet distant from that of one of Bonaparte's emissaries." "For the dead man. that this Edmond Dantes had procured tools. That man made a deep impression on me. "I myself had occasion to see this man in 1816 or 1817. and died." replied M." "This tunnel was dug. on the contrary. no doubt. sir." "That must have cut short the projects of escape. but unfortunately for the prisoners." "Indeed!" said the Englishman. de Boville. "And you say. −− one of those who had contributed the most to the return of the usurper in 1815. for they found a tunnel through which the prisoners held communication with one another. but it appears that this Edmond Dantes" −− "This dangerous man's name was" −− "Edmond Dantes. −− a very resolute and very dangerous man. with an intention of escape?" "No doubt. this Dantes saw a means of accelerating his escape.

"As I have already told you. sir. and threw him into the sea. and he conveyed the dead man into his own cell. in supreme good−humor at the certainty of recovering his two hundred thousand francs.Chapter 28 324 doubt." "No matter. and one that showed some courage." remarked the Englishman. took his place in the sack in which they had sewed up the corpse." "It was a bold step. fortunately." "How was that?" "How? Do you not comprehend?" "No. I can fancy it. and they simply throw the dead into the sea." replied De Boville." "That would have been difficult. thought that prisoners who died in the Chateau d'If were interred in an ordinary burial−ground. he was a very dangerous man. after fastening a thirty−six pound cannon−ball to their feet." . by his own act disembarrassed the government of the fears it had on his account. −− "no matter." continued the inspector of prisons." "Really!" exclaimed the Englishman." "Well. "Well. sir." "The Chateau d'If has no cemetery. and. "You may imagine the amazement of the fugitive when he found himself flung headlong over the rocks! I should like to have seen his face at that moment." observed the Englishman as if he were slow of comprehension. they fastened a thirty−six pound ball to his feet. and awaited the moment of interment. "Yes.

yes. yes." "Oh. indeed. "Yes. sir. if he had any. "at the end of his teeth. might have some interest in knowing if he were dead or alive.Chapter 28 325 And he shouted with laughter. they may do so with easy conscience. "he was drowned?" "Unquestionably. Excuse me." "Yes. "But to return to these registers." "But some official document was drawn up as to this affair. Dantes' relations. I suppose?" inquired the Englishman." "True. if there were anything to inherit from him. who really was gentleness itself. He is dead." "Excuse you for what? For the story? By no means." "So that the governor got rid of the dangerous and the crazy prisoner at the same time?" "Precisely. "So can I." continued the Englishman who first gained his composure. and they may have the fact attested whenever they please. it really seems to me very curious." said the Englishman. You understand." ." "And so." said the Englishman. you wish to see all relating to the poor abbe. but he laughed as the English do. this story has diverted our attention from them. and he laughed too. So. the mortuary deposition." "So that now. and no mistake about it." "So be it.

each file of papers its place. placed in a bracket against his name: −− Edmond Dantes. took an active part in the return from the Island of Elba. −− the accusation. The inspector begged the Englishman to seat himself in an arm−chair." And they both entered M. To be kept in strict solitary confinement. He folded up the accusation quietly. a terrible weapon against him in the hands of the king's attorney. under the second restoration. de Boville's study. M. Then he saw through the whole thing. in which Morrel. Everything was here arranged in perfect order. had become. An inveterate Bonapartist. the application dated 10th April. too. and to be closely watched and guarded. you will much oblige me." "Go into my study here. and put it as quietly in his pocket. He was no longer astonished when he searched on to find in the register this note. exaggerated with the best intentions (for Napoleon was then on the throne) the services Dantes had rendered to the imperial cause −− services which Villefort's certificates rendered indispensable. and I will show it to you. kept back by Villefort. read the examination. This petition to Napoleon.Chapter 28 326 "Yes. giving him all the time he desired for the examination. There he found everything arranged in due order. but it seemed that the history which the inspector had related interested him greatly. The Englishman easily found the entries relative to the Abbe Faria. de Villefort's marginal notes. perused. each register had its number. by the deputy procureur's advice. for after having perused the first documents he turned over the leaves until he reached the deposition respecting Edmond Dantes. examination. Morrel's petition. and saw that the name of Noirtier was not mentioned in it. Beneath these lines was written in another hand: "See note above −− nothing can be done. and placed before him the register and documents relative to the Chateau d'If." He compared the writing in the bracket with the . and began to read his newspaper. 1815. while De Boville seated himself in a corner.

and I will hand you over the money. but who had. the inspector. had seated himself in a corner. and of happiness that permeates a flourishing and prosperous business establishment −− instead of merry faces at the windows. while the Englishman counted out the bank−notes on the other side of the desk. delivery 6 o'clock. busy . and discovered that the note in the bracket was the same writing as the certificate −− that is to say. and had returned at this date. was in Villefort's handwriting. As to the note which accompanied this. Give me a simple assignment of your debt. of comfort. "I have all I want. Any one who had quitted Marseilles a few years previously. well acquainted with the interior of Morrel's warehouse. closing the register with a slam.Chapter 29 327 writing of the certificate placed beneath Morrel's petition. Chapter 29 The House of Morrel & Son. and which had the postmark. now it is for me to perform my promise. the Englishman understood that it might have been added by some inspector who had taken a momentary interest in Dantes' situation.. he attached so little importance to this scrap of paper. 27th Feb. As we have said. He did not see the Englishman fold up and place in his pocket the accusation written by Danglars under the arbor of La Reserve. that he would not have opposed whatever the Englishman might do." He rose. however irregular it might be. and quickly drew up the required assignment. acknowledge therein the receipt of the cash. "Marseilles.M. and so much importance to his two hundred thousand francs. from discretion. from the remarks we have quoted." But it must be said that if he had seen it. would have found a great change. found it impossible to give any effect to the interest he had felt. and was reading Le Drapeau Blanc." said the latter. gave his seat to M. P. Instead of that air of life. who took it without ceremony. de Boville. "Thanks. and that he might not disturb the Abbe Faria's pupil in his researches.

even against M. and sunk to the rank of a servant." a nickname given him by the young men who used to throng this vast now almost deserted bee−hive. and during twenty years he had always seen all payments made with such exactitude. Nothing had as yet occurred to shake Cocles' belief. good. a question of arithmetic to Cocles. Cocles was the only one unmoved. the last month's payment had been made with the most scrupulous exactitude. Morrel. and strong in the multiplication−table. Cocles had seen them go without thinking of inquiring the cause of their departure. Like the rats that one by one forsake the doomed ship even before the vessel weighs anchor. But this did not arise from a want of affection. threw them into an almost empty drawer. called "Cocles. that it seemed as impossible to him that the house should stop payment. saying: −− . but two remained. but inflexible on the subject of arithmetic. the same Cocles. In the midst of the disasters that befell the house. have replied to any one who addressed him by it. he had at the same time risen to the rank of cashier. so all the numerous clerks had by degrees deserted the office and the warehouse. Cocles remained in M. and a most singular change had taken place in his position. and which had so completely replaced his real name that he would not.Chapter 29 328 clerks hurrying to and fro in the long corridors −− instead of the court filled with bales of goods. no matter what scheme or what trap was laid to catch him. and had remained with him in spite of the efforts of his friends to induce him to withdraw. with a melancholy smile. the only point on which he would have stood firm against the world. Morrel's service. Everything was as we have said." or "Cock−eye. however. one would have immediately perceived all aspect of sadness and gloom. which he had at his fingers' ends. One was a young man of three or four and twenty. re−echoing with the cries and the jokes of porters. the other was an old one−eyed cashier. on the contrary. Morrel's daughter. in all probability. patient. Morrel. devoted. and the same evening he had brought them to M. who. as it would to a miller that the river that had so long turned his mill should cease to flow. from a firm conviction. who was in love with M. He was. Out of all the numerous clerks that used to fill the deserted corridor and the empty office. Cocles had detected an overbalance of fourteen sous in his cash.

In order to meet the payments then due. Emmanuel. and the young man bade him conduct the stranger to M. for this eulogium of M. like the Pharaon. no hope but the return of the Pharaon. Morrel had. owing to the reports afloat. he had collected all his resources. for every new face might be that of a new creditor. in reality. of whose departure he had learnt from a vessel which had weighed anchor at the same time. Morrel had passed many an anxious hour. but the stranger declared that he had nothing to say to M. is he not. but his resources were now exhausted. and the one hundred thousand francs due on the 15th of the next month to M. But this vessel which. was no longer to be had. Cocles went first. and which had already arrived in harbor. On the staircase they met a beautiful girl of sixteen or seventeen. Emmanuel received him. he went to the Beaucaire fair to sell his wife's and daughter's jewels and a portion of his plate. you are the pearl of cashiers. and to meet the one hundred thousand francs due on the 10th of the present month." Cocles went away perfectly happy. and the stranger followed him. de Boville. Cocles appeared. who looked with anxiety at the stranger. himself the pearl of the honest men of Marseilles.Chapter 29 329 "Thanks. de Boville. this young man was alarmed by the appearance of every new face. . Mademoiselle Julie?" said the cashier. and. the day after his interview with M. Morrel's. wishing to spare his employer the pain of this interview. questioned the new−comer. But since the end of the month M. while no intelligence had been received of the Pharaon. had been in for a fortnight. flattered him more than a present of fifty crowns. presented himself at M. Such was the state of affairs when. came from Calcutta. Morrel in person. come in anxiety to question the head of the house. Credit. fearing lest the report of his distress should get bruited abroad at Marseilles when he was known to be reduced to such an extremity. and that his business was with M. By this means the end of the month was passed. The young man. Morrel's apartment. Cocles. the confidential clerk of the house of Thomson & French of Rome. and summoned Cocles. M. Morrel is in his room. Emmanuel sighed. "M. Morrel.

Morrel does not know my name. turning over the formidable columns of his ledger. and if my father is there. opened a door in the corner of a landing−place on the second staircase. you are aware from whom I come?" "The house of Thomson & French. while the stranger and Cocles continued to mount the staircase. She entered the office where Emmanuel was. once so firm and penetrating. whose uneasiness was increased by this examination. in his thirty−sixth year at the opening of this history. as if he feared being forced to fix his attention on some particular thought or person. arose. and when he had seen him seated.000 francs to pay this month in France. opened a second door." "He has told you rightly.000 or 400.Chapter 29 330 "Yes. at least. M. time and sorrow had ploughed deep furrows on his brow. I think so. this worthy gentleman has only to announce the confidential clerk of the house of Thomson & French of Rome. was now in his fiftieth. knowing your strict punctuality. and to employ the money . was now irresolute and wandering. The Englishman entered. and charged me as they became due to present them. Fourteen years had changed the worthy merchant. his hair had turned white. monsieur. The house of Thomson & French had 300. which contained the list of his liabilities." returned the Englishman. "you wish to speak to me?" "Yes. and found Morrel seated at a table. who. Morrel closed the ledger. announce this gentleman. have collected all the bills bearing your signature. evidently mingled with interest." said Morrel. with whom your father does business. At the sight of the stranger. "Go and see." "It will be useless to announce me. The Englishman looked at him with an air of curiosity. at least. and his look. resumed his own chair. "M. while Cocles. which he closed behind him. so my cashier tells me. mademoiselle." The young girl turned pale and continued to descend. "Monsieur. and after having left the clerk of the house of Thomson & French alone. Cocles." said the young girl hesitatingly. returned and signed to him that he could enter. and. conducted the stranger into an ante−chamber. by the aid of a key he possessed. and offered a seat to the stranger.

sir. "you hold bills of mine?" "Yes. to whom they are due.000 francs. in all. he placed the money in my hands at four and a half per cent nearly five years ago. of course. he would be unable to honor his own signature. and the house of Wild & Turner of Marseilles. the inspector of prisons. de Boville." "Just so. and passed his hand over his forehead." It is impossible to describe what Morrel suffered during this enumeration.500 francs payable shortly. half the 15th of next. You acknowledge. I have for the end of the month these bills which have been assigned to us by the house of Pascal. they are all signed by you.500 francs. sir. and now here are 32. taking a quantity of papers from his pocket." continued he. "I will not. "an assignment of 200. after a moment's silence. "So then." said Morrel. whose face was suffused. that while your probity and . and for a considerable sum.Chapter 29 331 otherwise. "Yes. "Is this all?" "No." "What is the amount?" asked Morrel with a voice he strove to render firm." said Morrel." "I recognize them. 287. "Here is. for the first time in his life. amounting to nearly 55." "When are you to pay?" "Half the 15th of this month." Morrel sighed deeply. as he thought that.000 francs to our house by M. and assigned to our house by the holders. that you owe this sum to him?" "Yes. "conceal from you." repeated he." replied the Englishman. which was covered with perspiration. "Two hundred and eighty−seven thousand five hundred francs." said the Englishman.

"it is a cruel thing to be forced to say. Yes. only correspondents. I fear I shall be forced to suspend payment. who spoke with more assurance than he had hitherto shown." said he." said the other." returned Morrel.Chapter 29 332 exactitude up to this moment are universally acknowledged. shall you pay these with the same punctuality?" Morrel shuddered. and looked at the man. tell me fairly. "But as a man of honor should answer another. "one has no friends." said he." "I know that. "Sir." "Have you no friends who could assist you?" Morrel smiled mournfully. as I hope. "if this last resource fail you?" "Well. yet the report is current in Marseilles that you are not able to meet your liabilities. "Well. for its arrival will again procure me the credit which the numerous accidents. but if the Pharaon should be lost. "then you have but one hope." "The last?" "The last. "a straightforward answer should be given. I shall pay." "It is true. I must habituate myself to shame. "up to this time −− and it is now more than four−and−twenty years since I received the direction of this house from my father. but. have deprived me." At this almost brutal speech Morrel turned deathly pale. "In business. if. already used to misfortune. my vessel arrives safely." murmured the Englishman. and this last resource be gone" −− the poor man's eyes filled with tears. of which I have been the victim." said he." "But one. "To questions frankly put." "So that if this fail" −− . sir. who had himself conducted it for five and thirty years −− never has anything bearing the signature of Morrel & Son been dishonored." replied the Englishman.

The noise had ceased. who still adheres to my fallen fortunes. in hopes of being the first to announce good news to me." "I know it. The Pharaon left Calcutta the 5th February. and that the footsteps. The two men remained opposite one another. sir. sir? I dread almost as much to receive any tidings of my vessel as to remain in doubt.Chapter 29 333 "I am ruined." Then in a low voice Morrel added. but his strength failed him and he sank into a chair." "And it is not yours?" "No." "What is that?" said the Englishman. and the creaking of hinges was audible. Morrel rose and advanced to the door. and brings you some tidings of her?" "Shall I tell you plainly one thing. she ought to have been here a month ago. La Gironde. but she is not mine. oh!" cried Morrel. a vessel was coming into port. a young man. which were those of several persons. and something must follow. . the stranger gazing at him with an air of profound pity. he has informed me of the arrival of this ship. "What is the meaning of that noise?" "Oh. "what is it?" A loud noise was heard on the stairs of people moving hastily. The stranger fancied he heard footsteps on the stairs. and half−stifled sobs. −− completely ruined!" "As I was on my way here. but it seemed that Morrel expected something −− something had occasioned the noise. turning pale. stopped at the door." "Perhaps she has spoken the Pharaon. A key was inserted in the lock of the first door. Uncertainty is still hope. passes a part of his time in a belvidere at the top of the house. −− "This delay is not natural. Morrel trembling in every limb. she comes from India also. she is a Bordeaux vessel.

Morrel rose tremblingly." Scarcely had he uttered those words than Madame Morrel entered weeping bitterly. Julie threw herself into his arms. "Come in. Madame Morrel sat down by her husband and took one of his hands in hers. . "And the crew?" asked Morrel. "Cocles and Julie. "Oh. and in the antechamber were visible the rough faces of seven or eight half−naked sailors. but she made an affirmative sign with her head as she lay on her father's breast. her eyes bathed with tears. father!" murmured she. my God. father!" said she. then restrained himself. "at least thou strikest but me alone. He would have spoken. "for I presume you are all at the door. "forgive your child for being the bearer of evil tidings." A tear moistened the eye of the phlegmatic Englishman. but his voice failed him.Chapter 29 334 "There are only two persons who have the key to that door." At this instant the second door opened. "saved by the crew of the vessel that has just entered the harbor. supporting himself by the arm of the chair." Morrel again changed color. Emmanuel stood in the centre of the chamber and seemed to form the link between Morrel's family and the sailors at the door. appeared. At the sight of these men the Englishman started and advanced a step. "How did this happen?" said Morrel. "courage!" "The Pharaon has gone down. and the young girl." said the girl." murmured Morrel. "Thanks." said he. then?" said Morrel in a hoarse voice. father. "Saved. Julie still lay with her head on his shoulder. "Oh." Morrel raised his two hands to heaven with an expression of resignation and sublime gratitude. The young girl did not speak. Emmanuel followed her. clasping her hands. and retired into the farthest and most obscure corner of the apartment. come in." said Morrel.

Penelon. we shall have a tempest. `we have still too much canvas set. Morrel. bronzed by the tropical sun.' −− `That's my opinion too. when Captain Gaumard comes up to me −− I was at the helm I should tell you −− and says.' `A gale? More than that.' said the captain." said the young man. and that they would not be so black if they didn't mean mischief. Penelon. the squall was on us. captain? Why I think that they are rising faster than they have any business to do.Chapter 29 335 "Draw nearer. as if he had just quitted Marseilles the previous evening. `What do I think. balanced himself. and you will see him in a few days all alive and hearty. south−south−west after a week's calm." said he. advanced. placed his hand before his mouth. and began. it was down. We are carrying too much canvas.' said the captain. twirling the remains of a tarpaulin between his hands.' You could see the wind coming like the dust at Montredon.' answered he. `and I'll take precautions accordingly. M. all hands lower the mains'l!' Five minutes after. what do you think of those clouds coming up over there?' I was just then looking at them myself. and had just returned from Aix or Toulon. "Good−day." Penelon rolled his quid in his cheek. and we sailed under mizzen−tops'ls and to'gall'nt sails. and sent a long jet of tobacco−juice into the antechamber. `Penelon." returned Morrel. there. "we were somewhere between Cape Blanc and Cape Boyador. M. `we shall have a gale.' I says. Morrel. M. Penelon. Morrel. `Well. turned his head. and the vessel began to heel." said he. . Avast. but please God. −− "You see. `what makes you shake your head?' `Why. "and tell us all about it. "where is the captain?" "The captain. sailing with a fair breeze. who could not refrain from smiling through his tears. now tell your story.' It was time. Penelon. `I still think you've got too much on." An old seaman. advanced his foot. or I don't know what's what.' said the captain." "Well.' `I think you're right. `Ah. all hands! Take in the studding−sl's and stow the flying jib. it won't be much. "Good−day. −− he has stayed behind sick at Palma.

haul the brace. and descended." His firm." "Well done!" said the Englishman." continued . "Eh.' said the captain. To the boats. "and during that time the wind had abated. that makes five.' `That's the example you set. "we put the helm up to run before the tempest. sir. but the water kept rising. lower the to'gall'nt sails. "We did better than that. let us now save ourselves. only two inches an hour. Penelon. as quick as you can.' said he. and it seemed the more we pumped the more came in. `very well." said the old sailor respectfully. there was already three feet of water." continued the sailor. sonorous. `Take in two reefs in the tops'ls. and go down into the hold. `All hands to the pumps!' I shouted.' cries the captain. and the sea gone down." said the Englishman. after pitching heavily for twelve hours we sprung a leak. and M.Chapter 29 336 luckily the captain understood his business. after four hours' work.' He went into his cabin and came back with a brace of pistols. `Come. and three we had before. but still it rose. `Penelon. wait a minute.' cried the captain.'" "That was not enough for those latitudes. but in twelve hours that makes two feet. give me the helm. Penelon put his hand over his eyes. it was that that did the business." "The vessel was very old to risk that. we can die but once. `let go the bowlin's. we have tried to save the ship. `since we are sinking. and then stared at the man who thus criticized the manoeuvres of his captain. Morrel will have nothing to reproach us with. ten minutes after we struck our tops'ls and scudded under bare poles. `Ah. not much. Two inches an hour does not seem much. `I will blow the brains out of the first man who leaves the pump. "There's nothing gives you so much courage as good reasons. but it was too late. let us sink.' I gave him the helm. "I should have taken four reefs in the topsails and furled the spanker.' said I. `I think we are sinking. haul out the reef−tackles on the yards. my lads. `we have done all in our power." said the Englishman. and unexpected voice made every one start.' said the captain.' Now.

Ten minutes after she pitched forward. that's the whole truth." "Well. M. "As for that. don't let us talk of that. made for us. he would not quit the vessel. What wages are due to you?" "Oh. Morrel. we were three days without anything to eat or drink. but times are changed." said M. is not it true. then the other way. and then I jumped after him. but we will talk of it. There now. she perceived us. or rather. we made signals of distress. blessed be his name. and exchanged a few words with them. but still more to his life. Morrel. for just as I jumped the deck burst with a noise like the broadside of a man−of−war. Give them. a sailor is attached to his ship. "Cocles. well. "I should have said. It was time.' We soon launched the boat." said he. It was the will of God that this should happen. he did not descend. Morrel. so we did not wait to be told twice. again turning his quid. spun round and round. the more so. two hundred francs over as a present. "as for that" −− . three months. on the honor of a sailor. and seemed to say. and all eight of us got into it. Morrel." added be." "Yes. and then good−by to the Pharaon. and took us all on board." said Penelon." said Morrel." Penelon turned to his companions. "you see. when we saw La Gironde. M. so that we began to think of drawing lots who should feed the rest. M. `Get along −− save yourselves. then. so I took him round the waist. "At another time. Morrel. "I know there was no one in fault but destiny. "Well. besides.Chapter 29 337 Penelon. The captain descended last. As for us. and the little money that remains to me is not my own. pay two hundred francs to each of these good fellows. M. and threw him into the boat. that the ship was sinking under us. you fellows there?" A general murmur of approbation showed that the narrator had faithfully detailed their misfortunes and sufferings.

"leave me. Emmanuel. quite the contrary. go with them. and therefore I do not want any sailors. we all say that fifty francs will be enough for us at present. enter his service." "Well" −− "Well. you are free to do so. I hope so. Penelon nearly swallowed his quid. then. Penelon." "No more money? Then you must not pay us. Morrel!" said he in a low voice. and if you can find another employer. Morrel. Now go." "Enough." "Thanks. "you send us away. we shall see each other again. you'll build some. thanks!" cried Morrel gratefully. my friends. you are then angry with us!" "No. who went first. M." "At least. "I am not angry. "What. at least. we can scud. "take it −− take it. I pray you.Chapter 29 338 "As for what?" "The money." said M. and that we will wait for the rest." He made a sign to Cocles." . we'll wait for you. "Now." "No more ships!" returned Penelon. M." These last words produced a prodigious effect on the seaman. and I do not send you away. but I have no more ships." said the poor owner mournfully. "so I cannot accept your kind offer. "Yes. we shall meet again in a happier time. the seamen followed him and Emmanuel brought up the rear. fortunately he recovered. like the Pharaon. under bare poles. "well. enough!" cried Morrel. Morrel?" asked Penelon." "I have no money to build ships with. almost overpowered. no. and see that my orders are executed.

" asked Morrel. and consequently my life. and I have nothing further to tell you. sir!" cried Morrel. at least. in which he had taken no part. "will the house of Thomson & French consent?" "Oh. and this only increases my desire to serve you. To−day is the 5th of June. are the first that will fall due. The two women looked at this person whose presence they had entirely forgotten." "Do you wish for time to pay?" "A delay would save my honor." "I see. sir." "How long a delay do you wish for?" −− Morrel reflected. "that a fresh and unmerited misfortune his overwhelmed you." said he." replied the stranger. "Two months. "Well." "Your bills. Julie gave the stranger a supplicating glance. "you have heard all. except the few words we have mentioned. "I am one of your largest creditors. The two men were left alone." returned the Englishman. and retired. "leave me." continued the stranger. as she left the apartment. I take everything on myself. to which he replied by a smile that an indifferent spectator would have been surprised to see on his stern features. "I will give you three." said Morrel.Chapter 29 339 said the owner to his wife and daughter. who had remained motionless in the corner during this scene." And he glanced towards the clerk of Thomson & French." "Yes. sinking into a chair. but." "Oh." . "But. I wish to speak with this gentleman. "Let me see.

who." "Yes. overwhelming him with grateful blessings. Adieu. The Englishman received his thanks with the phlegm peculiar to his nation. seemed unable to make up his mind to retain them. conducted him to the staircase. Continue to be the good. "Do you promise?" "I swear to you I will. and Morrel. however strange it may appear. blushed like a rose. renew these bills up to the 5th of September. "one day you will receive a letter signed `Sinbad the Sailor. clasping her hands. and leaned against the baluster." returned Morrel. "Come with me." said the Englishman. "Mademoiselle.Chapter 29 340 "Well. and I have great hopes that heaven will reward you by giving you Emmanuel for a husband." Julie uttered a faint cry. and the poor ship−owner found himself with three months before him to collect his resources. In the court he found Penelon. the old ones destroyed." said the stranger. sweet girl you are at present. my friend. sir. The bills were renewed." returned Julie." . "and I will pay you −− or I shall he dead. The stranger waved his hand.' Do exactly what the letter bids you. but in reality she was waiting for him. with a rouleau of a hundred francs in either hand. and continued to descend. "I wish to speak to you. "Oh. I shall come to receive the money. sir" −− said she." These last words were uttered in so low a tone that the stranger could not hear them. mademoiselle. The stranger met Julie on the stairs. and on the 5th of September at eleven o'clock (the hand of the clock pointed to eleven)." "It is well. she pretended to be descending." "I shall expect you.

000 francs. Cocles thus remained in his accustomed tranquillity. and some even came to a contrary decision. as he had said. all Morrel's correspondents did not take this view. in business he had correspondents. The same day he told his wife. and a ray of hope. he could by no means account for this generous conduct on the part of Thomson & French towards him. that if he had to repay on the 15th the 50. it was impossible for him to remain solvent. It was Morrel alone who remembered with alarm. were paid by Cocles with equal punctuality. returned to the family. if not of tranquillity. The bills signed by Morrel were presented at his office with scrupulous exactitude. and get only six or eight per cent of our money back again." Unfortunately. he had time granted. When he thought the matter over. thanks to the delay granted by the Englishman. and. Emmanuel. Great. however. and the general opinion was that the complete ruin of the unfortunate shipowner had been postponed only until the end of the month. The month passed. de Boville. The opinion of all the commercial men was that.500 francs of bills. was to the poor shipowner so decided a stroke of good fortune that he almost dared to believe that fate was at length grown weary of wasting her spite upon him. and. under the reverses which had successively weighed down Morrel. who had shown themselves so considerate towards him. whether through envy or stupidity. Unfortunately. and his daughter all that had occurred. he cancelled all his obligations with his usual punctuality. and Morrel made . Morrel had not only engagements with the house of Thomson & French. and on the 30th the 32. as well as the debt due to the inspector of prisons. and have those 300.Chapter 30 341 Chapter 30 The Fifth of September. was the astonishment when at the end of the month. and not friends. for which. he must be a ruined man. The extension provided for by the agent of Thomson & French.000 francs at the end of three months than hasten his ruin. therefore. and could only attribute it to some such selfish argument as this: −− "We had better help a man who owes us nearly 300.000 francs of M. at the moment when Morrel expected it least. Still confidence was not restored to all minds.

Morrel. Fortunately. and thus his bashfulness arose from the fact of his not having. Formerly his paper. and. When he saw his employer. drew on one side into the corner of the landing−place. passed his quid from one cheek to the other. He delayed presenting himself at Morrel's. recovered from his illness. As he descended the staircase. As to the sailors of the Pharaon. and to offer him employment from his new master. they must have found snug berths elsewhere. was taken with confidence. if we may so express ourselves. for they also had disappeared. and only acknowledged the squeeze of the hand which Morrel as usual gave him by a slight pressure in return. The worthy shipowner knew. Morrel met Penelon. which Captain Gaumard had not dared to apply for. he found himself in a condition to meet his engagements when the end of July came. He brought him also the amount of his wages. Morrel attributed Penelon's embarrassment to the elegance of his attire. the worthy tar seemed much embarrassed. and be more fortunate than I have been!" . or two days after his visit to Morrel. as they reached him. he had disappeared. went to see him. it would seem. and M. of the captain's brave conduct during the storm. the inspector of prisons. "may your new master love you as I loved you. but the owner. the day after. Captain Gaumard. and none of the banks would give him credit. for he was newly clad. "Worthy fellows!" said Morrel. who was going up. engaged on board some other vessel. hearing of his arrival. stared stupidly with his great eyes. had returned from Palma. no doubt. it was evident the good fellow had not gone to such an expense on his own account. his departure left no trace except in the memories of these three persons. Morrel had some funds coming in on which he could rely. Penelon had. made good use of his money. Perhaps he had come to tell Captain Gaumard of his good luck. worn mourning for the Pharaon longer. he was. and tried to console him. The agent of Thomson & French had not been again seen at Marseilles. as he went away. at any date. and as in that city he had had no intercourse but with the mayor. and was even in request. Morrel now tried to negotiate bills at ninety days only. from Penelon's recital.Chapter 30 342 extraordinary efforts to get in all his resources.

examined all bills presented with the usual scrutiny. Morrel had long thought of Danglars. "we are indeed ruined. Morrel had thought of Danglars. without taking a crown from his pocket. though hardly two and twenty. he was awaited by his family with extreme anxiety. and had lain under great obligations to Morrel in former days. Yet. and Cocles appeared behind the grating of the counter. two drafts which M. and which Cocles paid as punctually as the bills which the shipowner had accepted.Chapter 30 343 August rolled by in unceasing efforts on the part of Morrel to renew his credit or revive the old. then. and then it was said that the bills would go to protest at the end of the month. with the tenacity peculiar to prophets of bad news. Morrel returned. and Morrel was saved." said the two women to Emmanuel. or say one harsh word. the failure was put off until the end of September. could save Morrel. and his cashier Cocles. for from this journey to Paris they hoped great things. "Then. who was in garrison at Nimes. on his arrival. and had delayed as long as possible availing himself of this last resource. The poor women felt instinctively that they required all their strength to support the blow that impended. Besides. and that Morrel had gone away and left his chief clerk Emmanuel. but had kept away from some instinctive motive. he had but to pass his word for a loan. since to him it was owing that Danglars entered the service of the Spanish banker. Maximilian Morrel. All this was incomprehensible. that Julie should write to her brother. It was said at this moment that Danglars was worth from six to eight millions of francs. and then. from first to last. when the 31st of August came. and then going to his private room on the second floor had sent for Cocles. He was a . to meet the creditors. Morrel did not utter a complaint. had great influence over his father. with whom he had laid the foundations of his vast wealth. and. and had unlimited credit. for he returned home crushed by the humiliation of a refusal. Morrel had fully anticipated. contrary to all expectation. the house opened as usual. On the 20th of August it was known at Marseilles that he had left town in the mailcoach. And Morrel was right. He embraced his weeping wife and daughter. to come to them as speedily as possible. pressed Emmanuel's hand with friendly warmth. moreover. But. who was now immensely rich. On the 1st. paid all with the usual precision. There came in." It was agreed in a brief council held among them. Danglars.

At the time when he decided on his profession his father had no desire to choose for him. and only raised his hands to heaven and exclaimed. but the worthy creature hastened down the staircase with unusual precipitation. passed brilliantly through the Polytechnic School. She would have questioned him as he passed by her. making the best of everything. mademoiselle.000 francs. when Morrel went down to his dinner. Morrel examined the ledgers. and left it as sub−lieutenant of the 53d of the line. Julie saw the latter leave it pale. However. He had at once declared for a military life. In his regiment Maximilian Morrel was noted for his rigid observance. but also of the duties of a man. For part of the day he went into the court−yard. and did not even know what it meant. and his features betraying the utmost consternation. trembling." We need hardly say that many of those who gave him this epithet repeated it because they had heard it. They had not mistaken the gravity of this event. he seemed completely bewildered. This was the young man whom his mother and sister called to their aid to sustain them under the serious trial which they felt they would soon have to endure. seated himself on a stone with his head bare and exposed to the blazing sun. and read the Semaphore. and had in consequence studied hard. opened the portfolio. upright young man.000. and he thus gained the name of "the stoic. a portfolio. gave him 14. but had consulted young Maximilian's taste. and expected promotion on the first vacancy. his bills receivable up to the 5th to 4. this day he did not leave the house. but his . All his funds amounted to 6.500 francs. Emmanuel tried to comfort the women. but returned to his office. and counted the money. "Oh. for the moment after Morrel had entered his private office with Cocles. He had not even the means for making a possible settlement on account. or 8. what a dreadful misfortune! Who could ever have believed it!" A moment afterwards Julie saw him go up−stairs carrying two or three heavy ledgers. which. For a year he had held this rank. This calmness was more alarming to the two women than the deepest dejection would have been. After dinner Morrel usually went out and used to take his coffee at the Phocaean club. mademoiselle. As to Cocles.000. not only of the obligations imposed on a soldier. and a bag of money. he appeared very calm.Chapter 30 344 strong−minded.000 francs to meet debts amounting to 287.000 or 5.

Madame Morrel sent her daughter to bed. went into his office as usual. she rose. and yet had not strength to utter a word. In the passage she saw a retreating shadow. but they heard him pass before their door. not to feel that a great catastrophe hung over the Morrel family." replied the unhappy man. "that you should take this key from me?" "Nothing.Chapter 30 345 eloquence faltered. The young man was too well acquainted with the business of the house. and went stealthily along the passage. M. and which was only taken from her in childhood as a punishment? The young girl looked at Morrel. but instead of going to her apartment she hastened to consult . Morrel seemed as calm as ever. hoping that when he left his room Morrel would come to them. and trying to conceal the noise of his footsteps. The terrible idea that he was writing his will flashed across her. Night came. what her daughter had not observed. and held her for a long time against his bosom. the two women had watched. she had noticed that her father's heart beat violently. Morrel was writing. he placed his daughter beside him. only I want it. Next day M. Julie told her mother. it was Julie. the tears starting to his eyes at this simple question. but Madame Morrel remarked. who. that her husband was writing on stamped paper. And she went out. They had understood each other without speaking." she said. "I must have left it in my room. Julie trembled at this request. he went into his sleeping−room. The young lady went towards Madame Morrel. came to his breakfast punctually. had anticipated her mother." she said. she shuddered. and half an hour after Julie had retired." she said. father." Julie made a pretence to feel for the key. took off her shoes. took her head in his arms. "What have I done wrong. The next two days passed in much the same way. uneasy herself. Madame Morrel looked again through the keyhole. They listened. In the evening. Morrel asked his daughter for the key of his study. which seemed to her of bad omen. and fastened the door inside. Why did her father ask for this key which she always kept. that although he was apparently so calm. −− "nothing. "He is writing. to see through the keyhole what her husband was doing. my dear. On the evening of the 4th of September. after dinner. and then.

and a mouth pressed her forehead. she heard her husband pacing the room in great agitation. An instant afterwards the door opened. than he had ever been." said he." She questioned Emmanuel. During the night. −− "Remain with your mother. He could not cease gazing at and kissing the sweet girl. Madame Morrel remained listening for every sound. mindful of Emmanuel's request. if possible.Chapter 30 346 Emmanuel. but he said it in a tone of paternal kindness. "Do not give this key to your father. They did not dare to ask him how he had slept. She looked up and uttered an exclamation of joy. more affectionate to his daughter." said the young man. . "Mother. making a sign to the young man. looking alternately at Madame Morrel and her daughter. until three o'clock in the morning. They had expected Maximilian since the previous evening. At eight o'clock in the morning Morrel entered their chamber. she felt two arms encircle her. do not quit him for a moment. and Julie did not dare to disobey. "I wish you to do so. "Maximilian. but he said to her quickly. dearest. and I have come hither with all speed. "what has occurred −− what has happened? Your letter has frightened me. "Are you not Mademoiselle Julie Morrel?" inquired the man. Julie. At these words Madame Morrel rose. The mother and daughter passed the night together. This was the first time Morrel had ever so spoken." said he. "go and tell your father that Maximilian has just arrived. She remained at the same spot standing mute and motionless." said Madame Morrel. and threw herself into her son's arms." Julie wished to accompany him. but on the first step of the staircase she found a man holding a letter in his hand. "and to−morrow morning. was following her father when he quitted the room. but the agitation of the night was legible in his pale and careworn visage. my dearest brother!" she cried. between the 4th and 5th of September. Morrel was kinder to his wife. and. but he knew nothing. or would not say what he knew. It was three o'clock when he threw himself on the bed. He was calm." "Julie. with a strong Italian accent." The young lady rushed out of the apartment.

through a singular impulse. She cast her eyes again over the note to peruse it a second time. ask the porter for the key of the room on the fifth floor. Julie hesitated. looked round to question the messenger. or should any one else go in your place. "It concerns the best interests of your father. raised her eyes. She read: −− "It is important that you should fulfil this mission in person and alone. sir." said the messenger. but he had disappeared. enter the apartment. take from the corner of the mantelpiece a purse netted in red silk." he said. If you go accompanied by any other person. it may be observed. "Sinbad the Sailor. She opened it quickly and read: −− "Go this moment to the Allees de Meillan. She hastened down and told him what had occurred on the day when the agent of Thomson & French had come to her father's. handing it to her. and resolved to take counsel. enter the house No. and saw there was a postscript. The young girl hastily took the letter from him. Julie hesitated. It is important that he should receive it before eleven o'clock. But there is no need to know danger in order to fear it." This postscript decreased greatly the young girl's happiness. it was neither to her mother nor her brother that she applied. You promised to obey me implicitly. Yet. indeed. "what is your pleasure? I do not know you." replied Julie with hesitation." "Read this letter." The young girl uttered a joyful cry. and give it to your father.Chapter 30 347 "Yes. but to Emmanuel. related the . the porter will reply that he does not know anything about it. that it is usually unknown perils that inspire the greatest terror. 15. Remember your oath. Was there nothing to fear? was there not some snare laid for her? Her innocence had kept her in ignorance of the dangers that might assail a young girl of her age.

Emmanuel?" said the young girl with hesitation. then. "Listen. "I will await you at the corner of the Rue de Musee. but his desire to make Julie decide immediately made him reply. Did not the messenger say your father's safety depended upon it?" "But what danger threatens him." "To−day." . your father has nearly three hundred thousand francs to pay?" "Yes. "we have not fifteen thousand francs in the house. I will hasten to rejoin you. repeated the promise she had made." "Well. "And you shall be alone." "But did you not read that I must be alone?" said Julie. I will accompany you. and woe to him of whom you shall have cause to complain to me!" "Then. and if you are so long absent as to make me uneasy." replied the young man. Emmanuel?" she asked. "You must go.Chapter 30 348 scene on the staircase. mademoiselle. Emmanuel hesitated a moment. then. we know that." said Emmanuel. "Go there?" murmured Julie. at eleven o'clock." he said. is it not?" "Yes. "Yes. then." continued Emmanuel. "to−day is the 5th of September. and showed him the letter. "it is your opinion that I should obey this invitation?" "Yes. then.

but he did not know that matters had reached such a point. of whose arrival he was ignorant. M." he exclaimed. and I will explain to you. hastening away with the young man. He was thunderstruck. Madame Morrel had told her son everything. but he rapped there in vain. "Father. trembling as he went." "Oh. then. expecting to find his father in his study. The young man knew quite well that. father. and closed it . which he was only this moment quitting. in heaven's name. Then. "Father. Morrel had returned to his bed−chamber. rushing hastily out of the apartment. "what are these weapons for?" "Maximilian. Morrel opened the door. and a man of honor. and saw his father. Morrel uttered a cry of surprise at the sight of his son. turned. this is what I feared!" said Morrel. During this time. come!" cried she. While he was yet at the door of the study he heard the bedroom door open. Instead of going direct to his study. he will be compelled at twelve o'clock to declare himself a bankrupt. and placed his right hand on Morrel's breast." replied Morrel. Maximilian sprang down the staircase. Come.Chapter 30 349 "What will happen then?" "Why. he ran up−stairs. turning pale as death." And with a firm step Morrel went up to his study. He remained motionless on the spot. pressing with his left hand something he had concealed under his coat. come. "what are you going to do with that brace of pistols under your coat?" "Oh. "you are a man. looking fixedly at his son. while Maximilian followed him. great changes had taken place in the style of living and housekeeping. but suddenly he recoiled. after the succession of misfortunes which had befallen his father. if to−day before eleven o'clock your father has not found someone who will come to his aid. and threw his arms round his father's neck." exclaimed the young man.

In this ledger was made out an exact balance−sheet of his affair's." said Maximilian in a gloomy voice. You have a calm. I do so bid you. crossing the anteroom.500 francs. Maximilian." replied Morrel. strong mind. What could he say? What need he add to such a desperate proof in figures? "And have you done all that is possible." "And in half an hour. within half an hour. I understand you. "Father.257 francs. I only ask you to examine my position as if it were your own. All he possessed was 15. "Your mother −− your sister! Who will support them?" A shudder ran through the young man's frame. "it is your duty. "You are right." "You have exhausted every resource?" "All. he said. "Read!" said Morrel." Then extending his hand towards one of the pistols. father. and pointed with his finger to an open ledger." he said. Morrel had to pay." said Morrel. after a moment's pause. 287. "You have no money coming in on which you can rely?" "None. Morrel said not a word. "our name is dishonored!" "Blood washes out dishonor. "I have. "There is one for you and one for me −− thanks!" Morrel caught his hand. to meet this disastrous result?" asked the young man." . and then judge for yourself. "do you reflect that you are bidding me to live?" "Yes. went to his desk on which he placed the pistols. The young man was overwhelmed as he read. you are no ordinary man. I make no requests or commands. father. then." answered Morrel. Maximilian.Chapter 30 350 behind his son.

" "My father. I die. perhaps. then an expression of sublime resignation appeared in his eyes. yes. `The edifice which misfortune has destroyed. and kissing his forehead several times said.Chapter 30 351 The young man reflected for a moment. my son. If." "Good. and with a slow and sad gesture he took off his two epaulets. To you. bending his knee. "I know. go and rejoin your mother and sister. "why should you not live?" "If I live. "die in peace. because in dying he knew what I should do. "bless me!" Morrel took the head of his son between his two hands. Go to work. "Oh. then. live. and those two noble hearts were pressed against each other for a moment. on the contrary. providence may build up again. failed in his engagements −− in fact. so that from day to day the property of those whom I leave in your hands may augment and fructify. Maximilian smiled." Morrel was about to cast himself on his knees before his son. yes. Maximilian. And now there is no more to be said. who say through me. you are the most honorable man I have ever known. I will live. and in the name of three generations of irreproachable men. on which you will say in this very office. pity into hostility. I bless you in my own name. they will accord the time they have refused to me. yourself." said Morrel. how solemn. the most inexorable will have pity on you. father. your mother and sister. but Maximilian caught him in his arms. my corpse is that of an honest but unfortunate . "You know it is not my fault. my father. drew him forward. the insignia of his rank. my father. but he died calmly and peaceably." he said. how grand. if I live I am only a man who his broken his word. interest would be converted into doubt.'" "My father. only a bankrupt. Reflect how glorious a day it will be. remember. `My father died because he could not do what I have this day done. "Be it so. if I live. all would be changed. extending his hand to Morrel.' On seeing me die such a death. young man. my father!" cried the young man. struggle ardently and courageously. labor. with the most rigid economy. Then do your best to keep our name free from dishonor." said the young man. that day of complete restoration.

you may raise your head and say.500 francs." said Maximilian. I will not say granted. for the first time.'" The young man uttered a groan." "Say it.Chapter 30 352 man. my best friends would avoid my house. who will in ten minutes present himself to receive the amount of a bill of 287. Morrel shook his head. "Yes. Living." "Have you no particular commands to leave with me. it may be. from humanity. because. Living." "The house of Thomson & French is the only one who. and endeavor to keep your mother and sister away." said Morrel." said Morrel. my son. my father?" inquired Maximilian in a faltering voice. You will find my will in the secretary in my bedroom. "I saw her this morning. I will. and bade her adieu. "And now. but offered me three months. leave me. but appeared resigned. "And now. my son. adieu. and respect this man. once more. "leave me alone." "Father. I would be alone. my father. and therefore he had suggested it. and a sacred command. dead. dead. A last but final hope was concealed by the young man in the effect of this interview." "Will you not see my sister once more?" asked Maximilian. Its agent. "Go. you would feel shame at my name. Let this house be the first repaid. selfishness −− it is not for me to read men's hearts −− has had any pity for me. or." . `I am the son of him you killed. all Marseilles will follow me in tears to my last home. he has been compelled to break his word.

he was surrounded by the loving care of a devoted family. It was no longer the same man −− the fearful revelations of the three last days had crushed him. "Suppose I was a soldier like you. he said. When the gentleman who came three months ago −− the agent of Thomson & French −− arrives. After a moment's interval. his eyes fixed on the clock. "My worthy Cocles. and seated himself. This thought −− the house of Morrel is about to stop payment −− bent him to the earth more than twenty years would otherwise have done." said his father. then putting forth his arm. `Go. that he must separate himself from all he held dear in the world. would you not say to me. To form the slightest idea of his feelings. he made a sign with his head. Maximilian. my father. announce his arrival to me." said the young man.Chapter 30 353 The young man remained standing and motionless. "Hear me. The hand moved on with incredible rapidity. even life itself. as you said just now. He was still comparatively young. there were seven minutes left. having but the force of will and not the power of execution. and ordered to carry a certain redoubt. he seemed to see its motion. father." Cocles made no reply. and death is preferable to shame!'" "Yes. "yes." and once again embracing his father with convulsive pressure. Morrel fell back in his chair. What passed in the mind of this man at the supreme moment of his agony cannot be told in words. one must have seen his face with its expression of enforced resignation and its tear−moistened eyes . he pulled the bell. "do you remain in the ante−chamber. that was all." said Morrel in a tone impossible to describe. Morrel remained an instant standing with his eyes fixed on the door." And he rushed out of the study. yet certainly plausible. but he had convinced himself by a course of reasoning. illogical perhaps. for you are dishonored by delay. went into the anteroom. "Be it so. When his son had left him. and you knew I must be killed in the assault. Cocles appeared. yes.

"My father!" cried the young girl. At this moment of mortal anguish the cold sweat came forth upon his brow." he said. "what do you mean?" "Yes. He turned and saw Julie. out of breath. and wrote a few words.Chapter 30 354 raised to heaven. "Explain. "Explain. Suddenly he heard a cry −− it was his daughter's voice.000 francs. The minute hand moved on. and started as he did so. but by seconds. with these words on a small slip of parchment: −− Julie's Dowry. At one end was the receipted bill for the 287. At this moment the clock struck eleven. it seemed to him a dream. you are saved!" And she threw herself into his arms." He placed the muzzle of the pistol between his teeth. The pistol fell from his hands. my child. and then shuddered at the click of the trigger as he cocked the pistol. "The agent of Thomson & French. my child. Morrel passed his hand over his brow. a pang stronger than death clutched at his heart−strings. Then he turned again to the clock. see!" said the young girl. and half dead with joy −− "saved. Morrel took the purse. my child!" said Morrel. his lips parted and his eyes fixed on the clock. netted silk purse. He took up the deadly weapon again. It seemed to him as if he had not taken a sufficient farewell of his beloved daughter. holding in her extended hand a red." he said. counting time now not by minutes. He heard the door of the staircase creak on its hinges −− the clock gave its warning to strike eleven −− the door of his study opened. for a vague remembrance reminded him that it once belonged to himself. Then he laid it down seized his pen. He felt as if each stroke of the hammer fell upon his heart. The pistols were loaded. took one up. and at the other was a diamond as large as a hazel−nut. he stretched forth his hand. "Saved. and murmured his daughter's name. "explain −− where did you find this purse?" . Morrel did not turn round −− he expected these words of Cocles. saved −− saved! See.

"Emmanuel accompanied me. he was not there when I returned. and they say she is now coming into port." "The Pharaon. his countenance full of animation and joy. "the Pharaon!" "What −− what −− the Pharaon! Are you mad." "My dear friends. 15. the acceptance receipted −− the splendid diamond.Chapter 30 355 "In a house in the Allees de Meillan. "And did you go alone?" asked Morrel. No." said Morrel. "The Pharaon!" he cried. sir −− they signal the Pharaon! The Pharaon is entering the harbor!" Morrel fell back in his chair. "Ah. strange to say. father. "if this be so. "what can it mean? −− the Pharaon?" ." "Monsieur Morrel!" exclaimed a voice on the stairs. fabulous facts. but. "Father. unheard−of. "this purse is not yours!" Julie handed to her father the letter she had received in the morning. refused to comprehend such incredible. his strength was failing him. "how could you say the Pharaon was lost? The lookout has signalled her. But his son came in. Emmanuel? You know the vessel is lost. it must be a miracle of heaven! Impossible." cried Morrel." exclaimed Cocles. At this moment Emmanuel entered. impossible!" But what was real and not less incredible was the purse he held in his hand. sir. his understanding weakened by such events." cried Maximilian. on the corner of a mantelpiece in a small room on the fifth floor. He was to have waited for me at the corner of the Rue de Musee. after he had read it. −− "Monsieur Morrel!" "It is his voice!" said Julie." "But.

be blessed for all the good thou hast done and wilt do hereafter. and who. and loaded. in front of the tower of Saint−Jean. Jacopo!" Then a launch came to shore. All the crowd gave way before Morrel." said the unknown. and conveyed him to a yacht splendidly fitted up. shouted "Jacopo. and thanking with a look the unknown benefactor whom he seemed to be seeking in the skies. And. As Morrel and his son embraced on the pier−head. "farewell kindness. and on the stairs met Madame Morrel. with his face half−covered by a black beard. watched the scene with delight. was a ship bearing on her stern these words. took him on board. noble heart. dear ones. She cast anchor. and hailing three times. and heaven have pity upon us if it be false intelligence!" They all went out." And with a smile expressive of supreme content. Morrel & Son. as if only awaiting this signal. there was the evidence of the senses. thence he once again looked towards Morrel. "let us go and see. In a moment they were at the Cannebiere." She was the exact duplicate of the other Pharaon. a man. was shaking hands most cordially with all the crowd around him. wonderful to see. he left his hiding−place. To doubt any longer was impossible. "And now. and let my gratitude remain in obscurity like your good deeds. weeping with joy. the Pharaon!" said every voice. descended one of the flights of steps provided for debarkation. on whose deck he sprung with the activity of a sailor. as that had been. with cochineal and indigo. in the presence and amid the applause of the whole city witnessing this event. uttered these words in a low tone: "Be happy. humanity. "The Pharaon. concealed behind the sentry−box. "The Pharaon. rising from his seat. and ten thousand persons who came to corroborate the testimony. and gratitude! Farewell to all the feelings that expand the heart! I have been heaven's substitute to recompense the good −− now the god of vengeance yields to me his power to punish the wicked!" At these words he gave a signal. Jacopo. and.Chapter 30 356 "Come. and without being observed. There was a crowd on the pier. . clued up sails. of Marseilles. Morrel. and on the deck was Captain Gaumard giving orders. who. the yacht instantly put out to sea. printed in white letters. and good old Penelon making signals to M." said Morrel. who had been afraid to go up into the study.

Chapter 31


Chapter 31
Italy: Sinbad the Sailor. Towards the beginning of the year 1838, two young men belonging to the first society of Paris, the Vicomte Albert de Morcerf and the Baron Franz d'Epinay, were at Florence. They had agreed to see the Carnival at Rome that year, and that Franz, who for the last three or four years had inhabited Italy, should act as cicerone to Albert. As it is no inconsiderable affair to spend the Carnival at Rome, especially when you have no great desire to sleep on the Piazza del Popolo, or the Campo Vaccino, they wrote to Signor Pastrini, the proprietor of the Hotel de Londres, Piazza di Spagna, to reserve comfortable apartments for them. Signor Pastrini replied that he had only two rooms and a parlor on the third floor, which he offered at the low charge of a louis per diem. They accepted his offer; but wishing to make the best use of the time that was left, Albert started for Naples. As for Franz, he remained at Florence, and after having passed a few days in exploring the paradise of the Cascine, and spending two or three evenings at the houses of the Florentine nobility, he took a fancy into his head (having already visited Corsica, the cradle of Bonaparte) to visit Elba, the waiting−place of Napoleon. One evening he cast off the painter of a sailboat from the iron ring that secured it to the dock at Leghorn, wrapped himself in his coat and lay down, and said to the crew, −− "To the Island of Elba!" The boat shot out of the harbor like a bird and the next morning Franz disembarked at Porto−Ferrajo. He traversed the island, after having followed the traces which the footsteps of the giant have left, and re−embarked for Marciana. Two hours after he again landed at Pianosa, where he was assured that red partridges abounded. The sport was bad; Franz only succeeded in killing a few partridges, and, like every unsuccessful sportsman, he returned to the boat very much out of temper. "Ah, if your excellency chose," said the captain, "you might have capital sport." "Where?"

Chapter 31


"Do you see that island?" continued the captain, pointing to a conical pile rising from the indigo sea. "Well, what is this island?" "The Island of Monte Cristo." "But I have no permission to shoot over this island." "Your excellency does not require a permit, for the island is uninhabited." "Ah, indeed!" said the young man. "A desert island in the midst of the Mediterranean must be a curiosity." "It is very natural; this island is a mass of rocks, and does not contain an acre of land capable of cultivation." "To whom does this island belong?" "To Tuscany." "What game shall I find there!" "Thousands of wild goats." "Who live upon the stones, I suppose," said Franz with an incredulous smile. "No, but by browsing the shrubs and trees that grow out of the crevices of the rocks." "Where can I sleep?" "On shore in the grottos, or on board in your cloak; besides, if your excellency pleases, we can leave as soon as you like −− we can sail as well by night as by day, and if the wind drops we can use our oars."

Chapter 31


As Franz had sufficient time, and his apartments at Rome were not yet available, he accepted the proposition. Upon his answer in the affirmative, the sailors exchanged a few words together in a low tone. "Well," asked he, "what now? Is there any difficulty in the way?" "No." replied the captain, "but we must warn your excellency that the island is an infected port." "What do you mean?" "Monte Cristo although uninhabited, yet serves occasionally as a refuge for the smugglers and pirates who come from Corsica, Sardinia, and Africa, and if it becomes known that we have been there, we shall have to perform quarantine for six days on our return to Leghorn." "The deuce! That puts a different face on the matter. Six days! Why, that's as long as the Almighty took to make the world! Too long a wait −− too long." "But who will say your excellency has been to Monte Cristo?" "Oh, I shall not," cried Franz. "Nor I, nor I," chorused the sailors. "Then steer for Monte Cristo." The captain gave his orders, the helm was put up, and the boat was soon sailing in the direction of the island. Franz waited until all was in order, and when the sail was filled, and the four sailors had taken their places −− three forward, and one at the helm −− he resumed the conversation. "Gaetano," said he to the captain, "you tell me Monte Cristo serves as a refuge for pirates, who are, it seems to me, a very different kind of game from the goats." "Yes, your excellency, and it is true."

Chapter 31


"I knew there were smugglers, but I thought that since the capture of Algiers, and the destruction of the regency, pirates existed only in the romances of Cooper and Captain Marryat." "Your excellency is mistaken; there are pirates, like the bandits who were believed to have been exterminated by Pope Leo XII., and who yet, every day, rob travellers at the gates of Rome. Has not your excellency heard that the French charge d'affaires was robbed six months ago within five hundred paces of Velletri?" "Oh, yes, I heard that." "Well, then, if, like us, your excellency lived at Leghorn, you would hear, from time to time, that a little merchant vessel, or an English yacht that was expected at Bastia, at Porto−Ferrajo, or at Civita Vecchia, has not arrived; no one knows what has become of it, but, doubtless, it has struck on a rock and foundered. Now this rock it has met has been a long and narrow boat, manned by six or eight men, who have surprised and plundered it, some dark and stormy night, near some desert and gloomy island, as bandits plunder a carriage in the recesses of a forest." "But," asked Franz, who lay wrapped in his cloak at the bottom of the boat, "why do not those who have been plundered complain to the French, Sardinian, or Tuscan governments?" "Why?" said Gaetano with a smile. "Yes, why?" "Because, in the first place, they transfer from the vessel to their own boat whatever they think worth taking, then they bind the crew hand and foot, they attach to every one's neck a four and twenty pound ball, a large hole is chopped in the vessel's bottom, and then they leave her. At the end of ten minutes the vessel begins to roll heavily and settle down. First one gun'l goes under, then the other. Then they lift and sink again, and both go under at once. All at once there's a noise like a cannon −− that's the air blowing

Chapter 31


up the deck. Soon the water rushes out of the scupper−holes like a whale spouting, the vessel gives a last groan, spins round and round, and disappears, forming a vast whirlpool in the ocean, and then all is over, so that in five minutes nothing but the eye of God can see the vessel where she lies at the bottom of the sea. Do you understand now," said the captain, "why no complaints are made to the government, and why the vessel never reaches port?" It is probable that if Gaetano had related this previous to proposing the expedition, Franz would have hesitated, but now that they had started, he thought it would be cowardly to draw back. He was one of those men who do not rashly court danger, but if danger presents itself, combat it with the most unalterable coolness. Calm and resolute, he treated any peril as he would an adversary in a duel, −− calculated its probable method of approach; retreated, if at all, as a point of strategy and not from cowardice; was quick to see an opening for attack, and won victory at a single thrust. "Bah!" said he, "I have travelled through Sicily and Calabria −− I have sailed two months in the Archipelago, and yet I never saw even the shadow of a bandit or a pirate." "I did not tell your excellency this to deter you from your project," replied Gaetano, "but you questioned me, and I have answered; that's all." "Yes, and your conversation is most interesting; and as I wish to enjoy it as long as possible, steer for Monte Cristo." The wind blew strongly, the boat made six or seven knots an hour, and they were rapidly reaching the end of their voyage. As they drew near the island seemed to lift from the sea, and the air was so clear that they could already distinguish the rocks heaped on one another, like cannon balls in an arsenal, with green bushes and trees growing in the crevices. As for the sailors, although they appeared perfectly tranquil yet it was evident that they were on the alert, and that they carefully watched the glassy surface over which they were sailing, and on which a few fishing−boats, with their white sails, were alone visible. They were within fifteen miles of Monte Cristo when the sun began to set behind Corsica, whose mountains appeared against the

Chapter 31


sky, showing their rugged peaks in bold relief; this mass of rock, like the giant Adamastor, rose dead ahead, a formidable barrier, and intercepting the light that gilded its massive peaks so that the voyagers were in shadow. Little by little the shadow rose higher and seemed to drive before it the last rays of the expiring day; at last the reflection rested on the summit of the mountain, where it paused an instant, like the fiery crest of a volcano, then gloom gradually covered the summit as it had covered the base, and the island now only appeared to be a gray mountain that grew continually darker; half an hour after, the night was quite dark. Fortunately, the mariners were used to these latitudes, and knew every rock in the Tuscan Archipelago; for in the midst of this obscurity Franz was not without uneasiness −− Corsica had long since disappeared, and Monte Cristo itself was invisible; but the sailors seemed, like the lynx, to see in the dark, and the pilot who steered did not evince the slightest hesitation. An hour had passed since the sun had set, when Franz fancied he saw, at a quarter of a mile to the left, a dark mass, but he could not precisely make out what it was, and fearing to excite the mirth of the sailors by mistaking a floating cloud for land, he remained silent; suddenly a great light appeared on the strand; land might resemble a cloud, but the fire was not a meteor. "What is this light?" asked he. "Hush!" said the captain; "it is a fire." "But you told me the island was uninhabited?" "I said there were no fixed habitations on it, but I said also that it served sometimes as a harbor for smugglers." "And for pirates?" "And for pirates," returned Gaetano, repeating Franz's words. "It is for that reason I have given orders to pass the island, for, as you see, the fire is behind us."

Chapter 31


"But this fire?" continued Franz. "It seems to me rather reassuring than otherwise; men who did not wish to be seen would not light a fire." "Oh, that goes for nothing," said Gaetano. "If you can guess the position of the island in the darkness, you will see that the fire cannot be seen from the side or from Pianosa, but only from the sea." "You think, then, this fire indicates the presence of unpleasant neighbors?" "That is what we must find out," returned Gaetano, fixing his eyes on this terrestrial star. "How can you find out?" "You shall see." Gaetano consulted with his companions, and after five minutes' discussion a manoeuvre was executed which caused the vessel to tack about, they returned the way they had come, and in a few minutes the fire disappeared, hidden by an elevation of the land. The pilot again changed the course of the boat, which rapidly approached the island, and was soon within fifty paces of it. Gaetano lowered the sail, and the boat came to rest. All this was done in silence, and from the moment that their course was changed not a word was spoken. Gaetano, who had proposed the expedition, had taken all the responsibility on himself; the four sailors fixed their eyes on him, while they got out their oars and held themselves in readiness to row away, which, thanks to the darkness, would not be difficult. As for Franz, he examined his arms with the utmost coolness; he had two double−barrelled guns and a rifle; he loaded them, looked at the priming, and waited quietly. During this time the captain had thrown off his vest and shirt, and secured his trousers round his waist; his feet were naked, so he had no shoes and stockings to take off; after these preparations he placed his finger on his lips, and lowering himself noiselessly into the sea, swam towards the shore with such precaution that it was impossible to hear the slightest sound; he could only be traced by the phosphorescent line in his wake. This track soon disappeared; it was evident that he had touched the shore. Every one on

Chapter 31


board remained motionless for half an hour, when the same luminous track was again observed, and the swimmer was soon on board. "Well?" exclaimed Franz and the sailors in unison. "They are Spanish smugglers," said he; "they have with them two Corsican bandits." "And what are these Corsican bandits doing here with Spanish smugglers?" "Alas," returned the captain with an accent of the most profound pity, "we ought always to help one another. Very often the bandits are hard pressed by gendarmes or carbineers; well, they see a vessel, and good fellows like us on board, they come and demand hospitality of us; you can't refuse help to a poor hunted devil; we receive them, and for greater security we stand out to sea. This costs us nothing, and saves the life, or at least the liberty, of a fellow−creature, who on the first occasion returns the service by pointing out some safe spot where we can land our goods without interruption." "Ah!" said Franz, "then you are a smuggler occasionally, Gaetano?" "Your excellency, we must live somehow," returned the other, smiling impenetrably. "Then you know the men who are now on Monte Cristo?" "Oh, yes, we sailors are like freemasons, and recognize each other by signs." "And do you think we have nothing to fear if we land?" "Nothing at all; smugglers are not thieves." "But these two Corsican bandits?" said Franz, calculating the chances of peril. "It is not their fault that they are bandits, but that of the authorities."

Chapter 31


"How so?" "Because they are pursued for having made a stiff, as if it was not in a Corsican's nature to revenge himself." "What do you mean by having made a stiff? −− having assassinated a man?" said Franz, continuing his investigation. "I mean that they have killed an enemy, which is a very different thing," returned the captain. "Well," said the young man, "let us demand hospitality of these smugglers and bandits. Do you think they will grant it?" "Without doubt." "How many are they?" "Four, and the two bandits make six." "Just our number, so that if they prove troublesome, we shall be able to hold them in check; so, for the last time, steer to Monte Cristo." "Yes, but your excellency will permit us to take all due precautions." "By all means, be as wise as Nestor and as prudent as Ulysses; I do more than permit, I exhort you." "Silence, then!" said Gaetano. Every one obeyed. For a man who, like Franz, viewed his position in its true light, it was a grave one. He was alone in the darkness with sailors whom he did not know, and who had no reason to be devoted to him; who knew that he had several thousand francs in his belt, and who had often examined his weapons, −− which were very beautiful, −− if not with envy, at least with curiosity. On the other hand, he was about to land, without any

Chapter 31


other escort than these men, on an island which had, indeed, a very religious name, but which did not seem to Franz likely to afford him much hospitality, thanks to the smugglers and bandits. The history of the scuttled vessels, which had appeared improbable during the day, seemed very probable at night; placed as he was between two possible sources of danger, he kept his eye on the crew, and his gun in his hand. The sailors had again hoisted sail, and the vessel was once more cleaving the waves. Through the darkness Franz, whose eyes were now more accustomed to it, could see the looming shore along which the boat was sailing, and then, as they rounded a rocky point, he saw the fire more brilliant than ever, and about it five or six persons seated. The blaze illumined the sea for a hundred paces around. Gaetano skirted the light, carefully keeping the boat in the shadow; then, when they were opposite the fire, he steered to the centre of the circle, singing a fishing song, of which his companions sung the chorus. At the first words of the song the men seated round the fire arose and approached the landing−place, their eyes fixed on the boat, evidently seeking to know who the new−comers were and what were their intentions. They soon appeared satisfied and returned (with the exception of one, who remained at the shore) to their fire, at which the carcass of a goat was roasting. When the boat was within twenty paces of the shore, the man on the beach, who carried a carbine, presented arms after the manner of a sentinel, and cried, "Who comes there?" in Sardinian. Franz coolly cocked both barrels. Gaetano then exchanged a few words with this man which the traveller did not understand, but which evidently concerned him. "Will your excellency give your name, or remain incognito?" asked the captain. "My name must rest unknown, −− merely say I am a Frenchman travelling for pleasure." As soon as Gaetano had transmitted this answer, the sentinel gave an order to one of the men seated round the fire, who rose and disappeared among the rocks. Not a word was spoken, every one seemed occupied, Franz with his disembarkment, the sailors with their sails, the smugglers with their goat; but in the midst of all this carelessness it was evident that they mutually observed each other. The man who had disappeared returned suddenly on the opposite side to that by which he had left; he made a sign with his head to the sentinel, who, turning to the boat, said, "S'accommodi." The Italian s'accommodi is untranslatable; it means at

Chapter 31


once, "Come, enter, you are welcome; make yourself at home; you are the master." It is like that Turkish phrase of Moliere's that so astonished the bourgeois gentleman by the number of things implied in its utterance. The sailors did not wait for a second invitation; four strokes of the oar brought them to land; Gaetano sprang to shore, exchanged a few words with the sentinel, then his comrades disembarked, and lastly came Franz. One of his guns was swung over his shoulder, Gaetano had the other, and a sailor held his rifle; his dress, half artist, half dandy, did not excite any suspicion, and, consequently, no disquietude. The boat was moored to the shore, and they advanced a few paces to find a comfortable bivouac; but, doubtless, the spot they chose did not suit the smuggler who filled the post of sentinel, for he cried out, "Not that way, if you please." Gaetano faltered an excuse, and advanced to the opposite side, while two sailors kindled torches at the fire to light them on their way. They advanced about thirty paces, and then stopped at a small esplanade surrounded with rocks, in which seats had been cut, not unlike sentry−boxes. Around in the crevices of the rocks grew a few dwarf oaks and thick bushes of myrtles. Franz lowered a torch, and saw by the mass of cinders that had accumulated that he was not the first to discover this retreat, which was, doubtless, one of the halting−places of the wandering visitors of Monte Cristo. As for his suspicions, once on terra firma, once that he had seen the indifferent, if not friendly, appearance of his hosts, his anxiety had quite disappeared, or rather, at sight of the goat, had turned to appetite. He mentioned this to Gaetano, who replied that nothing could be more easy than to prepare a supper when they had in their boat, bread, wine, half a dozen partridges, and a good fire to roast them by. "Besides," added he, "if the smell of their roast meat tempts you, I will go and offer them two of our birds for a slice." "You are a born diplomat," returned Franz; "go and try." Meanwhile the sailors had collected dried sticks and branches with which they made a fire. Franz waited impatiently, inhaling the aroma of the roasted meat, when the captain returned with a mysterious air. "Well," said Franz, "anything new? −− do they refuse?"

Chapter 31


"On the contrary," returned Gaetano, "the chief, who was told you were a young Frenchman, invites you to sup with him." "Well," observed Franz, "this chief is very polite, and I see no objection −− the more so as I bring my share of the supper." "Oh, it is not that; he has plenty, and to spare, for supper; but he makes one condition, and rather a peculiar one, before he will receive you at his house." "His house? Has he built one here, then?" "No; but he has a very comfortable one all the same, so they say." "You know this chief, then?" "I have heard talk of him." "Favorably or otherwise?" "Both." "The deuce! −− and what is this condition?" "That you are blindfolded, and do not take off the bandage until he himself bids you." Franz looked at Gaetano, to see, if possible, what he thought of this proposal. "Ah," replied he, guessing Franz's thought, "I know this is a serious matter." "What should you do in my place?" "I, who have nothing to lose, −− I should go." "You would accept?" "Yes, were it only out of curiosity."

Chapter 31


"There is something very peculiar about this chief, then?" "Listen," said Gaetano, lowering his voice, "I do not know if what they say is true" −− he stopped to see if any one was near. "What do they say?" "That this chief inhabits a cavern to which the Pitti Palace is nothing." "What nonsense!" said Franz, reseating himself. "It is no nonsense; it is quite true. Cama, the pilot of the Saint Ferdinand, went in once, and he came back amazed, vowing that such treasures were only to be heard of in fairy tales." "Do you know," observed Franz, "that with such stories you make me think of Ali Baba's enchanted cavern?" "I tell you what I have been told." "Then you advise me to accept?" "Oh, I don't say that; your excellency will do as you please; I should be sorry to advise you in the matter." Franz pondered the matter for a few moments, concluded that a man so rich could not have any intention of plundering him of what little he had, and seeing only the prospect of a good supper, accepted. Gaetano departed with the reply. Franz was prudent, and wished to learn all he possibly could concerning his host. He turned towards the sailor, who, during this dialogue, had sat gravely plucking the partridges with the air of a man proud of his office, and asked him how these men had landed, as no vessel of any kind was visible. "Never mind that," returned the sailor, "I know their vessel." "Is it a very beautiful vessel?"

Chapter 31


"I would not wish for a better to sail round the world." "Of what burden is she?" "About a hundred tons; but she is built to stand any weather. She is what the English call a yacht." "Where was she built?" "I know not; but my own opinion is she is a Genoese." "And how did a leader of smugglers," continued Franz, "venture to build a vessel designed for such a purpose at Genoa?" "I did not say that the owner was a smuggler," replied the sailor. "No; but Gaetano did, I thought." "Gaetano had only seen the vessel from a distance, he had not then spoken to any one." "And if this person be not a smuggler, who is he?" "A wealthy signor, who travels for his pleasure." "Come," thought Franz, "he is still more mysterious, since the two accounts do not agree." "What is his name?" "If you ask him he says Sinbad the Sailor; but I doubt if it be his real name." "Sinbad the Sailor?" "Yes."

Chapter 31


"And where does he reside?" "On the sea." "What country does he come from?" "I do not know." "Have you ever seen him?" "Sometimes." "What sort of a man is he?" "Your excellency will judge for yourself." "Where will he receive me?" "No doubt in the subterranean palace Gaetano told you of." "Have you never had the curiosity, when you have landed and found this island deserted, to seek for this enchanted palace?" "Oh, yes, more than once, but always in vain; we examined the grotto all over, but we never could find the slightest trace of any opening; they say that the door is not opened by a key, but a magic word." "Decidedly," muttered Franz, "this is an Arabian Nights' adventure." "His excellency waits for you," said a voice, which he recognized as that of the sentinel. He was accompanied by two of the yacht's crew. Franz drew his handkerchief from his pocket, and presented it to the man who had spoken to him. Without uttering a word, they bandaged his eyes with a care that showed their apprehensions of his committing some indiscretion. Afterwards he was made to promise that he would not make the least attempt to raise the bandage. He promised. Then his two guides took his

Chapter 31


arms, and he went on, guided by them, and preceded by the sentinel. After going about thirty paces, he smelt the appetizing odor of the kid that was roasting, and knew thus that he was passing the bivouac; they then led him on about fifty paces farther, evidently advancing towards that part of the shore where they would not allow Gaetano to go −− a refusal he could now comprehend. Presently, by a change in the atmosphere, he knew that they were entering a cave; after going on for a few seconds more he heard a crackling, and it seemed to him as though the atmosphere again changed, and became balmy and perfumed. At length his feet touched on a thick and soft carpet, and his guides let go their hold of him. There was a moment's silence, and then a voice, in excellent French, although, with a foreign accent, said, "Welcome, sir. I beg you will remove your bandage." It may be supposed, then, Franz did not wait for a repetition of this permission, but took off the handkerchief, and found himself in the presence of a man from thirty−eight to forty years of age, dressed in a Tunisian costume −− that is to say, a red cap with a long blue silk tassel, a vest of black cloth embroidered with gold, pantaloons of deep red, large and full gaiters of the same color, embroidered with gold like the vest, and yellow slippers; he had a splendid cashmere round his waist, and a small sharp and crooked cangiar was passed through his girdle. Although of a paleness that was almost livid, this man had a remarkably handsome face; his eyes were penetrating and sparkling; his nose, quite straight, and projecting direct from the brow, was of the pure Greek type, while his teeth, as white as pearls, were set off to admiration by the black mustache that encircled them. His pallor was so peculiar, that it seemed to pertain to one who had been long entombed, and who was incapable of resuming the healthy glow and hue of life. He was not particularly tall, but extremely well made, and, like the men of the south, had small hands and feet. But what astonished Franz, who had treated Gaetano's description as a fable, was the splendor of the apartment in which he found himself. The entire chamber was lined with crimson brocade, worked with flowers of gold. In a recess was a kind of divan, surmounted with a stand of Arabian swords in silver scabbards, and the handles resplendent with gems; from the ceiling hung a lamp of Venetian glass, of beautiful shape and color, while the feet rested on a

Chapter 31


Turkey carpet, in which they sunk to the instep; tapestry hung before the door by which Franz had entered, and also in front of another door, leading into a second apartment which seemed to be brilliantly illuminated. The host gave Franz time to recover from his surprise, and, moreover, returned look for look, not even taking his eyes off him. "Sir," he said, after a pause, "a thousand excuses for the precaution taken in your introduction hither; but as, during the greater portion of the year, this island is deserted, if the secret of this abode were discovered. I should doubtless, find on my return my temporary retirement in a state of great disorder, which would be exceedingly annoying, not for the loss it occasioned me, but because I should not have the certainty I now possess of separating myself from all the rest of mankind at pleasure. Let me now endeavor to make you forget this temporary unpleasantness, and offer you what no doubt you did not expect to find here −− that is to say, a tolerable supper and pretty comfortable beds." "Ma foi, my dear sir," replied Franz, "make no apologies. I have always observed that they bandage people's eyes who penetrate enchanted palaces, for instance, those of Raoul in the `Huguenots,' and really I have nothing to complain of, for what I see makes me think of the wonders of the `Arabian Nights.'" "Alas, I may say with Lucullus, if I could have anticipated the honor of your visit, I would have prepared for it. But such as is my hermitage, it is at your disposal; such as is my supper, it is yours to share, if you will. Ali, is the supper ready?" At this moment the tapestry moved aside, and a Nubian, black as ebony, and dressed in a plain white tunic, made a sign to his master that all was prepared in the dining−room. "Now," said the unknown to Franz, "I do not know if you are of my opinion, but I think nothing is more annoying than to remain two or three hours together without knowing by name or appellation how to address one another. Pray observe, that I too much respect the laws of hospitality to ask your name or title. I only request you to give me one by which I may have the pleasure of addressing you. As for myself, that I may put you at your ease, I tell you that I am generally called `Sinbad the Sailor.'"

Chapter 31


"And I," replied Franz, "will tell you, as I only require his wonderful lamp to make me precisely like Aladdin, that I see no reason why at this moment I should not be called Aladdin. That will keep us from going away from the East whither I am tempted to think I have been conveyed by some good genius." "Well, then, Signor Aladdin," replied the singular amphitryon, "you heard our repast announced, will you now take the trouble to enter the dining−room, your humble servant going first to show the way?" At these words, moving aside the tapestry, Sinbad preceded his guest. Franz now looked upon another scene of enchantment; the table was splendidly covered, and once convinced of this important point he cast his eyes around him. The dining−room was scarcely less striking than the room he had just left; it was entirely of marble, with antique bas−reliefs of priceless value; and at the four corners of this apartment, which was oblong, were four magnificent statues, having baskets in their hands. These baskets contained four pyramids of most splendid fruit; there were Sicily pine−apples, pomegranates from Malaga, oranges from the Balearic Isles, peaches from France, and dates from Tunis. The supper consisted of a roast pheasant garnished with Corsican blackbirds; a boar's ham with jelly, a quarter of a kid with tartar sauce, a glorious turbot, and a gigantic lobster. Between these large dishes were smaller ones containing various dainties. The dishes were of silver, and the plates of Japanese china. Franz rubbed his eyes in order to assure himself that this was not a dream. Ali alone was present to wait at table, and acquitted himself so admirably, that the guest complimented his host thereupon. "Yes," replied he, while he did the honors of the supper with much ease and grace −− "yes, he is a poor devil who is much devoted to me, and does all he can to prove it. He remembers that I saved his life, and as he has a regard for his head, he feels some gratitude towards me for having kept it on his shoulders." Ali approached his master, took his hand, and kissed it. "Would it be impertinent, Signor Sinbad," said Franz, "to ask you the particulars of this kindness?"

Chapter 31


"Oh, they are simple enough," replied the host. "It seems the fellow had been caught wandering nearer to the harem of the Bey of Tunis than etiquette permits to one of his color, and he was condemned by the bey to have his tongue cut out, and his hand and head cut off; the tongue the first day, the hand the second, and the head the third. I always had a desire to have a mute in my service, so learning the day his tongue was cut out, I went to the bey, and proposed to give him for Ali a splendid double−barreled gun which I knew he was very desirous of having. He hesitated a moment, he was so very desirous to complete the poor devil's punishment. But when I added to the gun an English cutlass with which I had shivered his highness's yataghan to pieces, the bey yielded, and agreed to forgive the hand and head, but on condition that the poor fellow never again set foot in Tunis. This was a useless clause in the bargain, for whenever the coward sees the first glimpse of the shores of Africa, he runs down below, and can only be induced to appear again when we are out of sight of that quarter of the globe." Franz remained a moment silent and pensive, hardly knowing what to think of the half−kindness, half−cruelty, with which his host related the brief narrative. "And like the celebrated sailor whose name you have assumed," he said, by way of changing the conversation, "you pass your life in travelling?" "Yes. I made a vow at a time when I little thought I should ever be able to accomplish it," said the unknown with a singular smile; "and I made some others also which I hope I may fulfil in due season." Although Sinbad pronounced these words with much calmness, his eyes gave forth gleams of extraordinary ferocity. "You have suffered a great deal, sir?" said Franz inquiringly. Sinbad started and looked fixedly at him, as he replied, "What makes you suppose so?" "Everything," answered Franz, −− "your voice, your look, your pallid complexion, and even the life you lead."

Chapter 31


"I? −− I live the happiest life possible, the real life of a pasha. I am king of all creation. I am pleased with one place, and stay there; I get tired of it, and leave it; I am free as a bird and have wings like one; my attendants obey my slightest wish. Sometimes I amuse myself by delivering some bandit or criminal from the bonds of the law. Then I have my mode of dispensing justice, silent and sure, without respite or appeal, which condemns or pardons, and which no one sees. Ah, if you had tasted my life, you would not desire any other, and would never return to the world unless you had some great project to accomplish there." "Revenge, for instance!" observed Franz. The unknown fixed on the young man one of those looks which penetrate into the depth of the heart and thoughts. "And why revenge?" he asked. "Because," replied Franz, "you seem to me like a man who, persecuted by society, has a fearful account to settle with it." "Ah," responded Sinbad, laughing with his singular laugh which displayed his white and sharp teeth. "You have not guessed rightly. Such as you see me I am, a sort of philosopher, and one day perhaps I shall go to Paris to rival Monsieur Appert, and the little man in the blue cloak." "And will that be the first time you ever took that journey?" "Yes; it will. I must seem to you by no means curious, but I assure you that it is not my fault I have delayed it so long −− it will happen one day or the other." "And do you propose to make this journey very shortly?" "I do not know; it depends on circumstances which depend on certain arrangements." "I should like to be there at the time you come, and I will endeavor to repay you, as far as lies in my power, for your liberal hospitality displayed to me

Chapter 31


at Monte Cristo." "I should avail myself of your offer with pleasure," replied the host, "but, unfortunately, if I go there, it will be, in all probability, incognito." The supper appeared to have been supplied solely for Franz, for the unknown scarcely touched one or two dishes of the splendid banquet to which his guest did ample justice. Then Ali brought on the dessert, or rather took the baskets from the hands of the statues and placed them on the table. Between the two baskets he placed a small silver cup with a silver cover. The care with which Ali placed this cup on the table roused Franz's curiosity. He raised the cover and saw a kind of greenish paste, something like preserved angelica, but which was perfectly unknown to him. He replaced the lid, as ignorant of what the cup contained as he was before he had looked at it, and then casting his eyes towards his host he saw him smile at his disappointment. "You cannot guess," said he, "what there is in that small vase, can you?" "No, I really cannot." "Well, then, that green preserve is nothing less than the ambrosia which Hebe served at the table of Jupiter." "But," replied Franz, "this ambrosia, no doubt, in passing through mortal hands has lost its heavenly appellation and assumed a human name; in vulgar phrase, what may you term this composition, for which, to tell the truth, I do not feel any particular desire?" "Ah, thus it is that our material origin is revealed," cried Sinbad; "we frequently pass so near to happiness without seeing, without regarding it, or if we do see and regard it, yet without recognizing it. Are you a man for the substantials, and is gold your god? taste this, and the mines of Peru, Guzerat, and Golconda are opened to you. Are you a man of imagination −− a poet? taste this, and the boundaries of possibility disappear; the fields of infinite space open to you, you advance free in heart, free in mind, into the boundless realms of unfettered revery. Are you ambitious, and do you

Chapter 31


seek after the greatnesses of the earth? taste this, and in an hour you will be a king, not a king of a petty kingdom hidden in some corner of Europe like France, Spain, or England, but king of the world, king of the universe, king of creation; without bowing at the feet of Satan, you will be king and master of all the kingdoms of the earth. Is it not tempting what I offer you, and is it not an easy thing, since it is only to do thus? look!" At these words he uncovered the small cup which contained the substance so lauded, took a teaspoonful of the magic sweetmeat, raised it to his lips, and swallowed it slowly with his eyes half shut and his head bent backwards. Franz did not disturb him whilst he absorbed his favorite sweetmeat, but when he had finished, he inquired, −− "What, then, is this precious stuff?" "Did you ever hear," he replied, "of the Old Man of the Mountain, who attempted to assassinate Philip Augustus?" "Of course I have." "Well, you know he reigned over a rich valley which was overhung by the mountain whence he derived his picturesque name. In this valley were magnificent gardens planted by Hassen−ben−Sabah, and in these gardens isolated pavilions. Into these pavilions he admitted the elect, and there, says Marco Polo, gave them to eat a certain herb, which transported them to Paradise, in the midst of ever−blooming shrubs, ever−ripe fruit, and ever−lovely virgins. What these happy persons took for reality was but a dream; but it was a dream so soft, so voluptuous, so enthralling, that they sold themselves body and soul to him who gave it to them, and obedient to his orders as to those of a deity, struck down the designated victim, died in torture without a murmur, believing that the death they underwent was but a quick transition to that life of delights of which the holy herb, now before you had given them a slight foretaste." "Then," cried Franz, "it is hashish! I know that −− by name at least." "That is it precisely, Signor Aladdin; it is hashish −− the purest and most unadulterated hashish of Alexandria, −− the hashish of Abou−Gor, the celebrated maker, the only man, the man to whom there should be built a

Chapter 31


palace, inscribed with these words, `A grateful world to the dealer in happiness.'" "Do you know," said Franz, "I have a very great inclination to judge for myself of the truth or exaggeration of your eulogies." "Judge for yourself, Signor Aladdin −− judge, but do not confine yourself to one trial. Like everything else, we must habituate the senses to a fresh impression, gentle or violent, sad or joyous. There is a struggle in nature against this divine substance, −− in nature which is not made for joy and clings to pain. Nature subdued must yield in the combat, the dream must succeed to reality, and then the dream reigns supreme, then the dream becomes life, and life becomes the dream. But what changes occur! It is only by comparing the pains of actual being with the joys of the assumed existence, that you would desire to live no longer, but to dream thus forever. When you return to this mundane sphere from your visionary world, you would seem to leave a Neapolitan spring for a Lapland winter −− to quit paradise for earth −− heaven for hell! Taste the hashish, guest of mine −− taste the hashish." Franz's only reply was to take a teaspoonful of the marvellous preparation, about as much in quantity as his host had eaten, and lift it to his mouth. "Diable!" he said, after having swallowed the divine preserve. "I do not know if the result will be as agreeable as you describe, but the thing does not appear to me as palatable as you say." "Because your palate his not yet been attuned to the sublimity of the substances it flavors. Tell me, the first time you tasted oysters, tea, porter, truffles, and sundry other dainties which you now adore, did you like them? Could you comprehend how the Romans stuffed their pheasants with assafoetida, and the Chinese eat swallows' nests? Eh? no! Well, it is the same with hashish; only eat for a week, and nothing in the world will seem to you to equal the delicacy of its flavor, which now appears to you flat and distasteful. Let us now go into the adjoining chamber, which is your apartment, and Ali will bring us coffee and pipes." They both arose, and while he who called himself Sinbad −− and whom we have occasionally

Chapter 31


named so, that we might, like his guest, have some title by which to distinguish him −− gave some orders to the servant, Franz entered still another apartment. It was simply yet richly furnished. It was round, and a large divan completely encircled it. Divan, walls, ceiling, floor, were all covered with magnificent skins as soft and downy as the richest carpets; there were heavy−maned lion−skins from Atlas, striped tiger−skins from Bengal; panther−skins from the Cape, spotted beautifully, like those that appeared to Dante; bear−skins from Siberia, fox−skins from Norway, and so on; and all these skins were strewn in profusion one on the other, so that it seemed like walking over the most mossy turf, or reclining on the most luxurious bed. Both laid themselves down on the divan; chibouques with jasmine tubes and amber mouthpieces were within reach, and all prepared so that there was no need to smoke the same pipe twice. Each of them took one, which Ali lighted and then retired to prepare the coffee. There was a moment's silence, during which Sinbad gave himself up to thoughts that seemed to occupy him incessantly, even in the midst of his conversation; and Franz abandoned himself to that mute revery, into which we always sink when smoking excellent tobacco, which seems to remove with its fume all the troubles of the mind, and to give the smoker in exchange all the visions of the soul. Ali brought in the coffee. "How do you take it?" inquired the unknown; "in the French or Turkish style, strong or weak, sugar or none, cool or boiling? As you please; it is ready in all ways." "I will take it in the Turkish style," replied Franz. "And you are right," said his host; "it shows you have a tendency for an Oriental life. Ah, those Orientals; they are the only men who know how to live. As for me," he added, with one of those singular smiles which did not escape the young man, "when I have completed my affairs in Paris, I shall go and die in the East; and should you wish to see me again, you must seek me at Cairo, Bagdad, or Ispahan." "Ma foi," said Franz, "it would be the easiest thing in the world; for I feel eagle's wings springing out at my shoulders, and with those wings I could make a tour of the world in four and twenty hours."

Chapter 31


"Ah, yes, the hashish is beginning its work. Well, unfurl your wings, and fly into superhuman regions; fear nothing, there is a watch over you; and if your wings, like those of Icarus, melt before the sun, we are here to ease your fall." He then said something in Arabic to Ali, who made a sign of obedience and withdrew, but not to any distance. As to Franz a strange transformation had taken place in him. All the bodily fatigue of the day, all the preoccupation of mind which the events of the evening had brought on, disappeared as they do at the first approach of sleep, when we are still sufficiently conscious to be aware of the coming of slumber. His body seemed to acquire an airy lightness, his perception brightened in a remarkable manner, his senses seemed to redouble their power, the horizon continued to expand; but it was not the gloomy horizon of vague alarms, and which he had seen before he slept, but a blue, transparent, unbounded horizon, with all the blue of the ocean, all the spangles of the sun, all the perfumes of the summer breeze; then, in the midst of the songs of his sailors, −− songs so clear and sonorous, that they would have made a divine harmony had their notes been taken down, −− he saw the Island of Monte Cristo, no longer as a threatening rock in the midst of the waves, but as an oasis in the desert; then, as his boat drew nearer, the songs became louder, for an enchanting and mysterious harmony rose to heaven, as if some Loreley had decreed to attract a soul thither, or Amphion, the enchanter, intended there to build a city. At length the boat touched the shore, but without effort, without shock, as lips touch lips; and he entered the grotto amidst continued strains of most delicious melody. He descended, or rather seemed to descend, several steps, inhaling the fresh and balmy air, like that which may be supposed to reign around the grotto of Circe, formed from such perfumes as set the mind a dreaming, and such fires as burn the very senses; and he saw again all he had seen before his sleep, from Sinbad, his singular host, to Ali, the mute attendant; then all seemed to fade away and become confused before his eyes, like the last shadows of the magic lantern before it is extinguished, and he was again in the chamber of statues, lighted only by one of those pale and antique lamps which watch in the dead of the night over the sleep of pleasure. They were the same statues, rich in form, in attraction. and poesy, with eyes of fascination, smiles of love, and bright and flowing hair.

Chapter 32


They were Phryne, Cleopatra, Messalina, those three celebrated courtesans. Then among them glided like a pure ray, like a Christian angel in the midst of Olympus, one of those chaste figures, those calm shadows, those soft visions, which seemed to veil its virgin brow before these marble wantons. Then the three statues advanced towards him with looks of love, and approached the couch on which he was reposing, their feet hidden in their long white tunics, their throats bare, hair flowing like waves, and assuming attitudes which the gods could not resist, but which saints withstood, and looks inflexible and ardent like those with which the serpent charms the bird; and then he gave way before looks that held him in a torturing grasp and delighted his senses as with a voluptuous kiss. It seemed to Franz that he closed his eyes, and in a last look about him saw the vision of modesty completely veiled; and then followed a dream of passion like that promised by the Prophet to the elect. Lips of stone turned to flame, breasts of ice became like heated lava, so that to Franz, yielding for the first time to the sway of the drug, love was a sorrow and voluptuousness a torture, as burning mouths were pressed to his thirsty lips, and he was held in cool serpent−like embraces. The more he strove against this unhallowed passion the more his senses yielded to its thrall, and at length, weary of a struggle that taxed his very soul, he gave way and sank back breathless and exhausted beneath the kisses of these marble goddesses, and the enchantment of his marvellous dream.

Chapter 32
The Waking. When Franz returned to himself, he seemed still to be in a dream. He thought himself in a sepulchre, into which a ray of sunlight in pity scarcely penetrated. He stretched forth his hand, and touched stone; he rose to his seat, and found himself lying on his bournous in a bed of dry heather, very soft and odoriferous. The vision had fled; and as if the statues had been but shadows from the tomb, they had vanished at his waking. He advanced several paces towards the point whence the light came, and to all the

Chapter 32


excitement of his dream succeeded the calmness of reality. He found that he was in a grotto, went towards the opening, and through a kind of fanlight saw a blue sea and an azure sky. The air and water were shining in the beams of the morning sun; on the shore the sailors were sitting, chatting and laughing; and at ten yards from them the boat was at anchor, undulating gracefully on the water. There for some time he enjoyed the fresh breeze which played on his brow, and listened to the dash of the waves on the beach, that left against the rocks a lace of foam as white as silver. He was for some time without reflection or thought for the divine charm which is in the things of nature, specially after a fantastic dream; then gradually this view of the outer world, so calm, so pure, so grand, reminded him of the illusiveness of his vision, and once more awakened memory. He recalled his arrival on the island, his presentation to a smuggler chief, a subterranean palace full of splendor, an excellent supper, and a spoonful of hashish. It seemed, however, even in the very face of open day, that at least a year had elapsed since all these things had passed, so deep was the impression made in his mind by the dream, and so strong a hold had it taken of his imagination. Thus every now and then he saw in fancy amid the sailors, seated on a rock, or undulating in the vessel, one of the shadows which had shared his dream with looks and kisses. Otherwise, his head was perfectly clear, and his body refreshed; he was free from the slightest headache; on the contrary, he felt a certain degree of lightness, a faculty for absorbing the pure air, and enjoying the bright sunshine more vividly than ever. He went gayly up to the sailors, who rose as soon as they perceived him; and the patron, accosting him, said, "The Signor Sinbad has left his compliments for your excellency, and desires us to express the regret he feels at not being able to take his leave in person; but he trusts you will excuse him, as very important business calls him to Malaga." "So, then, Gaetano," said Franz, "this is, then, all reality; there exists a man who has received me in this island, entertained me right royally, and his departed while I was asleep?"

Chapter 32


"He exists as certainly as that you may see his small yacht with all her sails spread; and if you will use your glass, you will, in all probability, recognize your host in the midst of his crew." So saying, Gaetano pointed in a direction in which a small vessel was making sail towards the southern point of Corsica. Franz adjusted his telescope, and directed it towards the yacht. Gaetano was not mistaken. At the stern the mysterious stranger was standing up looking towards the shore, and holding a spy−glass in his hand. He was attired as he had been on the previous evening, and waved his pocket−handkerchief to his guest in token of adieu. Franz returned the salute by shaking his handkerchief as an exchange of signals. After a second, a slight cloud of smoke was seen at the stern of the vessel, which rose gracefully as it expanded in the air, and then Franz heard a slight report. "There, do you hear?" observed Gaetano; "he is bidding you adieu." The young man took his carbine and fired it in the air, but without any idea that the noise could be heard at the distance which separated the yacht from the shore. "What are your excellency's orders?" inquired Gaetano. "In the first place, light me a torch." "Ah, yes, I understand," replied the patron, "to find the entrance to the enchanted apartment. With much pleasure, your excellency, if it would amuse you; and I will get you the torch you ask for. But I too have had the idea you have, and two or three times the same fancy has come over me; but I have always given it up. Giovanni, light a torch," he added, "and give it to his excellency." Giovanni obeyed. Franz took the lamp, and entered the subterranean grotto, followed by Gaetano. He recognized the place where he had awaked by the bed of heather that was there; but it was in vain that he carried his torch all round the exterior surface of the grotto. He saw nothing, unless that, by traces of smoke, others had before him attempted the same thing, and, like him, in vain. Yet he did not leave a foot of this granite wall, as impenetrable as futurity, without strict scrutiny; he did not see a fissure without introducing the blade of his hunting sword into it, or a projecting

Chapter 32


point on which he did not lean and press in the hopes it would give way. All was vain; and he lost two hours in his attempts, which were at last utterly useless. At the end of this time he gave up his search, and Gaetano smiled. When Franz appeared again on the shore, the yacht only seemed like a small white speck on the horizon. He looked again through his glass, but even then he could not distinguish anything. Gaetano reminded him that he had come for the purpose of shooting goats, which he had utterly forgotten. He took his fowling−piece, and began to hunt over the island with the air of a man who is fulfilling a duty, rather than enjoying a pleasure; and at the end of a quarter of an hour he had killed a goat and two kids. These animals, though wild and agile as chamois, were too much like domestic goats, and Franz could not consider them as game. Moreover, other ideas, much more enthralling, occupied his mind. Since, the evening before, he had really been the hero of one of the tales of the "Thousand and One Nights," and he was irresistibly attracted towards the grotto. Then, in spite of the failure of his first search, he began a second, after having told Gaetano to roast one of the two kids. The second visit was a long one, and when he returned the kid was roasted and the repast ready. Franz was sitting on the spot where he was on the previous evening when his mysterious host had invited him to supper; and he saw the little yacht, now like a sea−gull on the wave, continuing her flight towards Corsica. "Why," he remarked to Gaetano, "you told me that Signor Sinbad was going to Malaga, while it seems he is in the direction of Porto−Vecchio." "Don't you remember," said the patron, "I told you that among the crew there were two Corsican brigands?" "True; and he is going to land them," added Franz. "Precisely so," replied Gaetano. "Ah, he is one who fears neither God nor Satan, they say, and would at any time run fifty leagues out of his course to do a poor devil a service."

and they were soon under way. and at Rome there are four great events in every year." said Franz. while he finished his affairs of pleasure at Florence. statues. but a bird. Holy Week. who was awaiting him at Rome. as we have said. and so enjoyed exceptional privileges. between life and death. and thus he had but to go to Signor Pastrini's hotel. and the Feast of St. for the moment at least. and Rome was already a prey to that low and feverish murmur which precedes all great events. But this was not so easy a matter. he had no longer any inducement to remain at Monte Cristo. and then supper. he consequently despatched his breakfast. is he not certain of finding friends everywhere?" It was perfectly clear that the Signor Sinbad. He had lost all hope of detecting the secret of the grotto. a resting−place full of poetry and character. Corpus Christi. "And what cares he for that. "or any authorities? He smiles at them. his boat being ready. Peter. hashish. he forgot. All the rest of the year the city is in that state of dull apathy. why. At the moment the boat began her course they lost sight of the yacht. his yacht is not a ship. and he would beat any frigate three knots in every nine. when the sun rose. for the streets were thronged with people." replied Gaetano with a laugh. and then thought of nothing but how he should rejoin his companion.Chapter 32 386 "But such services as these might involve him with the authorities of the country in which he practices this kind of philanthropy. Franz's host. in the first place. they had lost sight of Monte Cristo. and on the Saturday evening reached the Eternal City by the mail−coach. With it was effaced the last trace of the preceding night. and at each time found it more marvellous . −− the Carnival. as it disappeared in the gulf of Porto−Vecchio. The boat sailed on all day and all night. he hastened on board. had been retained beforehand. and at which Franz had already halted five or six times. the events which had just passed. As to Franz. An apartment. which renders it similar to a kind of station between this world and the next −− a sublime spot. and. and next morning. When Franz had once again set foot on shore. He set out. had the honor of being on excellent terms with the smugglers and bandits along the whole coast of the Mediterranean. Sinbad. and if he were to throw himself on the coast. Let them try to pursue him! Why. −− all became a dream for Franz.

and reached the hotel. that will make forty." "Sir. "but we must have some supper instantly." said Franz. At Drake's or Aaron's one pays twenty−five lire for common days." "And when shall we know?" inquired Franz. "To−morrow morning. when Morcerf himself appeared. that's all. who was ready to pounce on the traveller and was about to lead him to Albert. I see plainly enough. excusing himself for having made his excellency wait. scolding the waiters. and asked for Albert de Morcerf. the deuce! then we shall pay the more. that there was no room for him at the Hotel de Londres. signor Pastrini. but the host was unable to decide to which of the two nations the traveller belonged. "Very good. and a carriage for tomorrow and the following days. The apartment consisted of two small rooms and a parlor. no joking. and there's an end of it. "we will do all in our power to procure you one −− this is all I can say. add five lire a day more for extras.Chapter 32 387 and striking. we must have a carriage. Signor Pastrini. This plan succeeded. taking the candlestick from the porter. The rest of the floor was hired by a very rich gentleman who was supposed to be a Sicilian or Maltese. Then he sent his card to Signor Pastrini. and thirty or thirty−five lire a day more for Sundays and feast days. The two rooms looked onto the street −− a fact which Signor Pastrini commented upon as an inappreciable advantage. with the impertinence peculiar to hired hackney−coachmen and inn−keepers with their houses full. come. "you shall be served immediately. and Signor Pastrini himself ran to him. On his first inquiry he was told." replied the landlord. "Come." "As to supper. but as for the carriage" −− "What as to the carriage?" exclaimed Albert." answered the inn−keeper. "Oh. At last he made his way through the mob." ." replied the host. which was continually increasing and getting more and more turbulent.

went to bed. but that's no matter. "but can't we have post−horses?" "They have been all hired this fortnight." Albert looked at Franz like a man who hears a reply he does not understand. that when a thing completely surpasses my comprehension. Is supper ready." "There are no horses." "Then they must put horses to mine. let us sup. It is a little worse for the journey. my dear Franz −− no horses?" he said." "Well. my dear boy. "I say. with that delighted philosophy which believes that nothing is impossible to a full purse or well−lined pocketbook." Morcerf then. "Be easy. . Signor Pastrini?" "Yes. they will come in due season. then. and there are none left but those absolutely requisite for posting. your excellency. supped. it is only a question of how much shall be charged for them.Chapter 32 388 "I am afraid if we offer them double that we shall not procure a carriage. I am accustomed not to dwell on that thing. but to pass to another." "But the carriage and horses?" said Franz. slept soundly. "Do you understand that. and dreamed he was racing all over Rome at Carnival time in a coach with six horses." "What are we to say to this?" asked Franz.

" said the landlord triumphantly." "At least we can have a window?" . that is something. entering. your Eternal City is a nice sort of place." "Well." "My friend." "Yes. who was desirous of keeping up the dignity of the capital of the Christian world in the eyes of his guest. "which will make it still more difficult. The sound had not yet died away when Signor Pastrini himself entered. and without waiting for Franz to question him. "you have guessed it. but from now till Sunday you can have fifty if you please. "to−day is Thursday. The next morning Franz woke first. "let us enjoy the present without gloomy forebodings for the future. for the last three days of the carnival. "that there are no carriages to be had from Sunday to Tuesday evening.Chapter 33 389 Chapter 33 Roman Bandits." "Ah." "That is to say. when I would not promise you anything." returned Franz." "What is the matter?" said Albert. "I feared yesterday." said Albert. "for the very three days it is most needed. "no carriage to be had?" "Just so. and who knows what may arrive between this and Sunday?" "Ten or twelve thousand travellers will arrive. and instantly rang the bell. excellency. "Well." replied Pastrini." returned Franz. that you were too late −− there is not a single carriage to be had −− that is. excellency." replied Franz." said Morcerf.

" said Franz to Albert." "Do your excellencies still wish for a carriage from now to Sunday morning?" "Parbleu!" said Albert. and that has been let to a Russian prince for twenty sequins a day. like lawyer's clerks?" "I hasten to comply with your excellencies' wishes." "And. I know the prices of all the carriages.Chapter 33 390 "Where?" "In the Corso. and the day after. . the devil." said Franz. "do you think we are going to run about on foot in the streets of Rome. still striving to gain his point. like the gentleman in the next apartments." "But. that as I have been four times before at Rome." "Bravo! an excellent idea." cried Albert. though I see it on stilts. and I will. as I am not a millionaire. "I came to Rome to see the Carnival. only. I tell you beforehand. −− "utterly impossible. and then you will make a good profit." "Ah. we will give you twelve piastres for to−day. no. We will disguise ourselves as monster pulchinellos or shepherds of the Landes. tomorrow. the carriage will cost you six piastres a day. and we shall have complete success. there we are sure of obtaining gondolas if we cannot have carriages. there was only one left on the fifth floor of the Doria Palace. excellency" −− said Pastrini." The two young men looked at each other with an air of stupefaction. "Well. a window!" exclaimed Signor Pastrini." "Ah. "I warn you. "do you know what is the best thing we can do? It is to pass the Carnival at Venice.

in the hope of making more out of me. with the smile peculiar to the Italian speculator when he confesses defeat. you will lose the preference." "When do you wish the carriage to be here?" "In an hour. "or I shall go myself and bargain with your affettatore." returned Signor Pastrini." The genius for laudation characteristic of the race was in that phrase. who has plundered me pretty well already. "Where do your excellencies wish to go?" asked he. Franz and Albert descended. but." returned Franz. the carriage approached the palace. the cicerone sprang into the seat behind. "shall I bring the carriage nearer to the palace?" Accustomed as Franz was to the Italian phraseology." "Do not give yourselves the trouble. excellency. in spite of its humble exterior.Chapter 33 391 "Now go. and. who is mine also. "Excellency." "In an hour it will be at the door. it was a hack conveyance which was elevated to the rank of a private carriage in honor of the occasion." the vehicle was the "carriage. seeing Franz approach the window. and I hope you will be satisfied. he will take a less price than the one I offer you. his first impulse was to look round him." "And now we understand each other." and the Hotel de Londres was the "palace. but these words were addressed to him. he is an old friend of mine. Franz was the "excellency. and that will be your fault. "I will do all I can. the young men would have thought themselves happy to have secured it for the last three days of the Carnival." An hour after the vehicle was at the door. their excellencies stretched their legs along the seats. ." cried the cicerone.

emitting a volume of smoke and balancing his chair on its hind legs. But Albert did not know that it takes a day to see Saint Peter's. Signor Pastrini had promised them a banquet. when you are told anything cannot he done. When we show a friend a city one has already visited. but at the first words he was interrupted. the Temple of Antoninus and Faustina. and then to the Colosseum. and re−enter by the Porta San Giovanni. "for that reason." returned Albert. and your excellencies will do well not to think of that any longer. "only madmen. we feel the same pride as when we point out a woman whose lover we have been. and it is done directly. and began accordingly. as he had shown him Saint Peter's by daylight. there is an end of it. somewhat piqued. Men in their senses do not quit their hotel in the Rue du Helder." said Pastrini. thus they would behold the Colosseum without finding their impressions dulled by first looking on the Capitol. Franz thought that he came to hear his dinner praised. at Rome things can or cannot be done." returned Signor Pastrini. skirt the outer wall. ever do travel. They sat down to dinner." "That is what all the French say." said Albert. Franz took out his watch −− it was half−past four. Suddenly the daylight began to fade away. he gave them a tolerable repast. or blockheads like us. and the Cafe de Paris. "Excellency." "Did you come to tell us you have procured a carriage?" asked Albert. and the Via Sacra. They returned to the hotel. I do not understand why they travel. at the door Franz ordered the coachman to be ready at eight. but it was not for that I came. He was to leave the city by the Porta del Popolo. He wished to show Albert the Colosseum by moonlight. −− when anything cannot be done. and a month to study it.Chapter 33 392 "To Saint Peter's first." It is of course understood that . At the end of the dinner he entered in person. you pay double. the Forum. the Arch of Septimus Severus." "It is much more convenient at Paris. "No." "But. lighting his cigar. "I am delighted to have your approbation. their walk on the Boulevard de Gand. The day was passed at Saint Peter's alone.

it was evident that he was musing over this answer." "What! do you not know him?" ." "You mean the Colosseum?" "It is the same thing. Signor Pastrini remained silent a short time." "You intend visiting Il Colosseo. "you had some motive for coming here. which did not seem very clear. you have ordered your carriage at eight o'clock precisely?" "I have.Chapter 33 393 Albert resided in the aforesaid street." "Well. that is." "Impossible!" "Very dangerous. appeared every day on the fashionable walk. "But." "Pray. if you are on good terms with its frequenters." said Franz. this route is impossible. may I beg to know what it was?" "Ah. in his turn interrupting his host's meditations. to drive round the walls. and re−enter by the Porta San Giovanni?" "These are my words exactly. and dined frequently at the only restaurant where you can really dine. to say the least. but I can assure you he is quite unknown at Paris. You have told your coachman to leave the city by the Porta del Popolo. yes. who may this famous Luigi Vampa be?" inquired Albert." "Dangerous! −− and why?" "On account of the famous Luigi Vampa. "he may be very famous at Rome.

who seemed to him the more reasonable of the two. having told you this. −− he had had a great many Frenchmen in his house. it was for your interest I" −− "Albert does not say you are a liar. and yet no one believed her." said he gravely. and tell us all about this Signor Vampa. go on. so proceed." "I forewarn you." "Now then." "But if your excellency doubt my veracity" −− "Signor Pastrini. but had never been able to comprehend them. "Excellency. Signor Pastrini. "you are more susceptible than Cassandra. that I shall not believe one word of what you are going to tell us. it is useless for me to say anything. are sure of the credence of half your audience." said Franz. at least. we must do him justice. sit down. then.Chapter 33 394 "I have not that honor." cried Franz." "Once upon a time" −− "Well." ." "Well." Signor Pastrini turned toward Franz. Come. begin. Albert. −− but I will believe all you say. addressing Franz. while you. "but that he will not believe what you are going to tell us." "You have never heard his name?" "Never. Signor Pastrini. "here is a bandit for you at last. compared to whom the Decesaris and the Gasparones were mere children." returned Franz. "if you look upon me as a liar." "I had told your excellency he is the most famous bandit we have had since the days of Mastrilla. who was a prophetess. he is a bandit.

hurt at Albert's repeated doubts of the truth of his assertions." replied Signor Pastrini. Luigi Vampa comes to take us.Chapter 33 395 "Well." returned Signor Pastrini. like Curtius and the veiled Horatius. "Count." . and we take him −− we bring him back to Rome. and doubtless the Roman people will crown us at the Capitol. then we merely ask for a carriage and a pair of horses." "I shared the same fate at Aquapendente. "Because. for at Terracina I was plundered even of my hunting−knife. after nightfall. and double−barrelled guns. too. and proclaim us. "that you will go out by one. who knows Rome. the preservers of their country. "And pray. but to your companion. "where are these pistols. turning to Franz." asked Franz. and other deadly weapons with which you intend filling the carriage?" "Not out of my armory. "here is an admirable adventure." "Why?" asked Franz." "My dear fellow. you are not safe fifty yards from the gates." said Albert. we will fill our carriage with pistols. and we see the Carnival in the carriage. blunderbusses. "I do not say this to you. and present him to his holiness the Pope." "On your honor is that true?" cried Albert." Whilst Albert proposed this scheme. but I very much doubt your returning by the other. and to re−enter by the Porta San Giovanni?" "This. blunderbusses. that these things are not to be laughed at. what has this bandit to do with the order I have given the coachman to leave the city by the Porta del Popolo. Signor Pastrini's face assumed an expression impossible to describe. and knows. who asks how he can repay so great a service.

" returned Franz. whose courage revolted at the idea of being plundered tamely. when Horace made that answer. recollected . or aqueduct." Albert poured himself out a glass of lacryma Christi. muttering some unintelligible words. Signor Pastrini. in order that. "Well. parbleu! −− they should kill me. for I knew him when he was a child." The inn−keeper turned to Franz with an air that seemed to say. and then he spoke to Franz." "My dear Albert. and that it seems to be due to an arrangement of their own. tell me who is this Luigi Vampa. "now that my companion is quieted. lighting a second cigar at the first. it is only to gratify a whim. and level their pieces at you?" "Eh. we may recognize him. fortunately for me. if we meet him by chance. "not make any resistance!" "No. Is he a shepherd or a nobleman? −− young or old? −− tall or short? Describe him." Doubtless Signor Pastrini found this pleasantry compromising. going from Ferentino to Alatri. but." said Albert. "your answer is sublime. for it would be useless. Signor Pastrini. "Your friend is decidedly mad. What could you do against a dozen bandits who spring out of some pit." said Franz. and one day that I fell into his hands. as the only one likely to listen with attention. and you have seen how peaceful my intentions are.' of Corneille. as for us. "that this practice is very convenient for bandits. the safety of Rome was concerned. and it would be ridiculous to risk our lives for so foolish a motive. ruin. and worthy the `Let him die. he. "Your excellency knows that it is not customary to defend yourself when attacked by bandits." "What!" cried Albert. which he sipped at intervals. for he only answered half the question." "You could not apply to any one better able to inform you on all these points.Chapter 33 396 "Do you know. only. like Bugaboo John or Lara.

motioning Signor Pastrini to seat himself." said Franz. "Peste. Signor Pastrini drew from his fob a magnificent Breguet. to remain standing!" The host sat down. "I compliment you on it. Caesar. at the moment Signor Pastrini was about to open his mouth. who have all made some noise in the world. "you are not a preacher. of Parisian manufacture. Alexander." "Let us hear the history. I have its fellow" −− he took his watch from his waistcoat pocket −− "and it cost me 3. −− he will gain himself a reputation." "What do you think of that." "So. then?" "A young man? he is only two and twenty. and set me free. were quite behind him. not only without ransom. "Pardieu!" cried Albert." continued Franz. and Napoleon. "the hero of this history is only two and twenty?" ." "Let us see the watch.000 francs. "that you knew Luigi Vampa when he was a child −− he is still a young man." said he.Chapter 33 397 me." said Albert. after having made each of them a respectful bow." returned Albert. and at his age. "Here it is. bearing the name of its maker. "Your excellencies permit it?" asked the host. and related his history to me. "You tell me. but made me a present of a very splendid watch. and a count's coronet. Albert? −− at two and twenty to be thus famous?" "Yes." said Franz. which meant that he was ready to tell them all they wished to know concerning Luigi Vampa.

The priest had a writing teacher at Rome make three alphabets −− one large. and one small. when he was seven years old. he came to the curate of Palestrina. warning him that it would be short. "Go on. and the little shepherd took his lesson out of the priest's breviary. it was somewhat difficult. When quite a child. who owned a small flock. for he could not quit his flock. at nine o'clock in the morning. One day. This was not enough −− he must now learn to write. and entered the count's service when he was five years old. and formed a sort of stylus. which he sold at Rome. one middling.Chapter 33 398 "Scarcely so much. the little Vampa displayed a most extraordinary precocity. but the good curate went every day to say mass at a little hamlet too poor to pay a priest and which." returned the host. heated and sharpened it." said Albert. situated between Palestrina and the lake of Gabri. having no other name. smiling at his friend's susceptibility. and lived by the wool and the milk. Signor Pastrini. when the flock was safe at the farm." "Is he tall or short?" "Of the middle height −− about the same stature as his excellency. pointing to Albert. The next morning he gathered an armful of pieces of slate and began. The child accepted joyfully. his father was also a shepherd. the priest and the boy sat down on a bank by the wayside. and pointed out to him that by the help of a sharp instrument he could trace the letters on a slate. took a large nail. "Thanks for the comparison. Every day Luigi led his flock to graze on the road that leads from Palestrina to Borgo." continued Franz. The same evening. and thus learn to write. and that he must profit as much as possible by it. every day. he told Luigi that he might meet him on his return. and asked to be taught to read. At the end of three . he was born at Pampinara. "To what class of society does he belong?" "He was a shepherd−boy attached to the farm of the Count of San−Felice. At the end of three months he had learned to read. and that then he would give him a lesson. with a bow. the little Luigi hastened to the smith at Palestrina. was called Borgo.

this impetuous character. necklaces. None of the lads of Pampinara. made him a present of pens. Teresa was the most beautiful and the best−attired peasant near . which yielded beneath the hand of a woman. but could never have been bended. and the price of all the little carvings in wood he sold at Rome. who sent for the little shepherd. The curate related the incident to the Count of San−Felice. laughed. played. and gold hairpins. sat down near each other. when young. and thus they grew up together. or Valmontone had been able to gain any influence over him or even to become his companion. The next day they kept their word. made him read and write before him. she was an orphan. Then. ordered his attendant to let him eat with the domestics. but nothing compared to the first. and Teresa eleven. at the end of a week he wrote as well with this pen as with the stylus. and the children returned to their respective farms. astonished at his quickness and intelligence. The two piastres that Luigi received every month from the Count of San−Felice's steward. Vampa was twelve. And yet their natural disposition revealed itself.Chapter 33 399 months he had learned to write. Teresa was lively and gay. paper. was often angry and capricious. a word. and always sarcastic. His disposition (always inclined to exact concessions rather than to make them) kept him aloof from all friendships. houses. So that. which Luigi had carried as far as he could in his solitude. He applied his imitative powers to everything. This demanded new effort. "A girl of six or seven −− that is. the famous sculptor. and which beneath the hand of a man might have broken. Palestrina. born at Valmontone and was named Teresa. had commenced. Beside his taste for the fine arts. and conversed together. and to give him two piastres a month. and a penknife. let their flocks mingle together. with his knife. he drew on his slate sheep. promising to meet the next morning. thanks to her friend's generosity. Luigi purchased books and pencils. and trees. but coquettish to excess. it was thus that Pinelli. a gesture. With this. were expended in ear−rings. a little younger than Vampa −− tended sheep on a farm near Palestrina. he began to carve all sorts of objects in wood. he was given to alternating fits of sadness and enthusiasm. The two children met. Teresa alone ruled by a look. The curate. and. in the evening they separated the Count of San−Felice's flock from those of Baron Cervetri. like Giotto.

These exploits had gained Luigi considerable . Vampa saw himself the captain of a vessel. general of an army. "One day the young shepherd told the count's steward that he had seen a wolf come out of the Sabine mountains. but one day the count broke the stock. and attended by a train of liveried domestics. had he chosen to sell it. and prowl around his flock. and their conversations. and giving themselves up to the wild ideas of their different characters. the fox. From this moment Vampa devoted all his leisure time to perfecting himself in the use of his precious weapon. and amused herself by watching him direct the ball wherever he pleased. but the wolf had scarcely advanced ten yards ere he was dead. in all their dreams. But nothing could be farther from his thoughts. and everything served him for a mark −− the trunk of some old and moss−grown olive−tree. Vampa took the dead animal on his shoulders. and carried him to the farm. Thus. or governor of a province. For a long time a gun had been the young man's greatest ambition. and. often makes him feared. when they had thus passed the day in building castles in the air. the eagle that soared above their heads: and thus he soon became so expert. The steward gave him a gun. and descended from the elevation of their dreams to the reality of their humble position. and had then cast the gun aside. This. calculated what change it would require to adapt the gun to his shoulder. with as much accuracy as if he placed it by hand. and made a fresh stock. this was what Vampa longed for. so beautifully carved that it would have fetched fifteen or twenty piastres. Proud of this exploit. and carrying a ball with the precision of an English rifle. was nothing to a sculptor like Vampa. that Teresa overcame the terror she at first felt at the report. as he quitted his earth on some marauding excursion. however. This gun had an excellent barrel. passing all their time with each other. which at once renders him capable of defence or attack. the first desire of a manly heart is to possess a weapon. he examined the broken stock. In every country where independence has taken the place of liberty. Teresa saw herself rich. made at Breschia. superbly attired. that grew on the Sabine mountains. The two children grew up together. "One evening a wolf emerged from a pine−wood hear which they were usually stationed. their wishes. by rendering its owner terrible. he purchased powder and ball.Chapter 33 400 Rome. Then. they separated their flocks.

and the most courageous contadino for ten leagues around. When she recognized her lover. and followed the footsteps of Decesaris and Gasperone. had crossed the Garigliano. whom he hoped to surpass. a band of brigands that had established itself in the Lepini mountains began to be much spoken of. for he but too well knew the fate that awaited her. like Manfred. and they would have preferred death to a day's separation. where he had carried on a regular war. Their disappearance at first caused much disquietude. and she is abandoned to their brutality until death relieves her sufferings. One day he carried off a young girl. but Carlini felt his heart sink. . The brigands have never been really extirpated from the neighborhood of Rome. but when a chief presents himself he rarely has to wait long for a band of followers. and although Teresa was universally allowed to be the most beautiful girl of the Sabines. then the rest draw lots for her. Many young men of Palestrina. Frascati. the most extraordinary traits of ferocious daring and brutality were related of him. and Vampa seventeen. go where he will. The bandit's laws are positive. and had taken refuge on the banks of the Amasine between Sonnino and Juperno. Teresa was sixteen. Only their wish to see each other had become a necessity.Chapter 33 401 reputation. the daughter of a surveyor of Frosinone. should the ransom be refused. pursued in the Abruzzo. and Pampinara had disappeared. He was spoken of as the most adroit. And yet the two young people had never declared their affection. and whose intermingled perfume rises to the heavens. About this time. the poor girl extended her arms to him. and believed herself safe. his name was Carlini. no one had ever spoken to her of love. because it was known that she was beloved by Vampa. "The celebrated Cucumetto. The man of superior abilities always finds admirers. When their parents are sufficiently rich to pay a ransom. Sometimes a chief is wanted. the prisoner is irrevocably lost. The young girl's lover was in Cucumetto's troop. but it was soon known that they had joined Cucumetto. a messenger is sent to negotiate. After some time Cucumetto became the object of universal attention. He strove to collect a band of followers. a young girl belongs first to him who carries her off. whose branches intertwined. driven out of the kingdom of Naples. they had grown together like two trees whose roots are mingled. the strongest. the prisoner is hostage for the security of the messenger.

and as he had saved his life by shooting a dragoon who was about to cut him down. as her father was rich. by accident.Chapter 33 402 However. After a hundred yards he turned the corner of the thicket. The boy undertook the commission. He took Cucumetto one side. as he had for three years faithfully served him. they had met in some neighboring ruins. as he said. however. until nine the next morning. and could pay a large ransom. `To the health of the brave Cucumetto and the fair Rita. "It so happened that night that Cucumetto had sent Carlini to a village. anxious to see his mistress. Carlini returned. and offered him a glass filled with Orvietto. telling her she was saved. their promises of mutual fidelity. since he had been near. and announce the joyful intelligence. he found Rita senseless in . Carlini besought his chief to make an exception in Rita's favor. supping off the provisions exacted as contributions from the peasants. but his eye vainly sought Rita and Cucumetto among them. as he was a favorite with Cucumetto. He found a young shepherd watching his flock. he hoped the chief would have pity on him. saying. and was answered by a burst of laughter. Cucumetto had been there. promising to be in Frosinone in less than an hour. A cold perspiration burst from every pore. so that he had been unable to go to the place of meeting. The instant the letter was written. He repeated his question. he divined the truth. Carlini flew joyfully to Rita. and bidding her write to her father. and rushed towards the spot whence the cry came. Cucumetto seemed to yield to his friend's entreaties. and hastened to the plain to find a messenger. broke it across the face of him who presented it. to inform him what had occurred. There he told the chief all −− his affection for the prisoner. made a veil of her picturesque head−dress to hide her face from the lascivious gaze of the bandits. seized the glass. and bade him find a shepherd to send to Rita's father at Frosinone. He found the troop in the glade. seated at the foot of a huge pine that stood in the centre of the forest. while the young girl. The natural messengers of the bandits are the shepherds who live between the city and the mountains. and his hair stood on end. Carlini seized it. and that her ransom was fixed at three hundred piastres. Twelve hours' delay was all that was granted −− that is.' At this moment Carlini heard a woman's cry. and had carried the maiden off. and how every night. He inquired where they were. One of the bandits rose. between civilized and savage life.

' −− `It is well. Carlini . "`Why should an exception be made in her favor?' "`I thought that my entreaties' −− "`What right have you. to his great surprise. but. in the meantime. for. then. but this mattered little to him now Rita had been his. to ask for an exception?' −− `It is true. A terrible battle between the two men seemed imminent. but nothing betrayed a hostile design on Carlini's part.' "Cucumetto departed. the other with the pallor of death on his brow. any more than the rest. The two brigands looked at each other for a moment −− the one with a smile of lasciviousness on his lips. and as for the money. as I am not egotistical. The moon lighted the group. At the sight of Carlini. his hand. this young girl is charming. He was standing. near Rita. doubtless. Now. which had grasped one of the pistols in his belt. captain. He continued to follow the path to the glade. to abandon her to the common law?" said Carlini. "`Now. we will return to our comrades and draw lots for her.' Carlini's teeth clinched convulsively.' continued Cucumetto. Cucumetto rose. `have you executed your commission?' "`Yes. a pistol in each hand. three hundred piastres distributed among the band was so small a sum that he cared little about it. `At nine o'clock to−morrow Rita's father will be here with the money. he feared lest he should strike him unawares. but by degrees Carlini's features relaxed. and does credit to your taste.' −− `You have determined. without losing sight of Carlini. his arms folded. `are you coming?' −− `I follow you. then. fell to his side. Rita lay between them.' returned Carlini.' said Cucumetto. laughing.' −− `But never mind. we will have a merry night.' said Cucumetto.Chapter 33 403 the arms of Cucumetto. advancing towards the other bandits. `sooner or later your turn will come. "`Well. Cucumetto fancied for a moment the young man was about to take her in his arms and fly. who was still insensible.

perhaps.' said he. Then every one could understand the cause of the unearthly pallor in the young girl and the bandit. the ticket bore the name of Diovolaccio. extending from the temple to the mouth. the unearthly pallor of the young girl and of Diavolaccio. then.Chapter 33 404 arrived almost as soon as himself. and the chief inclined his head in sign of acquiescence. −− `Your health.' said he.' −− `Well done. while Diavolaccio disappeared. `Captain. `Ah. A knife was plunged up to the hilt in Rita's left breast. but they all understood what Carlini had done. Every one looked at Carlini. Her head hung back. `my expedition has given me an appetite. `I now understand why Carlini stayed behind. he took a glass in one hand and a flask in the other. As they entered the circle. propose mine to him. and the youngest of the band drew forth a ticket. and he drank it off. was bleeding profusely.' and they all formed a circle round the fire. The bandits looked on with astonishment at this singular conduct until they heard footsteps. and the red light of the fire made them look like demons. and to whom Carlini replied by breaking the glass across his face. `Let us draw lots! let us draw lots!' cried all the brigands. Diovalaccio. without his hand trembling in the least. but to their great surprise.' said the chief. including Carlini. by the firelight. `Now. He was the man who had proposed to Carlini the health of their chief. Diavolaccio.' . and filling it. were placed in a hat. A large wound. who remained seated. that every one rose. The names of all. have done the same. ah. burst into a loud laugh. and let us see if he will be more condescending to you than to me. the bandits could perceive. and her long hair swept the ground. `My supper. `just now Carlini would not drink your health when I proposed it to him.' All savage natures appreciate a desperate deed. and ate and drank calmly. when they saw the chief. with the exception of Carlini. and saw Diavolaccio bearing the young girl in his arms. seeing himself thus favored by fortune. `that is acting like a good fellow. They turned round. No other of the bandits would. the sheath at his belt was empty.' said he calmly. Carlini!' cried the brigands. This apparition was so strange and so solemn. The eyes of all shone fiercely as they made their demand. Diavolaccio advanced amidst the most profound silence.' Every one expected an explosion on Carlini's part. Then sitting down by the fire. "Their demand was fair. and laid Rita at the captain's feet. Carlini ate and drank as if nothing had happened.

who was seated by her.' and withdrawing the knife from the wound in Rita's bosom. give me back my child. and in an instant all were on the alert.Chapter 33 405 cried Carlini.' said the bandit.' said the bandit to Rita's father. while with the other he tore open his vest. `if I have done wrongly.' Carlini raised her in his arms.' and he returned to his companions. They both advanced beneath the trees. A woman lay on the ground. my son. −− `Thou hast done well!' returned the old man in a hoarse voice. The old man recognized his child.' said he. rising in his turn. At length he advanced toward the group. As he approached.' said the old man. `aid me to bury my child. through whose branches streamed the moonlight. `she is thine. and pointed to two persons grouped at the foot of a tree. `embrace me. a knife buried in her bosom. and Carlini recognized the old man. `Now. and lighted up the face of the dead. pale and bloody.' Carlini fetched . `Now. It was Rita's father. −− `Wretch!' returned the old man. and the forms of two persons became visible to the old man's eyes. he held it out to the old man with one hand. therefore I slew her.' returned the chief. Cucumetto stopped at last. The old man obeyed. A ray of moonlight poured through the trees. and lay down before the fire. the woman's face became visible. and carried her out of the circle of firelight. for she would have served as the sport of the whole band. The old man remained motionless.' continued Carlini. `does any one dispute the possession of this woman with me?' −− `No. `here are three hundred piastres. the meaning of which he could not comprehend. as he raised his head. and grew pale as death. `I expected thee.' The old man spoke not. who brought his daughter's ransom in person. and the bandits wrapped themselves in their cloaks. Carlini raised his head. "`There. her head resting on the knees of a man. his hand on the butt of one of his pistols. Cucumetto placed his sentinels for the night. he felt that some great and unforeseen misfortune hung over his head. and approaching the corpse.' said he. −− `Cucumetto had violated thy daughter. sobbing like a child. avenge her. `demand thy child of Carlini.' Carlini threw himself. These were the first tears the man of blood had ever wept. `Here. made a sign to him to follow. he will tell thee what has become of her. without taking the money. into the arms of his mistress's father. At midnight the sentinel gave the alarm. `what hast thou done?' and he gazed with terror on Rita. to Cucumetto. But the chief. `I loved her.

But he was unable to complete this oath. Cucumetto aroused his men. He went toward the place where he had left him. afterwards. It had been resolved the night before to change their encampment. An hour before daybreak. But Carlini would not quit the forest. The young girl trembled very much at hearing the stories. the other the feet. and the father and the lover began to dig at the foot of a huge oak. and said the prayers of the dead. Then.' Carlini obeyed. −− `Leave me. he should have received a ball between his shoulders. and the bird fell dead at the foot of the tree. the old man said. and now leave me alone. They told ten other stories of this bandit chief. each more singular than the other. touched the trigger. in an encounter with the Roman carbineers. That astonishment ceased when one of the brigands remarked to his comrades that Cucumetto was stationed ten paces in Carlini's rear when he fell. but Vampa reassured her with a smile. like a wise man. Thus. beneath which the young girl was to repose. when they had finished. Then they knelt on each side of the grave. He found the old man suspended from one of the branches of the oak which shaded his daughter's grave. for two days afterwards. one taking the head. which threw its ball so well. that. Carlini was killed. I command you. `I thank you. When the grave was formed. He then took an oath of bitter vengeance over the dead body of the one and the tomb of the other. he pointed to a crow. my son. until the grave was filled. extending his hand. and. and heard this oath of vengeance. They were both . they placed her in the grave. There was some surprise. the father kissed her first. folded himself in his cloak. every one trembles at the name of Cucumetto. Time passed on. On the morning of the departure from the forest of Frosinone he had followed Carlini in the darkness. Then. as he was with his face to the enemy. and if that did not restore her courage. and gave the word to march. however.' −− `Yet' −− replied Carlini. tapping the butt of his good fowling−piece. they cast the earth over the corpse. and soon appeared to sleep as soundly as the rest. rejoined his comrades. took aim. without knowing what had become of Rita's father. perched on some dead branch.Chapter 33 406 two pickaxes. from Fondi to Perusia. "These narratives were frequently the theme of conversation between Luigi and Teresa. and the two young people had agreed to be married when Vampa should be twenty and Teresa nineteen years of age. anticipated it. and then the lover.

Instantly afterwards four carbineers.' −− `Cucumetto?' cried Luigi and Teresa at the same moment. Vampa then removed the stone. `but we have not seen him. Vampa. he exclaimed. "`Yes.' "Then the carbineers scoured the country in different directions. appeared on the edge of the wood. He had read in the countenances of Luigi and Teresa their steadfast resolution not to surrender him. they heard two or three reports of firearms. saw the young peasants. "`Yes. after a time. but there is an innate sympathy between the Roman brigand and the Roman peasant and the latter is always ready to aid the former. They had seen no one. and Cucumetto came out.' The two young persons exchanged looks. Five hundred Roman crowns are three thousand lire. `and as his head is valued at a thousand Roman crowns. made a sign to the fugitive to take refuge there. and then went and resumed his seat by Teresa. and three thousand lire are a fortune for two poor orphans who are going to be married. near which the two young persons used to graze their flocks. three of them appeared to be looking for the fugitive. and galloping up. for the man we are looking for is the chief. without saying a word. while the fourth dragged a brigand prisoner by the neck. which had been already sought and obtained. When he came within hearing.' replied the brigadier. The three carbineers looked about carefully on every side. The brigadier had a moment's hope. Through the crevices in the granite he had seen the two young peasants talking with the carbineers. then. drew it away. and then suddenly a man came out of the wood. `That is very annoying. closed the stone upon him. can you conceal me?' They knew full well that this fugitive must be a bandit. there would have been five hundred for you. and had only their employers' leave to ask.Chapter 33 407 orphans. in a retreat unknown to every one. which he offered to them. and he drew from his pocket a purse full of gold. they disappeared. One day when they were talking over their plans for the future. But Vampa raised his head . it is very annoying. if you had helped us to catch him. but in vain. `I am pursued. and guessed the subject of their parley.' said Vampa. began to question them. hastened to the stone that closed up the entrance to their grotto. on horseback. and hurried towards them.' said the brigadier.

not only was the villa brilliantly illuminated. her apron of Indian muslin. Two of her companions were dressed. to which all that were distinguished in Rome were invited. and Teresa was as handsome as Carmela. Carmela was precisely the age and figure of Teresa. "Cucumetto was a cunning fiend. as to Teresa. with the servants and peasants. her bodice and skirt were of cashmere. her eyes sparkled when she thought of all the fine gowns and gay jewellery she could buy with this purse of gold. This was granted. and they neither saw nor heard of Cucumetto. −− she was in the costume of the women of Frascati. Four young men of the richest and noblest families of Rome accompanied them with that Italian freedom which has not its parallel in any other country in the world. under the pretext of saluting his protectors. Teresa had a great desire to see this ball. On the evening of the ball Teresa was attired in her best. and Sora. the one as a woman of Nettuno. and very soon the palace overflowed to the terraces. Carmela was attired like a woman of Sonnino. At each cross−path was an orchestra.Chapter 33 408 proudly. and danced in any part of the grounds they pleased. whom he adored. and tables spread with refreshments. and the other as a woman of La Riccia. They both mingled. Several days elapsed. The time of the Carnival was at hand. Luigi asked permission of his protector. and this look from Teresa showed to him that she was a worthy daughter of Eve. that she and he might be present amongst the servants of the house. Luigi wore the very picturesque garb of the Roman peasant at holiday time. Velletri. formed quadrilles. We need hardly add that . and had assumed the form of a brigand instead of a serpent. her most brilliant ornaments in her hair. and the buttons of her corset were of jewels. the steward. and he returned to the forest. "The festa was magnificent. Her cap was embroidered with pearls. her girdle was of Turkey silk. The ball was given by the Count for the particular pleasure of his daughter Carmela. Civita−Castellana. pausing several times on his way. but thousands of colored lanterns were suspended from the trees in the garden. with large embroidered flowers. as they had leave to do. and the terraces to the garden−walks. the pins in her hair were of gold and diamonds. They were attired as peasants of Albano. the guests stopped. and gayest glass beads. The Count of San−Felice announced a grand masked ball.

and all the voices of hell were whispering in his ears ideas of murder and assassination. unwittingly. she looked at Luigi. The Count of San−Felice pointed out Teresa. when their hands touched. and then went to Teresa. pointed with her finger to Teresa. bowed in obedience. the cashmere waist−girdles. accompanied by her elegant cavalier. who could not refuse his assent. and Teresa. "Carmela wished to form a quadrille. in the eyes of an artist. It was like an acute pain which gnawed at his heart. he felt as though he should swoon. "Luigi felt a sensation hitherto unknown arising in his mind. but not one of the guests had a costume similar to her own. like those of the young women. and with the other convulsively grasped the dagger with a carved handle which was in his belt. and then thrilled through his whole body. He followed with his eye each movement of Teresa and her cavalier. The young man looked. and the reflection of sapphires and diamonds almost turned her giddy brain.Chapter 33 409 these peasant costumes. and Teresa was frivolous and coquettish. and which. `Will you allow me. and saying a few words to him. were brilliant with gold and jewels. and invited her to dance in a quadrille directed by the count's daughter. and thus the embroidery and muslins. Then fearing that his paroxysm might get the better of him.' replied the count. which he had held beneath his own. Luigi slowly relinquished Teresa's arm. Certainly. the exact and strict costume of Teresa had a very different character from that of Carmela and her companions. Teresa felt a flush pass over her face. but there was one lady wanting. father?' said Carmela. every pulse beat with violence. Carmela looked all around her. all dazzled her. −− `Certainly. he clutched with one hand the branch of a tree against which he was leaning. `are we not in Carnival time?' −− Carmela turned towards the young man who was talking with her. or those of her companions. who was hanging on Luigi's arm in a group of peasants. he drew from the . When they spoke. took her appointed place with much agitation in the aristocratic quadrille. it seemed as if the whole world was turning round with him. and it seemed as though a bell were ringing in his ears. although Teresa listened timidly and with downcast eyes to the conversation of her cavalier. as Luigi could read in the ardent looks of the good−looking young man that his language was that of praise.

Teresa had yielded in spite of herself. Teresa was endowed with all those wild graces which are so much more potent than our affected and studied elegancies. half by persuasion and half by force. and each time she saw that he was pale and that his features were agitated. to Teresa's great astonishment. she understood by his silence and trembling voice that something strange was passing within him. and. and where Luigi awaited her. One of the cavaliers then hastened to invite Teresa. yet fully comprehended that Luigi was right in reproaching her. he had removed Teresa toward another part of the garden. she did not know. but yet she did not the less feel that these reproaches were merited. it was almost tremblingly that she resumed her lover's arm. but the young girl had disappeared. −− . without whom it was impossible for the quadrille to be formed. Luigi remained mute. and if she were envious of the Count of San−Felice's daughter. had dazzled her eyes with its sinister glare. once even the blade of his knife. "The young peasant girl. She had almost all the honors of the quadrille. We have said that Teresa was handsome. but the Count of San−Felice besought his daughter so earnestly. half drawn from its sheath. that she acceded. The truth was.Chapter 33 410 scabbard from time to time. Luigi was jealous! He felt that. Twice or thrice during the dance the young girl had glanced at Luigi. at first timid and scared. but when she looked at the agitated countenance of the young man. he said. and not a word escaped his lips the rest of the evening. Carmela alone objecting to it. However. She herself was not exempt from internal emotion. and without having done anything wrong. and as he left her at her home. he took Teresa quite away. When the chill of the night had driven away the guests from the gardens. that Luigi had not felt the strength to support another such trial. Teresa might escape him. And with overpowering compliments her handsome cavalier led her back to the place whence he had taken her. soon recovered herself. Why. we will not undertake to say that Carmela was not jealous of her. and the gates of the villa were closed on them for the festa in−doors. The quadrille had been most perfect. and it was evident there was a great demand for a repetition. but this is not all. influenced by her ambitions and coquettish disposition. Thus.

due. seized her in his arms. made that appear to him rather a favor of providence than a real misfortune. and attempted to escape by the door. All the servants surrounded her. As the count was immensely rich.' "`He was right. Awakened in the night by the light of the flames. she sprang out of bed. When she recovered. you shall have it!' "The young girl. An entire wing of the villa was burnt down. −− and the marvellous manner in which she had escaped.Chapter 33 411 "`Teresa. "That night a memorable event occurred. Carmela was greatly troubled that she had not recognized him. `that I would give half my life for a costume such as she wore. but his face was so gloomy and terrible that her words froze to her lips. −− the loss occasioned . and with superhuman skill and strength conveyed her to the turf of the grass−plot. She then returned to her room. calling for help as loudly as she could.' −− `Well. As Luigi spoke thus. as long as Carmela was safe and uninjured? Her preserver was everywhere sought for. was opened.' "`And what said your cavalier to you?' −− `He said it only depended on myself to have it. offering her assistance. but no one had seen him.' replied the young girl.' said Luigi. he was inquired after. but he did not appear. much astonished. to the imprudence of some servant who had neglected to extinguish the lights. Teresa followed him with her eyes into the darkness as long as she could. excepting the danger Carmela had run. The Villa of San−Felice took fire in the rooms adjoining the very apartment of the lovely Carmela. which was twenty feet from the ground. he left her. what were you thinking of as you danced opposite the young Countess of San−Felice?' −− `I thought. raised her head to look at him. when suddenly her window. where she fainted. but the corridor by which she hoped to fly was already a prey to the flames. no doubt. but what of that. and when he had quite disappeared. wrapped herself in a dressing−gown. `Do you desire it as ardently as you say?' −− `Yes. then. she went into the house with a sigh. a young peasant jumped into the chamber. and I had only one word to say. with all the frankness of her nature. her father was by her side.

who was going from Palestrina to Tivoli. made by Luigi. he begged Luigi to be his guide. or even thanking Luigi. "Teresa uttered a cry of joy.Chapter 33 412 by the conflagration was to him but a trifle. The traveller. `yesterday evening you told me you would give all the world to have a costume similar to that of the count's daughter. `but of course your reply was only to please me. and seemed to have completely forgotten the events of the previous evening. she on her part assumed a smiling air.' said Luigi.' said Luigi proudly. and on a chair at the side was laid the rest of the costume. and. Luigi took her arm beneath his own.' −− `Yes. which burnt on each side of a splendid mirror. Luigi was not mistaken.' replied the young girl. he saw a traveller on horseback. The young girl was very pensive.' "`I have promised no more than I have given you. Luigi arrived first.' replied Teresa with astonishment. were spread out the pearl necklace and the diamond pins. Teresa. perceiving that there was something extraordinary. lighted up by two wax lights. and showed Teresa the grotto. for on the crest of a small adjacent hill which cut off the view toward Palestrina."' −− `Yes. on a rustic table. but seeing Luigi so cheerful. had mistaken his way. He came toward Teresa in high spirits.' At these words he drew away the stone. he put his horse into a gallop and advanced toward him. whose astonishment increased at every word uttered by Luigi. as if uncertain of his road. you shall have it. transformed into a dressing−room. Luigi pushed the stone behind her. "Very well. at the usual hour. Luigi threw his cloak . stopping a moment. `Teresa. and thus presenting against the blue sky that perfect outline which is peculiar to distant objects in southern climes. darted into the grotto. and on reaching these the traveller might again stray from his route. The young girl. without inquiring whence this attire came. which was natural to her when she was not excited or in a passion.' −− `And I replied. Then he paused. `but I was mad to utter such a wish. but as at a distance of a quarter of a mile the road again divided into three ways. `Go into the grotto and dress yourself. When he saw Luigi. "The next day. and led her to the door of the grotto. looked at him steadfastly. the two young peasants were on the borders of the forest. the young man directed him.

' "`And then do you take this poniard. who seemed used to this difference between the servility of a man of the cities and the pride of the mountaineer. "it is a very pretty name.' said the traveller. it is hardly worth a piastre. for this poniard is worth more than two sequins. accept a gift. to make herself a pair of earrings." replied the narrator.Chapter 33 413 on the ground.' −− `For a dealer perhaps. `but then the obligation will be on my side.' said the young herdsman. and now you cannot again mistake.' replied the shepherd. `if you refuse wages. you will. he stretched his hand towards that one of the roads which the traveller was to follow.' −− `Ah. offering the young herdsman some small pieces of money.' said Luigi. −− `And yours?' −− `I. and the adventures of the gentleman of that name . −− "That is your road. On arriving there. and freed from his heavy covering.' −− `And here is your recompense. which a horse can scarcely keep up with. who engraved it myself. King of Macedon.' −− `Well. excellency. perhaps. `take these two Venetian sequins and give them to your bride. "`Thank you. with an air as majestic as that of an emperor.' −− `Then. Alexander. preceded the traveller with the rapid step of a mountaineer.'" Franz d'Epinay started with surprise.' said the traveller. `you will not find one better carved between Albano and Civita−Castellana.' replied the traveller.' answered the traveller.' "`I accept it. −− `Luigi Vampa.' said the traveller. placed his carbine on his shoulder." he said. and what may you have to say against this name?" inquired Albert. that is another thing." "Well. I do not sell it. yes. `I render a service. but for me. with the same air as he would have replied.' "`What is your name?' inquired the traveller. "Yes. "Sinbad the Sailor. In ten minutes Luigi and the traveller reached the cross−roads. `am called Sinbad the Sailor. "that was the name which the traveller gave to Vampa as his own. drawing back his hand.

who was hastening towards the wood.Chapter 33 414 amused me very much in my youth. When Luigi had assured himself that she was safe and unharmed. "Proceed!" said he to the host. but the man lay on the earth struggling in the agonies of death. "Vampa put the two sequins haughtily into his pocket. His eyes remained open and menacing. The name of Sinbad the Sailor. and in a moment reached the summit of a hill opposite to that on which he had perceived the traveller. the centaur. and it was fright alone that had overcome Teresa. From the day on which the bandit had been saved by the two young peasants. The young shepherd stopped. cocking his carbine as he went. Vampa measured the distance. From that . and she had dropped on her knees. and slowly returned by the way he had gone. as had the name of the Count of Monte Cristo on the previous evening. she was unscathed. and he fell with Teresa in his arms. Fortunately. As he came within two or three hundred paces of the grotto. then he put the butt of his carbine to his shoulder. and had sworn she should be his. He had just expired. and there was not a chance of overtaking him. as Nessus. and then fired. with clinched hands. as if his feet had been rooted to the ground. took aim at the ravisher. A moment afterwards he thought he heard his own name pronounced distinctly." −− Franz said no more. had also wounded his betrothed. he had been enamoured of Teresa. followed him for a second in his track. This man. He bounded like a chamois. so that the young man feared that the ball that had brought down his enemy. his knees bent under him. The ravisher stopped suddenly. and his hair on end in the sweat of death. He cast his eyes around him and saw a man carrying off Teresa. was already three−quarters of the way on the road from the grotto to the forest. his mouth in a spasm of agony. Vampa approached the corpse. and recognized Cucumetto. He listened to know whence this sound could proceed. as may well be supposed. The cry proceeded from the grotto. Vampa then rushed towards Teresa. I must confess. he turned towards the wounded man. awakened in him a world of recollections. the man was at least two hundred paces in advance of him. carried Dejanira. he thought he heard a cry. Three cries for help came more distinctly to his ear. for at ten paces from the dying man her legs had failed her. The young girl rose instantly.

a cartridge−box worked with gold. dared not approach the slain ruffian but by degrees. with ear−rings and necklace of pearls. whatever it may be?' −− `Oh. −− `And follow me wherever I go?' −− `To the world's end.' said he −− `good. no doubt. a silk waistcoat covered with embroidery. and powerful as a god. on the contrary. while in her turn Teresa remained outside. The young man saw the effect produced on his betrothed. when the ball. Vampa in this attire resembled a painting by Leopold Robert. diamond pins. They went .' "Teresa was clothed from head to foot in the garb of the Count of San−Felice's daughter. a Roman scarf tied round his neck. `are you ready to share my fortune. and would have declared. and profiting by the moment when her lover had left her alone. and red and green silk. −− `Now. Vampa took Cucumetto's body in his arms and conveyed it to the grotto. his costume was no less elegant than that of Teresa. shuddering in every limb. worked with a thousand arabesques. had carried her off. it is now my turn to dress myself. and threw a hesitating glance at the dead body over the shoulder of her lover. He wore a vest of garnet−colored velvet. on reaching Paris. for he appeared to her at this moment as handsome.' he said to Teresa. clad in a cashmere grown. Vampa gazed on him for a moment without betraying the slightest emotion. directed by the unerring skill of the young herdsman. and a splendid poniard was in his belt. had pierced his heart. At the end of a quarter of an hour Vampa quitted the grotto. and believed he at length had her in his power. yes!' exclaimed the young girl enthusiastically. proud. good! You are dressed. while. have believed that he had returned to the times of Florian. and a smile of pride passed over his lips. sky−blue velvet breeches. If a second traveller had passed. Teresa uttered a cry of admiration. that he had met an Alpine shepherdess seated at the foot of the Sabine Hill.Chapter 33 415 time he had watched them. he would have seen a strange thing. emeralds. and a hat whereon hung ribbons of all colors. Suddenly Vampa turned toward his mistress: −− `Ah. or Schnetz. He would. and buttons of sapphires. garters of deerskin.' −− `Then take my arm. we have no time to lose. and rubies. fastened above the knee with diamond buckles. with buttons of cut gold. He had assumed the entire costume of Cucumetto.' −− The young girl did so without questioning her lover as to where he was conducting her. and let us on. −− a shepherdess watching her flock. two watches hung from his girdle. Teresa.

although there was no beaten track. go first. `or you are a dead man. but he knew his path by looking at the trees and bushes. and pressed closely against her guide. Teresa and Luigi reached the summit. then. which. led into a deep gorge. The retreat of Rocca Bianca was at the top of a small mountain.' −− Luigi and Teresa again set forward. −− `Not another step.' said the sentinel. seemed.' said the sentinel. she endeavored to repress her emotion. `you may now go on. Suddenly. Then the bandit thrice imitated the cry of a crow. then. At the end of this time they had reached the thickest of the forest.' he said.' −− Vampa smiled disdainfully at this precaution on the part of the bandit. a man advanced from behind a tree and aimed at Vampa. went before Teresa. but as she saw him advance with even step and composed countenance. −− `I am Luigi Vampa. raising his hand with a gesture of disdain. and shadowed by the tufted umbrage of the pines. `do wolves rend each other?' −− `Who are you?' inquired the sentinel.' said Vampa. and soon entered it. clung closely to him. We need scarcely say that all the paths of the mountain were known to Vampa. as they went on Teresa clung tremblingly to her lover at the sight of weapons and the glistening of carbines through the trees. while Teresa.' −− `Follow me. but for the difficulties of its descent. −− `What has he to say?' inquired the young man who was in command in the chief's absence. and all at once found themselves in the presence of twenty bandits. not uttering a syllable. Teresa had become alarmed at the wild and deserted look of the plain around her. and thus they kept on advancing for nearly an hour and a half. that path to Avernus of which Virgil speaks. he therefore went forward without a moment's hesitation. A torrent. which no doubt in former days had been a volcano −− an extinct volcano before the days when Remus and Romulus had deserted Alba to come and found the city of Rome. Vampa took this wild road. a croak answered this signal. shepherd of the San−Felice farm. −− `I wish to say that I am tired of a . `Here is a young man who seeks and wishes to speak to you.' −− `What. as you know your way. and continued to advance with the same firm and easy step as before. whose bed was dry. At the end of ten minutes the bandit made them a sign to stop. enclosed between two ridges. about ten paces from them.Chapter 33 416 towards the forest. −− `Good!' said the sentry. The two young persons obeyed. no longer able to restrain her alarm. `or.' −− `What do you want?' −− `I would speak with your companions who are in the glade at Rocca Bianca.

vice Cucumetto deceased.Chapter 33 417 shepherd's life. and he is on the open sea. "And you say that Signor Vampa exercises his profession at this moment in the environs of Rome?" "And with a boldness of which no bandit before him ever gave an example. who had recognized Luigi Vampa. or La Riccia. but I came to ask something more than to be your companion. Cucumetto. "The explanation would be too long. Tivoli. you see. turning towards his friend. they follow him on the waters. −− `Ah." "And what may a myth be?" inquired Pastrini." replied Albert. he has a good understanding with the shepherds in the plains.' An hour afterwards Luigi Vampa was chosen captain. and the smugglers of the coast. "and never had an existence. and he is on the waters." ." replied Franz. `and you seek admittance into our ranks?' −− `Welcome!' cried several bandits from Ferrusino." "Then the police have vainly tried to lay hands on him?" "Why. my dear landlord. and he has suddenly taken refuge in the islands. They seek for him in the mountains. my dear Albert. whose dress I now wear. The bandits shouted with laughter. −− `Yes. or Monte Cristo.' said the young man. the fishermen of the Tiber. at Giglio. and when they hunt for him there. then they pursue him." said Franz. "what think you of citizen Luigi Vampa?" "I say he is a myth. he reappears suddenly at Albano. Guanouti. Pampinara.' said the lieutenant.' was Vampa's reply. −− `I have killed your chief. and I set fire to the villa San−Felice to procure a wedding−dress for my betrothed.' −− `And what may that be?' inquired the bandits with astonishment. and Anagni. −− `I come to ask to be your captain. `And what have you done to aspire to this honor?' demanded the lieutenant. I understand." "Well.

" "Well. "let us to the Colosseum. or plants his dagger in his heart. At the sixtieth minute of this hour." So saying. then. Albert. . he blows out the prisoner's brains with a pistol−shot. by the streets!" cried Franz." said he. that during the ride to the Colosseum they passed not a single ancient ruin." said Franz. your excellencies?" "By the streets." The clock struck nine as the door opened. twelve hours. "Excellencies." inquired Franz of his companion.Chapter 34 418 "And how does he behave towards travellers?" "Alas! his plan is very simple. "Ah. "the coach is ready. if the money is not forthcoming. the two young men went down the staircase. or a day wherein to pay their ransom. I thought you had more courage. Chapter 34 The Colosseum. and when that time has elapsed he allows another hour's grace." "Well. so that no preliminary impression interfered to mitigate the colossal proportions of the gigantic building they came to admire. "if the way be picturesque." said Albert. "really. my dear fellow. whether he gives eight hours. The road selected was a continuation of the Via Sistina. "are you still disposed to go to the Colosseum by the outer wall?" "Quite so. rising." said Albert. and that settles the account. Franz had so managed his route. and lighting his third cigar. morbleu." "By the Porta del Popolo or by the streets. It depends on the distance he may be from the city. and a coachman appeared. and got into the carriage.

The carriage stopped near the Meta Sudans. This itinerary possessed another great advantage. who appeared to have sprung up from the ground. reminded Franz of the two Corsican bandits he had found supping so amicably with the crew of the little yacht. and further. found themselves opposite a cicerone. abundantly proved to him that his island friend was playing his philanthropic part on the shores of Piombino. and the young men. proving thereby how largely his circle of acquaintances extended. Franz bethought him of having heard his singular entertainer speak both of Tunis and Palermo. to avoid this abundant supply of . The usual guide from the hotel having followed them. the door was opened. and Spain. and that was the mysterious sort of intimacy that seemed to exist between the brigands and the sailors. nor is it possible. arriving at a satisfactory reply to any of them. Tuscany. as on those of Corsica. they had paid two conductors. however. and to ask himself an interminable number of questions touching its various circumstances without. he continued to ponder over the singular history he had so lately listened to. But however the mind of the young man might be absorbed in these reflections. The very name assumed by his host of Monte Cristo and again repeated by the landlord of the Hotel de Londres. in which his mysterious host of Monte Cristo was so strangely mixed up. One fact more than the rest brought his friend "Sinbad the Sailor" back to his recollection. at Rome. Ostia.Chapter 34 419 then by cutting off the right angle of the street in which stands Santa Maria Maggiore and proceeding by the Via Urbana and San Pietro in Vincoli. −− that of leaving Franz at full liberty to indulge his deep reverie upon the subject of Signor Pastrini's story. and Pastrini's account of Vampa's having found refuge on board the vessels of smugglers and fishermen. through the various openings of which the pale moonlight played and flickered like the unearthly gleam from the eyes of the wandering dead. Seated with folded arms in a corner of the carriage. Civita−Vecchio. the travellers would find themselves directly opposite the Colosseum. so unexpected was his appearance. eagerly alighting. they were at once dispersed at the sight of the dark frowning ruins of the stupendous Colosseum. and Gaeta. which had even deviated from its course and touched at Porto−Vecchio for the sole purpose of landing them.

and never quits you while you remain in the city. and the wonders of Babylon be talked of no more among us. to his credit be it spoken. and. therefore. Thus. and certainly no adequate notion of these stupendous ruins can be formed save by such as have visited them. than. and the many voices of Fame spread far and wide the surpassing merits of this incomparable monument. but dragged the unconscious visitor to the various objects with a pertinacity that admitted of no appeal.Chapter 34 420 guides. they essayed not to escape from their ciceronian tyrants. the young men made no attempt at resistance. as a matter of course. and as regularly followed by them. who seizes upon you directly you set foot in your hotel. but blindly and confidingly surrendered themselves into the care and custody of their conductors. be easily imagined there is no scarcity of guides at the Colosseum. his mind." As for Albert and Franz. then. Albert had already made seven or eight similar excursions to the Colosseum. almost to each part of a monument. abandoning Albert to the guides (who would by no means yield their prescriptive right of carrying their victims through the routine regularly laid down. all must bow to the superiority of the gigantic labor of the Caesars. was duly and deeply touched with awe and enthusiastic admiration of all he saw. Franz ascended a half−dilapidated staircase. and. and more especially by moonlight. it would have been so much the more difficult to break their bondage. therefore. which Martial thus eulogizes: "Let Memphis cease to boast the barbarous miracles of her pyramids."). had the reflective Franz walked a hundred steps beneath the interior porticoes of the ruin. at which time the vast proportions of the building appear twice as large when viewed by the mysterious beams of a southern moonlit sky. even amid the glib loquacity of the guides. besides the ordinary cicerone. as the guides alone are permitted to visit these monuments with torches in their hands. beginning. with the Lions' Den. that wonder of all ages. to escape a jargon and mechanical survey of the wonders by which he was surrounded. and finishing with Caesar's "Podium. there is also a special cicerone belonging to each monument −− nay. whose rays are sufficiently clear and vivid to light the horizon with a glow equal to the soft twilight of an eastern clime. Scarcely. It may. while his less favored companion trod for the first time in his life the classic ground forming the monument of Flavius Vespasian. indeed. and. leaving them .

like Franz. and immediately opposite a large aperture. and from whence his eyes followed the motions of Albert and his guides. but the hesitation with which he proceeded. resembling. upon which the moon was at that moment pouring a full tide of silvery brightness. The stranger thus presenting himself was probably a person who. was approaching the spot where he sat. and then again disappeared down the steps conducting to the seats reserved for the Vestal virgins. Franz withdrew as much as possible behind his pillar. as they glided along. who. All at once his ear caught a sound resembling that of a stone rolling down the staircase opposite the one by which he had himself ascended. stopping and listening with anxious attention at every step he took. some restless shades following the flickering glare of so many ignes−fatui. who endeavored as much as possible to prevent his footsteps from being heard. And his appearance had nothing extraordinary in it. while large masses of thick. preferred the enjoyment of solitude and his own thoughts to the frivolous gabble of the guides. the roof had given way.Chapter 34 421 to follow their monotonous round. which permitted him to enjoy a full and undisturbed view of the gigantic dimensions of the majestic ruin. grew a quantity of creeping plants. possibly. There was nothing remarkable in the circumstance of a fragment of granite giving way and falling heavily below. for the figure of a man was distinctly visible to Franz. through which might be seen the blue vault of heaven. thickly studded with stars. convinced Franz that he expected the arrival of some person. strong fibrous shoots forced . and also that some one. seated himself at the foot of a column. About ten feet from the spot where he and the stranger were. which had. for ages permitted a free entrance to the brilliant moonbeams that now illumined the vast pile. Conjecture soon became certainty. gradually emerging from the staircase opposite. had emerged from a vomitarium at the opposite extremity of the Colosseum. whose delicate green branches stood out in bold relief against the clear azure of the firmament. Around this opening. but it seemed to him that the substance that fell gave way beneath the pressure of a foot. Franz had remained for nearly a quarter of an hour perfectly hidden by the shadow of the vast column at whose base he had found a resting−place. By a sort of instinctive impulse. holding torches in their hands. leaving a large round opening.

Some few minutes had elapsed. and the stranger began to show manifest signs of impatience. which. −− that the person whom he was thus watching certainly belonged to no inferior station of life. and the figure of a man was clearly seen gazing with eager scrutiny on the immense space beneath him. Angelo. He wore a large brown mantle." "Say not a word about being late. while the upper part was completely hidden by his broad−brimmed hat. entering through the broken ceiling. and hung floating to and fro. over which descended fashionably cut trousers of black cloth. From the imperfect means Franz had of judging. as his eye caught sight of him in the mantle." said the man." said the man. shed their refulgent beams on feet cased in elegantly made boots of polished leather." replied the stranger in purest Tuscan. The person whose mysterious arrival had attracted the attention of Franz stood in a kind of half−light." "Your excellency is perfectly right in so thinking. like so many waving strings. "I came here direct from the Castle of St.Chapter 34 422 their way through the chasm. he grasped a floating mass of thickly matted boughs. "I beg your excellency's pardon for keeping you waiting." . and glided down by their help to within three or four feet of the ground. "'tis I who am too soon. thrown over his left shoulder. "but I don't think I'm many minutes after my time. But even if you had caused me to wait a little while. he could only come to one conclusion. although his dress was easily made out. that rendered it impossible to distinguish his features. and then leaped lightly on his feet. one fold of which. I should have felt quite sure that the delay was not occasioned by any fault of yours. and almost immediately a dark shadow seemed to obstruct the flood of light that had entered it. served likewise to mask the lower part of his countenance. then. ten o'clock his just struck on the Lateran. in the Roman dialect. and I had an immense deal of trouble before I could get a chance to speak to Beppo. The lower part of his dress was more distinctly visible by the bright rays of the moon. when a slight noise was heard outside the aperture in the roof. The man who had performed this daring act with so much indifference wore the Transtevere costume.

Perhaps some of these days I may be entrapped. your excellency. is poor Peppino. like poor Peppino and may be very glad to have some little nibbling mouse to gnaw the meshes of my net." "Why.* he is an atrocious villain. The other sufferer is sentenced to be decapitato. the amusements of the day are diversified." "But Peppino did not even belong to my band: he was merely a poor shepherd. and I give him so much a year to let me know what is going on within his holiness's castle. I see. you see. whose only crime consisted in furnishing us with provisions." * Knocked on the head. ** Beheaded. and so help me out of prison. but also the neighboring states. But mark the distinction with which he is treated. One of the culprits will be mazzolato." "Briefly. instead of being knocked on the head as you would be if once they caught hold of you." . what did you glean?" "That two executions of considerable interest will take place the day after to−morrow at two o'clock. too." "Indeed! You are a provident person." "Which makes him your accomplice to all intents and purposes. who murdered the priest who brought him up. Beppo is employed in the prison. that they are glad of all opportunity of making an example. "The fact is. by which means.Chapter 34 423 "And who is Beppo?" "Oh. as is customary at Rome at the commencement of all great festivals. no one knows what may happen. with such extreme fear. and there is a spectacle to please every spectator. he is simply sentenced to be guillotined.** and he. and deserves not the smallest pity. that you have inspired not only the pontifical government.

I should hate and despise myself as a coward did I desert the brave fellow in his present extremity. suddenly expressing himself in French." "Perhaps I am. will rush forward directly Peppino is brought for execution." "And do you feel sure of succeeding?" "Pardieu!" exclaimed the man in the cloak. that the person receiving them shall obtain a respite till next year for Peppino." said the man in the cloak. I will so advantageously bestow 2. at a signal from me. who. "excuse me for saying that you seem to me precisely in the mood to commit some wild or extravagant act. but one thing I have resolved on. who has got into this scrape solely from having served me. and during that year. and carry off the prisoner. "What did your excellency say?" inquired the other. and.000 piastres will afford him the means of escaping from his prison.Chapter 34 424 "Without reckoning the wholly unexpected one I am preparing to surprise them with.000 piastres. and convinces me that my scheme is far better than yours." "That seems to me as hazardous as uncertain. drive back the guard. to stop at nothing to restore a poor devil to liberty. by the assistance of their stilettos." "And what do you mean to do?" "To surround the scaffold with twenty of my best men. and that is." "My good friend." "And what is your excellency's project?" "Just this. another skilfully placed 1. .

" "None whatever. then. and I will give it to him." "And what of that? Is not a day divided into twenty−four hours. there can be no harm in myself and party being in readiness. Take what precautions you please. my good fellow." "Remember. and every minute sub−divided into sixty seconds? Now in 86. having a large cross in red marked on it. should I have obtained the requisite pardon for Peppino. and that you have but one day to work in. will hand it to the executioner. that is very easily arranged. and have no fears for the result.400 seconds very many things can be done. if it is any satisfaction to you to do so. His dress will procure him the means of approaching the scaffold itself. each hour into sixty minutes. who. disguised as a penitent friar. that I would do more single−handed by the means of gold than you and all your troop could effect with stilettos. the execution is fixed for the day after tomorrow. but rely upon my obtaining the reprieve I seek." ." "And whom will you employ to carry the reprieve to the officer directing the execution?" "Send one of your men. in the meantime.Chapter 34 425 "I said. the two outside windows will be hung with yellow damasks. to act. Leave me. if it be only to prevent his dying of fear or losing his senses." "And how shall I know whether your excellency has succeeded or not. in case your excellency should fail." "At least. and the centre with white. and he will deliver the official order to the officer." "Oh. I have engaged the three lower windows at the Cafe Rospoli. because in either case a very useless expense will have been incurred. carbines. it will be as well to acquaint Peppino with what we have determined on. pistols. and blunderbusses included. in his turn.

for I may remind you of your promise at some. not very distant period. "Well. I am sadly afraid both my reputation and credit would suffer thereby. my good friend. you may regard it as done. and if from the other end of the world you but write me word to do such or such a thing. and henceforward you shall receive not only devotion. only fulfil your promise of rescuing Peppino." "Let that day come sooner or later. and might possibly recognize you. then." "'Tis some travellers. my worthy friend. "I hear a noise. if once the extent of our intimacy were known. and. when I." said the man. perhaps. then. if you obtain the reprieve?" "The middle window at the Cafe Rospoli will be hung with white damask. I flatter myself that there can be no doubt of it. who are visiting the Colosseum by torchlight. those guides are nothing but spies. are you not?" "Nay." "'Twere better we should not be seen together.Chapter 34 426 "Your excellency. bearing a red cross. on the word and faith of" −− "Hush!" interrupted the stranger. your excellency will find me what I have found you in this my heavy trouble." "Well." "And if you fail?" . may require your aid and influence. but the most absolute obedience from myself and those under me that one human being can render to another. for done it shall be. "you are fully persuaded of my entire devotion to you." replied the cavalier in the cloak. in my turn. however I may be honored by your friendship." "Have a care how far you pledge yourself.

and." Saying these words. half bitter. touching the iron−pointed nets used to prevent the ferocious beasts from springing on the spectators. however. and which he heard for the second time amid the darkness and ruined grandeur of the Colosseum. It was more especially when this man was speaking in a manner half jesting. use your daggers in any way you please. Franz let him proceed without interruption. In ten minutes after the strangers had departed. passed almost close to Franz. from his being either wrapped in his mantle or obscured by the shadow. Franz was on the road to the Piazza de Spagni. was an entire stranger to him. that Franz's ear recalled most vividly the deep sonorous. Adieu. and though Franz had been unable to distinguish his features." "And then?" "And then. and free to ponder over all that had occurred. who made the lofty building re−echo with the sound of his friend's name. but not so the other. depend upon me as firmly as I do upon you. did not hear what was said. did not obey the summons till he had satisfied himself that the two men whose conversation he had overheard were at a sufficient distance to prevent his encountering them in his descent. my good fellow." "We understand each other perfectly. he longed to be alone. whose mysterious meeting in the Colosseum he had so unintentionally witnessed. and I further promise you to be there as a spectator of your prowess. The next minute Franz heard himself called by Albert. And the more he thought. the tones of his voice had made too powerful an impression on him the first time he had heard them for him ever again to forget them. muffling his features more closely than before in the folds of his mantle. in fact. listening with studied indifference to the learned dissertation delivered by Albert. One of the two men.Chapter 34 427 "Then all three windows will have yellow draperies. your excellency. then. hear them when or where he might. and descended to the arena by an outward flight of steps. the Transteverin disappeared down the staircase. while his companion. Franz. . the more entire was his conviction. after the manner of Pliny and Calpurnius. yet well−pitched voice that had addressed him in the grotto of Monte Cristo.

therefore. therefore. Yes. he fell asleep at daybreak. he had sent to engage a box at the Teatro Argentino. Neither had he neglected to ascertain the name of the piece to be played that night at the Teatro Argentino. Moriani. judge that his appearance at such a time would be anything but agreeable." supported by three of the most renowned vocalists of Italy. and had received in return more invitations to balls and routs than it would be possible for him to accept. having a number of letters to write. Albert had employed his time in arranging for the evening's diversion. had reason to consider themselves fortunate in having the opportunity of hearing one of the best works by the composer of "Lucia di Lammermoor." Under any other circumstances. "Sinbad the Sailor. he permitted his former host to retire without attempting a recognition. and the more he thought. delighted with his day's work. but fully promising himself a rich indemnity for his present forbearance should chance afford him another opportunity. As we have seen. At five o'clock Albert returned. and the principal actors were Coselli. but in the present instance. Like a genuine Frenchman. in a single day he had accomplished what his more serious−minded companion would have taken weeks to effect. relinquished the carriage to Albert for the whole of the day. and also what performers appeared in it. and La Specchia. he had been occupied in leaving his letters of introduction. and did not awake till late. Albert had . Franz would have found it impossible to resist his extreme curiosity to know more of so singular a personage. the confidential nature of the conversation he had overheard made him. in vain did he court the refreshment of sleep. In vain did Franz endeavor to forget the many perplexing thoughts which assailed him. The young men. Slumber refused to visit his eyelids and the night was passed in feverish contemplation of the chain of circumstances tending to prove the identity of the mysterious visitant to the Colosseum with the inhabitant of the grotto of Monte Cristo. the firmer grew his opinion on the subject. he had seen (as he called it) all the remarkable sights at Rome. with propriety. besides this. The opera of "Parisina" was announced for representation.Chapter 34 428 that the person who wore the mantle was no other than his former host and entertainer. and Franz. Worn out at length. and with that intent have sought to renew their short acquaintance.

Yet he could not restrain a hope that in Italy. as elsewhere.000 livres. Albert had quitted Paris with the full conviction that he had only to show himself in Italy to carry all before him. It was therefore no small mortification to him to have visited most of the principal cities in Italy without having excited the most trifling observation. but internally he was deeply wounded. moreover. and a genealogical tree is equally estimated. and his self−love immensely piqued. with their orchestras from which it is impossible to see. Albert. but in the present day it is not necessary to go as far back as Noah in tracing a descent. and all he gained was the painful conviction that the ladies of Italy have this advantage over those of France. Albert de Morcerf commanded an income of 50. And the thing was so much the more annoying. hoped to indemnify . however. Sometimes Albert would affect to make a joke of his want of success. Still. Albert displayed his most dazzling and effective costumes each time he visited the theatres. and had shared a lower box at the Opera. Florentines. if not to their husbands. the most admired and most sought after of any young person of his day. Alas. his elegant toilet was wholly thrown away. there might be an exception to the general rule. certainly. a more than sufficient sum to render him a personage of considerable importance in Paris. Albert. poor Albert! none of those interesting adventures fell in his way. to think that Albert de Morcerf. alas. or open boxes. according to the characteristic modesty of a Frenchman. whether dated from 1399 or merely 1815. and one of the most worthy representatives of Parisian fashion had to carry with him the mortifying reflection that he had nearly overrun Italy without meeting with a single adventure. well−looking young man. and the absence of balconies. at least to their lovers. and merely have his labor for his pains. that they are faithful even in their infidelity. should thus be passed over. and Neapolitans were all faithful. was also possessed of considerable talent and ability. he was a viscount −− a recently created one. the lovely Genoese. all these defects pressed hard on a man who had had his stall at the Bouffes. but. and that upon his return he should astonish the Parisian world with the recital of his numerous love−affairs. but to crown all these advantages.Chapter 34 429 never been able to endure the Italian theatres. in spite of this. besides being an elegant. and thought not of changing even for the splendid appearance of Albert de Morcerf. as.

With this design he had engaged a box in the most conspicuous part of the theatre. The Carnival was to commence on the morrow. expectations. and deign to mingle in the follies of this time of liberty and relaxation. this attempt to attract notice wholly failed. at certain conventional moments. so filled every fair breast. The box taken by Albert was in the first circle. Rome is the spot where even the wisest and gravest throw off the usual rigidity of their lives. and exerted himself to set off his personal attractions by the aid of the most rich and elaborate toilet. generally styled the "nobility's boxes. The truth was. −− who knew but that. as to prevent the least attention being bestowed even on the business of the stage. their lovers. The actors made their entries and exits unobserved or unthought of. but. that the anticipated pleasures of the Carnival.Chapter 34 430 himself for all these slights and indifferences during the Carnival. and it was but too apparent that the lovely creatures. it had cost less than would be paid at some of the French theatres for one admitting merely four occupants. aided by a powerful opera−glass. or their own thoughts. not even curiosity had been excited. therefore Albert had not an instant to lose in setting forth the programme of his hopes. were all so much engrossed with themselves. he might not in truth attract the notice of some fair Roman. Another motive had influenced Albert's selection of his seat. knowing full well that among the different states and kingdoms in which this festivity is celebrated. from which he might behold the gayeties of the Carnival? These united considerations made Albert more lively and anxious to please than he had hitherto been. he leaned from his box and began attentively scrutinizing the beauty of each pretty woman. thus advantageously placed. with the "holy week" that was to succeed it. or a place in a princely balcony. although each of the three tiers of boxes is deemed equally aristocratic. and is. for this reason. the spectators would suddenly cease their ." and although the box engaged for the two friends was sufficiently capacious to contain at least a dozen persons. that they had not so much as noticed him or the manipulation of his glass. alas. and claims to notice. and an introduction might ensue that would procure him the offer of a seat in a carriage. into whose good graces he was desirous of stealing. Totally disregarding the business of the stage.

he said hastily. she is perfectly lovely −− what a complexion! And such magnificent hair! Is she French?" "No." At that instant." "And her name is −− " "Countess G−−−− . a Venetian.Chapter 34 431 conversation. I have only had the honor of being in her society and conversing with her three or four times in my life. where indeed. "Do you know the woman who has just entered that box?" "Yes. "she is said to possess as much wit and cleverness as beauty. what do you think of her?" "Oh." . I was to have been presented to her when I met her at Madame Villefort's ball. and. a well−executed recitative by Coselli. turning to him. or rouse themselves from their musings." "Ah. the door of a box which had been hitherto vacant was opened. are you really on such good terms with her as to venture to take me to her box?" "Why. I know her by name!" exclaimed Albert. "My dear fellow. but you know that even such an acquaintance as that might warrant my doing what you ask. but that momentary excitement over. Towards the close of the first act. they quickly relapsed into their former state of preoccupation or interesting conversation." "Shall I assist you in repairing your negligence?" asked Franz. he had imagined she still was. the countess perceived Franz. and graciously waved her hand to him. to listen to some brilliant effort of Moriani's. "Upon my word. The quick eye of Albert caught the involuntary start with which his friend beheld the new arrival. a lady entered to whom Franz had been introduced in Paris. or to join in loud applause at the wonderful powers of La Specchia. to which he replied by a respectful inclination of the head.

−− I mean that of judging the habits and customs of Italy and Spain by our Parisian notions. with a beautiful woman in such a place of sentiment as the Colosseum. believe me." "Is there." . of taste. "but you merely fall into the same error which leads so many of our countrymen to commit the most egregious blunders. and yet to find nothing better a talk about than the dead! All I can say is. if ever I should get such a chance. nothing is more fallacious than to form any estimate of the degree of intimacy you may suppose existing among persons by the familiar terms they seem upon." "And what did you say to her?" "Oh." returned Franz calmly. "And in what manner has this congeniality of mind been evinced?" "By the countess's visiting the Colosseum. my good fellow? Pray tell me. there is a similarity of feeling at this instant between ourselves and the countess −− nothing more.Chapter 34 432 said Albert. then?" "I was. and nearly alone. by moonlight. the living should be my theme. as we did last night. indeed. we talked of the illustrious dead of whom that magnificent ruin is a glorious monument!" "Upon my word. or all but alone. "you seem to be on excellent terms with the beautiful countess. is it sympathy of heart?" "No." "You were with her." continued Franz gravely." cried Albert." "You are mistaken in thinking so. "you must have been a very entertaining companion alone.

such singers as these don't make the same impression on you they perhaps do on others." said Albert." "But.Chapter 34 433 "And you will probably find your theme ill−chosen." The curtain at length fell on the performances. that they never mean to finish it. you are really too difficult to please. you must admire Moriani's style and execution. rapidly passed his fingers through his hair. you know. only listen to that charming finale. who had mutely interrogated the countess. my dear fellow. on my soul. Franz. . and signified to Franz that he was waiting for him to lead the way." "Oh. inelegant fellow he is." "My good friend. How exquisitely Coselli sings his part. "you seem determined not to approve. breaking in upon his discourse. "never mind the past." "What a confounded time this first act takes. Are you not going to keep your promise of introducing me to the fair subject of our remarks?" "Certainly. I believe." "Well. turning to him. ponderous appearance singing with a voice like a woman's. when one has been accustomed to Malibran and Sontag. let us only remember the present. they will. and received from her a gracious smile in token that he would be welcome." "I never fancied men of his dark. who seized his hat." said Franz. directly the curtain falls on the stage. yes. arranged his cravat and wristbands." "But what an awkward." "At least. then. while Albert continued to point his glass at every box in the theatre. to the infinite satisfaction of the Viscount of Morcerf. what do you say to La Specchia? Did you ever see anything more perfect than her acting?" "Why.

and concluded by asking pardon for his presumption in having taken it upon himself to do so. but began at once the tour of the house. and to arrange the lappets of his coat. the door was immediately opened. in turn. for in Paris and the circle in which the viscount moved. which evidently. he was looked upon and cited as a model of perfection. was a woman of exquisite beauty. to inquire of the former if she knew who was the fair Albanian opposite. from the ease and grace with which she wore it. would be expected to retire upon the arrival of other visitors. if he wished to view the ballet. she recommended Franz to take the next best. dressed in a Greek costume. but situated on the third row. Albert was soon deeply engrossed in discoursing upon Paris and Parisian matters. instantly rose and surrendered his place to the strangers. Franz added that his companion. who availed himself of the few minutes required to reach the opposite side of the theatre to settle the height and smoothness of his collar. was most anxious to make up for it. inviting Albert to take the vacant seat beside her. and pointed to the one behind her own chair. Franz perceived how completely he was in his element. bowed gracefully to Albert. in reply. Behind her. but the features of this latter personage it was not possible to distinguish. speaking to the countess of the various persons they both knew there. then. deeply grieved at having been prevented the honor of being presented to the countess during her sojourn in Paris. closely followed by Albert. This important task was just completed as they arrived at the countess's box. Franz presented Albert as one of the most distinguished young men of the day. both as regarded his position in society and extraordinary talents. and. in the front of a box immediately opposite. and had requested him (Franz) to remedy the past misfortune by conducting him to her box. was her national attire. and extended her hand with cordial kindness to Franz.Chapter 34 434 sought not to retard the gratification of Albert's eager impatience. Franz could not forbear breaking in upon the apparently interesting conversation passing between the countess and Albert. took up Albert's glass. At the knock. who. unwilling to interfere with the pleasure he so evidently felt. nor did he say more than the truth. The countess. but in deep shadow. and began in his turn to survey the audience. Sitting alone. since beauty such as hers was well worthy . in obedience to the Italian custom. and the young man who was seated beside the countess. was the outline of a masculine figure.

" replied the countess.Chapter 34 435 of being observed by either sex. "All I can tell about her. not even when the furious. cymbals. "is." Franz and the countess exchanged a smile. crashing din produced by the trumpets. I consider her perfectly lovely −− she is just my idea of what Medora must have been. and at others she is merely attended by a black servant. as far as appearances might be trusted. that she has been at Rome since the beginning of the season." "And what do you think of her personal appearance?" "Oh. who has established for himself a great reputation throughout Italy for his taste and skill in the choreographic art −− one of those masterly productions of grace. for I saw her where she now sits the very first night of the season. while Franz returned to his previous survey of the house and company. Of this he took no heed. Franz was too deeply occupied with the beautiful Greek to take any note of it. and since then she has never missed a performance. from the principal dancers to the humblest supernumerary. during the whole time the piece lasted. and elegance in which the whole corps de ballet. and Chinese bells sounded their loudest from the orchestra. who. admirably arranged and put on the stage by Henri. and a hundred and fifty persons may be seen exhibiting the same attitude. The curtain rose on the ballet. unanimous plaudits of an enthusiastic and delighted audience. never even moved. and then the latter resumed her conversation with Albert. that would lead you to suppose that but one mind. The ballet at length came to a close. or elevating the same arm or leg with a simultaneous movement. which was one of those excellent specimens of the Italian school. method. one act of volition. and the curtain fell amid the loud. influenced the moving mass −− the ballet was called "Poliska. are all engaged on the stage at the same time. while she seemed to experience an almost childlike delight in watching it. but was. Sometimes she is accompanied by the person who is now with her. enjoying soft repose and bright celestial dreams. animated looks contrasting strongly with the utter indifference of her companion. her eager. ." However much the ballet might have claimed his attention.

while sleeping. and the half−uttered "bravos" expired on his lips. and his eyes turned from the box containing the Greek girl and her strange companion to watch the business of the stage. his hands fell by his sides. yet its notes. she became as absorbed as before in what was going on. he awakens his guilty wife to tell her that he knows her guilt and to threaten her with his vengeance. and then. and was about to join the loud. The occupant of the box in which the Greek girl sat appeared to share the universal admiration that prevailed. Franz observed the sleeper slowly arise and approach the Greek girl. so tenderly expressive and fearfully grand as the wretched husband and wife give vent to their different griefs and passions. thrilled through the soul of Franz with an effect equal to his first emotions upon hearing it. Franz now listened to it for the third time. betrays to Azzo the secret of her love for Ugo. until conviction seizes on his mind. Most of my readers are aware that the second act of "Parisina" opens with the celebrated and effective duet in which Parisina. and. that. expressive and terrible conceptions that has ever emanated from the fruitful pen of Donizetti. his countenance being fully revealed. and whose voice and figure had seemed so familiar to him. who turned around to say a few words to him. the pauses between the performances are very short. and then. enthusiastic applause that followed. The injured husband goes through all the emotions of jealousy.Chapter 34 436 Owing to the very judicious plan of dividing the two acts of the opera with a ballet. This duet is one of the most beautiful. Excited beyond his usual calm demeanor. while the dancers are executing their pirouettes and exhibiting their graceful steps. Franz rose with the audience. for he left his seat to stand up in front. Franz had no difficulty in recognizing him as the mysterious inhabitant of Monte Cristo. and the attention of Franz was attracted by the actors. leaning forward again on the railing of her box. at the first sound of the leader's bow across his violin. but suddenly his purpose was arrested. All doubt of his . though Franz tried his utmost. The countenance of the person who had addressed her remained so completely in the shade. The curtain rose. in a frenzy of rage and indignation. when necessary. he could not distinguish a single feature. the singers in the opera having time to repose themselves and change their costume. so that. The overture to the second act began. and the very same person he had encountered the preceding evening in the ruins of the Colosseum.

for heaven's sake. "I asked you a short time since if you knew any particulars respecting the Albanian lady opposite. or a resuscitated corpse. "Countess. than anything human. and begged to know what had happened." answered the countess. "that the gentleman. and I even think he recognizes me. he looks more like a corpse permitted by some friendly grave−digger to quit his tomb for a while. burst into a fit of laughter. pray do." continued the countess. after gazing with a puzzled look at his face. shrugging up her beautiful shoulders. and revisit this earth of ours. How ghastly pale he is!" "Oh. "All I can say is. for the countess. his singular host evidently resided at Rome. I must now beseech you to inform me who and what is her husband?" "Nay." "Perhaps you never before noticed him?" "What a question −− so truly French! Do you not know that we Italians have eyes only for the man we love?" "True. "Then you know him?" almost screamed the countess. "I know no more of him than yourself. taking up the lorgnette.Chapter 34 437 identity was now at an end." The ." said the countess." returned Franz. whose history I am unable to furnish. or what?" "I fancy I have seen him before. and directing it toward the box in question. tell us all about −− is he a vampire. as though an involuntary shudder passed through her veins. he is always as colorless as you now see him. "Oh." "And I can well understand. The surprise and agitation occasioned by this full confirmation of Franz's former suspicion had no doubt imparted a corresponding expression to his features." replied Franz. seems to me as though he had just been dug up. totally unheeding her raillery. "that those who have once seen that man will never be likely to forget him." said Franz.

no. She is a foreigner −− a stranger. a dealer in magical arts. he is the exact personification of what I have been led to expect! The coal−black hair." whispered Franz. "Is it possible. or where she comes from. "that you entertain any fear?" "I'll tell you. although he could but allow that if anything was likely to induce belief in the existence of vampires. another. No doubt she belongs to the same horrible race he does. I depend upon you to escort me home. xxii. unearthly fire seems burning. large bright." inquired Franz. −− the same ghastly paleness. ch. "Byron had the most perfect belief in the existence of vampires. "you must not leave me. rising from his seat." * Scott. felt the same unaccountable awe and misgiving. Then observe." −− The Abbot." This fresh allusion to Byron* drew a smile to Franz's countenance. that he is no other than Lord Ruthven himself in a living form." said Franz. Oh. I entreat of you . and is. The description he gave me perfectly corresponds with the features and character of the man before us. bore in his looks that cast of inauspicious melancholy by which the physiognomists of that time pretended to distinguish those who were predestined to a violent and unhappy death. of course: "The son of an ill−fated sire. Nobody knows who she is. like himself. "I must positively find out who and what he is. and wholly uninterested person. indeed. too. Oh. in which a wild. "No. after the countess had a second time directed her lorgnette at the box. and the father of a yet more unfortunate family. "what do you think of our opposite neighbor?" "Why. glittering eyes. I cannot permit you to go. "Well." answered the countess. that the woman with him is altogether unlike all others of her sex. it would be the presence of such a man as the mysterious personage before him." cried the countess.Chapter 34 438 sensation experienced by Franz was evidently not peculiar to himself. and even assured me that he had seen them.

"Excuse my little subterfuge. "Listen to me. and offer the countess his arm. open the door of the box." "I will do anything you desire. Now. "Nay. and if to−morrow your curiosity still continues as great. I have more reasons than you can imagine for desiring to know who he is. I cannot for one instant believe you so devoid of gallantry as to refuse a lady your escort when she even condescends to ask you for it. from whence he came. her own return before the appointed hour seemed greatly to astonish the servants. "but that horrid man had made me feel quite uncomfortable. as it arose from a variety of corroborative recollections. promise me one thing. pursue your researches if you will. originally created in her mind by the wild tales she had listened to till she believed them truths. and whither he is going. it ill accords with the expression of your countenance. but to−night you neither can nor shall. Franz could even feel her arm tremble as he assisted her into the carriage. while the terror of the countess sprang from an instinctive belief. I have a party at my house to−night." Franz essayed to smile. that her uneasiness was not feigned." said the countess.Chapter 34 439 not to go near him −− at least to−night." ." Franz protested he could not defer his pursuit till the following day." said she." "What is it?" "Promise me. However. that I might compose my startled mind." said the countess. Upon arriving at her hotel. in reply to her companion's half−reproachful observation on the subject. for many reasons. and I am sure it does not spring from your heart. Franz perceived that she had deceived him when she spoke of expecting company. and I longed to be alone. and therefore cannot possibly remain till the end of the opera. on the contrary. For that purpose I mean to keep you all to myself. "and do not be so very headstrong. by her manner." There was nothing else left for Franz to do but to take up his hat. It was quite evident. and Franz himself could not resist a feeling of superstitious dread −− so much the stronger in him. I am going home. I say. "do not smile. except relinquish my determination of finding out who this man is.

that you entertain a most erroneous notion concerning Italian women. I should have thought the continual failures you have met with in all your own love affairs might have taught you better by this time. here −− they give you their hand −− they press yours in return −− they keep up a whispering conversation −− permit you to accompany them home. if a Parisian were to indulge in a quarter of these marks of flattering attention. and make no attempt to follow this man to−night. Upon his return to the hotel. but never bring him near me. or whether her fears and agitations were genuine. listlessly extended on a sofa. go to your rooms. without the least doubt. do not serve as a conductor between that man and me. is because they live so much in public. these women would puzzle the very Devil to read them aright. Why. then. "is it really you? Why. "Well. if you would not see me die of terror. "My dear fellow. For my own part. I am quite sure I shall not be able to close my eyes. Franz found Albert in his dressing−gown and slippers.Chapter 34 440 "Where he comes from I am ignorant." said Franz." "My dear Albert. once and forever. you must have perceived that . There are certain affinities between the persons we quit and those we meet afterwards. For heaven's sake. "I am glad of this opportunity to tell you. and that is down below." "Let us only speak of the promise you wished me to make." cried he. Why. And now. you must give me your word to return immediately to your hotel. Besides." replied Franz. I did not expect to see you before to−morrow. smoking a cigar. her reputation would be gone forever. leaving him unable to decide whether she were merely amusing herself at his expense." "Upon my soul." "And the very reason why the women of this fine country put so little restraint on their words and actions. but I can readily tell you where he is going to. and try to sleep away all recollections of this evening. Pursue your chase after him to−morrow as eagerly as you please. and have really nothing to conceal. springing up." So saying. the countess quitted Franz. good−night.

nothing. "Well." "What do you say?" "Nothing. did he?" "I think so. "'Tis he. I don't know whether I ever told you that when I was at college I was rather −− rather strong in Greek. that tends to confirm my own ideas. "that the countess's suspicions were destitute alike of sense and reason. for he well remembered that Albert particularly prided himself on the entire absence of color in his own complexion. past all doubt. I was arranging a little surprise for you. for my part." "He spoke the Romaic language. I can assure you that this hobgoblin of yours is a deuced fine−looking fellow −− admirably dressed. certainly. But tell me. if I can guess where you took your notions of the other world from." said Franz. He was rather too pale." Franz smiled." "At what? At the sight of that respectable gentleman sitting opposite to us in the same box with the lovely Greek girl? Now. I met them in the lobby after the conclusion of the piece. they are made by a first−rate Paris tailor −− probably Blin or Humann. what were you thinking about when I came in?" "Oh. I feel quite sure. you know." "Indeed. paleness is always looked upon as a strong proof of aristocratic descent and distinguished breeding. Of what nature?" .Chapter 34 441 the countess was really alarmed. but they were uttered in the Romaic dialect. and hang me. Indeed. I knew that from the mixture of Greek words." murmured Franz." "That settles it. but then. from the cut of his clothes. Did he speak in your hearing? and did you catch any of his words?" "I did.

do you not." "And I promise to give you the satisfaction of a gentleman if your scheme turns out as ingenious as you assert. hearken to me. in this difficulty a bright idea has flashed across my brain. "I tell you what." "I listen. but have failed." Franz looked at Albert as though he had not much confidence in the suggestions of his imagination. now." ." "Certainly. you know it is quite impossible to procure a carriage. and I also know that we have done all that human means afforded to endeavor to get one. then." "Neither can we procure horses?" "True." "Well.Chapter 34 442 "Why." "Very possibly." "And a pair of oxen?" "As easily found as the cart. that obtaining a carriage is out of the question?" "I do. we have offered any sum." cried Albert. Sir Franz." "Now." "Well. then. "you deserve to be called out for such a misgiving and incredulous glance as that you were pleased to bestow on me just now." "You agree. what do you say to a cart? I dare say such a thing might be had.

" "And quite a national one." replied Albert with gratified pride. Albert. like so many lazzaroni. and if you and I dress ourselves as Neapolitan reapers. He assured me that nothing would be easier than to furnish all I desired. as it would require three days to do that." "And have you communicated your triumphant idea to anybody?" "Only to our host. One thing I was sorry for. It would add greatly to the effect if the countess would join us in the costume of a peasant from Puzzoli or Sorrento. trot at the heels of your processions." "And where is he now?" "Who?" "Our host. I am bound to give you credit for having hit upon a most capital idea. Our group would then be quite complete. ye Romans! you thought to make us. ha." "Well." "Gone out in search of our equipage. my good fellow." said Franz. by to−morrow it might be too late. and I then explained to him what I wished to procure. "this time. he told me there would not be time. we may get up a striking tableau. unhappy strangers. when we can't have one thing we invent another. because no carriages or horses are to be had in your beggarly city. more especially as the countess is quite beautiful enough to represent a madonna. with a cart and a couple of oxen our business can be managed. The cart must be tastefully ornamented. "A mere masque borrowed from our own festivities.Chapter 34 443 "Then you see. Upon my return home I sent for him. when I bade him have the horns of the oxen gilded. so you see we must do without this little superfluity. too. after the manner of that splendid picture by Leopold Robert. But you don't know us. Ha." .

" exclaimed Albert. then. "Permesso?" inquired he. "better is a sure enemy to well.Chapter 34 444 "Then he will be able to give us an answer to−night." asked Albert eagerly. swelling with importance. then. "have you found the desired cart and oxen?" "Better than that!" replied Signor Pastrini." "Oh. "But do you think." "When." "Your excellencies are aware. "Certainly −− certainly. "since it is owing to that circumstance that we are packed into these small rooms." returned Signor Pastrini in a tone indicative of unbounded self−confidence." responded the landlord. hearing of the dilemma in which you are placed. my worthy host. the Count of Monte Cristo. like two poor students in the back streets of Paris." At this instant the door opened. "that the Count of Monte Cristo is living on the same floor with yourselves!" "I should think we did know it. has sent to offer you seats in his carriage and two places at his windows in the Palazzo Rospoli. "Take care. there's a worthy fellow. and the head of Signor Pastrini appeared. "Come in." asked Albert. "But what have you done?" asked Franz." said Albert." cried Franz. "that we ought to accept such offers from a perfect stranger?" . "Speak out. with the air of a man perfectly well satisfied with himself." "Now." "Let your excellencies only leave the matter to me. I expect him every minute. mine host." The friends looked at each other with unutterable surprise.

wearing a livery of considerable style and richness. "there is not much to find fault with here. A servant. from the Count of Monte Cristo to Viscomte Albert de Morcerf and M. speaking in an undertone to Albert." "It seems to me. The Count of Monte Cristo is unquestionably a man of first−rate breeding and knowledge of the world." The servant bowed and retired. and. "Of course we do. he said. Franz. "that if this person merited the high panegyrics of our landlord." said Albert. "Come in. "that we will do ourselves the pleasure of calling on him. but whether Maltese or Sicilian I cannot exactly say." said Franz. appeared at the threshold. The Count of Monte Cristo. He would have written −− or" −− At this instant some one knocked at the door. who forthwith presented them to the two young men. he would have conveyed his invitation through another channel.Chapter 34 445 "What sort of person is this Count of Monte Cristo?" asked Franz of his host. "That is what I call an elegant mode of attack." continued the servant. that he is noble as a Borghese and rich as a gold−mine." replied Albert. but this I know. and not permitted it to be brought to us in this unceremonious way. and he will be honored by an intimation of what time they will please to receive him. "begs these gentlemen's permission to wait upon them as their neighbor." "Faith. placing two cards in the landlord's hands." "Then you accept his offer?" said the host. "You were quite correct in what you said. Signor Pastrini. "A very great nobleman." whispered Albert." replied Franz. "Please to deliver these. Franz d'Epinay." said Franz. I must own I am sorry to be obliged to give up the cart and the group of reapers −− it would have produced such an effect! And were it not for the windows at the Palazzo ." "Tell the count. "Still.

" The truth was. I don't know but what I should have held on by my original plan. "I had no such intention. no. in which the stranger in the cloak had undertaken to obtain the freedom of a condemned criminal. and if this muffled−up individual proved (as Franz felt sure he would) the same as the person he had just seen in the Teatro Argentino. who presented himself with his accustomed obsequiousness. and in waking speculations as to what the morrow would produce." answered Franz. while Albert. your excellency. and even if I had felt a wish to witness the spectacle. the Count of Monte Cristo. "is not some execution appointed to take place to−day?" "Yes. I might have done so from Monte Pincio −− could I not?" "Ah!" exclaimed mine host. then he should be able to establish his identity. I agree with you. you are much too late. "Pray. "I did not think it likely your excellency would have chosen to mingle with such a rabble as are always collected on that . Signor Pastrini. by way of recompense for the loss of our beautiful scheme. possessed the ring of Gyges. Eight o'clock found Franz up and dressed. and also to prosecute his researches respecting him with perfect facility and freedom. the windows in the Palazzo Rospoli alone decided me. Franz?" "Oh. but if your reason for inquiry is that you may procure a window to view it from. and unless his near neighbor and would−be friend. What say you. The first act of Franz was to summon his landlord. was still soundly asleep. who had not the same motives for early rising.Chapter 34 446 Rospoli." asked Franz. that the mention of two places in the Palazzo Rospoli had recalled to Franz the conversation he had overheard the preceding evening in the ruins of the Colosseum between the mysterious unknown and the Transteverin. it was very certain he could not escape this time. The next day must clear up every doubt. and by its power was able to render himself invisible. Franz passed the night in confused dreams respecting the two meetings he had already had with his mysterious tormentor." "Oh.

above all. "Oh." answered Franz." "And these tablets are brought to you that you may add your prayers to those of the faithful. and he brings them to me as he would the playbills.Chapter 34 447 hill. your excellency! I have not time for anybody's affairs but my own and those of my honorable guests. their crimes. that all good and faithful Catholics may offer up their prayers for the unfortunate culprits. The reason for so publicly announcing all this is." "What are they?" "Sort of wooden tablets hung up at the corners of streets the evening before an execution. are they?" asked Franz somewhat incredulously. he may obtain every requisite information concerning the time and place etc." cried Franz. the number of persons condemned to suffer. which." "Upon my word. beseech of heaven to grant them a sincere repentance. and description of the death they are to die. your excellency! Only a few minutes ago they brought me the tavolettas. "but in case I feel disposed. but I make an agreement with the man who pastes up the papers." "That happens just lucky. and mode of punishment. dear. no. and. Signor Pastrini. ." "What particulars would your excellency like to hear?" "Why. that is a most delicate attention on your part. give me some particulars of to−day's executions. their names. indeed. they consider as exclusively belonging to themselves. on which is pasted up a paper containing the names of the condemned persons." "Very possibly I may not go. that in case any person staying at my hotel should like to witness an execution.

that it may please God to awaken them to a sense of their guilt." but who. close by your apartment." "I see that plainly enough. no doubt. No part of the programme differed." said the landlord. opening the door of the chamber. their crimes. Luigi Vampa. oblige me by a sight of one of these tavolettas. and Franz deemed it advisable to awaken Albert. and you may rely upon me to proclaim so striking a proof of your attention to your guests wherever I go. therefore. and Peppino." "Nothing can be easier than to comply with your excellency's wish. named Don Cesare Torlini." Then. the former found guilty of the murder of a venerable and exemplary priest. canon of the church of St.'" This was precisely what Franz had heard the evening before in the ruins of the Colosseum. and the man shrouded in the mantle the same he had known as "Sinbad the Sailor. Meanwhile. the Transteverin was no other than the bandit Luigi Vampa himself. by order of the Tribunal of the Rota. and mode of punishment. who read as follows: −− "`The public is informed that on Wednesday. named Andrea Rondola. as he had already done at Porto−Vecchio and Tunis.Chapter 34 448 "Why. "I think I may take upon myself to say I neglect nothing to deserve the support and patronage of the noble visitors to this poor hotel. all agreed with his previous information. he handed it to Franz. executions will take place in the Piazza del Popolo. taking the tablet from the wall. however. −− the names of the condemned persons. and his band. The first−named malefactor will be subjected to the mazzuola. The prayers of all good Christians are entreated for these unfortunate men." returned the landlord. of two persons. my most excellent host. February 23d. your excellency. the second culprit beheaded. being the first day of the Carnival. and to grant them a hearty and sincere repentance for their crimes. and the latter convicted of being an accomplice of the atrocious and sanguinary bandit. "I have caused one to be placed on the landing. but at the moment he prepared . Time was getting on. In all probability. otherwise called Rocca Priori. was still pursuing his philanthropic expedition in Rome. chuckling and rubbing his hands with infinite complacency. John Lateran.

"If . furnished in a luxurious manner they had not expected to see under the roof of Signor Pastrini. upon the door being opened by a servant. and invited them to enter. his friend entered the room in perfect costume for the day. and the softest and most inviting couches." "Well. and. do you think we may proceed at once to visit the Count of Monte Cristo?" "Most assuredly." "Let us go and return our best thanks for his courtesy. The anticipated delights of the Carnival had so run in his head as to make him leave his pillow long before his usual hour. then. Albert?" "Perfectly. and were shown into an elegantly fitted−up drawing−room. my excellent Signor Pastrini. Splendid paintings by the first masters were ranged against the walls. I will take all the blame on myself if you find I have led you into an error. "since we are both ready. intermingled with magnificent trophies of war." "Yes. offered their high−piled and yielding cushions to such as desired repose or refreshment. which was all that separated them from the apartments of the count." The domestic bowed respectfully. rang at the bell. and I can answer for his having been up these two hours." said Franz. "Now." The landlord preceded the friends across the landing. and sofas. if it be so. let us do so." replied he. They passed through two rooms. "The Count of Monte Cristo is always an early riser." "Then you really consider we shall not be intruding if we pay our respects to him directly?" "Oh. said. "I signori Francesi. The richest Turkey carpets covered the floor. easy−chairs.Chapter 34 449 to proceed to his chamber. are you ready. while heavy curtains of costly tapestry were suspended before the different doors of the room. addressing his landlord. I am quite sure.

and the owner of all these riches stood before the two young men. "Well. in a manner. and almost immediately afterwards the tapestry was drawn aside." said the man. upon my soul. my dear fellow. "what think you of all this?" "Why. "I will let the count know that you are here. Everything seemed more magnificent at a second view than it had done at their first rapid survey. and the occupant of the box at the Teatro Argentino. but also his extraordinary host of Monte Cristo. the sound of a guzla reached the ears of the young men. he heard the sound of a door turning on its hinges. Albert instantly rose to meet him. or some prince travelling incog. but I feared to disturb you by presenting myself earlier at your apartments. then at the gorgeous furnishings of the apartment. As the door opened. Franz and Albert looked inquiringly at each other." said the Count of Monte Cristo as he entered. but Franz remained. spellbound on his chair. for the rapid closing of the door merely allowed one rich swell of harmony to enter. and I have held myself at your disposal. for in the person of him who had just entered he recognized not only the mysterious visitant to the Colosseum. Chapter 35 La Mazzolata.Chapter 35 450 your excellencies will please to be seated." . besides. "we shall ascertain who and what he is −− he comes!" As Franz spoke. you sent me word that you would come to me. "I pray you excuse me for suffering my visit to be anticipated." said Franz to his friend. it strikes me that our elegant and attentive neighbor must either be some successful stock−jobber who has speculated in the fall of the Spanish funds. hush!" replied Franz." "Hush. "Gentlemen. but was almost immediately lost." And with these words he disappeared behind one of the tapestried portieres.

besides. who had nothing to conceal. perhaps I can render you this slight service also." The two young men bowed. count. However. to let things take their course without making any direct overture to the count. "Did you ever occupy yourself. "Stay. he had this advantage. He resolved." said he. although sure it was he who had been in the box the previous evening. "is there not something like an execution upon the Piazza del Popolo?" "Yes." returned the count. "you have offered us places in your carriage. Can you tell us where we can obtain a sight of the Piazza del Popolo?" "Ah. and we were on the point of inventing a very fantastic vehicle when your friendly invitation reached us. and as nothing in the count's manner manifested the wish that he should recognize him. "you extricated us from a great dilemma. motioning the two young men to sit down. as yet." returned Albert. he could not be equally positive that this was the man he had seen at the Colosseum. he was master of the count's secret. and rang the bell thrice." said the count negligently. he resolved to lead the conversation to a subject which might possibly clear up his doubts. Moreover. found nothing to say. finding that the count was coming to the point he wished. I seek every opportunity of making the acquaintance of my neighbors. and at your windows in the Rospoli Palace. I think I told my steward yesterday to attend to this. he did not know whether to make any allusion to the past. therefore. I most eagerly seized the opportunity of offering my services. He did not mention a syllable of your embarrassment to me. alone and isolated as I am. "It was the fault of that blockhead Pastrini. "Count." He extended his hand. "with the employment of time and the means of simplifying the summoning your . or wait until he had more proof. looking attentively at Morcerf. when he knows that. that I did not sooner assist you in your distress.Chapter 35 451 "Franz and I have to thank you a thousand times. while the count had no hold on Franz. he had come to no determination. As soon as I learned I could in any way assist you. Franz had." "Indeed." said he to Franz." returned Franz.

that is sufficient. in the same tone with which he would have read a newspaper." said Franz. "And your excellency has one." "Yes. You will. "`We announce. When I ring once." returned the steward. −− thus I do not waste a minute or a word. taking out his tablets.Chapter 35 452 servants? I have. Give orders to the coachman. "we shall abuse your kindness. which was let to Prince Lobanieff. lay covers for three. as I ordered you yesterday. the 23d of February. but let us know when breakfast is ready. You have the window. return it to me at Paris." said the count. and was about to quit the room. These gentlemen. `that to−day. frowning.' he read. my dear count. spare these gentlemen all such domestic arrangements. thrice. do me the honor to breakfast with me?" "But." A man of about forty−five or fifty entered. Monsieur Bertuccio. "but it was very late. on the contrary. for my steward. "be good enough to ask Pastrini if he has received the tavoletta. exactly resembling the smuggler who had introduced Franz into the cavern." said Albert. "you have procured me windows looking on the Piazza del Popolo. Bertuccio. and if he can send us an account of the execution." continued the count." added he." He then took Franz's tablets out of his hand. will be executed Andrea . for my majordomo." The steward bowed. Here he is." "Very well. turning to the two friends. I trust. Bertuccio. "Ah. it is for my valet. "for I saw the account. and be in readiness on the stairs to conduct us to it." "There is no need to do that. you can retire. M. but he did not appear to recognize him. perhaps both. you will give me great pleasure." "Not at all. excellency. "will. one or other of you. but I was obliged to pay a hundred" −− "That will do −− that will do. M. and copied it down. It was evident he had his orders. "Monsieur Bertuccio. twice." "Did I not tell you I wished for one?" replied the count.

I passed the evening at the Cardinal Rospigliosi's." said the count coldly. called Rocca Priori. guilty of murder on the person of the respected and venerated Don Cesare Torlini. is very simple. or rather the old age." replied the count. Ah. but the mazzuola still remains. never strikes thirty times ineffectually. canon of the church of St.' Hum! `The first will be mazzolato. of cruelty.Chapter 35 453 Rondolo. "do not tell me of European punishments. convicted of complicity with the detestable bandit Luigi Vampa. "And you took pleasure in beholding these dreadful spectacles?" . called Rocca Priori. as you must know. while the other. and the men of his band. they are in the infancy. "for the other (he glanced at the tablets as if to recall the name)." replied Franz." continued the count. but I think since yesterday some change has taken place in the order of the ceremony. few that I have not seen. which is a very curious punishment when seen for the first time. "Really. and to whose tender mercy Richelieu had doubtless recommended the sufferer. "it was at first arranged in this way. count. John Lateran. "No." "There are. and there mention was made of something like a pardon for one of the two men. for Peppino.' Yes. like the soldier who beheaded the Count of Chalais. carelessly. and Peppino." "Really?" said Franz." "For Andrea Rondolo?" asked Franz. "one would think that you had studied the different tortures of all the nations of the world." added the count. You are thus deprived of seeing a man guillotined. "Yes. at least." * Guillotine. and even the second. never trembles. in a contemptuous tone. The mandaia* never fails. the second decapitato.

that is all." continued the count. left a desolation. or offering him even the insufficient means of vengeance." said Franz. from existence to annihilation? As for myself. the easier it becomes to die yourself. and deep hatred mounted to his face. your betrothed. −− the more men you see die. I know. I can assure you of one thing." "Why so? In life. she can give blood in return for blood.Chapter 35 454 "My first sentiment was horror. "pray explain your meaning. attacked by the death of a person. of which we have just spoken? Are there not crimes . and even the different customs of their countries. is it not then. different persons bear the transition from life to death." "I will put another case to you. your mother. −− a being who. as the blood would to the face of any other. "If a man had by unheard−of and excruciating tortures destroyed your father. −− do you think the reparation that society gives you is sufficient when it interposes the knife of the guillotine between the base of the occiput and the trapezal muscles of the murderer. a wound that never closes. in your breast. avenges death by death." said the count. "that human justice is insufficient to console us. the third curiosity. temperaments." "I do not quite understand you. and in my opinion. when torn from you." "Listen. death may be a torture. But are there not a thousand tortures by which a man may be made to suffer without society taking the least cognizance of them. and how. but it is not an expiation." "Curiosity −− that is a terrible word." replied Franz. our greatest preoccupation is death. and allows him who has caused us years of moral sufferings to escape with a few moments of physical pain?" "Yes. for you excite my curiosity to the highest pitch. the second indifference. curious to study the different ways by which the soul and body can part. "that where society. but you must demand from her only what it is in her power to grant. according to their different characters.

And remember. or pass a sword through the breast. I would fight a duel for a trifle. of that man who has planted madness in your brain. no. but in return for a slow. I would fight for such a cause. "Oh. I should be almost certain to kill my man. and the more so that. upon my soul. −− our masters in everything. thanks to my skill in all bodily exercises." replied the count. and which are unpunished by society? Answer me. do not these crimes exist?" "Yes. for an insult. Oh. of arriving at your end when that end is vengeance! A man has carried off your mistress. −− those favored creatures who have formed for themselves a life of dreams and a paradise of realities. as the Orientalists say. were it possible. rage carries you away. eternal torture. and you think you are avenged because you send a ball through the head. and he who pours out vengeance ." "Ah. Hatred is blind. a man has seduced your wife." said Franz to the count. the augers of the Persians." answered Franz." continued the count. "understand me. and the indifference to danger I have gradually acquired. "a pleasant manner. astonished at this strange theory." "But. it is not thus I would take revenge. and despair in your heart. an eye for an eye. profound." cried the count.Chapter 35 455 for which the impalement of the Turks. No. the stake and the brand of the Iroquois Indians. for a blow. "had I to avenge myself. he has rendered the whole life of one who had the right to expect from heaven that portion of happiness God his promised to every one of his creatures. "and it is to punish them that duelling is tolerated. are inadequate tortures. a man has dishonored your daughter. I would give back the same. a tooth for a tooth. that it is often he who comes off victorious from the strife. "with this theory. an existence of misery and infamy. duelling." "Then you disapprove of duelling? You would not fight a duel?" asked Albert in his turn. moreover. it would be difficult to adopt a course that would forever prevent your falling under the power of the law. yes. which renders you at once judge and executioner of your own cause. absolved of all crime in the eyes of the world.

and awaited their departure to be served with some strange or more delicate food. the worst in the world." "Yes. What matters this punishment. not if he be rich and skilful. the recollection of the terror with which the count had inspired the Countess G−−−− . as long as he is avenged? On my word. but let us first sit down to table. but on the contrary ate like a man who for the last four or five months had been condemned to partake of Italian cookery −− that is. you asked for a place at my window. but. "Well. I recollect. At the end of the breakfast Franz took out his watch. Franz looked repeatedly at Albert. "what are you doing?" . and whether it is worth even mentioning. gentlemen.Chapter 35 456 runs the risk of tasting a bitter draught." said the count. besides. saying −− "Al suo commodo!" The two young men arose and entered the breakfast−room. whether the explanation of the Count of Monte Cristo with regard to duelling had satisfied him. and admirably served. if he be poor and inexperienced. in order to observe the impressions which he doubted not had been made on him by the words of their entertainer. During the meal. This brought back to Franz. he remarked that his companion did not pay the least regard to them. and which the philanthropic French Revolution has substituted for being torn to pieces by horses or broken on the wheel. he just touched the dishes. I almost regret that in all probability this miserable Peppino will not be beheaded. as you might have had an opportunity then of seeing how short a time the punishment lasts. for here comes the servant to inform us that breakfast is ready. he seemed to fulfil the duties of a host by sitting down with his guests. how did it arise? Ah. or whether the events which Franz knew of had had their effect on him alone. and her firm conviction that the man in the opposite box was a vampire." As he spoke. you shall have it. really this is a most singular conversation for the Carnival. in spite of himself. which was excellent. the worst that could happen to him would be the punishment of which we have already spoken. but whether with his usual carelessness he had paid but little attention to him. a servant opened one of the four doors of the apartment. As for the count.

" "After the execution?" cried Franz. Albert?" "I. count. −− "I saw Castaing executed. I have reflected on the matter. but I have never been able to make up my mind. "I thank you for your courtesy." returned the count. but I think I was rather intoxicated that day." "What may that be?" "We have no masks. "You will describe it to me. and you. for I had quitted college the same morning. and you can dress there." returned Franz. "but we have still much to do.Chapter 35 457 "You must excuse us. and I leave you at liberty to dispose of my place at the Piazza del Popolo. you will lose a very curious sight. and it is absolutely necessary to procure them." . a private room in the Piazza del Popolo. "and the recital from your lips will make as great an impression on me as if I had witnessed it. I think." replied the viscount. and we had passed the previous night at a tavern. I have more than once intended witnessing an execution." "Opposite the scaffold?" "The scaffold forms part of the fete. we have." "But I warn you. whichever you please." replied Franz. but I shall content myself with accepting a place in your carriage and at your window at the Rospoli Palace." said Franz. I will have whatever costumes you choose brought to us." "Do not concern yourself about that." "Count. "Before or after.

when a churchman is killed. through the Corso. Diable. and the charming Vestals who made with the thumb of their white hands the fatal sign that said. I wish to pass through the Corso. yes. count?" "On foot. but on our way to the Piazza del Popolo. they say that the culprit is an infamous scoundrel. like you. by the Strada del Babuino. and the sports where they killed three hundred lions and a hundred men. Is this possible. would you not see the bull−fight? Well. then. who killed with a log of wood a worthy canon who had brought him up like his own son. I hesitated." "I will go on foot. especially when he has behaved like a father. that you should not see one anywhere else. when you travel. Albert?" asked Franz." "Let us go. suppose it is a bull−fight you are going to see? Recollect the ancient Romans of the Circus." said Franz. `Come." "Well. "Ma foi. despatch the dying.'" "Shall you go. `I do not know'! And." . to see if some orders I have given have been executed. then. "since you wish it." "Is it important that you should go that way?" "Yes. it should be with a different weapon than a log. the sage matrons who took their daughters. there is something I wish to see. for I shall be glad to pass. `How do they execute at Rome?' and you reply. we will go by the Corso. it is to see everything. If you went to Spain. besides. no. Think what a figure you will make when you are asked. in a carriage. yes. myself. Think of the eighty thousand applauding spectators. then.Chapter 35 458 "Besides. but the count's eloquence decides me. it is no reason because you have not seen an execution at Paris. We will send the carriage to wait for us on the Piazza del Popolo.

"a man in the dress of a penitent wishes to speak to you. like Brutus. The first opportunity you have." −− Albert reflected. and who had considered it no small sacrifice to be deprived of the cigars of the Cafe de Paris. and as Franz well knew that Albert professed never to form an opinion except upon long reflection. I have been more than a year absent from Paris." asked Franz. gentlemen. and tell him I am nothing of the kind." said a servant. of the Stoic school." "At me?" "Yes." The young men rose and returned into the salon. yes" returned the count. "Ah. "I know who he is. will you return to the salon? you will find good cigars on the centre table. is. who does the honors of his table admirably. evidently surprised at such a question from his companion." Franz smiled. and uttered a cry of joy at perceiving some veritable puros. "I think he is a delightful fellow. "I am now quite at your service. "But. Albert. approached the table. opening the door. "that is not very surprising. read much. "what think you of the Count of Monte Cristo?" "What do I think?" said Albert. "Well. and my clothes are of a most antiquated cut. and. left by another door. gentlemen. and moreover. "that he has excellent cigars." said he. an instant after the count entered.Chapter 35 459 "Excellency. "The carriage is going one way to the Piazza del Popolo. who was a great smoker. I beg. again apologizing." Such was Albert's opinion of the count. sending a volume of smoke up towards the ceiling. undeceive him." said he. "did you observe one very singular thing?" "What?" "How attentively he looked at you. who has travelled much. if you . sighing. while the count. he made no attempt to change it." added he." "Ah." replied he. the count takes me for a provincial. I will be with you directly. and we will go another.

" "I will not refuse. the crowd became more dense." All three descended. surmounted by a cross. As they approached the Piazza del Popolo. for he could not imagine with what intention the question was put. meet. which the count had doubtless wished to conceal from his guests. scaffolds were raised. When you come to Paris. Come. The side windows were hung with yellow damask. let at an exorbitant price. Albert." returned Albert. The window. The masks could not appear. with as much indifference as he could assume. While the three gentlemen walked along the Piazza de Spagni and the Via Frattina. Franz glanced rapidly towards the three windows. it is half−past twelve −− let us set off. the carriages could not move about. and there could now be no doubt that he was the count. and the centre one with white damask and a red cross. who was awaiting his master. we have not any time to lose. and di Ripetta." "With all my heart. which marks the centre of the square. M. Take some more of these cigars. by the Corso.Chapter 35 460 please. The man in the mantle had kept his promise to the Transteverin. "Which are your windows?" asked he of the count. At the corner of the street they met the count's steward. the carriages. chairs were placed. "Italian cigars are horrible. Franz's attention was directed towards the windows of that last palace. the two uprights of the scaffold. the coachman received his master's orders. I intend going there soon. with a negligence evidently unaffected. del Babuino. Preparations were making on every side. The three windows were still untenanted. and in front of the obelisk. and since you allow me. which led directly between the Fiano and Rospoli palaces. "The three last. was on the second floor of the great palace. and the count continued to descend the Corso. Franz. and drove down the Via del Babuino. situated between the . de Morcerf." returned he. del Corso. but the masks were visible behind the windows. and windows were hung with flags. and above the heads of the multitude two objects were visible: the obelisk. at the point where the three streets. I will pay you a visit. and the doors. I will return all this. for he had not forgotten the signal agreed upon between the man in the mantle and the Transtevere peasant. between which glittered the curved knife of the mandaia.

before which were two sentinels. One of them lifted the plank. −− we say guillotine." Franz heard the words of the count but imperfectly. Two men. What the count said was true −− the most curious spectacle in life is that of death. took out a flask of wine. for he was wholly absorbed by the spectacle that the Piazza del Popolo presented. because the Roman mandaia is formed on almost the same model as the French instrument. as they will be the most worn this year. seated on the movable plank on which the victim is laid. falls from a less height. and that is all the difference. reached to the scaffold. and then passed it to his companion. On chairs were laid elegant masquerade costumes of blue and white satin. The prisoners. . All the rest of the square was paved with heads. and thus the children had the best view. and they are most suitable. The Monte Pincio seemed a vast amphitheatre filled with spectators. while waiting for the criminal. were eating their breakfasts. and. "As you left the choice of your costumes to me. It was the first time Franz had ever seen a guillotine. that cuts with the convex side. A double line of carbineers. "I have had these brought. which is shaped like a crescent. Their repast consisted apparently of bread and sausages. placed on each side of the door of the church. drank some. had passed the night. and he perhaps did not fully appreciate this new attention to their wishes. when the door of communication was shut. as they do not show the flour. Many women held their infants on their shoulders. leaving a path about ten feet wide. of a small dressing−room. and around the guillotine a space of nearly a hundred feet. in a chapel closed by a grating. who were relieved at intervals. These two men were the executioner's assistants. on account of the confetti (sweetmeats). opening into a bedroom. as we have said. It consisted. transported the previous evening from the Carcere Nuovo to the little church of Santa Maria del Popolo. and by the terrible instrument that was in the centre.* The knife. the balconies of the two churches at the corner of the Via del Babuino and the Via di Ripetta were crammed. each accompanied by two priests.Chapter 35 461 Via del Babuino and the Monte Pincio. and formed a circle around it. the steps even seemed a parti−colored sea. every niche in the wall held its living statue. the inmates were quite alone. that was impelled towards the portico. At this sight Franz felt the perspiration start forth upon his brow." said the count to the two friends.

first Peppino and then Andrea. and his movements were apparently automatic and unconscious. clothed from head to foot in robes of gray sackcloth. did not indicate age. and seemed on the watch to see on which side his liberator would appear. . the chief marched at the head. A brotherhood of penitents. He was naked. * Dr. in the eyes of the people. and as they approached their faces became visible. his visage. And yet his features wore an expression of smiling tenderness. Andrea was short and fat. Neither had his eyes bandaged. sandals bound on his feet by cords.Chapter 35 462 And yet. doubtless aware of what awaited him. Guillotin got the idea of his famous machine from witnessing an execution in Italy. with holes for the eyes. At this sight alone Franz felt his legs tremble under him. his legs bent beneath him. This man was the executioner. as if by magic. and mechanically cast away his cigar. His nostrils dilated like those of a wild beast that scents its prey. from time to time. small and sharp like those of a jackal. It was evident that the execution was. and holding in their hands lighted tapers. more. He looked at Albert −− he was as white as his shirt. instead of the silence and the solemnity demanded by the occasion. only the commencement of the Carnival. marked with brutal cruelty. appeared first. laughter and jests arose from the crowd. with the exception of cloth drawers at the left side of which hung a large knife in a sheath. although he had not half smoked it. in the order in which they were to die. Each was accompanied by two priests. he might be thirty. Suddenly the tumult ceased. In prison he had suffered his beard to grow. moreover. his head fell on his shoulder. half opened. kissed the crucifix a confessor held out to them. he carried his head erect. Peppino was a handsome young man of four or five and twenty. Behind the executioner came. and the doors of the church opened. a slight color seemed striving to rise in his pale cheeks. The count alone seemed unmoved −− nay. bronzed by the sun. and he bore on his right shoulder a heavy iron sledge−hammer. He had. the two culprits advanced. his black eyes especially were full of kindness and pity. Each of them. and his lips. Andrea was supported by two priests. Peppino walked with a firm step. However. disclosed his white teeth. such as Franz had never before witnessed in them. Behind the penitents came a man of vast stature and proportions.

as all the talk was in the Roman dialect. I was promised he should die with me." said he in a loud voice.Chapter 35 463 "I thought. "Why for him and not for me? We ought to die together. "Heaven be praised. and. The executioner made a sign. a priest arrived in some haste. gave him a folded paper. "For Peppino!" cried Andrea. but only one of these two is about to die. for." "If the pardon is to come. who read and returned it to him. raising his hand. and striving desperately to break the cords that bound his hands. and his holiness also. "Do you not see?" returned the count. here it is. I will not die alone −− I will not!" And he broke from the priests struggling and raving like a wild beast. Peppino remained breathless. The piercing eye of Peppino had noticed all." "I told you true." "Yes." "And see. the other has many years to live. And he passed the paper to the officer commanding the carbineers. he had not perfectly understood it. who seemed roused from the torpor in which he had been plunged." said the count." said the principal friar. forced his way through the soldiers. At the moment when Peppino reached the foot of the mandaia. "that you told me there would be but one execution. . "Pardon for whom?" cried he. advancing to the chief of the brotherhood. there is no time to lose. unfolded it." said Franz to the count. "here is a pardon for one of the prisoners!" "A pardon!" cried the people with one voice −− "a pardon!" At this cry Andrea raised his head. called Rocca Priori. "And yet here are two culprits. You have no right to put me to death alone." replied he coldly. and. and his two assistants leaped from the scaffold and seized him. "A pardon for Peppino. The chief took the paper. "What is going on?" asked Franz of the count.

" cried the count. The people all took part against Andrea. man −− race of crocodiles. and it was dreadful to witness. to love his neighbor −− man. has yet murdered his benefactor. were he able. the sheep will bleat for pleasure. upon whom God has laid his first. he would rather tear him to pieces with his teeth and nails than let him enjoy the life he himself is about to be deprived of. his sole commandment. seizing the young men's hands −− "look. after all. and that at all times you are worthy of yourselves!" Meanwhile Andrea and the two executioners were struggling on the ground." cried the count. without being bitten by one of his race. "Do you pity him? If you heard the cry of `Mad dog!' you would take your gun −− you would unhesitatingly shoot the poor beast. a terrible laugh. two oxen to the slaughterhouse.Chapter 35 464 "that this human creature who is about to die is furious that his fellow−sufferer does not perish with him? and. However. extending his clinched hands towards the crowd. Do you know what gave him strength? −− do you know what consoled him? It was. that another partook of his punishment −− that another partook of his anguish −− that another was to die before him. this king of the creation!" And the count burst into a laugh. And yet you pity a man who. that showed he must have suffered horribly to be able thus to laugh. and held him before the window. this masterpiece of nature. and who. was only guilty of having been bitten by another dog. it is true. Here is a man who had resigned himself to his fate. who was going to the scaffold to die −− like a coward. Honor to man. man. no −− look. but the count seized his arm. Lead two sheep to the butcher's. "Put him to death! put him to death!" Franz sprang back. the struggle still continued. "He ought to die! −− he shall die! −− I will not die alone!" "Look. look. now unable to kill any one. whom God created in his own image −− man. But man −− man. No. the ox will bellow with joy. "how well do I recognize you there. because his hands are bound. Oh. for on my soul it is curious. to whom God has given a voice to express his thoughts −− what is his first cry when he hears his fellow−man is saved? A blasphemy. and twenty thousand voices cried. and make one of them understand that his companion will not die. but he was about to die without resistance. wishes to see his companion in captivity perish. look!" . who. "What are you doing?" said he. and he kept exclaiming.

and mounting on his stomach. had forced him to his knees. He glanced mechanically towards the square −− the scene was wholly changed. stamped violently on it with his feet." "In fact. "this horrible scene has passed away like a dream. This time Franz could contain himself no longer. "only. executioners. in spite of his struggles. as you see. and then turned over on his back. but sank. full of noise and excitement. of which. the mace fell on his left temple." said Franz. and the count. and with one stroke opened his throat. happened?" "Nothing. The bell of Monte Citorio." asked he of the count." . The executioner let fall his mace. "Well. victims. During this time the executioner had raised his mace. with his eyes closed. Franz was fascinated by the horrible spectacle. all had disappeared. he saw Albert drinking a glass of water. drew his knife. "what has. which only sounds on the pope's decease and the opening of the Carnival. and his cries. and signed to them to get out of the way. and the man dropped like an ox on his face. then. scaffold. the Carnival his commenced. was standing grasping the window−curtains. he stood in great need. At every stroke a jet of blood sprang from the wound. only the people remained. the criminal strove to rise. A dull and heavy sound was heard. his bites.Chapter 36 465 The command was needless." replied the count. When Franz recovered his senses. into a seat. was ringing a joyous peal. Make haste and dress yourself. and there. half fainting. The two assistants had borne Andrea to the scaffold. but. to judge from his pallor. The count was erect and triumphant. like the Avenging Angel! Chapter 36 The Carnival at Rome. Albert. who was assuming his masquerade costume. ere he had time.

while you have awakened." said Franz." Franz felt it would be ridiculous not to follow his two companions' example. and fastened on the mask that scarcely equalled the pallor of his own face. it is the only one that causes you any emotion. Decidedly man is an ungrateful and egotistical animal. They fell into the line of carriages. M. unlike most men. gentlemen. but the culprit?" "That is a dream also. "But I am really glad to have seen such a sight. "do you feel much inclined to join the revels? Come. the carriage awaited them at the door. the hideous scoundrel! Come. He assumed his costume. But dress yourself. filled with sweetmeats and bouquets. was delighted to see that the general attention was directed towards his companion. Their toilet finished. see. Instead of the spectacle of gloomy and silent death. they descended. "on the steps of the scaffold death tears off the mask that has been worn through life. It must be allowed that Andrea was not very handsome. that I have suffered. dress yourselves. de Morcerf sets you the example. and who knows which of you is the most fortunate?" "But Peppino −− what has become of him?" "Peppino is a lad of sense.Chapter 36 466 "It is but a dream." "Ma foi. He profited by this distraction to slip away among the crowd. and I understand what the count said −− that when you have once habituated yourself to a similar spectacle." Albert was drawing on the satin pantaloon over his black trousers and varnished boots." "Without reflecting that this is the only moment in which you can study character. a nightmare. answer frankly." said the count. It is difficult to form an idea of the perfect change that had taken place. that has disturbed you." "Yes. the Piazza del Popolo presented a spectacle of gay and noisy mirth and . dress yourselves. Albert." returned Albert. and the real visage is disclosed. "Well. without even thanking the worthy priests who accompanied him. only he has remained asleep. who are happy in proportion as they are noticed. who. no.

buffaloes' heads below from men's shoulders. pantomimists. strangers from all parts of the world. or did anything but laugh. screaming. fighting. to drive away a violent sorrow. or rather continued to see. Lovely women. confetti. and shower down confetti. and the recollection of what they had seen half an hour before was gradually effaced from the young men's minds. emerging from the doors. feel a thick veil drawn between the past and the present. harlequins. so much were they occupied by the gay and glittering procession they now beheld. knights. which are returned by bouquets. and genius. and who. companions and strangers. and peasants. as they drink and become intoxicated. In the streets the lively crowd is dressed in the most fantastic costumes −− gigantic cabbages walk gravely about.Chapter 36 467 revelry. A handful of confetti that came from a neighboring carriage. pricked his neck and that portion of his face uncovered by his mask like a hundred pins. wealth. bordered from one end to the other with lofty palaces. have recourse to wine. with which the carriage was filled. and no one took offence. Imagine the large and splendid Corso. dominoes. and seizing handfuls of confetti and sweetmeats. He rose in his turn. The strife had fairly begun. cast them with all the force and skill he was master of. with their balconies hung with carpets. in which all the masks around him were engaged. and their windows with flags. incited him to join in the general combat. the air seems darkened with the falling confetti and flying flowers. but little by little the general vertigo seized them. From every street and every corner drove carriages filled with clowns. As for the Count of Monte Cristo. with their sarcasms and their missiles. and which. descending from the windows. Franz and Albert were like men who. in the midst of all this a mask is lifted. yielding to the influence of the scene. bend over their balconies. nosegays. . and. he had never for an instant shown any appearance of having been moved. friends and foes. the image of what they had witnessed. At these balconies are three hundred thousand spectators −− Romans. while it covered Morcerf and his two companions with dust. or lean from their windows. the united aristocracy of birth. A crowd of masks flowed in from all sides. indiscriminately. as in Callot's Temptation of St. attacking. They saw. gesticulating. dogs walk on their hind legs. Transteverins. Italians. throwing eggs filled with flour. mummers. and they felt themselves obliged to take part in the noise and confusion.

"Gentlemen." "No. the other ascended towards the Palazzo di Venezia. −− that calash filled with Roman peasants. Franz looked up −− they were opposite the Rospoli Palace." We have forgotten to mention. "Ah." . This will give a faint idea of the Carnival at Rome. with which they made grimaces at every one who passed. you know you have places at my windows." said the count. In the meantime. Franz thanked the count for his attention. "I hope the Carnival will not pass without some amends in one shape or the other. As for Albert. Albert. that the count's coachman was attired in a bear−skin. "when you are tired of being actors." replied he. Unfortunately for him. and my servants. and wish to become spectators of this scene. half serious." "Oh. and requested permission to withdraw." said Franz." said he to Franz. beneath which Franz's imagination easily pictured the beautiful Greek of the Argentina. At the centre window. a lovely face is exhibited. half laughing. springing out.Chapter 36 468 Anthony." "Well. I am convinced they are all charming women. "you did not see?" "What?" "There. he was busily occupied throwing bouquets at a carriage full of Roman peasants that was passing near him. At the second turn the Count stopped the carriage. with spring masks. dispose of my coachman." "How unfortunate that you were masked. which we would fain follow. "here was an opportunity of making up for past disappointments. the line of carriages moved on again. leaving the vehicle at their disposal. and while he descended the Piazza del Popolo. was a blue domino. the one hung with white damask with a red cross. exactly resembling Odry's in "The Bear and the Pasha. my carriage." and the two footmen behind were dressed up as green monkeys. my dear fellow. but from which we are separated by troops of fiends.

"I will not be caught like a fool at a first disclosure by a rendezvous under the clock. Albert seized it. which had turned up one of the neighboring streets. "Well. as they say at the opera−balls. and I shall know what I have to do. and the carriage went triumphantly on. At one of these encounters. for although the young men made several more turns." "On my word. and your fair Circe must be very skilful or very powerful if she succeed in changing you into a beast of any kind. the one who had thrown the violets to Albert. "things go wonderfully. laughing." returned Franz. the day passed unmarked by any incident. he suffered Albert to retain it. for. excepting two or three encounters with the carriage full of Roman peasants. she will find us to−morrow. bravo. soon appeared to become earnest. Shall I leave you? Perhaps you would prefer being alone?" "No. "you are wise as Nestor and prudent as Ulysses. in spite of Albert's hope. "there is the beginning of an adventure. He instantly rose and cast the remainder of the bouquets into the carriage. however. and as Franz had no reason to suppose it was meant for him. she threw a bunch of violets. then she will give me some sign or other." said Franz. "in token of your ingratitude. to carry the intrigue no farther." replied he. clapped her hands when she beheld them in his button−hole." said Franz." said Franz to him. "Bravo. accidentally or purposely. but the count and the blue domino had also . doubtless. Then they returned to the Rospoli Palace." "Laugh if you please −− I really think so. they did not again see the calash. Albert's mask fell off. If the fair peasant wishes to carry matters any further. or rather. So I will not abandon this bouquet.Chapter 36 469 But. we shall find her." "Pardieu. as the carriage of the two friends passed her." The jest. the fair unknown had resolved. for when Albert and Franz again encountered the carriage with the contadini. Doubtless one of the charming females Albert had detected beneath their coquettish disguise was touched by his gallantry." Albert was right. Albert placed it in his button−hole.

Franz hastened to inquire after the count. he has already proved himself full of resources." said Franz. and to express regret that he had not returned in sufficient time. Franz and Albert were opposite the Via delle Maratte. Franz questioned Albert as to his intentions. for the next week you will not find a single tailor who would consent to sew six buttons on a waistcoat if you paid him a crown a piece for each button. we have them ready−made.Chapter 36 470 disappeared. you shall find a collection of costumes with which you will be satisfied. Signor Pastrini came to the door to receive his guests. The count had. and in a second all the carriages had disappeared. Leave all to me. let us dine quietly. At this moment the same bell that had proclaimed the beginning of the mascherata sounded the retreat." said the host. hung with yellow damask. but Pastrini reassured him by saying that the Count of Monte Cristo had ordered a second carriage for himself. without saying a word. were still occupied by the persons whom the count had invited. "and for what?" "To make us between now and to−morrow two Roman peasant costumes." "Then I must give up the idea?" "No. The file on the Corso broke the line. and afterwards go and see `The Algerian Captive. The host shook his head. moreover. he inquired if Signor Pastrini could procure him a tailor. "A tailor. when you awake. passed along the Piazza di Spagni and the Rospoli Palace and stopped at the door of the hotel. but this is quite a French demand. "leave all to our host.'" . the two windows. drove up it. "To make you two costumes between now and to−morrow? I ask your excellencies' pardon. the coachman." "My dear Albert. and to−morrow. and instead of making any answer." returned Albert. and that it had gone at four o'clock to fetch him from the Rospoli Palace. charged him to offer the two friends the key of his box at the Argentina. but Albert had great projects to put into execution before going to the theatre.

" said she. and ordered the horses to be harnessed. This precaution taken. "His excellency the Count of Monte Cristo had." returned Albert. and installed themselves in the count's box. Albert and Franz looked at each other. Her opera−glass was so fixedly directed towards them. who use their boxes to hold receptions.Chapter 36 471 "Agreed. in his turn. fearing really to abuse the count's kindness. when she motioned to Franz to assume the seat of honor. and they could therefore dispose of it without fear of indiscretion." The host again assured them they might rely on him." he said. and that their wishes should be attended to. the two friends went to pay their respects to the countess. The servant understood them. that both my friend and myself attach the greatest importance to having to−morrow the costumes we have asked for. and you are already the best friends in the world. During the first act. in spite of the dislike he seemed to have taken to the count. so that she perceived Franz and Albert in the place of the very person concerning whom she had expressed so strange an opinion to Franz. Truth compelled Franz. During dessert. Signor Pastrini. the Countess G−−−− entered. and which was somewhat the worse for the numerous combats they had sustained. and. the servant inquired at what time they wished for the carriage. they went to the theatre. sat behind. it was his token reserved for the morrow. Albert. as he took off his dress. hardly giving Franz time to sit down. to confess that the advantage was not on Pastrini's side." They resolved to profit by the count's courtesy. availing himself of one of the privileges of the spectators of the Italian theatres. Albert. Her first look was at the box where she had seen the count the previous evening. and proceeded to disencumber themselves of their costumes. "given positive orders that the carriage was to remain at their lordships' orders all day. The two friends sat down to table." . Scarcely had they entered. "Well. that Franz saw it would be cruel not to satisfy her curiosity. "it seems you have nothing better to do than to make the acquaintance of this new Lord Ruthven. carefully preserved the bunch of violets. while they substituted evening dress for that which they had on. but they could not refrain from remarking the difference between the Count of Monte Cristo's table and that of Signor Pastrini. upon which Franz and Albert mounted to their apartments. "but remember.

I prefer complete histories. my dear countess." "How so?" "It is a long story. then?" "Yes." "When?" "Last night." "At least wait until the story has a conclusion. and now we have taken possession of his box." 'Tell it to me." ." "So much the more reason. this morning we breakfasted with him. and no. we rode in his carriage all day. "I cannot deny that we have abused his good nature all day." "Very well. but tell me how you made his acquaintance? Did any one introduce you to him?" "No." "Through what medium?" "The very prosaic one of our landlord." returned Franz." "You know him. it was he who introduced himself to us." "All day?" "Yes." "It would frighten you too much.Chapter 36 472 "Without being so far advanced as that. after we left you.

" observed the countess. madam. smiling. or with a more perfect courtesy. de Rothschild. "We should be very hard to please. who has taken the appearance of Lara in order to avoid being confounded with M. you know?" "The Count of Monte Cristo." "And he is a count?" "A Tuscan count." said the countess." returned Albert. but on the same floor. "What sort of a man is he?" "Ask the Vicomte de Morcerf. "did we not think him delightful. I am referred to you." "That is not a family name?" "No. then.Chapter 36 473 "He is staying." "Come. "I see my vampire is only some millionaire. it is the name of the island he has purchased." "What is his name −− for. and you have seen her?" "Her?" "The beautiful Greek of yesterday. who was herself from one of the oldest Venetian families." "You hear. de Morcerf." . of course. we must put up with that." "Well." said the countess. A friend of ten years' standing could not have done more for us. M. at the Hotel de Londres with you?" "Not only in the same hotel.

he must be a nabob." "Why. "At the Rospoli Palace.Chapter 36 474 "No." interrupted Albert. but she remained perfectly invisible." "Does his island produce him such a revenue?" "It does not bring him a baiocco. did you notice two windows hung with yellow damask." "Then why did he purchase it?" "For a whim." "The deuce. I think." "The count had three windows at the Rospoli Palace?" "Yes. and one with white damask with a red cross? Those were the count's windows. for whom do you take the blue domino at the window with the white curtains?" "Where was this window with white hangings?" asked the countess. we heard." "Well. "it is only to keep up the mystery. Do you know what those three windows were worth?" "Two or three hundred Roman crowns?" "Two or three thousand." "When you say invisible." . Did you pass through the Corso?" "Yes. the sound of her guzla.

who had eight or ten Roman peasant costumes on his arm." . for your pleasure or your business. who looked at himself in the glass with an unequivocal smile of satisfaction. an hour afterwards the two friends returned to their hotel. silk stockings with clocks. This morning he made two or three exits worthy of Didier or Anthony. Franz was forced to confess that costume has much to do with the physical superiority we accord to certain nations. and their red caps. and for the remainder of the Carnival." At this moment a fresh visitor entered. This picturesque attire set him off to great advantage." observed Albert. and a frequenter of the theatres. so that you will not inconvenience me in any way. and when he had bound the scarf around his waist. I leave the carriage entirely at your disposal. Albert was impatient to see how he looked in his new dress −− a jacket and breeches of blue velvet. "he seemed to me somewhat eccentric. The host will tell you I have three or four more. and to procure them two of the long silk sashes of different colors with which the lower orders decorate themselves on fete−days. followed by a tailor. Franz gave up his seat to him. Signor Pastrini had already set about procuring their disguises for the morrow. I pray you. I should say he was a poor devil literally mad. let fall on his shoulder a stream of ribbons. placed coquettishly on one side. and a silk waistcoat. but are they not now hideous with their blue frocks buttoned up to the chin. The next morning. They were thus engaged when the Count of Monte Cristo entered. Make use of it. according to custom. then?" "In reality. and. and he assured them that they would be perfectly satisfied. "although a companion is agreeable. the effect of changing the conversation. they selected two exactly alike. and charged the tailor to sew on each of their hats about twenty yards of ribbon." said he. at nine o'clock.Chapter 36 475 "He is an original. were he at Paris. This circumstance had. "Gentlemen. The Turks used to be so picturesque with their long and flowing robes. which make them look like a bottle of wine with a red seal? Franz complimented Albert. shoes with buckles. he entered Franz's room. moreover. perfect freedom is sometimes still more agreeable. and when his hat. I come to say that to−day.

as we have already said. In the evening. The permission to do what he liked with the carriage pleased him above all.Chapter 36 476 The young men wished to decline. but he kept the faded one in his hand. The Count of Monte Cristo remained a quarter of an hour with them. thrown from a carriage filled with harlequins. Albert was charmed with the count's manners. The day was as gay as the preceding one. and he received their excuses with the air of a man who appreciated their delicacy. an action which seemed greatly to amuse not only the fair lady who had thrown it. or whether a similar feeling had possessed them both. At half−past one they descended. he raised it to his lips. the peasants had changed their costume. indicated to Albert that. while he had changed his costume they had assumed his. It is almost needless to say that the flirtation between Albert and the fair peasant continued all day. but when they again passed he had disappeared. and which gained them the applause of Franz and Albert. Albert had fastened the faded bunch of violets to his button−hole. the count appeared for an instant at his window. Franz . and when he again met the calash. At the second turn. but they could find no good reason for refusing an offer which was so agreeable to them. He was. also. like himself and his friend. the coachman and footman had put on their livery over their disguises. and he seemed much occupied with chemistry. perhaps even more animated and noisy. At the first sound of the bell they hastened into the Corso by the Via Vittoria. and Albert was not sorry to be upon an equal footing with them. a bunch of fresh violets. it would have been too absurd to offer him in exchange for his excellent table the very inferior one of Signor Pastrini. A few words he let fall showed them that he was no stranger to the sciences. and he was only prevented from recognizing him for a perfect gentleman by reason of his varied knowledge. and whether it was the result of chance. conversing on all subjects with the greatest ease. Albert placed the fresh bouquet in his button−hole. A glance at the walls of his salon proved to Franz and Albert that he was a connoisseur of pictures. which gave them a more ridiculous appearance than ever. The two friends did not venture to return the count the breakfast he had given them. perfectly well acquainted with the literature of all countries. They told him so frankly. for the fair peasants had appeared in a most elegant carriage the preceding evening. on his return. but her joyous companions also.

He insisted upon it. but that he was unwilling to ask it. he had solicited and obtained the same favor. The next morning he saw Albert pass and repass. Albert let himself be pressed just as long as friendship required. Albert attributed to Franz's absence the extreme kindness of the fair peasant in raising her mask. to which the mad gayety of the maskers would have been profanation. who received his congratulations with the air of a man conscious that they are merited. Franz congratulated Albert. he brought away with him a treasure of pious thoughts.Chapter 36 477 found a letter from the embassy. that Albert seemed to have something to ask of him. and as she passed she raised her mask. Franz was not sufficiently egotistical to stop Albert in the middle of an adventure that promised to prove so agreeable to his curiosity and so flattering to his vanity. On his return from the Vatican. Franz carefully avoided the Corso. Franz was by no means sorry to learn how to act on such an occasion. Franz remarked. declaring beforehand that he was willing to make any sacrifice the other wished. during three years that he had travelled all over Italy. He did not then think of the Carnival. that his fair incognita belonged to the aristocracy. informing him that he would have the honor of being received by his holiness the next day. and then avowed to Franz that he would do him a great favor by allowing him to occupy the carriage alone the next day. She was charming. which he doubtless meant to make the bearer of his amorous . and as. a similar piece of good fortune had never fallen to his share. holding an enormous bouquet. while he gave these details. He felt assured that the perfect indiscretion of his friend would duly inform him of all that happened. he was unwilling to quit the capital of the Christian world without laying his respectful homage at the feet of one of St. He therefore promised Albert that he would content himself the morrow with witnessing the Carnival from the windows of the Rospoli Palace. He had recognized by certain unmistakable signs. He had made up his mind to write to her the next day. and incited as much by a religious feeling as by gratitude. At ten minutes past five Albert entered overjoyed. Peter's successors who has set the rare example of all the virtues. At each previous visit he had made to Rome. for in spite of his condescension and touching kindness. one cannot incline one's self without awe before the venerable and noble old man called Gregory XVI. The harlequin had reassumed her peasant's costume.

also. "Well. "and I very much fear you will go alone to the Duke of Bracciano's ball. "Well. at seven o'clock." said he. Franz anticipated his wishes by saying that the noise fatigued him." "I think so. be sure to fasten a knot of rose−colored ribbons to the shoulder of your harlequin costume. The evening was no longer joy. for the next evening Franz saw him enter triumphantly shaking a folded paper which he held by one corner. Constancy and Discretion. my opinion is still the same. and if your fair incognita belong to the higher class of society. in order that you may be recognized. Albert. "Read. Franz took the letter. "was I mistaken?" "She has answered you!" cried Franz. and that he should pass the next day in writing and looking over his journal." replied Albert. Until then you will not see me." "Whether she goes there or not. "Take care." asked he. Albert nothing doubted but that the fair unknown would reply in the same manner. "You have read the letter?" ." This word was pronounced in a manner impossible to describe. and read: −− Tuesday evening. "All the nobility of Rome will be present. she must go there. When you arrive at the first step of the church of San Giacomo. Albert was not deceived." Franz and Albert had received that morning an invitation from the celebrated Roman banker." said Franz. This belief was changed into certainty when Franz saw the bouquet (conspicuous by a circle of white camellias) in the hand of a charming harlequin dressed in rose−colored satin. descend from your carriage opposite the Via dei Pontefici. when Franz had finished.Chapter 36 478 epistle. "what do you think of that?" "I think that the adventure is assuming a very agreeable appearance. and follow the Roman peasant who snatches your torch from you." returned Albert. but delirium.

and I do not despair of seeing you a member of the Academy." replied Albert. He was charming." (The writing was. On his side. and I have always had a great taste for archaeology. two or three more such adventures. read the letter again." said Franz. He hastened with Franz to seat himself. and find if you can." said Albert. the . at least." cried Franz. The count must feel sure that Franz recognized him. and yet he had not let fall a single word indicating any previous acquaintance between them.) "Yes. Look at the writing." "If my unknown be as amiable as she is beautiful. however great Franz's desire was to allude to their former interview. as he returned the letter. He had started the previous evening. Whether he kept a watch over himself. but also return to Florence alone. "Laugh as much as you will." Doubtless Albert was about to discuss seriously his right to the academic chair when they were informed that dinner was ready. he was to−night like everybody else. Albert's love had not taken away his appetite. "I am in love. They had not seen him for two days. and had only returned an hour since. Signor Pastrini informed them that business had called him to Civita Vecchia. or whether by accident he did not sound the acrimonious chords that in other circumstances had been touched. the Count of Monte Cristo was announced." "Well." "You know how imperfectly the women of the mezzo cito are educated in Italy?" (This is the name of the lower class." "You alarm me. After dinner. in reality. I adore Rome. any blemish in the language or orthography." "Come.) "You are born to good fortune. "I shall fix myself at Rome for six weeks. The man was an enigma to Franz. charming. and the orthography irreproachable. free to recommence the discussion after dinner. "I see that I shall not only go alone to the Duke of Bracciano's.Chapter 36 479 "Yes.

he would produce a great effect there. he informed the countess of the great event which had . in spite of Albert's demonstrations of false modesty. which had so forcibly struck him at their first meeting. His forehead was marked with the line that indicates the constant presence of bitter thoughts. The count had learned that the two friends had sent to secure a box at the Argentina Theatre. that is. This assurance determined the two friends to accept it. and he had no doubt but that. or beneath Lara's helmet. and were told they were all let. He thought several times of the project the count had of visiting Paris. And yet he did not wish to be at Paris when the count was there. but the count exercised over him also the ascendency a strong mind always acquires over a mind less domineering. He was at least forty. he had the fiery eyes that seem to penetrate to the very soul. with his eccentric character. the box at the Argentina Theatre would be lost if they did not profit by it. we will not say see him. Albert was constantly expatiating on their good fortune in meeting such a man. The Countess G−−−− wished to revive the subject of the count. Truly. to complete his resemblance with the fantastic heroes of the English poet. as he was going to the Palli Theatre. and the haughty and disdainful upper lip that gives to the words it utters a peculiar character that impresses them on the minds of those to whom they are addressed. In consequence. or rather the principal quality of which was the pallor. but even think of him without imagining his stern head upon Manfred's shoulders. Franz and Albert made some difficulty. and. but the count replied that. not in listening to the music. but Franz announced he had something far newer to tell her. a Byronic hero! Franz could not.Chapter 36 480 fear of being disagreeable to the man who had loaded him and his friend with kindness prevented him from mentioning it. alleging their fear of depriving him of it. his characteristic face. Franz was less enthusiastic. the only defect. Franz had by degrees become accustomed to the count's pallor. He could not refrain from admiring the severe beauty of his features. The evening passed as evenings mostly pass at Italian theatres. And. but in paying visits and conversing. and his colossal fortune. he brought them the key of his own −− at least such was the apparent motive of his visit. The count was no longer young. and yet it was easy to understand that he was formed to rule the young men with whom he associated at present. the count seemed to have the power of fascination.

the tumult became greater. but congratulated Albert on his success. A knot of rose−colored ribbons fell from his shoulder almost to the ground. she gave Albert no sign of her existence the morrow or the day after. a single dispute. The fetes are veritable pleasure days to the Italians. at the windows. a single arm that did not move. the comtess did not manifest the least incredulity. From two o'clock till five Franz and Albert followed in the fete. let off on the Piazza del Popolo and the Piazza di Venezia (heard with difficulty amid the din and confusion) announced that the races were about to begin. or a single fight. to which all Rome was invited. They promised. eggs. upon separating. Albert was triumphant in his harlequin costume. the last and most tumultuous day of the Carnival. On Tuesday. flowers. In order that there might be no confusion. and a hail of sweetmeats. At length Tuesday came. On Tuesday. does not recollect to have ever seen a ceremony interrupted by one of those events so common in other countries. have not been to see the Carnival before. a single tongue that was silent. The heroine of the bouquet kept her word. in the carriages. A detachment of . the theatres open at ten o'clock in the morning. without the police interfering in the matter. to meet at the Duke of Bracciano's ball. if we may credit travellers.Chapter 36 481 preoccupied them for the last three days. As similar intrigues are not uncommon in Italy. All these evolutions are executed with an inconceivable address and marvellous rapidity. and contribute to the noise and excitement. like the moccoli. and nosegays. who has resided five or six years in Italy. The pedestrians ranged themselves against the walls. time. made up of a thunder of cries. There was not on the pavement. At the sound of the fireworks the carriages instantly broke ranks. Franz wore his peasant's costume. or enthusiasm. as Lent begins after eight at night. who crowded amongst the horses' feet and the carriage wheels without a single accident. It was a human storm. exchanging handfuls of confetti with the other carriages and the pedestrians. mingle in the gayety. all those who through want of money. At three o'clock the sound of fireworks. The races. then the trampling of horses and the clashing of steel were heard. The author of this history. and retired by the adjacent streets. are one of the episodes peculiar to the last days of the Carnival. As the day advanced. oranges.

seven or eight horses. are candles which vary in size from the pascal taper to the rushlight. fifteen abreast. and that one comes from God. and already. The night was rapidly approaching. a second volley of fireworks was discharged. Almost instantly. It seemed like the fete of jack−o'−lanterns. how to keep his own moccoletto alight. Immediately. But he has discovered a thousand means of taking it away. The sellers of moccoletti entered on the scene. the whole accompanied by cries that were never heard in any other part of the world. −− first. The facchino follows the prince. galloped up the Corso in order to clear it for the barberi. and secondly. without any other signal. passed by like lightning. the Transteverin the . and which give to each actor in the great final scene of the Carnival two very serious problems to grapple with. descending from the Palazzo di Venezia to the Piazza del Popolo. two or three stars began to burn among the crowd. and the immense stream again continued its course between its two granite banks. Then the Castle of Saint Angelo fired three cannon to indicate that number three had won. and the devil has somewhat aided him. excited by the shouts of three hundred thousand spectators. The moccoletto is kindled by approaching it to a light. to announce that the street was clear. At the end of ten minutes fifty thousand lights glittered. flowing on towards the Corso. the superhuman fans. It was a signal. or moccoletti. When the detachment arrived at the Piazza di Venezia. which again flow into the parent river. Every one hastened to purchase moccoletti −− Franz and Albert among the rest. down all the streets. and mounting from the Piazzo del Popolo to the Palazzo di Venezia. how to extinguish the moccoletti of others.Chapter 36 482 carbineers. like torrents pent up for a while. A new source of noise and movement was added to the crowd. The moccoletto is like life: man has found but one means of transmitting it. Suppose that all the stars had descended from the sky and mingled in a wild dance on the face of the earth. the carriages moved on. the monstrous extinguishers. The moccoli. in the midst of a tremendous and general outcry. at the cry of "Moccoletti!" repeated by the shrill voices of a thousand vendors. It is impossible to form any idea of it without having seen it. But who can describe the thousand means of extinguishing the moccoletto? −− the gigantic bellows.

Franz followed Albert with his eyes. Albert sprang out. It seemed as though one immense blast of the wind had extinguished every one. the moon. perhaps. bearing his moccoletto in his hand. relighting. nothing hostile passed. .Chapter 37 483 citizen. which was on the wane. a first−rate pugilist. wearing the well−known costume of a peasant woman. and Aquilo the heir−presumptive to the throne. and saw him mount the first step. the Corso was light as day. Had old AEolus appeared at this moment. Franz found himself in utter darkness. for he saw Albert disappear arm−in−arm with the peasant girl. at length it pointed to seven. Two or three masks strove to knock his moccoletto out of his hand. The steps were crowded with masks. The Carnival was over. under the magic breath of some demon of the night. as in this moment. By a chance. extinguishing. sent them rolling in the street. nothing was visible save a few lights that burnt behind the windows. had suddenly changed into a vast tomb. one after the other. It seemed as though Rome. the features of the spectators on the third and fourth stories were visible. The two friends were in the Via dei Pontefici. Chapter 37 The Catacombs of Saint Sebastian. He watched them pass through the crowd for some time. without doubt. which added yet more to the intensity of the darkness. In his whole life. This battle of folly and flame continued for two hours. but Albert. every one blowing. snatched his moccoletto from him without his offering any resistance. who strove to snatch each other's torches. Suddenly the bell that gives the signal for the end of the carnival sounded. but. so rapid a transition from gayety to sadness. and continued his course towards the church of San Giacomo. but at length he lost sight of them in the Via Macello. and at the same instant all the moccoletti were extinguished as if by enchantment. he would have been proclaimed king of the moccoli. No sound was audible save that of the carriages that were carrying the maskers home. Every five minutes Albert took out his watch. Franz had never before experienced so sudden an impression. Franz was too far off to hear what they said. Instantly a mask.

Chapter 37 484 did not rise until eleven o'clock. does its honors with the most consummate grace. and the streets which the young man traversed were plunged in the deepest obscurity. The sudden extinction of the moccoletti. Dinner was waiting. and the silence which had succeeded the turmoil. who presented himself two or three times to inquire if he wanted anything. stopped before the Hotel de Londres. but Franz merely replied that Albert had received on the previous evening an invitation which he had accepted. The house of the Duke of Bracciano is one of the most delightful in Rome. the darkness which had replaced the light. Franz resolved to wait for Albert as late as possible." . Signor Pastrini. and went out." replied Franz. or rather the count's. "Then he has not returned?" said the duke. but as Albert had told him that he should not return so soon. not precisely. for eleven o'clock. Franz and Albert had brought to Rome letters of introduction to them. and that he had lost sight of him in the Via Macello. and at the end of ten minutes his carriage. "And do you know whither he went?" "No. the duchess. telling his host that he was going to pass the night at the Duke of Bracciano's. inquired into the cause of his absence. The distance was short. therefore. one of the last heiresses of the Colonnas. however. and their first question on his arrival was to inquire the whereabouts of his travelling companion. I think it was something very like a rendezvous. "I waited for him until this hour. He therefore dined very silently. and thus their fetes have a European celebrity. At eleven o'clock Albert had not come back. had left in Franz's mind a certain depression which was not free from uneasiness. Franz sat down without him. Franz replied that he had left him at the moment they were about to extinguish the moccoli. Franz dressed himself. in spite of the officious attention of his host. desiring Signor Pastrini to inform him the moment that Albert returned to the hotel. who had been accustomed to see them dine together. He ordered the carriage.

" "Is he armed?" "He is in masquerade." replied Franz. countess. "and then moreover. Albert de Morcerf.Chapter 37 485 "Diavolo!" said the duke. I meant persons who were out in the streets of Rome. who had just arrived. the men run no other danger than that of falling in love with you. on the contrary. who gained the prize in the race to−day. who know Rome better than he does." said the duke to Franz. and was leaning on the arm of Signor Torlonia. "who is out in the streets of Rome at this hour. unless it be to go to a ball?" "Our friend. "this is a bad day." asked the countess." "Ah." "You should not have allowed him to go. "of the persons who are here." said Franz. that it is a charming night. the duke's brother." "And don't you know where he is?" "Not at all. and the women of falling ill of jealousy at seeing you so lovely." said the duke with a smile. what could happen to him?" . is it not. countess!" These words were addressed to the Countess G−−−− . to be out late. "you. "I think. whom I left in pursuit of his unknown about seven o'clock this evening. or rather a bad night." "You might as well have tried to stop number three of the barberi." "I am not speaking. "and whom I have not seen since." replied the countess. "and those who are here will complain of but one thing −− its too rapid flight.

is one of my servants who is seeking you." "A letter from the viscount!" exclaimed Franz." "Oh. "and desired them to come and inform me of his return." replied the duke. when he saw Franz." Franz felt a shudder run through his veins at observing that the feeling of the duke and the countess was so much in unison with his own personal disquietude. "here I think." said the countess to Franz. and the Tiber is very near the Via Macello. "go with all speed −− poor young man! Perhaps some accident has happened to him." "Ah." "And who is the man?" "I do not know. duke." "Why did he not bring it to me here?" "The messenger did not say." he said." said Franz." replied Franz. "Yes." "And where is the messenger?" "He went away directly he saw me enter the ball−room to find you. ." The duke was not mistaken." "I will hasten. "the master of the Hotel de Londres has sent to let you know that a man is waiting for you with a letter from the Viscount of Morcerf. the servant came up to him.Chapter 37 486 "Who can tell? The night is gloomy. "Your excellency. "I informed them at the hotel that I had the honor of passing the night here.

the stranger first addressed him." "Then it is to your excellency that this letter is addressed. in any event. otherwise I cannot answer as to what I may do myself. "Are not you the person who brought me a letter." "Is there any answer?" inquired Franz." "Be prudent. as if to keep on his guard. He had no doubt that it was the messenger from Albert. "Oh. He had sent away his carriage with orders for it to fetch him at two o'clock. "What wants your excellency of me?" inquired the man. pray be assured of that." "Your excellency's name" −− "Is the Baron Franz d'Epinay. "Yes." said the countess." inquired Franz. "from the Viscount of Morcerf?" "Your excellency lodges at Pastrini's hotel?" "I do.Chapter 37 487 "Shall we see you again to give us any information?" inquired the countess." Franz took his hat and went away in haste. He went up to him. but." "Your excellency is the travelling companion of the viscount?" "I am. which is on one side in the Corso. and on the other in the Square of the Holy Apostles. is hardly ten minutes' walk from the Hotel de Londres. taking the letter from him. As he came near the hotel. to his extreme astonishment. fortunately the Palazzo Bracciano. The man was wrapped up in a large cloak. Franz saw a man in the middle of the street. if it is not any serious affair. retreating a step or two. .

which you will find in the square drawer of the secretary. and this had only made him the more anxious to read Albert's letter. add your own to it." said the messenger. .Chapter 37 488 "Yes −− your friend at least hopes so. and so he went instantly towards the waxlight. It was thus worded: −− My Dear Fellow. It is urgent that I should have this money without delay. −− The moment you have received this. then?" "Certainly. The young man had found Signor Pastrini looking very much alarmed." "I prefer waiting here." The inn−keeper gave orders to a servant to go before Franz with a light. if it be not sufficient. "Well −− what?" responded Franz. with a smile. and give them to the bearer. "Well?" said the landlord. On the staircase he met Signor Pastrini. "and he has handed this letter to me. I have seen him. "Yes." Franz entered the hotel. "And why?" "Your excellency will know when you have read the letter. Light the candles in my apartment. and I will give it to you. Franz read it twice before he could comprehend what it contained." he replied. "You have seen the man who desired to speak with you from your friend?" he asked of Franz. have the kindness to take the letter of credit from my pocket−book." "Shall I find you here. It was written and signed by Albert. draw from him instantly four thousand piastres. Run to Torlonia." "Come up−stairs with me. and unfolded it. if you please.

who now understood the objection of the messenger to coming up into the apartment." he said. when that worthy presented himself. Albert de Morcerf. about to return to the Palazzo Bracciano without loss of time. in a strange hand. and in it the letter of credit. There was no time to lose. He remembered the Count of Monte Cristo. the street was safer for him. he might in such a case rely on the kindness of Signor Torlonia. therefore. then. alla sette il conte Alberto avra cessato di vivere. True. when suddenly a luminous idea crossed his mind. as he lived at Florence. Your friend. He was. in whose existence he had for so long a time refused to believe. "do you know if the count is within?" "Yes." This second signature explained everything to Franz. he had no letter of credit. he has this moment returned. relying on you as you may rely on me. Thus seven or eight hundred piastres were wanting to them both to make up the sum that Albert required. and had only come to Rome to pass seven or eight days.S. your excellency. He hastened to open the secretary. Albert. by seven o'clock the Count Albert will have ceased to live. hastily. the following in Italian: −− Se alle sei della mattina le quattro mile piastre non sono nelle mie mani. but of these six thousand Albert had already expended three thousand. As to Franz. "If by six in the morning the four thousand piastres are not in my hands. Luigi Vampa. he had brought but a hundred louis. P. and found the pocket−book in the drawer. Below these lines were written. and of these he had not more than fifty left. had fallen into the hands of the famous bandit chief. −− I now believe in Italian banditti. "My dear sir. There were in all six thousand piastres. Franz was about to ring for Signor Pastrini." .Chapter 37 489 I do not say more.

He was in a small room which Franz had not yet seen. what good wind blows you hither at this hour?" said he. "Did you see the postscript?" "I did. and returning." Franz went along the corridor. "have you come to sup with me? It would be very kind of you." replied the count." he said.'" "What think you of that?" inquired Franz." "No. and request him to be so kind as to give me an audience. and a servant introduced him to the count. going to the door. The count came towards him. "Well." "Then ring at his door. and which was surrounded with divans. "Well." said the count. −− "The count awaits your excellency." Signor Pastrini did as he was desired. "`Luigi Vampa. "Read that. I have come to speak to you of a very serious matter. indeed.Chapter 37 490 "Is he in bed?" "I should say no. "`Se alle sei della mattina le quattro mile piastre non sono nelle mie mani. well!" said he. if you please. "and what may it be?" "Are we alone?" "Yes. Franz gave him Albert's letter. he said. looking at Franz with the earnestness usual to him. alla sette il conte Alberto avra cessato di vivere." "A serious matter. . The count read it. and returning five minutes after.

would you accompany me?" . "and he made a sign to Franz to take what he pleased. have what you will. "And if I went to seek Vampa. then. and pulling out a drawer filled with gold." said Franz. and remained silent an instant. well." said the count. you could find a way of simplifying the negotiation." "What influence can I possibly have over a bandit?" "Have you not just rendered him a service that can never be forgotten?" "What is that?" "Have you not saved Peppino's life?" "Well. all but eight hundred piastres. on the contrary. "Is it absolutely necessary. −− "I hope you will not offend me by applying to any one but myself." "I think that if you would take the trouble of reflecting. with surprise. "The postscript is explicit. "And I thank you. opened it." The count knit his brows." replied he. looking fixedly in his turn at the count." "You see. I know it.Chapter 37 491 "Have you the money he demands?" "Yes." replied Franz. "If we were to go together to Luigi Vampa. "How so?" returned the count. I come to you first and instantly. I am sure he would not refuse you Albert's freedom. "who told you that?" "No matter. to send the money to Luigi Vampa?" asked the young man. "Judge for yourself. said to Franz." The count went to his secretary.

and whistled in a peculiar manner. and advanced into the middle of the street. and a walk without Rome will do us both good. mounting the steps at a bound. in the same tone in which he would have given an order to his servant." "Be it so." The count went to the window of the apartment that looked on to the street. The messenger obeyed without the least hesitation. "Ah. instead of answering. not forgotten that I saved your life. but rather with alacrity. seized the count's hand." . and covered it with kisses." "Shall I take any arms?" "For what purpose?" "Any money?" "It is useless. perhaps." "He awaits the answer?" "Yes." "To your apartments. It is a lovely night. but he will not make any difficulty at entering mine." "It is useless." "I must learn where we are going. "Salite!" said the count. then. he would not come up. I will summon him hither. and. that is strange. it is you. The man in the mantle quitted the wall. Where is the man who brought the letter?" "In the street. entered the hotel. But Peppino. five seconds afterwards he was at the door of the room. "you have. "Ah. threw himself on his knees." said the count. for it is a week ago." said the count. Peppino.Chapter 37 492 "If my society would not be disagreeable.

"he is one of my friends. "Well?" said the count. Rise and answer." "How did the Viscount Albert fall into Luigi's hands?" "Excellency." "Good!" returned Peppino. with the chief's consent. "Never? That is a long time.Chapter 37 493 "No. you may speak before his excellency. Teresa returned it −− all this with the consent of the chief. disguised as the coachman. then. it was Beppo who was on the steps of the church of San Giacomo." Peppino glanced anxiously at Franz. You allow me to give you this title?" continued the count in French. Teresa. The Frenchman threw her a bouquet. excellency. and never shall I forget it. Teresa gave him one −− only. "it is necessary to excite this man's confidence. did the same. "was Luigi Vampa in the carriage with the Roman peasants?" "It was he who drove. The Frenchman asked for a rendezvous." said he. with an accent of profound gratitude." ." said Franz. but it is something that you believe so. who was in the carriage. the Frenchman's carriage passed several times the one in which was Teresa. "Well." returned Peppino." "You can speak before me. "I am ready to answer any questions your excellency may address to me. instead of Teresa." "The chief's mistress?" "Yes. the Frenchman took off his mask. "Oh. "I am a friend of the count's." "What?" cried Franz." replied Peppino.

Sebastian." "And Beppo led him outside the walls?" said the count. walk along the banks of the river. but now. Beppo has taken in plenty of others." "And shall we go and find him?" inquired Franz. "the peasant girl who snatched his mocoletto from him" −− "Was a lad of fifteen.Chapter 37 494 "What!" exclaimed Franz. and when they were two hundred yards outside. "it might have proved a gallant adventure which would have cost your friend dear. and he did not wait to be asked twice. and sat by him. Beppo told him he was going to take him to a villa a league from Rome. the Frenchman assured him he would follow him to the end of the world." replied Franz. if you had not found me here. They made him get out. four of the band. The coachman went up the Via di Ripetta and the Porta San Paola." said the count." "Well. surrounded the carriage. that I should think it very amusing. He gallantly offered the right−hand seat to Beppo. . inviting the Frenchman to follow him. Beppo put a brace of pistols to his head. and nearly strangled Beppo." replied Peppino. who were concealed on the banks of the Almo. "But it was no disgrace to your friend to have been deceived. "if it had happened to any one but poor Albert. At the same time. What do you say to it?" "Why. turning towards Franz. be assured. and was forced to yield. "it seems to me that this is a very likely story. in truth. The Frenchman made some resistance. and then brought him to Teresa and Luigi. as the Frenchman became somewhat too forward. "Exactly so. Beppo got in. but he could not resist five armed men. his alarm will be the only serious consequence. a carriage was waiting at the end of the Via Macello. who were waiting for him in the catacombs of St. the coachman pulled up and did the same." said the count." "And.

Have you a carriage?" "No." "That is of no consequence. and they set off at a rapid pace." "Well." he said. here is an opportunity made to your hand. I resolve on starting for some particular point. come along. sir. He is in a very picturesque place −− do you know the catacombs of St. Franz and the count got into the carriage. but I have often resolved to visit them." In a very short time the noise of wheels was heard." Franz and the count went downstairs. and a footman appeared. Ali will drive. day and night. "We might start at five o'clock and be in time. Sebastian?" "I was never in them. and it would be difficult to contrive a better. and away I go. then. Ali had received his instructions." he said. crossed the Campo Vaccino. and the carriage stopped at the door. but the delay may cause your friend to pass an uneasy night. and went down the Corso. went up the Strada San Gregorio.Chapter 37 495 "Oh." "Always ready?" "Yes. Peppino placed himself beside Ali. and reached the gates of . I am a very capricious being. accompanied by Peppino. I always have one ready. decidedly. and therefore we had better go with all speed to extricate him from the hands of the infidels." "Well. "Half−past twelve. or after my dinner. Ali was on the box. or in the middle of the night. The count took out his watch. and I should tell you that sometimes when I rise." The count rang. Are you still resolved to accompany me?" "More determined than ever. in whom Franz recognized the dumb slave of the grotto of Monte Cristo. At the door they found the carriage. "Order out the carriage. "and remove the pistols which are in the holsters. You need not awaken the coachman.

" said the count to his companion. and turned to see if .Chapter 37 496 St." said Peppino." "Go on. "In ten minutes. which. but the Count of Monte Cristo produced a permit from the governor of Rome. brought with them in the carriage. and suddenly retreat into the darkness on a signal from Peppino. They then perceived two men conversing in the obscurity. Peppino opened the door. and bordered with tombs." He then took Peppino aside." said the count. lighted his torch." One of the two men was Peppino. and they went on their way. A short time before they reached the Baths of Caracalla the carriage stopped. Franz imagined that he saw something like a sentinel appear at various points among the ruins. "Ought we to go on?" asked Franz of the count. then. and the count and Franz alighted. Franz and the count advanced. and the bandit saluted them. led them over a declivity to the bottom of a small valley. addressing the count. by which a man could scarcely pass. allowing him to leave or enter the city at any hour of the day or night. and finally he disappeared in the midst of the tall red herbage. The road which the carriage now traversed was the ancient Appian Way. Peppino passed. which seemed like the bristling mane of an enormous lion." Franz and the count in their turn then advanced along the same path. They came to an opening behind a clump of bushes and in the midst of a pile of rocks. "Your excellency. Sebastian. and the other a bandit on the lookout. Peppino will have warned the sentry of our coming. "if you will follow me. and Peppino went away. "Now. "or shall we wait awhile?" "Let us go on. after they got along a few paces the passage widened. by the light of the moon. Then the porter raised some difficulties. From time to time." replied the count. Five minutes elapsed. the opening of the catacombs is close at hand. "let us follow him. gave him an order in a low voice. during which Franz saw the shepherd going along a narrow path that led over the irregular and broken surface of the Campagna. which began to rise. "we shall be there. the porter had a louis for his trouble. taking with him a torch. at the distance of a hundred paces. the portcullis was therefore raised. Peppino glided first into this crevice.

however. "Come with me. and the walls. and Franz and the count were in utter darkness. "Who comes there?" At the same time they saw the reflection of a torch on a carbine barrel. which served in some manner as a guide. They went on a hundred and fifty paces in this way. Behind the sentinel was a staircase with twenty steps. saluted the nocturnal visitors. which had formerly served as an altar. In the midst of this chamber were four stones. Three arcades were before them. These arcades opened on one side into the corridor where the count and Franz were. as was evident from the cross which still surmounted them. Five corridors diverged like the rays of a star. The count laid his hand on Franz's shoulder.Chapter 37 497 they came after him. and then were stopped by. "A friend!" responded Peppino. Franz and the count descended these. "Exceedingly. making a sign that they might proceed. and were scarcely able to proceed abreast of one another. advancing alone towards the sentry. dug into niches. which were arranged one above the other in the shape of coffins. rays of light were visible. then. he said a few words to him in a low tone. entirely surrounded by niches similar to those of which we have spoken. put out the torch. "Would you like to see a camp of bandits in repose?" he inquired. Peppino. Franz himself. enlarging as they proceeded." replied Franz. showed that they were at last in the catacombs. like the first. and the middle one was used as a door. They advanced silently. except that fifty paces in advance of them a reddish glare. still Franz and the count were compelled to advance in a stooping posture. the count guiding Franz as if he had the singular faculty of seeing in the dark. whose extent it was impossible to determine. The count first reached an open space and Franz followed him closely. and then he. more evident since Peppino had put out his torch. A lamp. placed at the base of a . Down one of the corridors. saw his way more plainly in proportion as he went on towards the light." Peppino obeyed. was visible along the wall. The passageway sloped in a gentle descent. and on the other into a large square chamber. and. and found themselves in a mortuary chamber.

" said he in a voice perfectly calm. "and that not only do you forget people's faces. was a sentinel. and no muscle of his countenance disturbed. and twenty carbines were levelled at the count. were to be seen twenty brigands or more. through the openings of which the newcomers contemplated him." . and was reading with his back turned to the arcades. lighted up with its pale and flickering flame the singular scene which presented itself to the eyes of the two visitors concealed in the shadow. and. lying in their mantles." "Ground arms. "Who comes there?" cried the sentinel. it appears to me that you receive a friend with a great deal of ceremony. with an imperative sign of the hand. "well. Around him. Vampa rose quickly. your excellency." exclaimed the chief. he said. which went all round the columbarium. which was only distinguishable because in that spot the darkness seemed more dense than elsewhere. but also the conditions you make with them. to warn him to be silent. entered the chamber by the middle arcade. "Your pardon. and like a shadow. who was walking up and down before a grotto. but I was so far from expecting the honor of a visit. and advanced towards Vampa. according to their fancy. or with their backs against a sort of stone bench. ascending the three steps which led to the corridor of the columbarium. and in groups." "It seems that your memory is equally short in everything. Vampa. Luigi Vampa. In a moment all the bandits were on their feet. he raised his finger to his lips. When the count thought Franz had gazed sufficiently on this picturesque tableau. "Well. that I did not really recognize you. while with the other he took off his hat respectfully. drawing at the same moment a pistol from his girdle. my dear Vampa. scarcely visible. who was less abstracted. and who saw by the lamp−light a shadow approaching his chief. each having his carbine within reach.Chapter 37 498 pillar. At this challenge. turning to the singular personage who had caused this scene. A man was seated with his elbow leaning on the column. This was the chief of the band." said the count. At the other end. silent. who was so intent on the book before him that he did not hear the noise of his footsteps. then.

your excellency. your excellency?" inquired the bandit. but also that of my friends. "I told you there was some mistake in this. who all retreated before his look. should be respected by you?" "And how have I broken that treaty." continued the count. "I am with the person to whom this letter was addressed." added the count. Well. "Was it not agreed. and. taking the letter from his pocket. you have carried him off. with the air of a man who. "Why have you caused me thus to fail in my word towards a gentleman like the count. and to whom I desired to prove that Luigi Vampa was a man of his word. turning towards his men. as if he were an utter stranger." asked the count. I repeat to you. is anxious to repair it. "you heard ." "Why did you not tell me all this −− you?" inquired the brigand chief. who will himself express to you his deep regret at the mistake he has committed. and yet. having committed an error. in a tone that made Franz shudder." Franz approached. who has all our lives in his hands? By heavens. your excellency?" "You have this evening carried off and conveyed hither the Vicomte Albert de Morcerf. "Welcome among us. Come." he said to him.Chapter 37 499 "What conditions have I forgotten. I would blow his brains out with my own hand!" "Well. if I thought one of you knew that the young gentleman was the friend of his excellency." "Are you not alone?" asked Vampa with uneasiness. turning towards Franz. the chief advancing several steps to meet him. "this young gentleman is one of my friends −− this young gentleman lodges in the same hotel as myself −− this young gentleman has been up and down the Corso for eight hours in my private carriage. turning to Franz. your excellency. "that not only my person. "you have set a ransom on him. "here is Luigi Vampa. and conveyed him hither." the count added." said the count.

and also my reply." Then he drew his watch from his pocket. similar to that which lighted the columbarium." "But. The count and Franz ascended seven or eight steps after the chief. Then. "You are right. Albert was to be seen wrapped up in a cloak which one of the bandits had lent him." said the count." Then going to Albert. "this must be one of your friends." said the count frowningly. "I do not know. "not so bad for a man who is to be shot at seven o'clock to−morrow morning. I was dancing the galop at Torlonia's with the Countess G−−−− ." said Vampa. "where is the Viscount? −− I do not see him. let me add that I would not for the four thousand piastres at which I had fixed your friend's ransom. "and I will go myself and tell him he is free. "Come.Chapter 37 500 what the count just said. captain? You should have allowed me to sleep. I had such a delightful dream. your excellency. "Oh. "Ma foi." replied the sentry. "What is the prisoner doing?" inquired Vampa of the sentinel." replied Vampa." "Nothing has happened to him." said Franz. who drew back a bolt and opened a door. smiling with his own peculiar smile." The chief went towards the place he had pointed out as Albert's prison. I hope. he touched him on the shoulder." "Come in. that he might see how time sped. and opened his eyes. lying in a corner in profound slumber." he said. looking round him uneasily." Vampa looked at Albert with a kind of admiration." said he. by the gleam of a lamp. rubbed his eyelids. "Will your excellency please to awaken?" Albert stretched out his arms. he was not insensible to such a proof of courage. "is it you. captain. "The prisoner is there. saying. and Franz and the count followed him. . that this had happened. for the last hour I have not heard him stir. pointing to the hollow space in front of which the bandit was on guard. your excellency.

" said Albert gayly. and I hope you will consider me as under eternal obligations to you." he said." Albert looked around and perceived Franz." "Oh. as for Franz.Chapter 37 501 "Half−past one only?" said he. your excellency. The bandit gazed on this scene with amazement. "is it you. with perfect ease of mind." "My dear fellow." "Come hither?" "Yes. for the future. your excellency. "but our neighbor. then. So. I should have finished my galop. "remember. he was enchanted at the way in which Albert had sustained the national honor in the presence of the bandit. arranging his cravat and wristbands. he was evidently accustomed to see his prisoners tremble before him. "you are really most kind. "My dear Albert. Napoleon's maxim. in the first place for the carriage. they have paid my ransom?" "No." replied Franz. my dear count. the Count of Monte Cristo." "Well. "Why the devil do you rouse me at this hour?" "To tell you that you are free." and he put out his hand to the Count. hither." said he. who shuddered as he gave his own. then.' if you had let me sleep on. not I." replied Albert. how am I free?" "A person to whom I can refuse nothing has come to demand you. "if you will make haste. "What. and yet here was one whose gay temperament was not for a moment altered. and have been grateful to you all my life. but who nevertheless did give it. `Never awaken me but for bad news. whose devotion and friendship are thus displayed?" "No. we shall yet have time . my dear Franz." "Really? Then that person is a most amiable person. and in the next for this visit.

and I hope you will not entertain any resentment at what has occurred." replied the bandit." "What are you going to do?" inquired the count. "perhaps the offer may not appear very tempting to you. "besides. hat in hand. you shall be welcome. and we may reach the Palazzo by two o'clock. turning towards the young men. "And now." "Gentlemen." Franz and Albert bowed." said the captain." added the chief. "I will show you the way back myself. a happy and merry life to you. then Albert. On reaching the door. wherever I may be. then. "is there any formality to fulfil before I take leave of your excellency?" "None. my dear Vampa. Signor Luigi. "allow me to repeat my apologies. "give me the torch." And Albert. The count went out first. ." "No. your excellency. he bowed. but like a king who precedes ambassadors. Come. who has. sir. descended the staircase. throughout this whole affair acted like a gentleman. crossed the square chamber. "you are as free as air. "Peppino. where stood all the bandits. so that you will owe no ill−will to Signor Luigi. followed by Franz and the count. "Has your excellency anything to ask me?" said Vampa with a smile." "You are decidedly right. Franz paused for a moment." added he. "that is the least honor that I can render to your excellency. you compensate for your mistakes in so gentlemanly a way." "Well. come.Chapter 37 502 to finish the night at Torlonia's." said the brigand chief. that one almost feels obliged to you for having committed them. gentlemen. he preceded his guests. but if you should ever feel inclined to pay me a second visit. not as a servant who performs an act of civility. indeed." continued Albert. You may conclude your interrupted galop." replied the count." And taking the lighted torch from the hands of the herdsman.

It was just two o'clock by Albert's watch when the two friends entered into the dancing−room." And as at this moment the orchestra gave the signal for the waltz. "let us on with all the speed we may. your pardon. in his turn. "I am curious to know what work you were perusing with so much attention as we entered." "Well. They advanced to the plain. "yesterday you were so condescending as to promise me a galop. but here is my friend. advancing towards the countess." replied Franz. turning round. captain?" And he lighted his cigar at Vampa's torch. but as they entered together. whose character for veracity you well know." "Caesar's `Commentaries. and disappeared with her in the whirl of dancers." he said. and he will assure you the delay arose from no fault of mine. on the following morning. The first words that Albert uttered to his friend. "will you allow me. true. and the horses went on at great speed." They found the carriage where they had left it. Their return was quite an event. "Ah. all uneasiness on Albert's account ceased instantly. the young man had warmly and energetically thanked the count . "here I am. "Madame. my dear count. "Yes." said the Viscount of Morcerf. Chapter 38 The Compact. forced to give his hand to Albert." replied Franz." said Albert. I am rather late in claiming this gracious promise. contained a request that Franz would accompany him on a visit to the count. The count said a word in Arabic to Ali. "it is my favorite work. I am enormously anxious to finish my night at the Duke of Bracciano's.'" said the bandit. I have. "Now.Chapter 38 503 "Yes. in some sort. Albert put his arm round the waist of the countess." and he. left the caves. are you coming?" asked Albert. In the meanwhile Franz was considering the singular shudder that had passed over the Count of Monte Cristo at the moment when he had been.

" replied the count. and to let those bandits see. and to assure you that the remembrance of all I owe to you will never be effaced from my memory. in my own person. and I accept it in the same spirit . "permit me to repeat the poor thanks I offered last night. "I deserve no credit for what I could not help. namely. however. Franz. my family. and also to remember that to you I am indebted even for my life. "My dear count. and." "My very good friend and excellent neighbor. which you have been saved out of your travelling expenses. is precisely what I expected from you. both at the court of France and Madrid. −− but you must really permit me to congratulate you on the ease and unconcern with which you resigned yourself to your fate. and all to whom my life is dear. in which terror was strangely mingled. possesses considerable influence. after a short delay. and the perfect indifference you manifested as to the turn events might take. or connections. far from surprising me. there is no nation but the French that can smile even in the face of grim Death himself. and I unhesitatingly place the best services of myself." said Albert. as long as I live. has nothing to do with my obligations to you. the Comte de Morcerf." "Upon my word.000 francs. who seemed attracted by some invisible influence towards the count. "your offer. and therefore made no objection to Albert's request. a determination to take everything as I found it. although of Spanish origin." replied the count. the count joined them in the salon. I shall never cease to dwell with grateful recollection on the prompt and important service you rendered me. "you really exaggerate my trifling exertions." "Monsieur de Morcerf. that although men get into troublesome scrapes all over the world. but at once accompanied him to the desired spot. at your disposal. believe me. All that. felt an extreme reluctance to permit his friend to be exposed alone to the singular fascination that this mysterious personage seemed to exercise over him.Chapter 38 504 on the previous evening. You owe me nothing but some trifle of 20." said Albert. with a smile. and I now come to ask you whether. advancing to meet him. but services such as he had rendered could never be too often acknowledged. I can in any way serve you? My father. so that there is not much of a score between us.

I agree with you in thinking that my present ignorance of the first city in Europe is a reproach to me in every way." "Is it possible. Your offer. and say that I had previously made up my mind to ask a great favor at your hands. I might have become a partner in the speculations of M. as that of making myself acquainted with the wonders and beauties of your justly celebrated capital. however. −− nay. and. upon my arrival in France. "could scarcely have required an introduction. and calls for immediate correction. of necessity. I stayed away till some favorable chance should present itself of carrying my wish into execution. but unfortunately I possessed no acquaintance there. de Morcerf" (these words were accompanied by a most peculiar smile). but. Aguado and M." "So distinguished an individual as yourself. save that." cried Albert." "Nevertheless. I will go still further. my dear M. and I have only to ask you." "I am wholly a stranger to Paris −− it is a city I have never yet seen. was compelled to abandon the idea. "whether you undertake. but as my motive in travelling to your capital would not have been for the pleasure of dabbling in stocks.Chapter 38 505 of hearty sincerity with which it is made. I should have performed so important. had I known any person who would have introduced me into the fashionable world. I can find no merit I possess. pray name it. to open to me the doors of that fashionable world of which I know no more than a Huron or a native of Cochin−China?" . but as regards myself. it is quite true." "You are most kind. still. in all probability. Rothschild." exclaimed Albert. as a millionaire. smooths all difficulties. so necessary a duty." "Oh. "that you have reached your present age without visiting the finest capital in the world? I can scarcely credit it.

" Franz did not doubt that these plans were the same concerning which the count had dropped a few words in the grotto of Monte Cristo. and connected with the very cream of Parisian society. "that I mean to do as I have said." "When do you propose going thither?" "Have you made up your mind when you shall be there yourself?" . like a house built on the sand. but which. hoping to read something of his purpose in his face." returned the count. or if this project of visiting Paris is merely one of the chimerical and uncertain air castles of which we make so many in the course of our lives. laughingly. and with infinite pleasure. "Well. I beg of you) with a family of high standing. that I do. in consequence of a treaty of marriage (my dear Franz." said the count." answered Albert." "Connected by marriage. "and so much the more readily as a letter received this morning from my father summons me to Paris. staid father of a family! A most edifying representative I shall make of all the domestic virtues −− don't you think so? But as regards your wish to visit our fine city." answered Albert. "But tell me now. you mean. "and I give you my solemn assurance that I only waited an opportunity like the present to realize plans that I have long meditated. "it comes to the same thing in the end." "Then it is settled.Chapter 38 506 "Oh. I shall be quite a sober. it was veiled in a sphinx−like smile. delighted at the idea of having to chaperon so distinguished a person as Monte Cristo. as in the present case. and while the Count was speaking the young man watched him closely." exclaimed Albert. is liable to be blown over by the first puff of wind?" "I pledge you my honor. count. do not smile. but his countenance was inscrutable especially when." said Franz. never mind how it is. "tell me truly whether you are in earnest. both inclination and positive necessity compel me to visit Paris. my dear count. I can only say that you may command me and mine to any extent you please. Perhaps by the time you return to Paris.

" replied the count. "it is exactly half−past ten o'clock. "to−day is the 21st of February." "Where do you live?" "No. "And in three months' time. 27. and expect me the 21st of May at the same hour in the forenoon. "I will give you three months ere I join you. but occupy a pavilion at the farther side of the court−yard." "Capital. taking out his tablets. as. as fast as I can get there!" "Nay." "Have you bachelor's apartments there? I hope my coming will not put you to any inconvenience. then. suspended near the chimney−piece.Chapter 38 507 "Certainly I have." "I reside in my father's house. "only let me warn you that I am proverbial for my punctilious exactitude in keeping my engagements." "Quite sufficient. half−past ten in the morning. he said. and extending his hand towards a calendar." "Day for day. entirely separated from the main building. Rue du Helder. hour for hour. Rue du Helder. "you will be at my house?" "Shall we make a positive appointment for a particular day and hour?" inquired the count. in a fortnight or three weeks' time." said Albert." "So be it. added. "your breakfast shall be waiting. you see I make an ample allowance for all delays and difficulties." exclaimed Albert. 27." said the Count." ." and drawing out his watch. that is to say. "that will suit me to a dot." said Albert." replied the count. 21st May. he wrote down "No. Now promise me to remember this.

when do you leave?" "To−morrow evening. "That depends. . "Let us understand each other. since we must part. and your word of honor passed for your punctuality?" "The 21st of May." It was the first time the hand of Franz had come in contact with that of the mysterious individual before him. and shall not return hither before Saturday evening or Sunday morning. returning his tablets to his pocket." "In that case I must say adieu to you. at five o'clock." pursued the count." said the count." said Albert. and bowing to the count. at half−past ten in the morning. on the 21st of May. baron. holding out a hand to each of the young men. Rue du Helder. "allow me to wish you both a safe and pleasant journey. 27. I shall remain in Italy for another year or two. for it felt cold and icy as that of a corpse." "Well. addressing Franz. for Venice. The young men then rose. 27. the hand of your time−piece will not be more accurate in marking the time than myself. "it is agreed −− is it not? −− that you are to be at No." said the count." replied the Count. as I am compelled to go to Naples. and unconsciously he shuddered at its touch. in the Rue du Helder. "make yourself perfectly easy. "do you also depart to−morrow?" "Yes." "Shall I see you again ere my departure?" asked Albert.Chapter 38 508 "Now then." "Then we shall not meet in Paris?" "I fear I shall not have that honor. And you. No. at half−past ten in the morning." "For France?" "No.

Franz. Have you anything particular against him?" "Possibly. "the count is a very singular person." "Listen to me. "you seem more than commonly thoughtful." "Did you ever meet him previously to coming hither?" "I have." "Whether I am in my senses or not." replied Franz. and the appointment you have made to meet him in Paris fills me with a thousand apprehensions." answered Franz. "I am glad that the occasion has presented itself for saying this to you." "And where?" "Will you promise me not to repeat a single word of what I am about to tell you?" "I promise." "I will confess to you. has always been courtesy itself to us." . Albert. you must have lost your senses. for I have noticed how cold you are in your bearing towards the count. "that is the way I feel." exclaimed Albert. on the other hand." "Upon your honor?" "Upon my honor. while he." "My dear fellow. "what can there possibly be in that to excite uneasiness? Why.Chapter 38 509 quitted the room. "What is the matter?" asked Albert of Franz." said Albert. when they had returned to their own apartments.

whether there are not many persons of our acquaintance who assume the names of lands and properties they never in their lives were masters of?" ." Franz then related to his friend the history of his excursion to the Island of Monte Cristo and of his finding a party of smugglers there. my good fellow. there remained no proof or trace of all these events." said he. at his awakening. the statues. by way of having a resting−place during his excursions.Chapter 38 510 "Then listen to me. when Franz had concluded. and how. "what do you find to object to in all you have related? The count is fond of travelling. while you have manfully resisted its effects for as many years. and you will find the harbors crowded with the yachts belonging to such of the English as can afford the expense. in which the count had promised to obtain the release of the bandit Peppino. the hashish. Albert listened with the most profound attention. to prevent the possibility of the Tuscan government taking a fancy to his enchanted palace. and. and thereby depriving him of the advantages naturally expected from so large an outlay of capital. "Well. Go but to Portsmouth or Southampton. seen in the distant horizon driving under full sail toward Porto−Vecchio. the dream. as our readers are aware. he has wisely enough purchased the island. Now. and the embarrassment in which he found himself placed by not having sufficient cash by six or seven hundred piastres to make up the sum required. being rich. Monte Cristo has furnished for himself a temporary abode where you first found him. Then he detailed the conversation overheard by him at the Colosseum. He dwelt with considerable force and energy on the almost magical hospitality he had received from the count. save the small yacht. he most faithfully fulfilled." He recounted. and have the same liking for this amusement. all the particulars of the supper. possesses a vessel of his own. and the two Corsican bandits with them. and taken its name. avoiding the wretched cookery −− which has been trying its best to poison me during the last four months. and the magnificence of his entertainment in the grotto of the "Thousand and One Nights. −− and obtaining a bed on which it is possible to slumber. Just ask yourself. but. −− an engagement which. with circumstantial exactitude. between the count and Vampa. At last he arrived at the adventure of the preceding night. and finally of his application to the count and the picturesque and satisfactory result that followed.

my first visit. Nobody knows better than yourself that the bandits of Corsica are not rogues or thieves. proving most indisputably. How do you explain the influence the count evidently possessed over those ruffians?" "My good friend.000 piastres. "I suppose you will allow that such men as Vampa and his band are regular villains. for. should be to the bandits of Colomba." said Franz. they are a race of men I admire greatly." "Talking of countries. on my conscience. but certainly for saving me 4. driven by some sinister motive from their native town or village. and what were those events of his early life −− a life as marvellous as unknown −− that have tinctured his succeeding years with so dark and gloomy a misanthropy? Certainly these are questions that. ere even I presented myself to the mayor or prefect. means neither more nor less than 24." persisted Franz. who have no other motive than plunder when they seize your person. I protest that." "Still." . therefore. you must give me leave to excuse any little irregularity there may be in such a connection. being translated. for my own idea was that it never was in much danger. most assuredly. "that no prophet is honored in his own country. what is his native tongue.Chapter 38 511 "But. "the Corsican bandits that were among the crew of his vessel?" "Why. not altogether for preserving my life. instead of condemning him for his intimacy with outlaws. for my own part. really the thing seems to me simple enough. should I ever go to Corsica. as in all probability I own my present safety to that influence. in your place. whence does he derive his immense fortune. if I could only manage to find them.000 livres of our money −− a sum at which. and that their fellowship involves no disgrace or stigma. I should like to have answered." added Albert with a laugh. it would ill become me to search too closely into its source. "of what country is the count. I should never have been estimated in France." replied Franz. but purely and simply fugitives. which.

you must admit that this Count of Monte Cristo is a most singular personage. "Well. "and no doubt his motive in visiting Paris is to compete for the Monthyon prize. `Who is M. then. in spite of all. Albert de Morcerf? how does he come by his name −− his fortune? what are his means of existence? what is his birthplace! of what country is he a native?' Tell me. as you are aware. I will readily give him the one and promise the other. my dear Franz. saying. you must have lost your senses to think it possible I could act with such cold−blooded policy.' Was not that nearly what you said?" "It was. when. Still. you promptly went to him. he but asks me in return to do for him what is done daily for any Russian prince or Italian nobleman who may pass through Paris −− merely to introduce him into society −− would you have me refuse? My good fellow. in spite of all my outward appearance of ease and unconcern. for services so promptly and unhesitatingly rendered. If my vote and interest can obtain it for him. . he merely came and freed me from the hands of Signor Vampa. did he put all these questions to you?" "I confess he asked me none. shall we take our luncheon. contrary to the usual state of affairs in discussions between the young men." "No. then. help me to deliver him." And this time it must be confessed that. where. I did not very particularly care to remain. let us talk of something else. to whoever shall be proved to have most materially advanced the interests of virtue and humanity." replied Albert. `My friend Albert de Morcerf is in danger. And now. "do as you please my dear viscount. you found the necessity of asking the count's assistance." said Franz with a sigh. the effective arguments were all on Albert's side. "when. given." "He is a philanthropist. Franz. Come. Now. for your arguments are beyond my powers of refutation. did he ask you. I can assure you. upon receipt of my letter.Chapter 38 512 "My dear Franz." answered the other." "Well.

unwilling to part from her son.Chapter 39 513 and then pay a last visit to St.M. where Albert had invited the Count of Monte Cristo. Albert. had chosen this habitation for Albert. ere he entered his travelling carriage. placed in the care of a waiter at the hotel a card to be delivered to the Count of Monte Cristo. and the following afternoon. and directly opposite another building. But. and broken in the centre by a large gate of gilded iron. on which. and yet aware that a young man of the viscount's age required the full exercise of his liberty." Chapter 39 The Guests. at half−past five o'clock. In the house in the Rue du Helder. Albert de Morcerf to return to Paris. A high wall surrounded the whole of the hotel. There were not lacking. evidences of what we may call the intelligent egoism of a youth who is charmed with the indolent. however. surmounted at intervals by vases filled with flowers. he had written in pencil −− "27. gave ingress and egress to the servants and masters when they were on foot. the young men parted. in which were the servants' apartments. which served as the carriage entrance. A small door. It was easy to discover that the delicate care of a mother. and Franz d'Epinay to pass a fortnight at Venice. Between the court and the garden. built in the heavy style of the imperial architecture. close to the lodge of the concierge. By means of the two . Rue du Helder. everything was being prepared on the morning of the 21st of May to do honor to the occasion. was the large and fashionable dwelling of the Count and Countess of Morcerf. and who lives as it were in a gilded cage. beneath the name of Vicomte Albert de Morcerf. half−past ten A. fearing that his expected guest might forget the engagement he had entered into. three other windows looked into the court. Albert de Morcerf inhabited a pavilion situated at the corner of a large court. on the 21st May. careless life of an only son. and two at the back into the garden. Two windows only of the pavilion faced the street. Peter's?" Franz silently assented.

Shrubs and creeping plants covered the windows. foils. with far more perseverance than music and drawing. Albert de Morcerf cultivated. There were collected and piled up all Albert's successive caprices. Cook. and which merits a particular description. looking into the court. the only rooms into which. for Albert had had not a taste but a fancy for music. even if that horizon is only a public thoroughfare. a boudoir. boxing. i. on the right. like that famous portal in the "Arabian Nights. Above this floor was a large atelier. and a bedroom. bass−viols. and it was here that he received Grisier. it was wont to swing backward at a cabalistic word or a concerted tap from without from the sweetest voices or whitest fingers in the world. Albert could see all that passed. these three rooms were a salon. Albert's breakfast−room. with which the door communicated. the prying eyes of the curious could penetrate. hunting−horns.. should anything appear to merit a more minute examination. palettes. The salon down−stairs was only an Algerian divan.e. formed out of the ante−chamber. who always want to see the world traverse their horizon. On the floor above were similar rooms. The boudoir up−stairs communicated with the bed−chamber by an invisible door on the staircase. pencils −− for music had been succeeded by painting. and single−stick. similar to that close to the concierge's door. broadswords.Chapter 39 514 windows looking into the street. and. it was evident that every precaution had been taken. and Charles Leboucher. the three arts that complete a dandy's education. was. easels. Albert de Morcerf could follow up his researches by means of a small gate. and single−sticks −− for. and hid from the garden and court these two apartments. with the addition of a third. so entirely was it covered with dust and dirt. in which the artist and the dandy strove for preeminence. It was a little entrance that seemed never to have been opened since the house was built. as they were on the ground−floor. Then. This door was a mockery to the concierge. but the well−oiled hinges and locks told quite another story. from whose vigilance and jurisdiction it was free. The rest of the furniture of this . At the end of a long corridor. boxing−gloves. looking into the garden. fencing. which had been increased in size by pulling down the partitions −− a pandemonium. brushes. the sight of what is going on is necessary to young men. following the example of the fashionable young men of the time." opening at the "Sesame" of Ali Baba. and on the left the salon. flutes −− a whole orchestra. for the use of smokers. and which formed the ante−chamber.

On the walls. according to their size and quality. Malay creeses. Haydn.Chapter 39 515 privileged apartment consisted of old cabinets. in which perhaps had sat Henry IV. it was impossible to say. adorned with a carved shield. a destination unknown to their owner himself. battle−axes. beside them. a . Albert had himself presided at the arrangement. What these stuffs did there. while gratifying the eyes. the guests at a breakfast of modern days love to contemplate through the vapor that escapes from their mouths. gilded. dyed beneath Persia's sun. damasked. the morning of the appointment. were ranged. which. awaiting the caprice or the sympathy of the smokers. pueros. at least. Weber. and their beaks forever open. in the meantime they filled the place with their golden and silky reflections. some royal residence. to Latakia. with their amber mouth−pieces ornamented with coral. or Richelieu −− for two of these arm−chairs. and ascends in long and fanciful wreaths to the ceiling. and of narghiles. in an open cabinet. every species of tobacco known. or woven by the fingers of the women of Calcutta or of Chandernagor. This was Albert's favorite lounging place. the symmetrical derangement. filled with Chinese porcelain and Japanese vases. they awaited. and stuffed birds. and inlaid suits of armor. in boxes of fragrant wood. Louis XIII. minerals. and manillas. on a table. with their long tubes of morocco. Gretry. −− was exposed in pots of crackled earthenware of which the Dutch are so fond. havanas. In the centre of the room was a Roller and Blanchet "baby grand" piano in rosewood. their flame−colored wings outspread in motionless flight. and groaning beneath the weight of the chefs−d'oeuvre of Beethoven. or. of chibouques. However. dried plants. on which were engraved the fleur−de−lis of France on an azure field evidently came from the Louvre. rather. after coffee. and so on along the scale from Maryland and Porto−Rico. maces. the young man had established himself in the small salon down−stairs. At a quarter to ten. or. a collection of German pipes. or Sully. of old arm−chairs. Over these dark and sombre chairs were thrown splendid stuffs. on the ceiling. over the doors. daggers. surrounded at some distance by a large and luxurious divan. Lucca della Robbia faience. but holding the potentialities of an orchestra in its narrow and sonorous cavity. and Porpora. Mozart. and. regalias. and Palissy platters. were swords. There. −− from the yellow tobacco of Petersburg to the black of Sinai.

Albert glanced carelessly at the different missives." The valet left the room. Madame Danglars' footman left the other. and enclosed in scented envelopes.Chapter 39 516 valet entered. which he gave to Albert. Wait. opened them and perused their contents with some attention. then. and who only spoke English." "At what o'clock. and though I do not much rely upon his promise. at half past ten. tore off the cover of two or three of the papers." "Let Madame Danglars know that I accept the place she offers me in her box. whose name was Germain. and a barrel of Ostend oysters. and who enjoyed the entire confidence of his young master. and Malaga. all Albert's establishment. and tell her I shall have the honor of seeing her about three o'clock. and be sure you say they are for me. ask her for one of her liqueur cellarets. at half past ten. do you breakfast?" "What time is it now?" "A quarter to ten. and on great occasions the count's chasseur also. "One by the post." "Yes. Is the countess up yet?" "If you wish. and in the other a packet of letters. during the day." "Very well. be obliged to go to the minister −− and besides" (Albert looked at his tablets). although the cook of the hotel was always at his service. sir. get them at Borel's. I wish to be punctual. made a face seeing they gave . held in one hand a number of papers. Debray will. Take her six bottles of different wine −− Cyprus. This valet. Albert threw himself on the divan. with a little groom named John. looked at the theatre announcements. mine is incomplete. "How did these letters come?" said he. 21st May. he composed. and that I request permission to introduce some one to her. tell Rosa that when I leave the Opera I will sup with her as she wishes. selected two written in a small and delicate hand. perhaps. "it is the hour I told the count. I will inquire. sherry.

no. and thin and compressed lips. We take him to the other side of the French frontier. dressed in a blue coat with beautifully carved gold buttons. with light hair. "reassure yourself. you drive Don Carlos out of Spain." "No. muttering. Danglars (I do not know by what means that man contrives to obtain intelligence as soon as we do) made a million!" "And you another order. "These papers become more and more stupid every day." A moment after. and not a ballet. and the day before it had already transpired on the Bourse." . and I begin to believe that we shall pass into a state of immobility. Lucien. with a half−official air. my dear fellow. and which. clear gray eyes. without smiling or speaking. do not confound our plans." said Albert. and offer him hospitality at Bourges. and threw down. he has not much to complain of. "Good−morning. Bourges is the capital of Charles VII. seating himself on the divan. whom I expected last. and the servant announced M. and then the affairs of the Peninsula will completely consolidate us." returned the young man. he fixed in his eye. for I see you have a blue ribbon at your button−hole. Lucien Debray." "At Bourges?" "Yes. true. a carriage stopped before the door. entered. and a tortoiseshell eye−glass suspended by a silken thread. and M. Do you not know that all Paris knew it yesterday." "Ah. when the time fixed was half−past! Has the ministry resigned?" "No. we are tottering always. my dear fellow. the three leading papers of Paris. by an effort of the superciliary and zygomatic muscles. one after the other. good−morning. you arrive at five minutes to ten. a white neckcloth.Chapter 39 517 an opera. "your punctuality really alarms me. hunted vainly amongst the advertisements for a new tooth−powder of which he had heard. What do I say? punctuality! You. A tall young man. but we never fall.

because I passed the night writing letters. Address yourself to M. "Come. and here I am. but confess you were pleased to have it. "Germain. −− five and twenty despatches. corridor A. they sent me the order of Charles III. I will do nothing of the kind. and persuade the minister to sell us such instead of poisoning us with cabbage leaves. 26. the papers that lay on the table.Chapter 39 518 "Yes. here are cigars −− contraband. amuse me. No.. It looks very neat on a black coat buttoned up." "Oh." returned Albert. I then recollected you gave a breakfast this morning. and strove to sleep. Take a cigar. that does not concern the home but the financial department. I returned home at daybreak. the moment they come from government you would find them execrable. feed me. I am hungry. a sort of Carlo−republican alliance. and who are yet leagued against me. In the meantime." . ringing the bell. but my head ached and I got up to have a ride for an hour. ennui and hunger attacked me at once. my dear Lucien. Humann. while Lucien turned over." said Albert." "It is for that reason you see me so early." "It is my duty as your host. and you wish to announce the good news to me?" "No. −− two enemies who rarely accompany each other. of course −− try them.. At the Bois de Boulogne. carelessly. a glass of sherry and a biscuit." "And makes you resemble the Prince of Wales or the Duke of Reichstadt. "you astonish me by the extent of your knowledge. with his gold−mounted cane. Besides." "Because you have the order of Charles III." "Peste." "On my word." returned Debray. it is very well as a finish to the toilet. section of the indirect contributions.. I am bored. do not affect indifference.

the jockey−club. You do not know your own good fortune!" "And what would you do. queens. a tailor who never disappoints you. lighting a manilla at a rose−colored taper that burnt in a beautifully enamelled stand −− "how happy you are to have nothing to do. and other diversions." "But